Home

HandicapMaster User Manual

Contents

1. HandicapMaster Limited 2015 184 HandicapMaster e Lowest Handicaps First or e Lowest Handicaps Last or e Low High Low High Handicap Sequence 4 Click Next gt button Note When the Low High Low High Handicap Sequence option is used HandicapMaster reorders the Start Sheet as follows Cell 1 Lowest Handicap Player Cell 2 Highest Handicap Player Cell 3 Second Lowest Handicap Player Cell 4 Second Highest Handicap Player Cell 5 Third Lowest Handicap Player and so on To reorder the players into balanced groups See how a balanced draw is created for further information about this option 1 Click the Reorder gt button 2 Select Reorder Players into Balanced Groups option 3 Click Next gt button Note e f some individual cells have been marked as Unavailable this may affect the accuracy of the results of the reordering To move Players up in the grid to fill any spaces 1 Click the Reorder gt button 2 Select Move Players up in Grid to Fill Spaces option 3 Click Next gt button Note Cells in the grid that have been filled using the Unavailable descriptor are not moved 13 7 2 4 How a Balanced Draw is calculated The Start Sheets re order option Reorder Players into Balanced Groups is designed to reorder the players so that each group has players with a low a medium and a high handicap etc Thatis each group has broadly the same mix of player abilities How HandicapMa
2. 4 For Format of Competition choose either Singles or Pairs competition E g Pairs competitions are Foursomes Four Ball Better Ball etc 5 In the Eligibility by gender section both genders are selected by default You may limit the draw to a single gender by un ticking one gender 6 Tick the Include Visitors box if you wish to include Visitors in the Draw 7 Click Next gt 8 Add players to the draw See add change or remove players from draw for assistance with selecting players into the draw Use the Find button to locate a player who is already entered in the draw in the list of players entered Use the Auto Fill button to populate the Choose Entrants list with players either from e leading players in a qualifying Stroke play competition singles Knock out Draws only or e players who have booked into an opened competition Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions only HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Match Play Competitions 269 For Pairs competitions use the Reorder button to randomise the pairings for each team if required 8 Once all of the entrants have been listed click Next gt The Number Of Entrants boxon the Match Play Draw draw window identifies the number of players or teams who have been entered into the draw The Anticipated Number Of Rounds box identifies the number of rounds that will be necessary for the competition to proceed to a conclusion 9 Inthe Start Comp
3. Do one of the following e Select an existing Letter or e Select an existing Letter and click Edit Letter to edit this letter or e Click New Letter to create a new letter You now use the standard Letter Writer to create the letter Note Within the Letter Writer additional text fields have been added to allow for subscription related letters to be generated See Subscription Related Fields in Letters for further details 8 Click Next gt 9 If you wish to include a member s positive account balance to be used as a contribution to their subscription tick this box This will then use the member s account balance to reduce the amount that they have to pay HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 357 10 Ifyou will be sending subscriptions by E mail you may configure the subject of the e mail and the text that will be placed in the e mail The subscription details will automatically be attached to the e mail If you do not intend to e mail Subscriptions leave these at the default values Completing the Raise Subscription Wizard 11 Click Finish to generate the Subscription renewals E mailing Subscriptions c When the Wizard has finished you may click the E mail button inthe reports toolbar to send subscriptions by e mail to those members who have opted to receive subscriptions by e mail You will be prompted to add an attachment file in addition to the subscription Click Yes and then br
4. cceeeeteteesesseesesseeseeseeseeseeseesesoeseseeseesseeseesoeseesessessenseusneoneas 175 Booking Future Competitions Optional step cccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeeeees 178 Starting Sheets Optional Step cccceeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeee ee eeeeee ee eeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeseesseeeenees 179 Create a Starting She tica ieai adaa Edaen de aa lacie sactesevcntevausvaceteuduecenvey sedsadueadevusrconestnaeee 179 The Start Sheet Wizard ceseeee ia 179 Add Players to the Start Sheet Grid ee eeeeesecscesseesseecseeesneeseeeaeeeaesaesnesseeeeesseeeseeeaeeeseseaeseaeeneeseatene 181 Auto Fill Start Sheets isinen onl eee nbn ae eset lin entailing 182 Reorder Players in Start Sheet Grid eeeeeeeseesceeseceeceeeeeseeeseeeseeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaessaeeaessaesaeesseesanesseeeaeeeaees 183 How a Balanced Draw tS Cale ulated ic cc ccciceesdvereeiesewscnseetietiecatesedateaceaneuccssevdsvsiedivasvablrandenadh och sereis 184 View a Starting Sheet Report cceccssssssesssesesssessessessesseeseeseeseesnesoessesaesaesaesesenssnesneseuseesesessenseusnneneas 185 Print Kabels for SCOre Cat AS niece cesses nisce cnc centescepnetecensuccesee lt cucenss tee catuesuastereceetwedsiecneadeerdeceadeesncecsuececsuusssaese 186 Design Custom Start Sheet Labels csscssecseecscecseeseeeseesenesseeseesseecseessneeseessnensnensneneeesensneeesenennerseees 187 Cancel a Starting Shee tiririca oaeen na aaaeeeaeo ra Pa aS ace
5. cscescseeseeeeeseeeeenseesereneee 251 Manage Bookings within HandicapMaste r cescssceessesenesseeseneseeeseesseeeseesenessesseneseeesensneeesenseeesenes 252 THE BoOokingS ToOMDat tcc csc cccecceccced stents ad oae aeea rear aa aN Aaaa aada ma Aaaa deaa araa oa suds cuuevdeaceeduedenssteehdevec ecd 253 Manage Bookings using Player Entry System s nsnsusnnsnsusnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnn mnene 254 Onlin BOOKINGS iioi ouessa aanraai oaiae nagesien a w 254 Enable the Bookings Function in Player Entry System s s nsususnnnnsnsnnnnrunnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnene 254 View History of Bookings Received snsunnnnnsusnnnnsnrnnnnnnrnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nna 255 Cancellation of BOOKINGS saa aaa pa Ea apanan tet accadhesact adi Aaaa aai aaa pa ase a ae stusdzed seusdiavoatccneetasvansates 255 2 Group BOOKINGS e A E E A E A 257 Vt OUCH ON EA P E EET ect T A E T E ETA 257 Record a Group Booking w 257 Modify a Group Booking ccccseeseeeseeeeeees 258 Update payment status for Group Booking 258 Delete a Group BOOKing ccccscsscsssscsessseesesseeseessessessessessevsevseeeneseeneesnesaesaessesaeeseeseeseesaesausaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 258 The Group Bookings WiZard cccsssssesseseseeeesseseessessesseeseesevseesnesoesnesaesaesaesesseseeeseesoeseesessessevseueneoneas 259 Create a booking confirmation
6. Issue Handicap This button is displayed if the Player has not previously been allocated a Handicap on the system Use this button to award a Handicap to the Player The Issue Handicap window is displayed Note The Handicap award is not recorded until the whole membership record is saved by clicking the OK button Also a member of A list of all other clubs other than the member s Home Club to which this member belongs MasterScoreboard co uk Tab Hide Name of Member using Member s Membership Number or Name Withheld Masks the player s name on the MasterScoreboard co uk web site if data is uploaded to MasterScoreboard co uk web site Set player s password on Master Scoreboard You may use this link to set a player s password on Master Scoreboard if you have the Master Scoreboard Individual passwords feature turned on Cards and Locker Tab Not Society Edition Has National Number If checked identifies that the player has been given a Membership card for a national Central Database of Handicaps system such as Golfing Union of Ireland s GOLFnet handicap database Player National Number The Member Number for the National Central Database of Handicaps Should be an eight digit number in Ireland and 10 digit number in England Has Other GOLF Membership Card lf checked identifies that the player has been given a Membership card for his club Card Number The Membership Card Number for this player Used for players
7. Note If the partial payment option was chosen then the total amount due is displayed rather than the next due payment amount In the Date of Payment box select the date of the payment this defaults to Today s date Select the Print Receipts option if receipts are required to be printed Select the E mail Receipts with option to print for members not configured to receive e mails option ifthe receipts are to be sent by e mail Select the No Receipts if you do not wish to create receipts but just record the payments Review the list of payments that are to be recorded and remove the tick from those payments that are NOT to be recorded 13 Click Next gt Ad hoc Payment The Ad hoc payment page allow you to define what items are to be recorded as paid In the Date of Payment box select the date of the payment this defaults to Today s date HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 379 In the Payment Description you may enter a description of the payment e g Bar Lew Select the Print Receipts option if receipts are required to be printed Select the E mail Receipts with option to print for members not configured to receive e mails option ifthe receipts are to be sent by e mail Select the No Receipts if you do not wish to create receipts but just record the payments You may optionally record notes with the payment 14 Click Next gt Receipt Printer optionally displayed If you have chosen prev
8. To choose whether the Club Logo is included in the Handicap Certificate report 1 Onthe Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Handicap Reports tab HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Reports 3 Under the Handicap Certificate section tick the Include Picture when available box to include the club Logo in the Handicap Certificate Note A Logo must have been configured into HandicapMaster previously for it to be included in the Certificate To configure a Logo see Add a Club Logo to Reports This option is not available when Small Certificates has been selected To change the top Margin used for the Handicap Certificate report 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Handicap Reports tab 3 Under the Handicap Certificate section amend the Top Margin value to change the vertical positioning of text on the Certificate Note This option is not available when Small Certificates has been selected To change the way Namesare displayed on the Certificate On the Reports menu click Layout and Options Click the Handicap Reports tab Under the Handicap Certificate section tick the Format Names like Mr A N Other box to change the way names are displayed on the Certificate from for example Andrew N Other to Mr A N Other 11 2 6 Configure layout of Handicap List Various layouts for the master Handicap List are available These include selecting whether members withou
9. Visitors List of Visitors Distribution Lists Entries in Distribution Lists E mail Log Log of E mails sent Competition Reports Report Description View Competition Results Results of a Competition Opened competition Opened Competition Closed competition Closed Competitions Summary of Closed Competitions Scorecards froma Scores entered for each competitor in a Competition Competition Score for a Competition in a Competition Analysis Competition s Competition Winners List of the Winners of Competitions England Golf Medal Winners Medals Players currently Banned from entering Competitions Competitions Analyse a Players scores hole by hole Analysis Callback Log Log of transactions with external payment system Order of Merit Runs an Order of Merit Golfer of the Year Number of Good Holes Number of Birdies or Pars or Twos etc scored by Played Players Bookings Reports The Bookings reports are available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions Report Description Competition Bookings Forward booking entries History of Bookings Opened History of players booking into a currently opened competition competition HandicapMaster Limited 2015 152 HandicapMaster History of Bookings Closed History of players booking into a closed competition competition Online Payments Received Details of Online Payments received from entrants into a Opened Competitio
10. e You may also geta list of Invoices from the Accounting Places by clicking All Invoices or Invoices in Current Year Then if you click on the appropriate Invoice in the list to highlight it you may then right click with the mouse and select the Print option and a copy of the Invoice will be printed to your default printer e The status of the payments atthe time of the print will be displayed For example a member is paying monthly and has paid a couple of payments these will show as paid and the remaining will be displayed as outstanding or overdue if appropriate 20 4 12 Resend an Invoice by E mail Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Ifa member requires an e mail copy of an invoice previously sent you can e mail a copy as follows 1 On the Accounting Menu click Invoices then click E mail 2 Click one of the Invoices to highlight it and click OK 3 Now confirm the E mail recipient details and enter a suitable message Click Send and the e mail will be sent with the invoice added as Portable Document File attachment e You may also geta list of Invoices from the Accounting Places by clicking All Invoices or Invoices in Current Year Then if you click on the appropriate Invoice in the list to highlight it you may then right click with the mouse and select the E mail
11. if you wish to display the games in tee order we recommend the following approach HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions tet a In the All Games Start At box enter the time when play will start when the Shotgun or Klaxon will be sounded to start play b In the Use Tees boxes select a range of 18 Tees to be used or on a 9 hole course select 1stto 9th c In the Number of Games box enter the number of tees e g 18 or 9 games l e Tee Times to display in the grid So the games are on tee order d Now insert games using the Amend Games button on the Start Sheet Grid page and select Insert new game before e g if you wished to have a second game on tees 1 to 9 you would repeat this for tees 1 to 9 e If you wish to save the current selections for future Start Sheets click Save as Defaults button 7 Click Next gt Start Sheet Grid 8 Add the Competitors in this competition to the grid There are various ways to select Players from the HandicapMaster database e Use the Amend Games button to insert or delete Games from the grid Note that when a player is inserted into the last available slot on the last game HandicapMaster will automatically add a row to the grid Itis not necessary to add all of the games before adding Players e Use the Auto Fill gt button to automatically populate the Start Sheet using players from a previous competition This may be applicable when creating a Start She
12. 1 On the File menu click Options 2 Click the Database tab 3 Click Restore from Automatic Backups button 4 Select the applicable backup you wish to restore from in the Available Backup Files list 5 Click Restore Database Important Note The automatic backups must not be relied on to safe store your HandicapMaster data The automatic HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Managing the Database 437 backup files are saved to the same hard disk as HandicapMaster itself In the event of a hard drive failure or loss of the PC your data will be lost Always ensure you take regular backups away from the HandicapMaster PC using Backup Database option 23 6 3 Change the number of Automatic Backups retained To change the number of Automatic Backups retained by the system Not applicable for Network Edition of HandicapMaster 1 Onthe File menu click Options 2 Click the Database tab 3 Inthe Number of Automatic Backups held in BACKUP directory box enter the required number The valid range for this setting is from 0 zero no automatic copies to 99 inclusive Important Note The automatic backups must not be relied on to safe store your HandicapMaster data The automatic backup files are saved to the same hard disk as HandicapMaster itself In the event of a hard drive failure or loss of the PC your data will be lost Always ensure you take regular backups away from the HandicapMaster PC using Backup Datab
13. 3 Tick the Hide Name of Member using Member s Membership Number or Name Withheld box See Also e Reseta member s password on Master Scoreboard 22 3 6 Reset a Member s Password on Master Scoreboard You may reset clear a member s password for the MasterScoreboard co uk web site where you have the Master Scoreboard Individual Passwords feature activated To reset a member s password on MasterScoreboard co uk 1 On the Players menu click Edit Member and select the applicable Member 2 Click the MasterScoreboard co uk tab 3 Click the Reset player s password on Master Scoreboard link See Also e Stop a Member s Name showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 22 3 7 Stop a Competition showing on MasterScoreboard co uk To stop a stroke play competition being displayed in results list on MasterScoreboard co uk 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place 2 Select Closed Competitions 3 Select the competition to be included or excluded from MasterScoreboard co uk and right click 4 On the pop up menu select MasterScoreboard co uk To stop a future stroke play competition being included in a Fixture List 1 Onthe Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place Select Opened Competitions Select the competition to be included or excluded from MasterScoreboard co uk and right click gt oO N On the pop up menu select Fixture List e Repeat this action to reverse whether HandicapMaster will publish this
14. AllowPaymentWithoutFunds True or False Indicates whether the player is to be permitted entry even when the player has insufficient funds to cover the fee I e OK to go overdrawn without authorisation To configure these settings do the following 7 In HandicapMaster select COMPETITIONS place in the left hand pane 8 Double click SETTINGS PROFILES in the right hand pane 9 Double click the applicable settings or click CREATE ANEW PROFILE template to start a new profile 10 On the Options page tick USE CALLBACK TO EXTERNAL SYSTEM AS PLAYERS BOOK SIGN IN box 11 On the Link to External System page select CALLBACK 58 in the USE CALLBACK list Click CONFIGURE CALLBACK SETTINGS button and enter the applicable values Complete the wizard The following should be noted about the Sign in Callback service Connection errors and the like will be logged in the Callback log available through the HandicapMaster main program Errors will not be propagated back to the user and will not stop Sign in from completing unless the HandicapMaster Limited 2015 222 HandicapMaster StoplfCallbackFails1 is set to TRUE When Visitors sign in no callback will be invoked Anaccountis deemed as having sufficient funds if the Competition Fee is less than or equal to the current Balance plus Overdraft Limit If online booking is being used NO competition fees are deducted HandicapMaster Limi
15. General Wales Players includes men amp ladies will have handicaps identified with a c if they have returned 3 qualifying scores including Supplementary Scores Away qualifying scores and 9 hole qualifying competitions during the previous calendar year Competition handicap status is added once 3 qualifying scores have been returned during the current calendar year Scores are NOT rolled over from one year to the next 3 scores required each year A player who received a CONGU Handicap for the first time will be marked as competition for a period of 12 months from the date of allocation Only applies to CONGU handicaps Does not apply to Junior Club Handicaps or other handicaps issued by the Club Manual Override A facility is provided in handicapping software for the club official to manually override the current handicap status of a Player s Handicap and also to remove this override at a later date Whilst a handicap is manually overridden additional entries to the player s handicap record do not affect their handicap status until the override is manually removed All manual overrides are cancelled at the commencement of a new calendar year Qualifying Scores All qualifying scores will adjust handicap status in the normal manner No new allotment of handicap will apply No Returns NR s shall count towards an Active Competition handicap A Committee is responsible to manually override the status thi
16. Player B strokes etc will contain the combined handicap for the format of the competition For small label sizes the use of the titling option may limit the number of items that can be included on the label HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 189 13 7 6 Cancela Starting Sheet To Cancel a Starting Sheet If you wish to remove all the entrants and cancel a starting sheet from a future competition 1 Do one of the following e On the Competitions Menu choose Start Sheets and select the Opened Competition or e Inthe Opened Competitions list select the competition and click with the right hand button Click Start Sheet 2 Click Next gt 3 Select Clear Start Sheet and Start Again and click Next gt 4 Click Cancel 5 Atthe prompt Cancel without saving changes Select YES The start sheet will be cancelled HandicapMaster Limited 2015 190 HandicapMaster 13 8 Enter Scores 13 8 1 Introduction How to enter player s scores returned in a Stroke play competition into HandicapMaster HandicapMaster offers two alternatives for entering player s scores These are e the built in Enter Scores windows available by clicking the ENTER SCORES button on the Toolbar or e the separate Player Entry system The built in windows have been optimised for Competition Administrators to enter scores providing options such as editing a scorecard already entered The Player Entry system is designed for Pl
17. Subscriptions Manage membership subscriptions menu The following subscription items are available e Raise Subscriptions Overdue Subscriptions Reprint Subscriptions Address labels View Amend Note Print E mail Refund Void Void Multiple Subscriptions Cancel Set up a Template Edit Template Copy Template Delete Template Assign Template to Members Invoices Manage invoices menu The following invoice items are available e Raise Invoices View Amend Note Print E mail Refund Void Void Multiple Invoices Cancel Mark as Bad Debt Set up a Template Edit Template Copy Template Delete Template Payments Received Record payments received Payments Manage payments menu The following payment items are available e Transaction History e View e Amend Note e Print Receipt HandicapMaster Limited 2015 469 470 HandicapMaster e E mail Receipt e Refund e Void Export Export accounting records Configure Configure Accounting The following configuration items are available e Add New payment Item e Edit payment Item e Delete Payment Item e Payment Categories e Methods of Payment e Members who receive correspondence by e mail Options Manage Accounting settings Competitions Menu Set Up A Template Set up the format of a Competition Set Up A Booking Template Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions only Set up
18. This may also be used to require members to Pay online to book Members only competitions To do this you will need 1 An account with an online payment provider such as SagePay Paypal etc to process card payments in a secure manner and 2 A subscription to the HandicapMaster Bookings Payments service 3 One or more bookings templates set for Online booking only with option Players to Pay by Debit Credit Card when booking ticked The HandicapMaster Bookings Payments service When you sign up for the Bookings Payments service HandicapMaster Ltd will configure details of your online payment provider to the Master Scoreboard website along with your chosen screen and email text such as your preferred Terms and Conditions that players will see when booking Once this information has been configured and successfully commissioned you will be ready to start accepting entries to Opens competitions online At this stage you may wish to place a link or embed a link to the available Opens from your club website Please contact HandicapMaster Ltd for further details about this HandicapMaster Limited 2015 252 HandicapMaster 15 1 8 Manage Bookings within HandicapMaster The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To Book a specific tee time or a slot within a block Select an Opened Competition 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings Place
19. To change the positioning of letter items 1 Write or edit any existing Letter On the Format menu click Layout In the Layout window enter the appropriate distances to be used by HandicapMaster as detailed on the window Valid values are 0 to 15 cm s inclusive 4 Click OK To reset the values back to HandicapMaster defaults 1 Write or edit any existing Letter HandicapMaster Limited 2015 10 HandicapMaster 2 On the Format menu click Layout 3 In the Layout window click Reset 4 Click OK To select the Font for Address and Date information 1 Write or edit any existing Letter 2 Onthe Format menu click Layout 3 In the Layout window click Set Font to use for address and date Chose the required font and click OK 4 Click OK 8 3 8 Change the Salutation used in Letters By default HandicapMaster automatically includes a salutation line of Dear lt Name gt in each letter where lt Names is the first name of the recipient Itis possible to change the way HandicapMaster generates the Dear lt Names gt line in the Letter or turn off the automatic generation of this line altogether To change the Salutation Line 1 Write or edit any existing Letter 2 On the Format menu click Salutation 3 In the Layout window chose and appropriate layout for your letters 4 Click OK To select the Font for the Salutation Line 1 Write or edit any existing Letter 2 On the Format menu clic
20. ccccceceeeceeeee eee ee ee eee eee ee ee ee eeee seca ne seeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeee 265 Chapter 16 Match Play Competitions 267 We Wt GU CUI OND MASE ceeds rece eecete teed T TATA ak deel ede renal ice ecw ectecd ecceceeeddtian 267 2 Performing a Knockout Draw ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 268 3 Add change or remove players from the Draw cccceeeseceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 271 4 Players booking into a KO Draw ceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 272 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 10 HandicapMaster 5 Ordering of Players in KO Draw cceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeees 274 6 The Knockout Draw Chart 22 ccccceeeeeceeeeeeeee cece ee eeee seca nese ease seae seca ae seeeeeseaeseeeeeseeeeeeeeee 275 7 Re run a Knockout Draw 2 2ecceeee cece cece ee ence ee ence ee eee ence ee ee ee ee ee ence nese seen ee eeee nennen nnna 276 8 Enter results Of a Match 0 2cccceece eee ee ence ee ee ence ee eeee ence ee eeee ee eeeeeeeeaeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeee 277 9 Clear a result from a Match 0cccceececeee cece ence ee ee eee ence eee ee ee eee seca ae seeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 279 10 Re print the Draw 2 sic ccecceecevecscce cetcctetivee cece ccecdietevceadue detecteecvee dies ccecaueterccsdsecenecuertresctees 280 11 Change a player listed
21. e Change Layout and Options REPORTS menu Update Men Members or Ladies Members Category As Applicable e View Member Records View Add New Edit or Delete Member Records Update Undelete Members Update Change Members to Visitors Update also requires Visitors Update access Suspend Player from Competitions Membership Utilities Category HandicapMaster Limited 2015 1 HandicapMaster View Membership Categories Subscription Categories and Officer Position Titles View Add Edit or Delete Membership Categories Subscription Categories and Officer Position Titles Update Import Member Records Update Export Member Records View Clear Subscription Payments Update Publish to BRS Online Tee Booking update Visitors Category View Visitor Records View Add Edit or Delete Visitor Records Update Find Player on CDH View Update Visitors from CDH Update Change Visitors to Members Update also requires Members Men or Ladies Update access Publish to Internet Category Publish to Master Scoreboard Update Publish to Central Database of Handicaps GOLFnetin Ireland Update Publish to MyGolfRanking Update Accounting Category Available when Subscriptions Option installed View Subscription View Print Subscription View View Invoice View Print Invoice View View Payment View Print Receipt View All other Accounting Menu items Update Housekeeping of accoun
22. e On the Reports menu click Competition Reports then Order of Merit e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Order of Merit Competitions 2 Highlight the Order of Merit competition to be deleted 3 Doone ofthe following e Click Delete an Order of Merit in the Order of Merit Tasks e Right click the chosen Order of Merit Competition and select Delete Order of Merit HandicapMaster Limited 2015 300 HandicapMaster e Creating an Order of Merit Competition e Setting up an Order of Merit Plan e Adding or Updating scores for an Order of Merit e Changing the format ofan existing Order of Merit e Edit Order of Merit Competition Notes HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Order of Merit and Eclectic Competitions 18 2 Eclectic Competitions 18 2 1 Introduction Operating Eclectic Competitions An Eclectic Competition is defined as being played under stroke play conditions and is where competitors play two or more rounds and the eclectic score is the players choice score of each hole in all of the rounds This chapter describes the process of running Eclectic Competitions Contents e Creating an Eclectic competition e Adding or updating scores used in an Eclectic e Changing the format of an existing Eclectic e Deleting an existing Eclectic e Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 18 2 2 Eclectic Competitions Overview of running an Eclectic competition in HandicapMaster The typical stage
23. lt PinNo gt lt NationalNumber gt lt FutureCompetitions gt lt FutureCompsLadies gt lt FutureCompsMen gt HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Text Substituted The full name of the addressee The First or Given name of the addressee The Surname of the addressee The title Mr Mrs etc of the addressee The Date of Birth of the addressee not known will be displayed if there is no date of birth information for the addressee The Email address of the addressee The Telephone number of the addressee Mobile Telephone number of the addressee The Fax Number or Other Telephone Number of the addressee The address of the addressee The current exact handicap of the addressee or No handicap award if the addressee does not have a current handicap The current playing handicap of the addressee or No handicap award if the addressee does not have a current handicap c for compitition handicap or for lapsed handicap may be appended where applicable Member s membership card number The Membership Category of the addressee The Locker Number of the addressee The Membership number of the addressee The PIN number of the addressee The National Number of the addressee allocated to the player on the National Database of Handicaps A list of future dated competitions including date and venue A list of future dated competitions including date and venue only open to Ladies A list of future dated com
24. 13 4 7 Mixed Competitions How HandicapMaster processes handicaps for Mixed Competitions In mixed events there can be a discrepancy between Men s and Ladies handicaps if there is a difference in the Standard Scratch Score and or Par between the courses being played by each gender Note This does notapply to the EGA Handicap editions of HandicapMaster HandicapMaster will adjust the handicaps of either the men or the ladies if Adjust Competition Handicaps option is selected in the competition template These adjustments are applied to the competition results only not to any handicapping adjustments HandicapMaster will adjust Handicaps using the recommendations of CONGU Appendix O of the CONGU Unified Handicapping System For full details and examples please refer to Appendix O of the CONGU Unified Handicapping System manual Where a player s competition handicap is adjusted this will be displayed in brackets alongside the player s Playing Handicap on the scorecard screen In summary these adjustments are Singles Competitions Stroke play Medal Competitions e In mixed events where there is a difference between the Standard Scratch Score of the Men s and Ladies courses players playing off the tees with the higher Standard Scratch Score will have their Competition Handicap increased by the difference between the Standard Scratch Scores Example Let us assume that one player plays off the red tees SSS 70 and the other th
25. Click Plans Tab 4 Inthe Plan box choose a plan number e Tick the Award Appearance Poinis to players in the Competition box if you wish to allocate a set number of points to each player for playing in a competition e Tick the Include Appearance Points to players who were disqualified box if you wish the Appearance Points to also be allocated to players who have been disqualified in a competition e Ifyou have chosen to allocate points based on the position a player finishes in in a competition then e Click Add button to allocate a set number of points for finishing in a particular position in the competition e Selecta position in the list and click Amend button to change the points allocated for that position e Selecta position in the list and click Delete button to no longer allocate any points for that position e Click Defaults button to pre allocate points based on factory defaults HandicapMaster Limited 2015 296 HandicapMaster e Tick the Include Descending Points for each place boxto cause the plan to award 1 point for the last placed competitor 2 points for the last but one competitor up to lt number gt points for the first place competitor where lt number gt is the number of competitors in the competition These points are in addition to any that are identified in the list See Also e Creating an Order of Merit Competition e Adding or Updating scores for an Order of Meri
26. Indicates if the member has a Disability Golf Handicap Y Yes or True to indicate that the member has a Disability Golf Handicap For details of Disability Golf handicaps see Appendix K of the CONGU UHS handbook Default No Disability Golf Handicap Note This only applies to Club Premier and Network editions of HandicapMaster Home Away Visitor Whether the member has this club as their Home Club H or Home or this is an Away club for them A or Away If this player is a Visitor l e a Non member use V or Visitor and see considerations below Default Home Club Member Home Club The name of the players Home Club The club name must already be known to the HandicapMaster database Note This column is ignored if the membership HOME AWAY VISITOR column is Home PIN Player s PIN number used for keypad only competition score entry Default Random unique 3 to 6 digit number PIN numbers MUST be unique Duplicates are not permitted An entry with a duplicated PIN will not be imported Note if Visitor PIN s are enabled then when importing you may be prompted that a value is not valid for the member or visitor being imported You may then either continue the import or cancel it Title The Title of the member expressed as one of the recognised abbreviations accepted by HandicapMaster These are Mr Mrs Miss Master Ms Dr Sir Lady Lord Rt Hon or H R H Default
27. Maintaining Club Memberships 6 3 Seta Handicap for a Member To award a member a handicap 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Players menu click Edit Member to award an existing Member a Handicap or e On the Players menu click New Member to award a Handicap as part of adding a new Member to the database Click the Handicapping tab 2 3 Click the Issue Handicap button This will display the Issue Handicap window 4 In the Exact Handicap or Playing Handicap box enter the Member s starting Handicap 5 In the Date this handicap starts in these records box select the date when the Handicap was awarded or the earliest date you wish to record this handicap in the system 6 Inthe This award is a section select either e First Award if this is the first handicap the player has ever had or first for 6 months or more or e Continuation of a previous Handicap if this is a handicap transferred from another club ora handicap transferred from another handicapping database etc HandicapMaster Limited 2015 s HandicapMaster 6 4 View a Member s Handicap Record al A player s Handicap Record is a record of all Handicap Qualifying Scores returned by that player along with any adjustments made to the player s handicap as a result There are three ways to view a Handicap Record These are e In tabular form e As a printable report or e As a graph To View a Member s Handicap Record Table format 1
28. Scotland and Wales is granted a National Number It is possible to obtain these numbers directly through HandicapMaster although an Internet connection is required The number is intended to stay with the golfer even in the event that the player moves Home club Once a player has a National Number and this number is logged into the membership record for the player in HandicapMaster his handicap records may be published to the CDH At the same time any Away scores for players at this club may be received Ireland Each player in Ireland is allocated a number and receives a swipe card Clubs are requested by their national union to maintain lists of members on the GOLFnet website Each player may view their handicap record through the GOLFnet website What Personal information is held about each player on the CDH England Scotland amp Wales Only the following information is published to the CDH for each Home player e Name e Gender Male or Female HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet e Year of Birth when known e Membership number at Home Club when known e Membership Status Current Resigned Deceased Non player e List of other clubs the player is a member of It should be noted that no other personal information is sent to the CDH no Address details no Telephone details etc The CDH Web sites The English CDH website may be accessed at http cdh egu org u
29. Touchscreen 227 Windows Screen Saver 239 Press Release 115 Print Overdue Subscription letters 362 Reprint a Subscription 359 Reprint an Invoice 372 Subscription Letters 355 Printing Print a Report 136 Print Labels as Players Sign In 227 Print Score Cards as Players Sign In 227 The Reports Toolbar 135 Turn off Warnings when Printing Reports 148 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Program Updates 446 447 448 Summary of available reports 150 Publish results to Web Site 403 Turn off Warnings when Printing Reports 148 Restore R Local Restore 435 Online Database Backup and Restore 442 86 Online Restore 443 Restore from automatic backup 436 Recipients Window Recover Member when Integrated with External Membership systems 39 Results Refunds Display All positions where limit has been applied Refund a Payment 384 201 Refund a Subscription or Invoice 383 Display All positions where top X limit has been Void a Payment 384 applied 201 Highligting players 201 Limit results to top X positions 167 Registration Code 34 Presentation of Results 167 Release Members onthe CDH 417 Show top X positions only 167 Releasing Members onthe CDH 417 View Results 201 Removing unknown players from CDH 416 Rename a Knock out Competition 399 Rename closed competition 399 S Reports 135 140 141 142 Adding a graphic to Reports 141 Adding Picture to Reports 141 Change format of Member s names 147 Registering 34 Reverse Member s name
30. V 2 The HOME CLUB column must be present with the Home Club for this Visitor 3 The CURRENT EXACT HANDICAP column must be present If the players current exact handicap is not known enter their current Playing Handicap When importing only Visitors the following columns are required all other columns are optional SURNAME MIDDLE INITIALS FIRST NAME GENDER CURRENT EXACT HANDICAP HOME AWAY VISITOR must be set to V HOME CLUB e Ifa Visitor PIN range has been allocated then do NOT import PIN values when importing visitors as any visitors with PIN values outside the range will be rejected by the import e f HandicapMaster is integrated with an external membership system then only visitors maybe HandicapMaster Limited 2015 s HandicapMaster imported Any non visitor entries in the import file are ignored To import Visitors using the CDH England Scotland and Wales only Club Premier and Network Editions only Follow Import Away Scores from an external file ensuring that a working internet connection is available When importing only Visitors only the PLAYERID column is required in the import file competition details do not need to be supplied unless scores are included in the import 6 7 4 Export Membership Records to an external file To export membership records 1 On the Players menu click Export 2 In the Export Window enter the full file name and location of the file to be create
31. You may change the list sort order by clicking on a column header 3 Click Next gt 4 Select the subscription at the end of the range to be selected for voiding You may change the list sort order by clicking on a column header 5 Click Finish There may be gaps in the list of subscriptions displayed as some subscriptions may be in a status that means they are not suitable to be voided e g they are already voided 20 3 18 Managing Annual Subscription Run Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Before an annual subscription run you may need to consider the following HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 365 1 Payment Item adjustments You may need to adjust the values of a number of paymentitems On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Payment Items On the list displayed double click with the mouse to Edit a Payment Item You may now adjust the value and then click OK Repeat this for any other payment items that need to be adjusted The new values will be automatically included in any subscriptions raised after these edits 2 Review the templates that are assigned to members and change if required Typically most members will retain the template from the pre
32. and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 132 HandicapMaster 10 6 Changing the Password The Password is the password that must be entered on the opening screen in order to gain access to HandicapMaster To change the Password On the File menu click Change Password In the Old Password box type the current existing password if one exists In the New Password box enter the new password In the Confirm New Password box repeat the new password Click OK a F OON gt Note The following rules apply to Passwords e Passwords must be at least 4 characters long e Any character number or symbol can be used e Passwords are not case sensitive Requiring Users to Logon to HandicapMaster Premier and Network editions only Itis necessary to require Users to logon on to HandicapMaster in order for a Userid and password to be prompted at Start up To set this 1 On the File menu click Users 2 Tick the Users must enter a User Name and Password to use HandicapMaster box To Remove clear the Password It is possible to reset or remove the password by 1 In the Old Password box type the current existing password if one exists 2 Clear leave empty the New Password and Confirm New Password boxes To reset a User s Password Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions only 1 On the File menu click Users 2 Highlight a User in the HandicapMaster Users list 3
33. and Wales only Ifa player cannot be found with the specified National Number player details are requested from the CDH England Scotland and Wales only If the player details are retrieved successfully a Visitor record is added before processing the scores Past visitors are undeleted as part of the score processing This feature can also be used as a way to register Visitor details in bulk using information from the CDH England Scotland and Wales only Byimporting a list of National Numbers with no scores Visitors can be added for entry into future competitions An active internet connection is required to use the CDH Importing from a spreadsheet You may import away scores from a file by following the steps for Entering Away Competition Scores and selecting the Import button When importing from files itis critical to enter your records precisely HandicapMaster will reject or ignore any items which are invalid Reasons for rejecting or ignoring data include e Invalid or unmatched National Number e Non numeric characters in scores with certain exceptions e Incorrect score type for the competition HandicapMaster will tell you which records are rejected or where data is ignored giving the reason and the number of the line in the import file 19 1 9 2 Import Away Scores from a file To import away score records 1 Using an external product such as Microsoft Excel create an import file conforming to the require
34. may be recorded in their records See Enter a Handicap Score 19 3 3 3 Enter a Handicap Score Inactive Handicaps This topic relates to the European Golf Association EGA Handicap editions of HandicapMaster only Players who return less than four qualifying scores in a season will typically have their handicap marked as inactive no asterisk alongside the handicap Once a handicap is inactive it cannot be used in a competition to play for competition prizes In order to re attain their Handicap a player is able to return scores outside of competitions For the purpose of HandicapMaster Handicap records where these are not Extra Day Scores such as for Category 1 players these are called Handicap Scores To record a Handicap Score 1 On the Handicapping Menu choose Record Scores to re activate Handicaps The member s Handicap must be inactive at the time 2 Inthe Played On box enter the date when the round was played Choose the order the score is entered in the handicap record by selecting AM or PM see discussion on ordering events in handicap records HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping 3 In the Holes Played box choose whether the Extra Day Score was played over 9 or 18 holes 4 Click the Played at button to select the Club where the round was played 5 For each player who has returned a Handicap Score matching the above details a Click Add Player button b Select the Player from the
35. payments are to be recorded Click Next gt Select Members Categories or Default Method of payment 6 Do one of the following e f selecting Members tick the box next to one or more member s name to record a payment for this member e f selecting Membership Categories tick the box next to one or more Membership Categories for which you wish to record payments e f selecting Members with Default method of Payment tick the box next to one or more Methods of Payment for which you wish to record payments 7 Click Next gt Methods of Payment optionally displayed If any of the selected members do not have default method of payment assigned to them this screen is displayed to allow the selection of the method of payment to be recorded for those members Click to highlight and select the required Method of Payment to be recorded for the payment for those members without a default Method of Payment 8 Click Next gt Partial payment options optionally displayed For Subscription or Invoice Payments itis possible to record a partial payment 9 Tick the Record partial payment box to record a partial payment 10 Enter the value of the Gross payment to be recorded HandicapMaster Limited 2015 378 HandicapMaster 11 Select a payment option for managing the partial payments Skip members with due amountless than gross payment or Discard any remaining over payment The Skip option will prevent any members who have
36. 1 Select the applicable cell and press ENTER key 2 Click the New Visitor button to add a Visitor to the HandicapMaster database displayed if the competition is an Open competition This Visitor will be added to the selection window and can then be chosen for the grid Itis possible to swap Players around in the grid using Window s Drag and Drop facility See Reorder Players in Start Sheet Grid for further details Ifa cell is marked as Unavailable you may change this as follows e Double click the required cell and select the player e Move to the cell using the arrow keys on the keyboard and press DELETE key to make the cell available or right click over the cell and select Clear in the pop up menu e Ifthe Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option then there is an option in the Accounting Options to check if players being added to the start sheet have an overdue subscription In this case HandicapMaster will prompt if the player should be added to the start sheet 13 7 2 2 Auto Fill Start Sheet When creating a Start Sheet for a second or subsequent round of a competition typically it will be necessary to populate the Start Sheet using Players from the previous round of the competition HandicapMaster provides options to import Players from a previously applied competition round or from another Start Sheet To fill the Start Sheet grid with players from a previous competition 1 Click the Auto F
37. 2 On the right hand pane double click Group Bookings 3 Do one of the following e Click the applicable booking in the list and then in the left hand column click Report Confirmation of Reservation e Right click over the applicable booking in the list then select Report Confirmation of Reservation in the pop up menu 15 2 8 Create a report of Catering reservations The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To create a report of forthcoming catering reservations for Group Bookings 1 Do one of the following a On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place b On the right hand pane double click Group Bookings c In the left hand column click Report Catering task HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Bookings or a On the Left Hand Task Pane select Reports place b Above the list of reports select Bookings tab c In the list of reports double click Catering 2 In the Restrict report to entries dated box choose the time period to be covered by the report Click OK 15 2 9 Create a copy of duplicate a Group Booking The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To create a copy of an existing Group Booking 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane double click Group Bookings 3 Right click over the applicable Booking in
38. 2 Select Competitions 3 Highlight the required competition with a single click Configure Booking Criteria 1 If not previously configured prepare the competition to receive bookings Book a Player into the Competition Once the booking criteria for a competition have been completed the bookings function on the left hand pane has a new function 1 Click on Bookings Received in the Bookings or Competitions Tasks in the left hand pane The right hand pane shows the times available for booking including the Bookings Toolbar 2 Click on a specific time or slot then either e click Book Player In from the Bookings tasks menu or e double click on the selected line or cell or e start typing the surname of the player to be booked The list of players is displayed The list will be restricted to the names of the players who are eligible to enter the competition only 3 Choose the Player and click OK or double click the Player name To move a player s booking 1 Click on Bookings Received in the Bookings Tasks in the left hand pane The right hand pane shows the times available for booking 2 Click on a specific time or slot then click Book Player In from the competition tasks menu Alternatively double click on the selected tee time The list of players is displayed The list will be restricted to the names of the players who are eligible to enter the competition only 3 Choose the Player and then either click OK o
39. 20 6 2 Record a single Subscription or Invoice Payment Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To record a payment of a Subscription or Invoice 1 On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select All Subscriptions or All Invoices lists select a Subscription or Invoice and press Enter 2 The Paya Subscription or Pay an Invoice window will be displayed The Pay a Subscription or Pay an Invoice Window The Paya Subscription or Pay an Invoice window allows you to record the payment of a Subscription or Invoice In the Date of Payment box select the date of the payment this defaults to Today s date In the Payment Method box select the appropriate means of payment from the list Tick the Print Receipt box if you wish to have a receipt printed Tick the E mail Receipt box if you wish to have a receipt e mailed The Notes box can be use to record any details you wish e g Cheque number HandicapMaster Limited 2015 376 HandicapMaster Ifa monthly paid subscription or invoice is being paid in the Payments list click on the specific payment thatis to be recorded as paid The Gross payment to be recorded value will be automatically filled in when you select a payment Partial payments To record a partial payment you
40. 21 4 Undoing a Supplementary Score To Undo a Supplementary Score 1 On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Supplementary Scores 2 Select the Supplementary Score and press the Delete keyon the Keyboard or right click and select Undo HandicapMaster Limited 2015 3 HandicapMaster 21 5 Undoing a General Play Annual Review or Exceptional Scoring Reduction To Undo a General Play Annual Review Adjustment or an Exceptional Scoring Reduction 1 On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then General Play Changes Annual Review Changes Exceptional Scoring Reductions 2 Select the player from the list and press the Delete key on the Keyboard or right click and select Undo HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Correcting Mistakes 397 21 6 Undoing and amending competition results Itis possible to undo a competition which has previously been applied This reverts the competition to the opened state The competition is now found in the Opened Competitions list This gives you the following options 1 Selecting Enter Scores and entering additional scores or amending ones already entered Examples when this maybe applicable would be to disqualify a competitor or amending incorrectly entered scores 2 Selecting Config allows you to change the template and competition set up attributes including the name and date of the competition Having amended the competition scores or format choose Apply Sco
41. 358 Find Overdue Subscriptions 1 ccesseseseseesessessessessessessevsessneseeneeseesaesaesaesseeseeseeseesaesausaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 359 Reprint Subscription INVOICES cece esse eeteseeeeseessesseseeseevseeseeseeseeseesaesaesaesaeeseeseeseesaesaesaesaeuaevanvaneaneanes 359 Address Labels for Subscriptions cc ceseeseeneeseesseseeseesseesesseeseesaesaessesseusevonvanesneaneneusaesaesansesseeseeens 360 Resend a Subscription Invoice by Email ccsssssssseeseesseeseeseseessesessesseeseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevonvaneaneanes 361 Raise an Overdue Subscription cc ccessesteeeeseessessessessessevseeseeseeseesnesaesoesaesseesesseeseesaesaesaesaeuaevanvaneaneanes The Overdue Subscriptions Wizard Void Multiple Subscriptions cesses eeeeeeeeeseeeseesseseesesseuseeseeseeseeseesoesoesaesaesaesenesnesaesoesaesaesernusneoneas Managing Annual Subscription Run 4 ANVOICE Sia5 conse aee a vec becuame ae a E e Eaa ae a aaa ecaessneesecccated cauuesnbecadetezeeusd IMEKOCUCTION Meee AEE DE E EEEE E EE E E Create an Invoice Tem plate cccsssssseesseesesestesesseseeseesseesesseesoesaesaesesaeusevanvaneaneaneneesnesaesaesonsseeseeons Edit an Invoice Tem plate ccsccsssessssseesesseseessessessessessevsevseesneseennesnesaesaesaesaessesseeseesaesaesaesaeuaevanvaneaneanes Copy an Invoice Tem plate cccssscssssssssseeseseneesesseseeseesseeseesoeseesaesaessevaevaevansaneaneanenaesnesaesansnsaneeneons Delete
42. 425 GOLFnet Ireland Adding Visitors through Player Entry 420 Common Error codes returned by GOLFnet 422 Find a player on GOLFnet 418 Introduction 410 Publish latest records to the CDH 415 Receiving Away Competition Scores 423 Update Away members latest handicap 415 Update Information 415 Using the CDH for the First time 412 Verify a Handicap of a Visitor 421 Verify the Handicaps of more than one Visitor 421 Visitors 418 GOLFnet Cards 39 Graph Handicap Record 50 Greensomes 167 Group Bookings Catering report 260 Confirmation of booking report 260 Copy existing Group Booking 261 Delete 258 Fixture Lists 261 Group Bookings wizard 259 Introduction 257 Modify booking 258 New booking 257 Update payment status 258 GUW Ladies Medals 290 GUW Medals 288 H Handicap Allocate a Handicap toa Player 49 First Award 49 First Award Letter created automatically 145 Print ESR Letter 311 Print Exceptional Scoring Reduction Letter 311 Reprint First Award Letter 311 Handicap Certificate 51 142 Handicap Certificates HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicap Certificates Copy of E mail sent E mail 90 Sending by E mail to members 310 90 90 Handicap Corrections Handicap List 143 Handicap Notes 318 Handicap Record Graphical Format Report Format Table Format 50 50 50 Handicap records 433 Handicapping Change Handicapping used 339 List of Players with Handicap in chosen range 336 Reporting Handicap Records of P
43. 9 The registration request is now complete In the Publish to Internet wizard click the Cancel button to abort publishing to MasterScoreboard co uk 10 When the registration request has been processed by HandicapMaster Support staff the specified contact will receive a Welcome message giving the ID and Passcode for MasterScoreboard co uk and further instructions for using the service The ID and Passcode are required when running the Publish to Internet wizard to upload data from HandicapMaster e If your club has already published to MasterScoreboard co uk but the ID and Passcode have been lost or forgotten please contact HandicapMaster Support staff HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet 22 3 4 Publish data to MasterScoreboard co uk Before uploading data to MasterScoreboard co uk itis necessary for an ID and Passcode to be supplied For more information see Request set up on MasterScoreboard co uk To upload to MasterScoreboard co uk 1 Do one of the following e On the main Toolbar click the Publish button or e On the File menu click Publish to Internet 2 Click Next gt button 3 Tick Master Scoreboard box and click Next 4 In the Connection Settings section enter the ID and Passcode that have been supplied for the service 5 In the Options section tick the Declare Information was correct up to date box if the information you are publishing may not be fully up to date 6 In the Options
44. Aggregate Competition Name box to assign a name to appear on the aggregated results reports This would be the name of the overall competition If left blank the name of the first competition in the aggregation will be used CONGU Unified Handicapping System Decision 3 a Club Premier and Network Editions editions only 9 Where more than one competition of the same format is run on the same day CONGU UHS Decision 3 a requires a single Competition Scratch Score to be calculated in some circumstances When HandicapMaster recognises this situation may exist this page is displayed If decision 3 a requires you to combine the competition with a previous one for the purpose of calculating a CSS tick the Combine Competitions to calculate a Single Competition Scratch Score box Tick the box alongside those competitions that you would like to combine this with to create the common CSS Note Combining the competition with another already processed may have the affect of changing handicap adjustments made with the previous competition 10 If calculating a Single CSS adjustment using Men s and Ladies Scores and some competition scores for the same day have been processed using a different handicapping system say on another computer tick the Some Competition Scores have been kept on a different database box and enter the required statistics for the other scores Process Results 12 Click Finish to continue The Competition results an
45. Annual Review Tick the Include Handicap Records of those players listed on Report box to append the handicap records of those players listed in the report to the end of the report Adjust Handicaps This option allows adjustments made as part of the Annual Review to be entered Adjustments so entered are given an ARA identifier in CONGU handicap records View Adjustments This option will allow you to view and print a report of recorded handicap changes that have been made as part of the Annual Review 19 2 4 3 Identifying Players for Annual Review The Council of National Golf Unions wishes to assist Club Secretaries administer the Annual Review To this end they specified a report to assist this process This reportis designed to assess the performance of all players who have returned three or more Qualifying Scores in the review period and is based on the expected playing performance of players with respect to their Handicap Category The report will flag up players who require consideration as detailed in Appendix M It should be emphasised that itis not the intention that any player flagged up qualifies automatically for an increase or decrease in handicap Any adjustment should only be made when all the evidence available on the player has been considered To identify players who may need to have their Handicaps reviewed at Annual Review 1 On the Handicapping drop down menu click Annual Review Then choose Run Annu
46. Association revision 2012 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster The Society Edition The Society Edition allows the Society Handicap Secretary to configure the rules for Handicapping within the Society All reports may be viewed on screen printed to a page printer or saved to disk in a number of different formats Historical competition results can be viewed at anytime HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter How to buy HandicapMaster 22 HandicapMaster 3 How to buy HandicapMaster Product Summary http www handicapmaster org products Direct Order Link htto www handicapmaster org shop Home page http www handicapmaster org home php E mail Support support handicapmaster or Address HandicapMaster Limited 15 Adlington Drive Sandbach Cheshire CW11 1DX United Kingdom HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter The HandicapMaster Desktop 24 HandicapMaster 4 The HandicapMaster Desktop 4 1 Introduction HandicapMaster is known for its neat and intuitive user interface The heart of the program is the Task or Folder pane alongside the Main Window pane This is situated in the HandicapMaster desktop e Toolbars The most common tasks in HandicapMaster may be accomplished using the buttons along the top of the main desktop Other Toolbars become available for printing reports writing letters etc e Context sensitive help HandicapMaster has an extensive co
47. Bookings 2 Select either A Tee Time or A Place ina Block of Times Where players enter into a block of tee times this allows the organising committee to draw tee times e g draw partners once the bookings has closed 3 Click Next Tee Times 4 Select the Tee the players will start from in the Games Start from list and select the first and last tee times available for this competition 5 In the Interval list select the minutes between each Tee time 6 In the Players per Tee Time list select whether play will be in twos threes or fours 7 Tick the Use Two Tees box if a second Tee is to be used For example where play will be from the istand 10th Tees Ifa second Tee is to be used select the Second Tee the players will start from and select the first and last tee times available for this Tee 8 If players are to enter in Blocks of times select either the number of blocks to offer for players to book in to or select how many tee times will make up each block and HandicapMaster will automatically calculate the number of blocks required 9 Click Next Booking available to Players 10 In the Bookings to be accepted boxes select the time and date when bookings is to be opened and the time and date when bookings is to close for this competition 11 In the Players may book section tick In the Clubhouse if you wish players to be able to book through Player Entry and tick Online if you wish players to be able to b
48. CSV file or by processing Remote Requests via a program interface API In this situation membership information in HandicapMaster becomes read only This option is configured through an Administrator only option See Integrate HandicapMaster_with Other Systems for more information e This option is only available in the Premier Network and EGA Handicap editions of HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Maintaining Visitor Records Maintaining Visitor Records 7 Maintaining Visitor Records 7 1 About Visitors Visitors are Players who may playin the competitions but who are not members of the Club or Society HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster 7 2 Add a new Visitor There are four ways to add a Visitor to the database To add a new Visitor to HandicapMaster New Visitor menu option 1 On the Players menu click New Visitor 2 Enter the Player s name in the Surname Middle Initials and First Name fields 3 Optionally enter a Title for the player 4 Select the Gender and Age Group of the player Two of the Age Groups provided may be renamed using Options ol Click Choose Home Club to select the appropriate Home Club for the Visitor 6 In the Handicap box enter the Visitors current Handicap and handicap status where applicable 7 Tick the Has National Number box if the Visitor has a number on a national Central Database of Handicaps system such as Ireland s G
49. Click Change the password of User lt Names link If you have lost the Password In the event of a lost or forgotten password please contact the supplier HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Userids and Passwords 133 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Reports Reports 135 11 Reports 11 1 Viewing Printing E mailing and Saving Reports 11 1 1 Introduction Navigating around the reports windows This Chapter describes how to operate the report generator in HandicapMaster Contents e The Reports Toolbar e Printthe Report e E mail a Report e Save a Report to File e Change the size of Report on Screen e Export a report to Microsoft Excel e Customising Reports Customising appearance of Reports Add a Club Logo to Reports Remove a Club Logo from Reports Configure layout of Handicap Certificate Configure layout of the Handicap List report Configure Most Improved Golfer report Configure Players Not Played Near Handicap Report Configure Competition Results Report NOTE Alist of reports is available 11 1 2 The Reports Toolbar When a reportis requested the reportis first printed to the screen within a Reports window The following Toolbar is displayed along the top of the report me amp 100 P q j Page 1 of 1 Report Buttons HandicapMaster Limited 2015 13 HandicapMaster On the bar are the buttons as follows Button goseccccog Essescecel 11
50. Continuation of a previous Handicap has been selected e Player s Handicap Status Active Inactive or Competition Non Competition For CONGU Unified handicapping in countries employing Active Inactive handicaps whether this handicap is Active or Inactive For CONGU Unified handicapping in countries employing Competition Non Competition handicaps whether this handicap is a Competition or Non Competition Handicap e Number of Qualifying Scores previously returned by this player For CONGU Unified handicapping in countries employing Active Inactive or Competition Non Competition handicaps the number of qualifying scores already returned during the current handicap status period Depending upon this answer also the number of qualifying scores returned during the previous handicap status period The Date this Handicap starts in these records date specifies the Starting date for the Handicap Records for the player Use a date prior to the first competition that you intend to enter scores for this Player Note that competition scores prior to the selected starting date cannot be entered for a player as the Handicap of the player at the date of the competition will be unknown In Scotland Competition Non Competition handicaps will NOT require details of the number of Qualifying scores in the current or previous seasons 6 2 7 Change a Handicap Award Change a previously allocated Handicap award 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Places bo
51. Doone ofthe following e Click the Records button on the main Toolbar and select a Member from the list if displayed e Inthe Players list select a Member then on the Reports menu click Handicap Record then click View As Table e On the Reports menu click Handicap Record then click View As Table and select a Member from the list if displayed To View a Member s Handicap Record Report format 1 Doone ofthe following e Inthe Players list select a Member then on the Reports menu click Handicap Record then click View As Report e On the Reports menu click Handicap Record then click View As Report and select a Member from the list if displayed To View a Member s Handicap Record Graphical format 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Players list select a Member then on the Reports menu click Handicap Record then click View As Graph e On the Reports menu click Handicap Record then click View As Graph and select a Member from the list if displayed To view the Handicap Records for a Past Member 1 In the Past Players list select a Player then click with the Right Hand Mouse Button and select Handicap Record HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships 6 5 Create a Handicap Certificate for a Member To create a Handicap Certificate for a member 1 Do one of the following e On the Reports menu click Player Handicap Certificate e Click the Certificate button on the main Toolbar 2 Ift
52. EEA ap aei bdi asine da erei dadare Saaana SaNi 189 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 3 HandicapMaster 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 Chapter 14 ON Oo FP WN gt ok N O ahe o aA A E E sed EEE TE E E detictadeesdean Jahi OCU eito a AA te seis cca EE AT T A A E A E E Enter Competition SCOPeS ou ccccsssssssssseeeesseeseessessessessevsevenvseeseeseennesnesaesaesaesaeeseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneeneanes The Enter Scores Toolbar ssiri radinan cau fee cccee ces seedoedadeecseduersaddvuceccct side ccadvadeacus tansvedsudeeuecvseeeed EMt lA SOCOM E EE A ste cenns seecteeeduevacdeate A A EE AT Edit a Score previously entered ou cccsessssceseessessessessessessevseeseeseeseesnesaesaessesaeeseeseeseesaesaesaesaevanvanvaneaneanes Delete a Score previously entered ccccecetsetssessessesseveevsesseeseeseeseessesaessesseesessoeseesaesaesaesaeuaevanvaneaneanes Find a player in the competition s nsnsunnnnnsnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnrnnnnnununnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ennnen ennnen Scorecard Entry Window ccssesssesssesseveevseeseeseesesesseseessesseesessoeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneaneansnaesaesaesaesaesseeseeane The Scorecard Toolbar aiarar eeseatsceecbeswer ciey sheeddct sued cde yld cede suesdepenseandevevend Review Scores entered for a Competition s nsnsusunnnnusnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnn nn Change how an Opened Competition is being played ssessseeeeseneeeeen
53. HandicapMaster e The Show on Leaderboard option is only available when the Player Entry option is installed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 178 HandicapMaster 13 6 Booking Future Competitions Optional step The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster The Bookings facility allows players to book into future opened competitions automating the Competition Entry sheet on the Clubhouse wall The booking list can if required be incorporated into a start list once bookings for a competition has closed You may allow bookings to be accepted through the Player Entry system in the Clubhouse and or through the Master Scoreboard web site online For full details see Bookings chapter HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 179 13 7 Starting Sheets Optional step 13 7 1 Create a Starting Sheet For some competitions the Committee may have seta closing date with a view to issuing a Starting Sheet with drawn start times and pairings A Starting Sheet can be produced by entering tee time details and then entering names using the Starting Sheet wizard Alternatively if Competition Booking has been run for a forthcoming Competition details of bookings received may be imported into a Starting Sheet Entry of Competition Scores may optionally be restricted to only those Players who have been previously added to a Starting Sheet Premier
54. It is recommended that the member s name should be entered in titled case that is Capital First letter and lower case secondary letters This will improve the appearance of the reports l e Smith rather than SMITH The combination of First Name Middle Initials Last Name Home Club must be unique for each member You should change the Gender box if the member is a lady You should select Junior in the Age Group box if the member is under adult age In the Club Premier and Network Editions of HandicapMaster if the member is a junior this will allow handicaps to be allocated up to 54 in accordance with Appendix J of the CONGU Unified Handicapping System Two of the Age Groups provided may be renamed using Options Home Club This field is set to the nominated system Home Club by default Should the member be an away member select an alternative club by clicking the Handicapping tab and selecting Another Club If the member belongs to any other clubs these may be added to the Also A Member Of list by clicking Add Club to List 6 2 2 Modify a Member record To modify the details of an existing membership record 1 Doone of the following e Inthe Players list selecta Member and press Enter Key or e Inthe Players list select a Member then on the Players menu click Edit Member or e On the Players menu click Edit Member and select a Member from the list displayed 2 Modify the Membership Information using
55. Keypad or terminal in place of a Keyboard Allocate Visitor PIN numbers in range Select the range of PIN numbers that should be used for Visitors This may be especially useful when HandicapMaster is linked to other membership systems Note If this range is changed and there are visitors with their PIN outside this range or or Members with their PIN in the new Visitor range the option to Adjust Members and Visitor PINS to take account of the new Visitor PIN range is offered Set PIN numbers to current Membership numbers HandicapMaster Limited 2015 ne HandicapMaster Allows the PIN numbers for current members to be set the same as their Membership Numbers where possible The Membership numbers must be numeric and not using more digits than previously saved using PIN Numbers option If the Membership number of a player has already been used as a PIN number for a Visitor then the PIN Number for the member will notbe set Adjust age groups automatically Tick this box if you wish HandicapMaster to automatically adjust a member s age group automatically This will then allow you to select the basis which should be used to adjust the age group of members automatically Adult From Age Set the age from which a member is considered an adult This age is used when Members are added manually or automatically loaded or imported into the database to set the appropriate Age Group of the member to Adult provided that a Date Of
56. Limited 2015 HandicapMaster 20 5 Subscription and Invoice Templates Window Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed The Subscription and Invoice Template window allows you to define a new Subscription or Invoice Template In the Template Name box enter the name to be given to the Template In the Template Description box you may enter a description this is optional Select from the Payment Schedule list one of the payment schedules Payment Schedule Description Annual 1 payment per year Monthly 12 payments one each month 10 Months 10 payments over the year each month for 10 months from start date 6 Months 6 month gap 6 payments one per month followed by 6 month gap Quarterly 4 payments per year 3 months apart Two 6 Monthly 2 payments per year 6 months apart Three per year 3 payments per year 4 months apart 4 Months 8 month gap 4 payments one per month followed by 8 month gap Choose the First Payment Due date this may either be 1 The Invoice Date meaning the date the Subscription or Invoice is raised 2 Click on Other Date to select a specific date The default is today s date Click Add button to add Payment Items to the template Select the appropriate items from the list If the list does not contain a suitable item then click New button if you
57. Master Scoreboard are the Registered Trademarks of HandicapMaster Ltd The Club Premier and Network Editions The Club Premier and Network Editions are designed to be compliant with The Unified Handicapping System published and administered by the Council of National Golf Unions Ltd CONGU revision 1st January 2012 The Club Premier and Network Editions are licensed by CONGU under license number F 1201 The CONGU Unified Handicapping System All rights in the handicap system embodied in the CONGU Handicap editions are owned by The Council of National Golf Unions Limited and are used under licence from The Council of National Golf Unions Limited HandicapMaster Limited has been licensed by the Council of National Golf Unions Limited to operate the Unified Handicapping System 2012 although the Council of National Golf Unions Limited does not endorse approve evaluate or warrant in any way the Software or any use of the Software The Trade Mark CONGU is owned by the Council of National Golf Unions Ltd and is used by HandicapMaster Lid under Licence from the Council of National Golf Unions Ltd The Club Premier and Network Editions may only be installed and operated by authorised Handicapping Authorities as defined by the Council of National Golf Unions Limited The EGA Club and EGA Premier Handicap Editions These editions are designed to be compliant with The EGA Handicap System published and administered by the European Golf
58. Member 37 Past Member 38 39 Recover a deleted Membership 39 Social Member 70 Synchronise from external system 71 Membership Groups Introduction 52 Menu Options 467 Mistakes 392 Mixed Competitions 172 Most Improved Golfer 144 My Golf Ranking 427 428 Non Competition Handicap Status CONGU Handicapping ENGLAND amp WALES Report players who may have an Inactive handicap in the following season ENGLAND amp WALES 323 Report players with Inactive Handicap Status ENGLAND amp WALES 323 Non Competition Competition Handicap Status CONGU Handicapping ENGLAND amp WALES 324 325 326 Non Competition Competition Handicap Status CONGU Handicapping SCOTLAND 63 Non Competition Competition Handicap Status CONGU Handicapping WALES 63 Number of Birdies Scored Report 211 O Open a New Competition Options 115 174 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 40 HandicapMaster Order of Merit Add additional points to players outside of competitions 297 Add or update scores 296 Change the format of an Order of Merit competition 298 Create a Golfer of the year Report 292 Create an Order of Merit 292 Delete an Order of Merit 299 Do not show Order of Merit on MasterScoreboard 408 Introduction 292 Notes 299 Selecting Scores 297 Set up Plans for points in Order of Merit 295 Starting or amending an Order of Merit 293 Other Recipients Delete 86 Edit 86 ay PARS How to Change 156 Partial Payment R
59. Members who have resigned their membership 417 AW ay Members cececscseeeeeeetesessesseesessevsevenssneseeseesnesnesaesnseeeeneeneoes 417 VISIONS aise iadaan aiian 418 Find a player On the CDH cccscssssscsessseesesseeseessessessessevsevsevseesneseeneeseesaesaessesesseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 418 Player with National Number joins club ccesesesessessessesseeeeeseeneeseesseseeseseeseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevenvaneanenes 419 Add Visitors through Player Entry cccsssescsscesceseesseseesseeseeseeseesaesaessevevsevsevanesnesnesaesnesaesaesansseeseese 420 Verify a Handicap of a ViSitOF ou ccc ctseseseeseeeeeeseeseesseseesesseeseeseeseesoeseesaesoesaesaesaeseeeseesoeseusausaessevseueneaneas 421 Verify the Handicaps of Multiple Visitors ou cc cceseseseeseeseeseeseesesessesesseseeesnsseeseesoeseesesessensensnneneas 421 Reporting Problems with the CDH service ccssssssesseseeseeseeneesseseessesseeseeseesnesaesaesaesaesaevenvaneoneanes 422 Common Error codes returned by the CDH cccsssssssssseseesesessessensessevsevsnvsneseesneseessesaesnseeeseeseee 422 Reviewing Away Scores Received cscsscssssssessessessevsevseeseeseeneeneesaeseessesaeeseesoeseesaesausaesaesaevanvaneaneanes 423 5 Kenya Golf Netw Orn oraraa raa aa acu cei cetdene ented cute a a aa a iectat eccdenccectacusneedbededeberceues 424 Vt OG UCU OND ARAA EE cece ecclesia ese T ANE E TE T 424 Using the Kenya Golf Network for the fi
60. Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions only Itis necessary to Open a Competition before a Starting Sheet can be created To Create a Starting Sheet 1 Do one of the following e On the Competitions Menu choose Start Sheets and select the Opened Competition or e Inthe Opened Competitions list select the competition and click with the right hand button Click Start Sheet Create the Starting Sheet using the Start Sheet Wizard 13 7 2 The Start Sheet Wizard The Start Sheet Wizard steps through the stages of creating a Starting Sheet If you have bookings enabled for the competition then the first time you run the Start Sheet Wizard you will be offered to option to import the bookings into the start sheet Type of Start Sheet 1 Choose the type of Start Sheet required for this competition Select either One or Two Tee Starting Sheet This is a traditional Start Sheet where games start from the same Tee at different times Can also be a Two Tee start where some games start at a second tee the 10th Tee for example Multiple Tee Shotgun Starting Sheet This is a Start Sheet where all games start at the same time but from separate Tees This is often called a Shotgun start as play is traditionally started from all Tees across the course with the sounding of a Shotgun or Klaxon 2 Inthe Players Per Group box select the number of players in each Game Can be 2 3 or 4 For Pairs competitions this will
61. On the Competitions menu click Suspend Player from Competitions and select a Member from the list displayed 2 Enter a date for the last day of suspension for the player The player will be displayed as Banned in the All Members list and will not be available for entering competitions To remove the suspension of a player from competitions 1 On the Competitions menu click Suspend Player from Competitions and select the Member from the list displayed If the player already has a suspension in place you will be offered the option to cancel the suspension Alternatively the suspension will be cancelled automatically once the suspension date has passed Note In the situation where you would like to cancel a suspension that has already passed its end date for example to enter a scorecard into a past competition suspend the player from competitions once again using a future date then cancel this new suspension This will clear all previous suspension records To print a list of Players who are currently suspended from Competitions Do one of the following 1 Onthe Reports menu select Competition Reports and click Players suspended from Competitions or 2 Inthe Reports List click Competitions tab then double click Players suspended from Competitions e For more serious breaches of rules regarding Handicaps it may be more appropriate to suspend the player s Handicap e The option to suspend players from competiti
62. Opened Competition 174 View Hidden Templates 166 Disqualifying a Competitor 199 CONGU Handicap System 320 Divisions 167 9 Hole Competitions 331 Duplicate Score cards from a closed competition Active Inactive Handicaps ENGLAND 63 205 Annual Review 322 Edit a Player s Score previously entered 192 Annual Review SCOTLAND 327 Enter a Competition Score 190 191 193 Away Members and Non competiion Handicap Enter a Hole in One 193 Status ENGLAND amp WALES 326 Enter a No Return on a Hole 193 Competition Handicaps SCOTLAND 327 Entering a Competition Score 194 Competition Scratch Score 330 Find a player whilst entering scores 193 Competition Non Competition Handicap Status Find why a player is not eligible for a competition ENGLAND amp WALES 323 193 Competition Non Competition Handicap Status Format of 165 167 SCOTLAND 63 Gross Score Results seeting format for Stableford Competition Non Competition Handicap Status or Par competitions 115 WALES 63 Handicap Allowances 167 CSS 330 Highlighting players on results report 201 Disability Handicaps 39 330 Holes in One 211 Exceptional Scoring Reductions 328 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster CONGU Handicap System 320 Handicap Status Regulations ENGLAND amp WALES 324 Importing Handicaps from Another Handicap System 63 Junior Handicaps 46 Juniors and Non competition Handicap Status ENGLAND amp WALES 326 Non competition Handicaps SCOTLAND 327 Override Compettiion or N
63. Payments To amend Subscription Notes 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Subscriptions and then click Amend Note A list of Subscriptions is displayed click one of the Subscriptions to highlight it and click OK to display the notes which may be amended e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Subscriptions Highlight the subscription with the note you wish to amend Then right click with the mouse and select Amend Note 2 Edit the note as required e You may also geta list of Subscriptions from the Accounting Places by clicking All Subscriptions or Subscriptions in Current Year Then if you click on the appropriate subscription in the list to highlight it you may then right click with the mouse and select the Amend Note option e Inthe list of subscriptions displayed when selecting Accounting menu gt Subscriptions you may scroll to the right of the list to see the current notes 20 3 11 Find Overdue Subscriptions Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To obtain a list of members with overdue subscriptions 1 On the Reports Menu click the Accounting Reports option and then Overdue Subscriptions 2 On the Report Selection screen select who to include in the report and then click OK
64. Payments Wizard Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed The Payments Wizard guides you through the process of recording Subscription Invoice or Ad hoc payments The Subscriptions or Invoice Payments Wizard 1 Do one of the following e Click the Payment icon in the toolbar or e On the Accounting menu select Payments Received 2 Click Next gt to step over the introduction to the wizard Type of Payments to be recorded HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 377 3 Select the type of payments to be recorded from e Subscription payments e Invoice payments e Ad hoc payments 4 Click Next gt Record Payments for 5 Select who the payments are to be recorded for from One or More Members This will allow you to select one or more specific members for whom payments are to be recorded One or More Membership Categories This will allow you to select one or more Membership Categories and thus the associated members for whom payments are to be recorded Members with a Default Method of Payment This will allow you to select one or more default Methods of Payment and thus the associated members for whom payments are to be recorded All Members This will allow you to select all members who have a subscription or invoice and for whom
65. Scores returned in singles Stroke play competitions may be used as the basis of the Eclectic results and or scorecards returned especially for the Eclectic competition may be recorded To start an Eclectic Competition Report 1 Doone of the following e On the Competitions menu click Eclectics e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Eclectics 2 Select the Create a new Eclectic task or press the INSERT key on the keyboard 3 Create the Eclectic competition using the Eclectic Competition Wizard HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Order of Merit and Eclectic Competitions See Also e Adding or updating scores used in an Eclectic e Changing the format of an existing Eclectic e Deleting an existing Eclectic e Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 18 2 4 The Eclectic Competition Wizard The Eclectic Competition Wizard steps through the stages of starting or amending a competition Name and Naiure of Eclectic Competition 1 In the Name box enter a title for this Eclectic 2 Inthe Description box enter a description for this Eclectic The description will be displayed on the Eclectic Competitions list 3 In the Type of Eclectic Scores section chose one of e Fewest Strokes on each Hole This is a traditional eclectic using the player s best gross score on each hole towards their Eclectic result e Most Stableford Points on each hole This is an amalgamation of the most number of points won on
66. Start Time box to include player s Start Times on the Labels Please Notes below for limitations Tick the Tee box to include which Tee player s shall start from on the Labels Please Notes below for limitations Tick the Match Number box to include the number of the player s game on the Labels Please Notes below for limitations Tick the Home Club box to include the home club of the player Please Notes below for limitations 2 In the Start at Label boxes select a Row and Column where the labels are to be printed from This can be useful if a partially used page of labels is to be re used as it allows position of used labels to be skipped Not applicable where labels on rolls are being used 3 Click OK and the start sheet labels report will be displayed on the screen HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 187 4 Click the Print Report button to print the labels Custom Layout 1 Click Design Label to review and use the Custom label Designer to arrange the layout of items on the custom label 2 Click OK 3 If one or more of the items on the label design are positioned outside the edge of the selected Label Type then a message indicating that Some item s were positioned beyond the edge of the label is displayed These items will be automatically excluded from the label when itis printed Click OK to acknowledge this message 4 Select the printer to which the custom labels should be printed The
67. Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To delete an Invoice Template 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Invoices and then click Delete Template A list of Invoice Templates is displayed click one of the templates to highlight it and then click OK e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Invoices Templates Highlight the template you wish to delete Then right click with the mouse and select Delete Template or press the DELETE key 2 Confirm the deletion 20 4 6 Raise an Invoice Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To raise an Invoice 1 On the Accounting menu click Invoices then click Raise Invoices 2 Raise the Invoices using The Raise Invoice Wizard 20 4 7 The Raise Invoices Wizard Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed The Raise Invoice Wizard guides you through the process of raising invoices The Raise Invoices Wizard This briefly describes how the Raise Invoices Wizard operates 1 Click Next gt
68. The distribution list will remain but have no entries e To remove all the entries and the distribution list delete a distribution list 8 4 7 Address Labels from a Distribution List Address labels maybe produced for Members Past members Visitors Past visitors and Golf club distribution lists These labels may be printed to sheets of labels and then placed on envelopes removing the need for windowed envelopes Note HandicapMaster Limited 2015 112 HandicapMaster The facility to print Address Labels is included in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To produce address labels from a Distribution List in HandicapMaster i Do one of the following e On the Players drop down menu click Distribution Lists e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select Distribution Lists Existing Distribution Lists are displayed Highlight the list from which you wish produce address labels Select Address Labels from the Distribution Lists Tasks or right click with the mouse and select Address Labels If you have selected a Member Past Member Visitor or Past Visitor distribution list then the option to limit the address labels to those members without an e mail address will be offered Click Yes to accept this option 3 4 Choose the type of Label you will be using in the Label Type box In the Start at Label boxes select a Row and Column where
69. Visitors list select a Visitor then on the Players menu click Edit Visitor or e On the Players menu click Edit Visitor and select a Member from the list displayed 2 Tick the Has National Number box and enter the 8 digit number Ireland or 10 digit number England Scotland and Wales for this player in the Player National Number box 3 Click the Look up Player Details button HandicapMaster will access the CDH and update the Visitor record with the latest handicap and details for the Visitor To look up the Handicaps of multiple Visitors in a single operation See Verify the handicaps of multiple visitors To look up the Handicap and player details of a Visitor not already known to HandicapMaster 1 On the Players menu click New Visitor 2 Tick the Has National Number box and enter the 10 digit number for this player in the Player National Number box no need to enter name or any other details about the player 3 Click the Look up Player Details button HandicapMaster will access the CDH and update the Visitor record with the latest handicap and details for the Visitor 4 Click OK to save the Visitor record See Also e Find a player on the CDH e Reporting Problems with the CDH service 22 4 13 Verify the Handicaps of Multiple Visitors You may update the handicaps and other details for a number of visitors from the Central Database of Handicaps in a single operation To update multiple visitors 1 Do one of th
70. a Best of Series Showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Competition being included in a Fixture List e Stop a Group Booking being included in a Fixture List e Stop a Calendar Note being included in a Fixture List HandicapMaster Limited 2015 408 HandicapMaster 22 3 9 Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk To stop an Eclectic Competition being displayed on MasterScoreboard co uk 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place Select Eclectic Competitions Select the competition to be included or excluded from MasterScoreboard co uk and right click e N On the pop up menu select MasterScoreboard co uk e Repeatthis action to reverse whether HandicapMaster will publish this Eclectic to MasterScoreboard co uk See Also e Stop a Competition showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Knock out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Best of Series Showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Competition being included in a Fixture List e Stop a Group Booking being included in a Fixture List e Stop a Calendar Note being included in a Fixture List 22 3 10 Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk To stop an Order of Merit Competition being displayed on MasterScoreboard co uk 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place Select Order of Merit Competitions Select the competition to be included or exclude
71. a category 1 Click the Paragraphs tab In the Choose a Category list choose the category of text you wish to customise Enter a size of paragraph indent in the Left and Right boxes This size is measured in millimetres To set spacing before and after paragraphs for all text in a category 1 Click the Paragraphs tab In the Choose a Category list choose the category of text you wish to customise Enter a size of paragraph spacing in the Before and After boxes This size is measured in millimetres To reset all attributes for text in a category back to original settings 1 Click the Fonts tab In the Choose a Category list choose the category of text you wish to customise Click the Restore to Factory Defaults button All font border and paragraph attributes will be reset back to their original installation settings for the selected Category 11 2 3 Add a Club Logo to Reports HandicapMaster may be configured to include a graphic picture in the title of all of its reports This allows organisations to include their motif or emblem in the reports The graphic if included is by default placed on the right hand side of the report heading or centred in the Handicap Certificate report HandicapMaster Limited 2015 12 HandicapMaster To include a graphic in the report headings 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Picture tab 3 Place a tick in the Include picture in Report Headings box and
72. a total due amount less than the value of the Gross payment to be recorded from being listed The Discard option will result in any subscriptions or invoices that are overpaid as being marked as paid and any over payment will NOT added to the member s balance At this point the page displayed depends on the type of payment initially selected Subscriptions Confirm Payments Alist of members and their next due payment are displayed Please note depending on the number of outstanding payments it may take a short time for the wizard to produce the list of payments Note If the partial payment option was chosen then the total amount due is displayed rather than the next due payment amount In the Date of Payment box select the date of the payment this defaults to Today s date Select the Print Receipts option if receipts are required to be printed Select the E mail Receipts with option to print for members not configured to receive e mails option ifthe receipts are to be sent by e mail Select the No Receipts if you do not wish to create receipts but just record the payments Review the list of payments that are to be recorded and remove the tick from those payments that are NOT to be recorded 12 Click Next gt Invoices Confirm Payments Alist of members and all outstanding invoices are displayed Please note depending on the number of outstanding payments it may take a short time for the wizard to produce the list of payments
73. another PC No special permissions are required to send diagnostic files from the local PC What information is sent to HandicapMaster Support The information sent consists of the following files when available on the PC e Error Log This file contains details of all Unexpected Errors encountered by HandicapMaster including those that cause HandicapMaster to end prematurely DBConfig xml This file contains HandicapMaster Database configuration information e ScoresEntered txt This file contains details of actions taken at the Player Entry screens using this Computer over the preceding 30 days e Connect Log This file contains details of the connection to MasterScoreboard and or the Ireland GOLFnet service for the most recent run of the Publish to Internet wizard e EGU _CDH Log This file contains details of the data sent to the England Golf CDH service for the most recent run of the Publish to Internet wizard when the Enable Logging troubleshooting option has been selected e HandicapMasterUpdater log This file contains details of online software updates that have been applied and any errors encountered running the online update process e HandicapMaster ini This file contains HandicapMaster configuration information e CallBack log HandicapMaster Limited 2015 480 HandicapMaster Created when HandicapMaster is integrated with an external membership system and customised processing is implemented Most Ha
74. before play book future competitions and more e The Player Entry system is available as an option when registering some editions of HandicapMaster e Run the Player Entry System e Change the way Player Entry system works e Entry of Competition Scores e Enter a card as Missing Card e Set Player Entry system to automatically login when starting e Runa Leader board e Change the choice of Profile used on a specific computer e Add Visitors when they enter their National ID HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The Player Entry System 225 14 2 Run the Player Entry System To run the Player Entry System 1 Do one of the following e On the Windows Desktop double click the Player Entry Program Icon e e On the Competitions menu click Run Player Entry Program e On the Competitions menu click Enter Scores then for an Opened Competition click Access button on the toolbar e Press the F5 Function key on the Keyboard 2 Ifyou have more than one Player Entry profile select the profile to be used Tick the Always use this choice on this computer box for this selection to be remembered whenever Player Entry is started on the same computer At a later date you may change which profile is used on this computer 3 Ifyou have dual monitor support or Scorecard Printer with more than one device configured select the applicable devices as prompted e The Player Entry program is available as an option when registering some e
75. body The national numbers allocated to your members are listed in the Player Card Numbers report The national numbers are exported when you create an export file of your members See Also e Reporting Problems with the CDH service e CDH Validation Removing unknown records from the CDH e Common error codes returned by the CDH 22 4 4 Publish the latest records to the CDH You may update the information on the CDH at any time by selecting the Publish button on the main toolbar This will allow you to refresh player s details and handicap records on the CDH as well as send and receive Away Scores Itis recommended that your club publishes to the CDH on a regular basis including after each handicap qualifying competition or when player s handicaps have been updated For Period Date When publishing to the CDH Handicap Records for players from a specified date are removed from the central server and replaced with the latest data being uploaded The specified date is the date that is chosen in the Publish to Internet wizard After all Home Club players have had numbers allocated to them when publishing to the CDH ona regular basis the Upload Handicap Records date may be left to last 3 months provided the last upload was less than 3 months earlier This will ensure the time taken to upload to the CDH is kept to a minimum To update the CDH 1 Do one of the following e On the main Toolbar click t
76. comma The Header Record The first record in the file will be a Header record This consists of the names of each of the columns fields within the file The fields will be ordered as follows Surname Member s Surname Middle Initials Member s Middle Initials First Name Member s Given Name Gender The gender of the member expressed as a single character of M for Male or F for Female Alternatively if this field is missing the CATEGORY of the member must include the text Gent or Lady Age Group HandicapMaster Limited 2015 e HandicapMaster The the age group to which the member is assigned Current Exact Handicap The current actual exact handicap for the member Current Playing Handicap Not applicable for EGA Handicap editions The current Playing Handicap for the member Disability Handicap Not applicable for EGA Handicap editions or Society Edition Y Indicates if the member has a Disability Golf Handicap For details of Disability Golf handicaps see Appendix K of the CONGU UHS handbook Home Away Visitor Whether the member has this club as their Home Club H or this is an Away club for them A If this player is a Visitor l e a Non member V is used Home Club The name of the players Home Club The club name must already be known to the HandicapMaster database PIN Player s PIN number used for keypad only competition score entry Title The Title of the member express
77. configure a Competition to receive Bookings 1 If you do not already have a Bookings Template suitable for this competition create a Bookings Template 2 Do one of the following e When Opening a New Competition tick the Use Bookings box and then choose the required Bookings Template or e Ifthe competition has already been opened either i Highlight the competition in the Opened Competitions list and select Bookings in the Competition Tasks HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Bookings a Select Enter Scores and choose the applicable competition b Click the Config button on the Enter Scores Toolbar c Click the Bookings tab d Click Configure Bookings button 3 Choose the required Bookings Template 15 1 4 Modify Booking Arrangements The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To modify booking arrangements already configured for a competition 1 Do one of the following e Highlight the competition in the Opened Competitions list and select Bookings Received in the Competition Tasks Click Re configure Bookings Arrangements in the Bookings Tasks e On the left hand task pane select Bookings place On the right hand pane double click Competitions Double click the applicable competition in the list Click Re configure Bookings Arrangements in the Bookings Tasks e Select Enter Scores and choose the applicable competition Click the Config bu
78. describes the Format of the Competition 2 Enter Golf Course Details The Par and Stroke Index values for the course used in the competition must be entered if they are not already in the database 3 Open a New Competition Makes the Competition available for Score Entry 4 Enter Scores 5 Apply Scores 6 View Results HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 13 4 Competition Templates 13 4 1 Introduction to Competition Templates Setting Up of a competition requires you to identify certain characteristics of the competition prior to entering scores This is in much the same way that rule 33 1 of the Rules of Golf requires the Committee to define the conditions of a competition prior to play Once a competition has been set up the format is held on the database for future reference This is known as a Template lf you choose the competition name ata later date the same settings will be used again providing a level of consistency when running re occurring competitions such as Medals See Also e Add anew Competition Template e Modify a Competition Template e Copya Competition Template e Delete a Competition Template e The Competition Template Wizard e Running Multiple round and Alternative Day Competitions 13 4 2 Add a new Competition Template To create a new Competition Template 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Competitions drop down menu click Set up a Template e On the left hand ta
79. drag and drop it on the example layout Tick the Include Titling when Printing box if you would like titling to be added to the items included on the label to be printed For Example with this option ticked handicaps will be printed as H cap 24 instead of 24 Strokes received will be printed Strokes 24 instead of 24 etc This can improve the appearance when printing to Labels Click the Perform a test print using this layout link to print some test data to the selected printer Click OK to save any changes to the design or cancel to abandon any changes Link to External System If using a callback to an external Accounting or Till system for fee deduction or the HandicapMaster Subscriptions Option select the callback number in the Use Callback box Click Configure Callback Settings button to enter the callback parameters If fees are being deducted at sign in to a competition then there is an option to Display Account Balance at sign in Tick this if you wish members who successfully sign in to have their balance displayed in the sign in confirmation message Notes e Callback parameters may also be configured through the HandicapMaster INI file in the users application data folder When configured through the INI file these take precedence over the settings in the Player Entry profile e Configuration of this facility is specific to the external Accounting or Till system Please contact HandicapMaster Limited or your Acco
80. e Delete a Group Booking e The Group Bookings Wizard e Create a booking confirmation report e Create a report of Catering reservations e Create a copy of duplicate a Group Booking e Stop a Group Booking showing on Fixture Lists See Also e Calendar Notes e Create a Fixture List 15 2 2 Record a Group Booking The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To record a new Group Booking 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane do one of the following e Double click Calendar select the applicable date in the calendar and then click the Group Bookings button on the toolbar or HandicapMaster Limited 2015 258 HandicapMaster e Double click Group Bookings and then in the left hand pane click New Booking 3 Record the Booking using the Group Booking wizard 15 2 3 Modify a Group Booking The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To modify a Group Booking 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane do one of the following e Double click Calendar select the applicable date in the calendar and then click the link to the group booking or e Double click Group Bookings and then double click the applicable booking in the list 3 Edit the Booking using the Group Booking wizard 15 2 4 Update
81. each hole 4 Click Next gt How Players have entered this Competition 5 If players have been asked to sign up for the Eclectic in advance of any stroke play competitions being played or casual cards being returned tick the Players have signed up in Advance box 6 Click Next gt 7 If Players have signed up in Advance is selected identify which players have entered by ticking the box alongside their names Then click OK Nature of Eclectic Competition 8 Choose whether scores from stroke play competitions or cards returned especially for the Eclectic Casual Cards or a mixture of the both are to be used as the basis of the Eclectic competition 9 Click Next gt Casual Cards If scores are to be collected for the Eclectic from casual cards then identify the golf course and tees to be used by players when returning casual cards 10 Click the Played At button to choose the golf course to be used by players when returning casual cards 11 Choose which tees the men and ladies will play from when returning casual cards 12 Inthe Holes Played box choose whether the casual cards will be scores played over eighteen holes or the front or back nine holes only HandicapMaster Limited 2015 304 HandicapMaster 13 Click Next gt Select Handicap Allowance If the eclectic is to be based on players gross scores not Stableford points on each hole then choose any Handicap allowance the player
82. ececeeeeeee cece ee ee cece eee ee eeee ee eeeeee ee eeeeae ee seseeeeeeeseaeaeeeseeeeeeeseaeeeeeeees 76 4 Delete a Visitor record ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeseeesseeseeeseenseeesees 77 5 Recover a previously deleted Visitor ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaneeeeeees 78 6 Update a Handicap Of a Visitor ecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeee seen ee eeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaneeeeeees 79 7 Change a Visitor to a Member cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeseaeeeeeeees 80 Chapter 8 Working with E mail and Letters 82 WitrOMUCTION ii cece occ ecoce cecedece ted ee Ear EA ANAA EE AFERA AEL I AEEA EE AAAS O E AA AAA LANS 82 2 Working with Email we ccc sec ccctseetecettcasecesceeeews cies a EARE NERA N ANa KENANA RaRa RES 83 EM il introduc ON a eee e Te aaae ere ae ea a a aa aaa a ae a ra aaa e Ke a araa aaan anean aada 83 Email Se ttim GS e a a a a a Ea e e e aa a a a a ea iaaa 83 The New Message and Recipients WiNndOWS s nsnsunnnsnsnnnnnnrunnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnen 86 A Logg EEE E E AE E E E 88 Change the covering text Sent with e mails sscssecseeesseceeesseeeseeeeeeesessenessesseneneeeneeeseeeeeeseueeseesenensense 89 Change the From E mail address used csscssecsseesseeseeeseeeeeeeseeeseeseneeseesenesseeseneseennenaeeeeeseneeseasenensenss 90 E mailing Handicap Certificat
83. entering their competition scores using Magnetic Swipe Cards Locker Number The number of the Locker assigned to this player Subscriptions Tab Date Joined If checked allows a date to be recorded representing when the Member joined the club Date Renewed If checked allows a date to be recorded representing when the Member last renewed their membership Date Expires If checked allows a date to be recorded representing when the Member s membership is due to HandicapMaster Limited 2015 a2 HandicapMaster expire Date Subscription Paid If checked allows a date to be recorded representing when the Member paid their subscription for the current year Method of Payment Identifies the method by which the Member paid their subscription for the year Click List to change the titles used Amount Paid Itemises the amount paid by the Member If the Subscriptions Option is installed then there are additional features Send Subscriptions Invoices Receipts by E mail If checked enables subscriptions invoices and receipts to be sent to this member by e mail Account balance is adjust balance by This displays the current gross balance for the member and offers the option to adjust the balance by recording a gross payment Typically this may be useful when a member joins and you wish to set an initial opening balance Note that if the VAT rate is non zero then the VAT amount will be calculated from the gross v
84. existing member s details The DELETE member will place the member into the Past Members list The STATUS request allows the external membership system to determine if a previously queued request has been processed and the results of that processing The interface allows individual changes to be made instead of the CSV membership load where all records are bulk loaded Matching of Membership Records The processing of requests is slightly different from the CSV load facility INSERT request received e Where there is a match with an existing record in HandicapMaster the membership details in HandicapMaster are refreshed with the data from the request If the player is currently listed in the Past Members list in HandicapMaster they are returned to the active all members list e Where a request cannot be matched with existing records in HandicapMaster a new membership record is created in HandicapMaster DELETE request received e Where there is a match with an existing record in HandicapMaster the player is marked as a Past Member in HandicapMaster To match records between the external membership system and HandicapMaster an Account ID is maintained in the database This is the sole item used for the matching and itis essential that a unique account id is maintained by the membership system for each player HandicapMaster Start up When the Remote Request Load Facility has been activated see below Handica
85. feature Club Premier and Network Editions only Update Visitor handicaps from National Database Find a Player on CDH If National Database provided and supports feature Club Premier and Network Editions only Search for a Player on CDH where name and home club are known Undelete Recover a previously deleted Member or Visitor Letters Enable a database of letters to be generated for easy addressing to members Letter Of Introduction Write a letter of introduction for a member Import Import Visitors when integrated with external membership system Import Membership or visitor records from an external file Export Write out Membership records to an external file Golf Courses Add and amend Golf Club and course details Officer Titles Change the text of a Committee Officer title Membership Categories Change the text of a Membership Category Membership Groups Only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option Change the text of a Membership Category Subscriptions Not available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option Change the text of Subscriptions and also reset payments made Distribution Lists Manage Distribution Lists to assist with communication by Letter or E mail Accounting Menu Only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Menu Options and Toolbar Buttons
86. from the items displayed To limit the distribution list to a selection of Membership Categories tick Only Members in selected Membership Categories Then select the appropriate Membership Categories from the items displayed Note this option is not available for Visitor or Past Visitor distrib ution lists To limit the distribution list to a range of handicaps tick Only Members with a handicap within a selected range Then either type or use the up down arrows to set the Handicap From and to values To limit the distribution list to Competition Handicap Status tick Include members with Competition handicap status Note Only applicable to CONGU editions of HandicapMaster in England Wales and Scotland To limit the distribution list to Non Competition Handicap Status tick Include members with Non Competition handicap status HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters 109 Note Only applicable to CONGU editions of HandicapMaster in England Wales and Scotland 12 Click Finish to save the edited Distribution list e Once a distribution list has been added the type of data contained in the distribution list may not be changed e For Member Past Member Visitor and Past Visitor distribution lists if the Automatically add and maintain entries in list option is not selected then members added to HandicapMaster at a later date or existing members are edited and then meet the distribution list se
87. in the to box or click a match in the graphical list Then click Switch 13 Click Next gt 14 Enter the final play date for each round These dates will be included on the draw sheet 15 Enter the Last date for match results to be received date to set a last date that players may enter the match results through the Player Entry system which is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions editions of HandicapMaster l e Set this to the last date that you would expect the result of the Final for this competition to be reported through the Player Entry system 16 Tick the Include on MasterScoreboard co uk box if you wish to allow this Draw to be published to the MasterScoreboard web site 17 Click Next gt 18 Enter any notes that you wish to append to the end of the report in the Notes displayed on Report box 19 Click Next gt HandicapMaster Limited 2015 270 HandicapMaster 20 Click Finish button to perform the draw See printing considerations for gaining the best results when printing the Draw Sheet HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Match Play Competitions 271 16 3 Add change or remove players from the Draw Add a player to the Draw 1 Move the highlight to the row or cell either by a Using the Up and Down buttons or b Using the UP or DOWN keys on the keyboard or c Clicking in the required cell 2 Do one of the following a Start typing the name of the player to b
88. in their HandicapMaster records the player s Handicaps can automatically be kept up to date as you Publish to the CDH Members of Golf Clubs outside of your Country The English and Scottish Welsh CDH services are linked together You may refer to English players from Scotland Wales or Scottish Welsh players from England Neither systems have an interface to the Irish GOLFnet CDH Service If you have Home Away Members that have their home club outside of England Scotland and Wales or Ireland it will be necessary to leave their national number blank These players cannot be included in the CDH system HandicapMaster Limited 2015 ate HandicapMaster See Also e Reporting Problems with the CDH service 22 4 8 Visitors Entry forms for Open Competitions The CDH provide facilities for easing the administration of Open competitions Itis recommended that your club considers amending their entry forms for open competitions to request the player s National Number Having the national number for a Visitor will enable the CDH to be used to simplify the preparation and checking of Visitors details for the Open competitions Registering Visitors to HandicapMaster using their National Number If you need to add a visitor record to HandicapMaster as part of a player s entry to an Open competition this may be simplified if you know their national number When the visitor s national number is known the latest player de
89. is ignored for Away members and Visitors Default 0 e SCORES CURRENT SEASON Number of qualifying scores in the player s handicap record in the same year as the Handicap Import Date This number should be set to 0 1 2 or 3 as applicable 3 may be used to represent 3 or more if required This column is ignored for Away members and Visitors Default 0 Handicap Import Date is the date selected in the Mark all First Awards and Handicap Alterations as from box when running Import Note Where players have enough scores to warrant an active handicap from the preceding year but not enough in the current year then their handicaps will be marked as Active or Competition by using the override facility Importing Handicaps for clubs in Scotland In Scotland Handicaps have a status of Non Competition if a player does not have 3 qualifying scores on his handicap record either one of the current year or the previous year In order to import handicaps so that HandicapMaster may be able to set the handicap status correctly for the rest of the current handicap review period itis necessary to populate the following columns in the Import file e HANDICAP The current handicap of the player For Home members handicap is to one decimal place For Away members handicap is a whole number Where a player current holds a non competition handicap append an star to the
90. itis heavily dependent on the experience and knowledge of the committee After considerable statistical research an algorithm has been designed that will enable committees to carry out the AHR in a uniformly objective manner Active and Inactive handicaps As part of that research it was determined that it was necessary for a player to return more than 4 scores in the period between AHRs for an effective assessment to be made of his performance against handicap Such players have active handicaps and are included in the AHR assessment Players that have returned fewer than four scores are excluded from the performance assessment process within the AHR and are regarded as having inactive handicaps Such players retain an exact handicap but it cannot be definitely verified as the committee has been presented with too little information to make that judgement However an inactive handicap can be taken as a general indication of the player s competence and is perfectly acceptable for any form of play where such an indication is all that is required Notes e The analysis uses scores recorded by each player in the past calendar year and therefore is best run towards the end of the calendar year or early in the following year e The review process will automatically mark player s handicaps as inactive and or adjust handicaps according to analysis of the scores returned e The Annual Review cannot be run if it has already been run in the l
91. keyboard Note Itis not possible to delete distribution lists or members Amend E mail Footer or Signature text Itis possible to set up a footer or signature text to be automatically added to an e mail 4 e Click on the E mail Signature button in the toolbar or e From File menu select Signature Enter the signature text Note if you amend an existing signature this will be changed in the e mail automatically The signature will be used in all future e mails e The first time that you send an e mail you will be asked to enter your e mail settings These are required to configure HandicapMaster to send e mail e When e mailing a report the report will be attached automatically and sent as a PDF attachment to the e mail This is indicated by the word Report at the start of the Attached line You may attach an additional file which may be in any other format e When sending an e mail to a Distribution List only entries of the distribution list with a valid e mail address will receive the e mail e The list of recipients displayed alongside the To and CC buttons is for information only To see full details of the recipients please click the To or CC button to view the Recipients Window e The Recipients window may be resized to make it easier to view large lists of recipients e Ifyou are e mailing the Report Away Player s Scores to their Home Clubs report there are special considerations e See System Requirements to se
92. limiting the players listed to only those witha handicap between a chosen handicap range Player Handicap Certificate Create a Handicap Certificate for a player Membership Reports The following reports are available e Membership Summary e Membership Contact Summary e Officer Contact Summary e Names and addresses of the Members HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Menu Options and Toolbar Buttons 473 Telephone Numbers E mail Addresses Player Identification Numbers PIN Numbers National ID s and membership Card Numbers Locker Numbers Membership Notes Joining Dates Renewal Dates Expiry Dates Age of Members Subscription Paid Dates Subscription Amounts Paid Not available with the Subscriptions Option see Accounting Reports below for subscription related reports Away Members Visitors Groups Only available with the Subscriptions Option Groups and Members Only available with the Subscriptions Option Distribution Lists E mail Log Membership Update Problems when integrated with external membership system and using Remote Request Competition Reports The following reports are available View Competition Results Analysis of Scores Entered Opened competition Analysis of Scores Entered Closed competition Closed Competitions Scorecards from a Competition No Score Recorded Scores Competition Scratch Score Not Society Edition Best Scores Analysis Competition Scoring Analysis Competition Winn
93. list displayed right click with the mouse and select Edit a Template 2 Enter the Template information using the Subscription and Invoice Template window e Editing an Invoice Template will not affect any invoices already raised but will affect future invoices 20 4 4 Copy an Invoice Template Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed You may wish to copy an Invoice Template perhaps to save time setting up a number of similar templates To copy an Invoice Template 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Invoices and then click Copy Template A list of Invoice Templates is displayed click one of the templates to highlight it and then click OK e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Invoice Templates Highlight the template you wish to copy Then right click with the mouse and select Copy Template 2 You will be offered the choice to change the copied template to a SUBSCRIPTION template 3 Confirmation of the new type and name of template will be displayed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 368 HandicapMaster Copying an Invoice Template will not affect any Invoices already raised 20 4 5 Delete an Invoice Template Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the
94. mail Notes e The first time that you click the e mail report button you will be asked to enter your e mail settings These are required to configure HandicapMaster to send e mail e Ifyou are e mailing the Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs report there are special considerations e See System Requirements to see if you are able to send e mails from your computer 11 1 5 Save a Report to File To Save a Report to File You can save the current report to a file by clicking the Save Report button on the Reports Toolbar This will save the report to a file in your chosen file format This can be e Portable Document Format PDF e OpenDocument Spreadsheet ODS e Word Format Rich Text Format RTF e Comma separated Values CSV To change the default file format used You may change HandicapMaster so that the default format of file used when saving reports is Word Format Rich Text Format RTF To do this 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the General Tab 3 Choose your preferred file format in Default file format when saving reports box HandicapMaster Limited 2015 13 HandicapMaster e Some formatting information may not be preserved when you save a report to the various formats This is a limitation of the destination document format e Please note thatit may take some time ranging from many seconds to a few minutes to save the report to some formats Th
95. mail On the New Message window click File menu then Edit default covering text 2 In the Report drop down list choose the report for which you wish to amend the covering text 3 Amend the text to be used when e mailing this report Using Field codes in the covering text HandicapMaster will substitute special words known as Fields in the e mail body text for relevant information when the e mail is sent The following tags are recognised and if present in the text body will be substituted when the e mail is sent Tag Text Substituted lt Name gt The full name of the addressee lt Surname gt The Surname of the addressee lt GivenName gt The First or Given name of the addressee lt MemberTitle gt The title Mr Mrs etc of the addressee lt ExactHandicap gt The current exact handicap of the addressee or No handicap award if the addressee does not have a current handicap lt PlayingHandicap gt The current playing handicap of the addressee or No handicap award if the addressee does not have a current handicap i for Inactive handicap or for lapsed handicap may be appended where applicable HandicapMaster Limited 2015 90 HandicapMaster lt CurrentTime gt The time when the e mail is created lt CurrentDate gt The date when the e mail is created 8 2 6 Change the From E mail address used If you need to change the From e mail address used when sending out e mails or other settings relate
96. may adjust the Gross payment to be recorded value It is possible to enter a value thatis less than a specific payment or greater than one payment The amountis limited to the maximum outstanding for the invoice or subscription and will automatically be reduced if a larger payment value is entered When a partial payment is recorded HandicapMaster will use the partial payment amount to pay as many payments as possible starting with the oldest due payment Ifa payment value does not exactly match an outstanding payment then a new payment for the remaining outstanding amount will be created automatically and the original outstanding payment will be adjusted to match the payment Example If there are 12 payments monthly each of 10 units of currency If you were to record a payment of 25 units of currency then payments 1 and 2 would be marked as paid payment 3 would be adjusted to 5 units of currency and be paid and an additional payment for 5 units of currency would be added as payment 13 but with the same due date as payment 3 e The oldest payment thatis due is selected by default and the gross amount to be paid is filled in automatically e The Print Receipt box will be ticked if you have ticked the Automatically Print Receipt for Payment Transactions box in the Accounting Options e The E mail Receipt box will be ticked if you have ticked the E mail Receipts box in the Accounting Options 20 6 3 The Subscriptions Invoices and Ad hoc
97. may be necessary to set the handicap status of Active or Inactive or Competition or Non Competition along with the handicap value of the player Whether this is necessary depends upon the handicapping regulations in force in the country where HandicapMaster Limited 2015 e HandicapMaster the club is based These notes provide guidance on setting initial handicaps by using the HandicapMaster Import facility and differ depending upon the country of the Home Club Importing Handicaps for clubs in England Wales Kenya and Tanzania In England Wales Kenya and Tanzania Handicaps have an Inactive or non competition status if a player does not have 3 qualifying scores on his handicap record either one of the current year or the previous year In order to import handicaps so that HandicapMaster may be able to set the handicap status correctly for the rest of the current season and next season too itis necessary to populate the following columns in the Import file e HANDICAP The current handicap of the player For Home members handicap is to one decimal place For Away members handicap is a whole number e SCORES PREVIOUS SEASON Number of qualifying scores in the player s handicap record in the preceding year to the Handicap Import Date This number may be set to either 0 or 3 depending if the player had 3 or more scores in his record in that year or otherwise This column
98. must be a Comma Separated Values file which is typically suffixed CSV This format can for example be saved from a spreadsheet in Microsoft Excel e The file must be an ASCII text file HandicapMaster Limited 2015 452 HandicapMaster e There must be one membership record per record in the file e There must be no header line in the file e Each field within each record must be separated by a comma The fields supported are as follows Account ID or Contact ID This is an identifier used by the external membership system to uniquely identify the member This may be a numeric or text First Name Member s First Name Surname Member s Surname Middle Initials Member s Middle Initials Title The Title of the member expressed as one of the recognised abbreviations accepted by HandicapMaster These are Mr Mrs Miss Master Ms Dr Sir Lady Lord Rt Hon or H R H Default Mr Master Ms or Miss depending upon whether membership record is Male Female and whether Junior Gender The gender of the member expressed as M for Male or F for Female Default Male Date of Birth Member s Date of Birth This is used to set the Age Group of the member e f greater or equal to 18 years sets members age group to JUNIOR e If greater than 18 butless than Senior age default of 65 sets member s age group to ADULT e lf equal or greater than Senior age default of 65 sets member s age group to SENI
99. necessary to suspend a players Handicap Note For less serious offences suspending players from entering competitions may be more applicable To suspend a players Handicap 1 On the Handicapping menu click Suspend and Reinstate Handicaps then Suspend Handicap and select a Member from the list displayed The players Handicap will be displayed as Suspended in the All Members list and handicap reports and the player will not be available for entering competitions To remove the suspension of a players Handicap 1 On the Handicapping menu click Suspend and Reinstate Handicaps then Reinstate Handicap and select a Member from the list displayed If the player already has a suspension in place you will be offered the option to cancel the suspension e The option to suspend Handicaps is available in the CONGU and EGA handicapping editions of HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping s 19 7 Golf Society Handicapping Society Edition Only 19 7 1 Introduction How to configure Handicapping rules for your Society The following chapter describes considerations that are applicable to the Society Edition of HandicapMaster only Contents e Change the Handicapping Rules used e The Configure Handicapping Rules Wizard 19 7 2 Change the Handicapping Rules used Users of the Society Edition of HandicapMaster may select their own rules for Handicapping These rules can be based on e wher
100. need to create a new Payment Item Click on a Payment Item and click Delete button to remove a Payment Item from the template Click Delete All button to remove all Payment Items from the template e If you select an other date for the First Payment Due this can be a date in the past e If you wish the Invoices or subscriptions to be overdue immediately from the date of issue then set in the Accounting Options the Days before an Invoice or Subscription is Overdue to be 0 before raising invoices or subscriptions HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 375 20 6 Payments 20 6 1 Introduction Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed The Payments area of Membership allows you to record payments for Subscriptions and Invoices In addition you may record payments for items that have not been invoiced This type of ad hoc payment recording may be useful for recording items such as competition fees bar lew etc All Payments recorded adjust a member s account balance by increasing the balance You do need to select a suitable Payment Item to allow you to create the payment record Contents e Record a Subscription or Invoice Payment e View a Payment e Reprint a Receipt e Reprint a range of Receipts e Resend a Receipt by E mail
101. nnen 438 Add or modify the Databases csccccsesseeseeseeneeseeseeseessesseesessoesossaesaessesaeusevonesneaneaneneusnesaesaesoesseeseeses 438 Share a Database between different USersS ce cesssesesseesesseseessessessessersevenvsnesneseeneeseesesansenseeeseeees 439 Database Config ralo Me cic ees ae a e eee eee ee eee 439 The Databas WIZAM Oh srini aaiae cence clay ects set cudeu aa aa a aa eaaa aaa aeaaea aaa eevee 440 Choosing a copy of HandicapMaster to USE sstssssesseseeeeeeseseseessessessevsevenvsnesneseeneesnesesesseeeneeeeaes 441 8 Online Backup and Restore cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeesaeeeees 442 Wnt OG LUTTO n EAE PE E cee eae a Aad EETA heehee ce cated ee ET T T 442 OMNIS Bak UP aca iuiscs ccssteccisncsnssacensssdessnaccacssonscapncstbancaddvncsancsasstcedaviaasseassatecstaunetnabasnesdaeadsaieacedivcnvadedeganadasdaas 442 OnliIM RES tO Le snina naso edanan akaenda ataa aa da daana Eana adada ead ae daas iad aaaeaii trada iien 443 Chapter 24 Keeping HandicapMaster Software up to date 446 inirod CtiOn sorcis AAEE EASA a A 446 2 Check for Program Updates cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeees 447 3 Automatically update HandicapMaster Software cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 448 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Contents 15 Chapter 25 Integrating HandicapMaster with Othe
102. of 17 Exact Handicap 16 9 Any courtesies you are able to extend to him will be much appreciated Yours Sincerely e The font selected for the salutation is also used for text of the Letter of Introduction this may be changed by adjusting the Salutation font e You may paste bitmap files BMP into the letter text There is a file size limit of 512KB See Also HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters e Change the Font used in Letters e Configure the Layout of Letters e Add Letterheads to Letters 8 3 6 Change the Font used in Letters To change the Font in the body of the Letter 1 Write or edit any existing Letter 2 Select the text you wish to have its font changed 3 On the Format menu click Font 4 Choose the font attributes as required 5 Click OK Or select the Font and size and attributes using the toolbar See Also e Address and Date font e Salutation font e You may select text using the mouse to click and press to select text or double click a section of text e You may use different fonts and attributes within different sections of the body of the letter 8 3 7 Configure the Layout of Letters Itis possible to reposition where then main items on letters are written address field date and body of letter in the event of the default setting not being suitable This may be in the circumstance when the Address field is overprinting the club Letterhead for example
103. of the subscription lt FirstPayment gt The gross amount due in the first payment If the subscription has an annual payment schedule i e 1 payment this will equal the Gross Total If another payment schedule is selected then this is the initial payment to be made by the member lt PaymentMethod gt Member s default method of payment lt NumberOfPayments gt The number of payments that the member is due to make to pay the subscription lt NumberOfOtherPayments gt The number of subsequent payments due after the initial payment is made If the subscription has an annual payment schedule i e 1 payment this will be value 0 lt OtherPayments gt The gross amount due for any subsequent payments If the subscription has an annual payment schedule i e 1 payment this will be value 0 If another payment schedule is selected then this is the gross value of each subsequent payment after the initial first payment HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters lt PaymentSchedule gt Atable listing the payment schedule which includes amounts and payment due dates for the subscription lt Gross Total gt The Gross total of the subscription lt VATTotal gt The VAT total for the subscription lt NettTotal gt The nett total of the subscription lt Transactions gt Amember s transaction history for all dates The angle brackets lt and gt denote the beginning and end of a tag and are required for the tag
104. option will only be visible after the details of your account on the MyTeeTime service has been configured 25 3 7 Import Competition Bookings onto a Start Sheet You may import bookings from a competition set up on BRS booking system or the Ez Runner system onto a Start Sheet in HandicapMaster First itis necessary to turn on this option in HandicapMaster Turn on the option to import bookings from BRS system 1 Start HandicapMaster and log in with the ADMIN user 2 On the File menu click Options 3 Select the Integration tab 4 In the Site Code box enter your BRS system Site Code as provided by your BRS account manager 5 Select the Bookings tab 6 Tick the Bookings may be downloaded from box and select BRS Golf 7 Click OK HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Integrating HandicapMaster with Other Systems The next time you create a Start Sheet for a competition you will be offered the option to import bookings from BRS system Turn on the option to import bookings from Ez Runner system 1 Start HandicapMaster 2 On the File menu click Options 3 Select the Bookings tab 4 Tick the Bookings may be downloaded from box and select Ez Runner 5 In the Ez Runner Configuration section enter your Ez Runner reference the first part of your Ez Runner web address 6 Click OK The next time you create a Start Sheet for a competition you will be offered the option to import bookings from Ez Runner Import B
105. or Updating scores for an Order of Merit e Changing the format of an existing Order of Merit e Deleting an Order of Merit Competition e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 18 1 2 Creating an Order of Merit Competition To start an Order of Merit Competition 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Reports menu click Competition Reports then Order of Merit e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Order of Merit Competitions HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Order of Merit and Eclectic Competitions 2 Select the Create a New Order of Merit task or press the INSERT key on the keyboard 3 Create the Order of Merit competition using the Order of Merit Competition wizard See Also e Setting up an Order of Merit Plan e Adding or Updating scores for an Order of Merit e Changing the format of an existing Order of Merit Edit Order of Merit Competition Notes e Deleting an Order of Merit Competition e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 18 1 3 The Order of Merit Competition Wizard The Order of Merit Competition Wizard steps through the stages of starting or amending a competition Name and Naiure of Order of Merit Competition 1 In the Name box enter a title for this Order of Merit 2 In the Description box enter a description for this Order of Merit The description will be displayed on the Order of Merit Competitions list 3 In the Type of Competition section chose one
106. or a General Play adjustment 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Handicap Reports tab 3 Under the General Play Changes and Handicap First Awards section Tick the Generate Letter to Player if this is required Itis possible to reprint a General Play adjustment or Handicap First Award letter HandicapMaster Limited 2015 1 HandicapMaster 11 2 9 Configure Players Not Played Near Handicap Report To change the number of strokes over Handicap used by this report 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Handicap Reports tab 3 In the Number of Strokes Above Handicap box select the required number 11 2 10 Configure Competition Reports To enlarge the Font size used in the Competition Results Reports hiding Countback scores 1 Onthe Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Competition Reports tab 3 Remove the tick in the Countback Scores display scores in small font box To configure Total Score as first column in Multiple Round Results 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Competition Reports tab 3 Place a tick in the Multiple Round Results Total Score as First column box To separate results from each division of the same competition onto a separate page 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Competition Reports tab 3 Place a tick in the Page breaks between Divisions box To dis
107. other subscription fees National Number The player s national number if they are a member of the Golfing Unions of Ireland s GOLFnet national handicap database system or the England Golf s Scottish Golf Union s or Golf Union of Wales s Central Database of Handicaps 8 digits for player s in Ireland and 10 digits for players in England Scotland and Wales Card Number The player s membership card number This matches field Has Other Membership Card in membership record Date of Birth Member s Date of Birth Locker Number The Member s Locker Number Default Payment Method The default method of payment that is used to record this member s subscription payments Note this is only used if the HandicapMaster Subscriptions Option is installed Account Balance The amount of moneyin the members account Note this is only used if the HandicapMaster Subscriptions Option is installed Send Invoice By This defines if Subscriptions should be sent by Letter or E mail to this member Note this is only used if the HandicapMaster Subscriptions Option is installed Notes The membership notes if any associated with the member Note that notes have any new lines converted to spaces to ensure one line in the export file per member Date Deleted When exporting Past members this field will be included in the export file with the date the member was deleted HandicapMaster Limited 2015 e HandicapMaster User1 User2 User3
108. payment status for Group Booking The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To update the payment status of a Group Booking after receiving payment 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane double click Group Bookings 3 Do one of the following e Click the applicable booking in the list and then in the left hand column click Update Payment Status e Right click over the applicable booking in the list then select Update Payment Status in the pop up menu 15 2 5 Delete a Group Booking The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To delete a Group Booking 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane double click Group Bookings 3 Do one of the following e Click the applicable booking in the list and then in the left hand column click Delete a Booking e Right click over the applicable booking in the list then select Delete Group Booking in the pop HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Bookings up menu 15 2 6 The Group Bookings Wizard The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster The Group Bookings Wizard steps through the stages of recording a Golf or Clubhouse booking such as from a Golf Society Booking Details 1 In the Organisa
109. press ENTER key or select the Record Results of Matches task This displays each of the matches for this Draw 3 Selecta match from the list of Matches to enter the result 4 Either e In the Match Play KO Tasks box click Record Result of Match or double click the listed match Select the player or team won the tie and choose the appropriate score for the match or e In the Match Play KO Tasks box click Enter No Result for a Match if there was no winner to this match The opponents awaiting the result of this match will automatically be given a bye in the next round The Chart may now be re printed To enable players to be able to enter match results using Player Entry This option is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions editions of HandicapMaster 1 Enable the option in the Player Entry system by a On the Competitions menu select Configure Player Entry b Double click an applicable Player Entry Settings Profile c On the Services page tick the Enter Knock Out Match Results box 2 Ensure that a future Last Date for Match Results has been configured Only matches for Knock Out competitions where the Last date for match results has not passed will be offered to players by the Player Entry system a Do one of the following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions
110. records Letters Tab Add Letterhead to Letters This section allows you to configure HandicapMaster to automatically generate a Letterhead on any Letter that is created If selected the Letterhead will consist of the Club name on the top line and two additional lines as entered in the Address Line 1 box and Address Line 2 boxes Include picture in heading HandicapMaster may be configured to include a graphic picture in the title of all of its reports and letters This allows organisations to include their motif or emblem in the reports or letters Tick the Include picture in heading box to include the picture in the letter heading The picture if included is by default placed on the right hand side of the letter heading To align the graphic to the left hand side tick the Align Picture Left box HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Setting System wide Options 117 Tick the Use full name in recipient address box to include the full name of the recipient in the recipient address section of the letter If this option is not selected the recipient name will be composed of the first letter of the recipients name middle initials and surname Layout Click the Layout button to set the positioning of the Address date and body of the letter details on the printed page This may be useful to avoid overprinting any text on pre printed Letterheads You may also Set Font to use for address and date Salutation Click the Salutation button to choo
111. report cee seseesesseeseeseeeeeeseeseeseesesessevsevsevenvseesneseenaesnesaesanseneseeseeans 260 Create a report of Catering reservations cccsssssssessesseeeseeseseessessessessevsevenvanesnesneseeseesaeseseneeeesneans 260 Create a copy of duplicate a Group Booking s s s nnsusunnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenn ennnen 261 Stop a Group Booking showing on Fixture LiSts 0 0 cccssseseseseessesseesessevseveevseeseeseeseeseeseseesensseesnees 261 3 Calendar NOteS rerea ree aae aaa ect sateotesnadvrecdactensdnnnactecdaencedesnadeuegdecuoneemasdetegtenc ss 262 Dnt OU CUNO ices aoc ace siet ceca da cpaceeewcbcc ee cedecde cece cae cases a re Seapcecdace cus a aasa aa edea aaa Taa a aaa 262 Add a note to the Bookings Calendar csscsscsscseeeseeeseessneeseesenessesseneseesseesseeseeseneeseasenessensenenseeseneneee 262 Edit a note on the Bookings Calendar s ccscescsseesesseeessensenesseeseneseeeseeeneeeseeseeesseesensseneseneneeeseeeneseaees 263 Remove a note from the Bookings Calendar cesscsscsessenesseseeeseeeseeeseeeseesseeseenseneneneseneneeesenseneesaees 263 Print anote mioaa e oaase eda eea Sacre e aana a a a a Eea ea adan Sanae Sion aan Eens 263 Create a copy of duplicate a note 264 Stop a note showing on Fixture Lists 0 csesssseeseeseeseeseeseeeseeseeseesaesaessessevseveneseesnenneseuseesaeseseeseeseeons 264 4 Create a Fixture List report
112. require changing a Correction change will be entered automatically 19 1 7 Enter an Away score for a Player Players must return Handicap Qualifying scores from competitions played at clubs other than their Home Club These are known as Away competition scores CONGU require the player to report these scores to their Home Club The club must then include these in the players Handicap Record To record a score returned from another club 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Handicapping Menu choose Record Away Scores and select the name of the Member or HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping 313 e Inthe Handicapping Tasks Record Away Scores 2 Inthe Competition Name box enter the name of the Competition 3 In the Played On box enter the date when the qualifying score was returned Choose the order the score is entered in the handicap record by selecting AM or PM see discussion on ordering events in handicap records 4 Identify the round of the competition and how many rounds in total made up this competition by selecting the appropriate values in Round x of y boxes 5 In the Format boxes choose the number of holes played and appropriate format for the competition Stroke Play Stableford or Par Bogey vPar 6 Click the Played at button to select the Club where the competition was played 7 Enter the Handicapping information into the Handicapping section Club Premier and Network Editions and S
113. run within divisions HandicapMaster will show the players split into their divisions In the Seconds Idle Time required before Leaderboard is displayed box enter the time delay before the Leader board is displayed from the last time a key was pressed This time interval may be between 5 and 60 seconds inclusive In the Seconds between each Scroll of Leaderboard box enter the time delay between each scroll of the Leader board This time interval may be between 2 and 15 seconds inclusive Tick the Only show Leaderboard when one or more competitions are underway box to limit when the Leader board is displayed The leader board will only be displayed when one or more competitions selected to show on the leader board are underway available for Sign in or Score Entry Tick the Only show Leaderboard after box to limit when the Leader board is displayed The leader board will only be displayed after a chosen time on any day Tick the Display Leading Scores only box to configure the Leader board display The leader board may be restricted to only good scores Notes e In qualifying competitions the full Playing Handicap is used where applicable for handicapping purposes but the Strokes Received is applied for competition ranking purposes only when the competition is closed For this reason scores displayed on the Leader board may be based on full handicap even when the competition is being played off a restricted handicap allowance e
114. score in error and then retype the score See Also HandicapMaster Limited 2015 19 HandicapMaster e The Scorecard Toolbar 13 8 9 The Scorecard Toolbar When the Scorecard window is displayed the following Toolbar is displayed above the Scorecard E save and cose hb 20 S X zh On the bar are the buttons as follows Button Button Description Save Save this Scorecard i Save and Reduce Change the Player or Team s Handicap applies to this Handicap competition only Enter Score Enter a Score 20 or over for a Hole 20 20 or over amp Print Print a picture of the current Scorecard window x Cancel Cancel entering this Scorecard D Help Read help about entering the Scorecard 13 8 10 Review Scores entered for a Competition To review the scores entered for a competition 1 Do one of the following e On the Competitions menu click Analyse Scores and choose an Opened Competition or e Click the Enter Scores Button on the Main Toolbar choose an Opened Competition and click the Analyse button or On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place then Analyse Scores Entered and choose an Opened Competition HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions e The scores entered may be printed by selecting Report on the mini toolbar immediately above the list of scores Alternatively select Reports menu then Competition Reports then Analysis of Scores Entered e C
115. scores to be included in the Eclectic analysis in this situation the reason for disqualification must be identified as breach of rule 3 2 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Handicapping s0 HandicapMaster 19 Handicapping 19 1 General Play and other Handicap amendments 19 1 1 Introduction General Play changes and Away Competition scores An individual s handicap may be changed other than as a result of a local competition This will typically occur either as a result of a change under General Play or as a result of a score returned ina competition away from their club Whenever the Handicap Committee of a player s Home Club considers that a player s handicap is too high or too low they must adjust his handicap accordingly This chapter describes how to apply changes or competition results of these kinds Contents e General Play Changes e Updating HandicapMaster with changes to AWAY Member s Playing Handicaps e Competition Scores returned at other clubs e Late reporting of Competition Scratch Score for Away Score 19 1 2 Change a Player s Handicap under General Play To apply a General Play change to a Member s handicap 1 Do one of the following e On the Handicapping Menu choose General Play Adjustment and select the name of the Member or e Inthe Members List select the member and right click Click General Play Adjustment 2 Inthe Date in Handicap Record box enter the date from when the adjust
116. show as 2 Teams per Group 3 Tick the Allow Players Without Handicaps box if you wish to include players without Handicaps or players with Lapsed Handicaps for example on the Start Sheet Such players will be ignored when Entering or Applying Competition Scores 4 Tick the Include on MasterScoreboard co uk box if you wish this Start Sheet to be included when running the publish to Master Scoreboard wizard so the starting times will be displayed on the Master Scoreboard web site HandicapMaster Limited 2015 180 HandicapMaster 5 Click Next gt Format and Layout of Start Sheet 6 Choose the settings that describe the Start Sheet For a One or Two Tee Starting Sheet a In the Games Start from box select the Tee used for this Competition b In the First Game starts at box enter the Time when the first Game will start play c In the Interval between Games box enter the number of minutes to allow between each Game starting d In the Number of Games box enter the number games l e Tee Times to display in the grid Games may subsequently be added or removed using the Amend Games button on the Start Sheet Grid page e Tick the Create Two Tee Start Sheet box if a second Tee is to be used For example where play will be from the 1st and 10th Tees Ifa second Tee is to be used then f In the Change To Tee box select which alternative other tee is to be used Acommon practice is to play off the 1st an
117. so each member log s in with their own password on the web site e Export Import by File Bookings are collected from an external booking system using local files to receive entries Players may cancel their bookings for future competitions Tick this box if you wish to allow Players to be able to remove their names from bookings in future competitions where they have previously booked in Bookings may also be downloaded from Tick this box if you have an account with BRS Golf or Ez Runner for online bookings and wish to be able to import competition bookings to a Start Sheet from these systems See Import Competition Bookings onto a Start Sheet for further details e f using BRS Golf enter your BRS Golf Sitecode into the section shown on the integration tab e Ifusing Ez Runner enter your Ez Runner web site reference in the box shown lower on the screen e f using MyTeeTime enter your MyTeeTime Club Code reference in the box shown lower on the screen HandicapMaster Limited 2015 120 HandicapMaster 9 3 Accounting Options Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed The Accounting Options allows you to configure and adjust accounting options for your organisation To amend an Accounting Option 1 On the Accounting menu click Options Note This
118. summary report after 6 months The invoices raised for these players will remain in the player s transaction history 13 15 5 Prevent entry to competition if insufficient funds in member s account Introduction Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed When combined with the Subscriptions Option itis possible to configure Player Entry to check a member s account balance and prevent entry to the competition if the member has insufficient funds when signing in or when booking in using Player Entry When a player either sign s in or books into to a competition using the HandicapMaster Player Entry screens the member s account balance is accessed to check the account has sufficient funds to enter the competition If the account has sufficient funds then the player is signed in or booked in to the competition When the competition fees are processed after the competition is closed invoices will be raised for the fees An accountis deemed as having sufficient funds if the Competition Fee is less than or equal to the current Balance plus Overdraft Limit Note that when a player books in using Player Entry only mandatory fees are processed Configuration when a player Signs in The following entries should be configured through the Player Entry Settings for the settings pr
119. supply a bitmap file name containing the graphic to be displayed 4 To align the graphic to the left hand side tick the Align Picture Left box e The graphic file must be a windows Bitmap file extension BMP e Itis recommended that the bitmap be prepared as a picture about 6cm wide by 4cm high in size this size is the optimised size for HandicapMaster report headings e The graphic will be included as actual size unless its width is greater than 40 ofthe width of the page In this circumstance HandicapMaster will attempt to shrink the graphic proportionally into a size 6cms wide e Microsoft s Paint program can be used to create a bitmap of a specified size e The Align Picture Left option is a per user setting and may be different for each user id User id s are only available in the Premier Network and EGA Premier Handicap editions of HandicapMaster 11 2 4 Remove a Club Logo from Reports To remove a graphic from report headings 1 Onthe Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Picture tab 3 Remove the tick from the Include picture in Report Headings box 11 2 5 Configure layout of Handicap Certificate To change the size of the Handicap Certificate 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Handicap Reports tab 3 Under the Handicap Certificate section tick the Small Certificates 3 per Page box to reduce the certificate reports from full page to one third page size
120. the Toolbar choose the Open Competition if prompted then click Analyse button 2 Highlight the Score to be deleted with a single click 3 Do one of the following e Click the Edit button on the mini toolbar e Right click with the mouse On the pop up menu select Edit Score 13 8 6 Delete a Score previously entered To completely remove a score for a player from an Opened Competition 1 Doone of the following e On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place then select Analyse Scores Entered in the Competition Tasks list e Click the Enter Scores button on the Toolbar choose the Open Competition if prompted then click Analyse button 2 Highlight the Score to be deleted with a single click 3 Doone ofthe following e Click the Cancel Score button on the mini toolbar e Right click with the mouse On the pop up menu select Cancel Selected Score Card e Press the DEL H E key on the keyboard HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 13 8 7 Find a player in the competition When Enter Scores is selected and an Open Competition is chosen you may use the Find button on the Enter Scores toolbar to locate a player in the list If the player has already signed in or entered a score their name will have been moved to the Analyse Scores Entered list The Find option will take you to the Analyse list and locate the player in that list instead If the player is not eligible t
121. the competition is processed are determined by the Competition Template selected when the competition is opened Click the Use Different Template button to change the template being used by the opened competition if an incorrect template was used when the competition was originally opened Changes to the following template items will be reflected in the Opened Competition e Eligibility of Men Ladies or Visitors to playin the competition e The Nature of Competition Stroke play Stableford or Par e Handicap Allowance e Mixed Competition Handicap Adjustment e Use of Fractional Handicap Allowances Note Itis not possible to use a different template if one or more scores have already been input or players already signed in in the following circumstance e The change is to the number of holes played for each round e The format of the competition is not compatible e g original template is singles the selected template is a team competition Bookings Tab HandicapMaster Limited 2015 198 HandicapMaster If Bookings have not been configured for this competition click the Configure Bookings button to set up arrangements for players booking into this competition using a Booking Template If Bookings arrangements have already been set up click Amend Bookings to change the arrangements Alternatively click Cancel Bookings to cancel the arrangements for booking into this competition warning any bookings received for this competitio
122. the e mail When you click on either of these buttons a Recipients Window will appear that will allow you to select the recipients When you return to the New Message Window the names of the recipients will be displayed alongside the To or CC buttons Note If you add more than one recipient to the e mail To or CC lists and send the e mail a separate e mail will be sent to each recipient showing only their own e mail address This eliminates the need for using a Blind Copy BCC list of recipients which is therefore not provided 2 Title of the e mail Enter a title for the e mail in the Subject box 3 Insert previous e mail From File menu select Insert Previous E mail Text this will list the subject and a summary of the text HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters of e mails that were sent within the last 6 months Select the one that you wish to insert in to the text box 4 Attach a File You may attach one or more files or attachments to the e mail as follows v e Click on the Attach File button in the toolbar or e From File menu select Attach File or e Press the SHIFT INSERT keys On the windows displayed click ADD to add a new file select REMOVE to remove a file and REMOVE ALL to clear the list 5 Enter your message text in the main box of this window 6 To receive a copy of the e mail to your own e mail account tick the Send a Copy to box Recipients Window The Reci
123. the following results reports of the aggregated competition by checking the appropriate box e Nett or Stableford or Par if appropriate Scores e Gross results Selected Round Only You may select one or more of the following result reports by checking the appropriate box e Nett or Stableford or Par if appropriate Scores e Gross Scores e First9 Holes result e Last9 Holes Result e Add or Amend Notes on Report You may add free form text to the Competition results reports by selecting the Add or Amend Notes on Report option For any Competition Results report the free form text will be applied to the selected competition For example if the competition is a Multiple round competition the notes will be applied to the particular round that was selected in the events window when View Competition Results was chosen HandicapMaster Limited 2015 202 HandicapMaster e Include Home Clubs of Players You may have the Home Club of each player listed under their entry in the reports This maybe applicable when producing the results of an Open Competition say e Create as a Press Release You may generate the results in the format of a Press Release To configure contact details see Global Options e Show Visitors in Blue You may choose to highlight scores returned by Visitors displayed in Blue This may be applicable when comparing scoring by Members to scoring by Visitors in an Open competition e Show All Pos
124. the mouse and select Delete HandicapMaster Limited 2015 no HandicapMaster e Press the DELETE key on the keyboard 3 Confirm the deletion 8 4 5 Add and Change Entries in a Distribution List Note the following instructions do NOT apply to distributions lists where the Automatically add and maintain entries in list option is selected To add an entry to a Distribution List 1 Do one of the following On the Players drop down menu click Distribution Lists e On the Task Exolorer tab click Explorer and then then select Distribution Lists 2 Existing Distribution Lists are displayed Highlight the list you wish to add entries to and press Enter Key or double click the appropriate list The list of current entries in the Distribution List will be displayed 3 Select Add an Entry from the Distribution Lists Tasks or press the INSERT key to adda new entry to the Distribution List 4 Select the entries you wish to add by ticking the box to the left hand side of their name The entries that may be selected will be different depending on the type of distribution list For Golf Club distribution lists only clubs with contact details will be listed in the entries that may be added The entries window may be resized to make it easier to view large lists of entries Click on the column header to sort the entries by that column Click the column header a second time to reverse the sort order You may remove exis
125. the person to whom subscription renewals for pool members are addressed and sentto The member Subscription Pools Window In the Pool Name box enter the name to be given to the Member Subscription Pool In the Pool Description box you may enter a description for this Pool this is optional Select Member or Other to assign a Pool Contact A Pool Contact is the person to whom subscription correspondence is addressed e Select Member then click the Change button to select a member who is to be the Pool Contact e Select Other to specify a non member as the Pool contact You may then enter the Title First Name Last Name e mail address and the Address details for the Contact e Where the Pool Contact is a member then subscription e mails will ONLY be sent if that member has been selected to receive subscriptions and invoices by e mail You may select the members who have opted to receive subscriptions by e mail on the Subscriptions Tab of the Edit Member facility e Select Other when you require a non member as a Pool Contact e g corporate membership contact or a parent of a junior member If Other is selected as the Pool Contact then if the E mail address is filled in then this will be used if you send the subscriptions by e mail Leave this blank if you do NOT wish to send subscriptions by e mail to the pool contact HandicapMaster Limited 2015 s HandicapMaster 6 6 5 Add Members to a Pool Member Subscription Pools Win
126. then click View A list of Invoices is displayed click one of the Invoices to highlight it and click OK to display the details e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 371 Invoices Highlight the Invoice you wish to view Then right click with the mouse and select View 2 Click on View Payments to view the payment details e You mayalso geta list of Invoices from the Accounting Places by clicking All Invoices or Invoices in Current Year Then if you click on the appropriate Invoice in the list to highlight it you may then right click with the mouse and select the View option 20 4 9 Amend Invoice Notes Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To amend Invoice Notes 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Invoices and then click Amend Note A list of Invoices is displayed click one of the Invoices to highlight it and click OK to display the notes which may be amended e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Invoices Highlight the Invoices with the note you wish to amend Then right click with the mouse and select Amend Note 2 Edit the note as required e
127. then the second digit For example to enter a score of 12 press the 1 key followed by Entering a No Return for a hole If the player does not complete a hole use the ZERO 0 or FULL STOP key to enter a No Return To correct a mistake Use the keys highlighted for MOVE UP and MOVE DOWN to correct previous holes entered as indicated alongside the buttons on the right of the screen Over type a score with a revised number as appropriate HandicapMaster Limited 2015 23 HandicapMaster 14 7 Enter a Missing Card as No Return On some occasions players do not return their Score Card to the Committee after play Typically these scores are reported as No Return in the Competition Results and in the player s Handicap Record To enter a missing card as No Return 1 Choose the applicable Player or Team using Enter Scores in the same way as entering a card that has been returned 2 Enter every hole as NR using Zero or FULL STOP keys HandicapMaster will confirm the score as Score not Entered TIP Provided at least one Hole has been entered onto the Score card HandicapMaster will auto complete any un entered holes as NR when the Accept Score button is selected Therefore to quickly enter a missing card for a Player enter hole 1 as NR then press Accept Score Automatic entry of missing cards as No Return Where the Players to Sign In before play option is used itis not necessary to manually enter missing
128. this will contain details of the competition format handicap allowance and the HandicapMaster Limited 2015 186 HandicapMaster tees being used 3 Click OK 13 7 4 Print Labels for Scorecards Itis possible to use a previously created Start Sheet as the basis for printing labels to stick to the competition Scorecards There are a number of standard layouts and also a custom layout option Standard layout option labels can include the Player s Handicap as well as details about the starting Tee and Time for each player Custom Labels can include these and a number of other items such as national ID and strokes received Note The facility to print Scorecard Labels is included in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To Print Scorecard Labels 1 Do one of the following e On the Competitions Menu choose Start Sheets and run the Start Sheet Wizard When completing the Start Sheet Wizard tick the View Scorecard Labels Report box or e In the Opened Competitions list select the competition and click with the right hand button Click Labels for Scorecards 2 Choose the type of Label you will be using in the Label Type box 3 Select either Standard Layout or Custom Layout Standard Layout 1 Choose the content of the Labels Tick the Players Handicaps box to include the Handicaps of the Players as at the date when the Labels are printed on the Labels Tick the
129. to be recognized The Tags are not case sensitive That is lt SUBSCRIPTION gt and lt subscription gt will both be substituted e When the subscription involves multiple payments the first payment may be different from subsequent payments This is to cope with the situation where the total amount is not exactly divisible by the number of payments to be made 8 3 10 Add Letterheads to Letters HandicapMaster may automatically generate a Letterhead on any Letter thatis created If selected the Letterhead will consist of the Club name on the top line and two additional lines are entered To add Letterheads to Letters 1 On the File menu click Options 2 Click the Letters tab 3 Tick the Add Letterhead to Letters box 4 Enter Address information into the Include Address and Second Line boxes as required 5 Click OK To include a picture or logo in the Letterhead 1 Add a picture to the reports in HandicapMaster by selecting Reports menu then Layout and Options 2 On the File menu click Options 3 Click the Letters tab 4 _ Tick the Include Picture in Heading box to include the picture in the Letterhead 5 Tick the Align Picture Left box to have the picture left aligned on the letter page Note Itis possible to show a picture or logo in the letter heading without text To do this tick the Include Picture in Heading box and do not tick the Add Letterhead to Letters box HandicapMaster Limited 2015 104 H
130. to be reprinted with the updated results Singles and Pairs competitions may be operated For pairs events the pairings are drawn as entered That is HandicapMaster does not choose partners at random More than one Knockout competition may be maintained simultaneously This Chapter shows how to prepare and maintain Knockout competitions Contents e Performing a Draw e Adding changing and removing players in a Draw e Players to book into the Draw e The Draw Chart e Re running a draw e Enter results of a Match e Clear results of a Match e Re printthe Draw e Change a Player listed in the Draw e Change the last date for a round to be played by e Delete a Draw See Also e Stop a Knockout Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk HandicapMaster Limited 2015 268 HandicapMaster 16 2 Performing a Knockout Draw Adraw for a new Knockout competition is made using the Match Play Draw window The entrants are identified and then a random draw is made placing any byes towards the edge of the draw as in the best traditions of Club Golf To perform a Knockout Draw 1 Doone of the following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions e Press CTRL K keys together 2 Select the Create a New Draw task or press the INSERT key on the keyboard 3 In the Name of Competition box enter the title of the Knockout
131. to create Select e New to create a new empty database file Tis will allow you to start afresh with an empty HandicapMaster database e Copy Existing Database to make a copy of a HandicapMaster Database you are already using On the Database to Copy page select the existing database to be used e None Locate existing Database to configure a database file that already exists On the Locate existing Database page highlight the Database file to be used If the file is not listed click Find button to locate and add the required database file to the list Share Database Choose whether to allow other Windows Users on the same computer shall be able to use the Database file In the Description box enter a title for this copy of the database This title will be displayed in the list of databases displayed when HandicapMaster is started In the Icon box select an Icon to be displayed alongside the description Click Finish to create the Database file SQL Server Database Configuration If Network edition database has been selected then on the SQL Server Database information page enter the details of the Database to be used as provided by your Database Administrator Managing the Database a e In the SQL Catalog box enter the SQL server database catalog name For example this may be MYSERVER SQLEXPRESS e In the SQL Database box enter the name of the SQL server database as itis catalogued in SQL Server 23 7 7 Ch
132. to include scores better than Birdies or other choice of scoring in the counts in the report This option is not displayed if the choice of scoring is Holes in One 17 Tick the Show when and where achieved box to include details at which holes and date and competition each Birdie or other Good Hole was achieved Note This additional information is not included in the report when published to and displayed on Master Scoreboard 18 Inthe Add Notes to Report box enter any text that you would like to display at the bottom of the results report 19 Click Next gt Completing the Number of Good Holes Played Wizard 20 Click Finish to run the report How to run a Birdie Tree for two separate Handicap ranges say Silver and Bronze In this situation effectively two separate Birdie Tree s are run Create two separate series and limit HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 213 each one to either below or above chosen handicap values For example say Silver and Bronze Tree s are being run with a handicap split at 28 Here select series 1 and provide a title like Birdie Tree Silver Division Choose the applicable competitions In the options section tick Limit Report to Players with Current Exact Handicap box and select Below and 28 0 Create this report Now re run the wizard and select series 2 Provide a title like Birdie Tree Bronze Division Choose the applicable competit
133. to review or raise subscriptions You will now be offered the choice of Review Subscription Details or Raise Subscriptions Itis recommended that your review the subscriptions before raising the subscriptions Note You may click Remember as future default if you wish the Raise Subscriptions action to be the default every time you run this wizard If you have already selected this as the default you may click Cancel as future default to cancel this Acount of the number of members who have not yet been assigned a subscription template will be displayed with the option to list those members Note If you do review subscriptions or list members without a template then you will need to restart the wizard and select Raise Subscriptions to proceed with raising the subscriptions 2 Select Raise Subscriptions and click Next gt to select the method of raising renewals Select method of Raising Renewals 3 Select one of the following methods for Create a Subscription Renewal e One or more Members This will allow you to select one or more specific members for whom subscription renewals are to be produced e One or more Subscription Templates HandicapMaster Limited 2015 356 HandicapMaster This will allow you to select one or more Subscription Templates and thus the associated members for whom subscription renewals are to be produced e Members assigned to Membership Categories This will allow you to select one or more membershi
134. to select the method of raising invoices Select method of Raising Invoices 3 Select one of the following methods for Create an Invoice for HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments e One or more Members This will allow you to select one or more specific members for whom subscription renewals are to be produced e Members assigned to Membership Categories This will allow you to select one or more membership Categories and thus the associated members for whom subscription renewals are to be produced e Members assigned to Member Subscription Pools This will allow you to select one or more Member Subscription Pools and thus the associated members for whom subscription renewals are to be produced Choose this option if you wish to send subscriptions by e mail to Member Subscription Pool Contacts e All Members This will allow you to select members who have been assigned a Subscription Template and for whom subscription renewals are to be produced 4 Click Next gt Select Members Categories or Member Subscription Poolss 5 Doone ofthe following e f selecting Members tick the box next to one or more member s name to raise an invoice for this member e f selecting Membership Categories tick the box next to one or more Membership Categories for which you wish to raise invoices e Ifselecting Members assigned to Member Subscription Pools tick the box next to one or more Member Subscription Po
135. to the Bookings Calendar e Edita note on the Bookings Calendar e Remove a note from the Bookings Calendar e Printa Calendar Note e Create a copy of i e duplicate a note e Stop a note showing on Fixture Lists e Group Bookings e Create a Fixture List 15 3 2 Add a note to the Bookings Calendar The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To record a new Calendar Note 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane do one of the following e Double click Calendar select the applicable date in the calendar and then click the New Calendar Note button on the toolbar or e Double click Calendar Notes and then in the left hand pane click New Note 3 Record the Note adding a Title Date and Details 4 Tick the Include on Fixture Lists box if you wish this note to show when creating a Fixture List report and when publishing to Master Scoreboard website 5 Click OK HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Bookings 15 3 3 Edita note on the Bookings Calendar The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To modify an existing Calendar Note 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane do one of the following e Double click Calendar select the applicable date in the calendar and then click the entry for this note in th
136. to the Draw 406 404 271 Add Bye in place of a Player inthe Draw 283 Add Player in place ofa Bye inthe Draw 282 Book into Knockout Draw 272 Bookings 272 Change date a round has to be played by 284 Change name of Knock out Competition 399 Change Players inthe Draw 281 Changing Play by Dates 284 Choose Entrants 268 Delete Knockout Competition 286 Display Telephone Numbers 275 Knockout Chart 275 Knockout Draw 268 274 Maintaining Match Results 277 279 Notes 285 Rename a Knock out Competition 399 Re print the Draw 277 280 Re running a Match Play Knockout Draw 276 Results 277 Show Match Results 146 Show Member Telephone Numbers 146 Member E mail 93 Member Subscription Pools Add a New Member Subscription Pool 52 Add one or more Members to a Member Subscription Pool 54 Edit a Member Subscription Pools 52 Introduction 52 Member Subscription Pools Window 53 Remove Members from a Member Subscription Pool 54 Membership 39 Change Away Member Home Club 45 Change Away Member to Home Member 44 Change Home Member to Away Member 46 Change Member to No Handicap 70 Change Member to Visitor 69 Index 489 Change Visitor to Member 80 Delete All Away Members 38 Delete All Members 38 Delete Away Member 38 Delete Member 38 Delete Multiple Away Members 38 Delete Multiple Members 38 Edit Member 37 Edit Past Member 37 Handicap Certificate 51 Juniors 46 Mag Swipe Cards 39 Membership Database Fields 39 New
137. to view the Overdue Subscriptions report 20 3 12 Reprint Subscription Invoices Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Reprint a single subscription Ifa member requires a copy of a subscription invoice previously sent you can print a copy as follows 1 On the Accounting Menu click Subscriptions then click Print 2 Click one of the Subscriptions to highlight it and click OK to print the Subscription on the default printer HandicapMaster Limited 2015 360 HandicapMaster Notes e You may also geta list of Subscriptions from the Accounting Places by clicking All Subscriptions or Subscriptions in Current Year Then if you click on the appropriate subscription in the list to highlight it you may then right click with the mouse and select the Print option and a copy of the subscription will be printed to your default printer e The status of the payments at the time of the print will be displayed For example a member is paying monthly and has paid a couple of payments these will show as paid and the remaining will be displayed as outstanding or overdue if appropriate Reprint a range of subscriptions To reprint a range of subscriptions do the following 1 On the Accounting menu click Subscriptions then click Reprint Subscriptions 2 Select the su
138. used Any handicap adjustments are made on the last round of the competition Ifa player does not play the last round the adjustmentis made in the last round in which he she played Note As the overall positions and handicap adjustments are calculated as each round is closed handicap adjustments may initially be applied to an intermediate round When the next round is closed handicap adjustments will be removed from the earlier rounds and recalculated using the new aggregate positions Between the first and last rounds of a competition played over multiple rounds a players handicap may not be accurate as the adjustment and its timing are likely to change until the final round is closed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 so HandicapMaster Adjustments based on the Player s Score These rules based on the ideas used in club golf allow for varying adjustments based on the performance of players against their handicap Ifa player has played better that his her handicap the handicap can be reduced according the number of strokes by which the player bettered his her handicap If the player has played worse than his her handicap the handicap is increased by a fixed amount Safe zones may be defined where the player s handicap is not increased if they fail to play to handicap byasmall margin Arange of options is available for choosing how the Competition Scratch Score is calculated after a competition To Configure Handicapping
139. who have resigned England Scotland amp Wales When all the membership changes have been completed please publish the latest records to the CDH This will update the CDH system and the member will no longer be identified as a home member at your club on the CDH NOTE Some CDH systems may send an e mail to the registered club contact advising them of the change of membership status 22 4 7 Away Members Obtaining national numbers for your Away members Each player is expected to have one record on the CDH irrespective of the number of golf clubs of which they are a member For the system to operate successfully itis necessary for your away members to be asked to provide you with their 10 digit number which has been allocated to them at their Home Club This number must then be added to the HandicapMaster record for this player 1 Select Edit Member and choose any member without a National Number Ensure this player is a Away player 2 Click Cards and Lockers tab and tick the Has National Number Central Database of Handicaps box 3 Enter the player s 10 digit number in the Player National Number box Click OK to save the record Scores for this player will be reported back to their Home Club when you next publish to the CDH This process may be completed piecemeal Away member by Away member as and when your Away members become aware of their CDH numbers When you have Away players National Numbers
140. 1 3 Print a Report Type E mail Printer Save My Golf Ranking Zoom Left Arrow Left Arrow Right Arrow Right Arrow Copy Text Find Text Description E mail the reportas a PDF attachment Prints report Saves report to file in one of a number of different formats Displayed if the reportis a competition results reports some editions Allows results from the selected competition to be published to MyGolfRanking web site Zooms in or out of report Displays first page of the report Displays previous page ofthe report Displays next page of the report Displays last page of the report Copies the text from the document into the windows clipboard Use PASTE in Excel to view and work with the text Searches for one or more occurrences of some text in the document Itis possible to jump to the page where the text occurs by clicking the entry in the results list To Print a Report You may print the current report by clicking the Print Report button S on the Reports HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Reports 137 Toolbar See Also e Turn off Warnings when Printing Reports 11 1 4 E mail a Report To E mail a Report 1 Generate the report in HandicapMaster so that itis the currently displayed report 2 Click the E mail Report button on the Reports Toolbar 3 The New Message window will be displayed where you may set up the e mail The report will be sent as a PDF attachment to the e
141. 2 283 Modify a Template 165 284 286 312 397 Multiple Round 175 Abandoned 199 Multiple Round Competitions 206 207 Add a new Template 165 Multiple Round Competitions Results 213 Add a Visitor at Score Entry time 74 Multi Round 175 Aggregated results 201 Nett and Gross results 213 Alternative Day Competitions 206 208 Open a Competition 174 Annotate Competition Report 201 Overall Winners 167 Applying Competition Scores 199 Overview 164 Ban Players from Competitions 215 Presentation of Results 167 Best of Series Competition 206 209 Prevent entry to competition if insufficient funds Birdie Tree Competition 211 219 Change an Opened Competition 174 Reinstate a Player into Competitions who is Change how scores are entered 198 currently Suspended 215 Change name of closed competition 399 Rename closed competition 399 Change or amend template for opened competition Restore Hidden Templates 166 195 Results 201 Competition Fees 115 175 216 217 218 219 Review Scores entered 194 Competition Fees deducted from external system Setting up 165 459 Start Sheets 179 Competition Results 201 Stop players with non competition handicap Competition Scratch Score 199 status entering a competition ENGLAND amp Copy aTemplate 166 WALES 326 Create a copy of a Closed Competition 205 Suspend Players from Competitions 215 Date and venue 175 Template Wizard 167 Delete a Player s Score 192 Twos 204 211 Delete a Template 166 Type of Stroke play Competitions 163 Delete
142. 2 Online Database Restore 443 Protecting data 433 Protection of the Database Restore Database 433 435 Share a Database File 438 439 Title Bar Description 115 Two or more Database Files 38 434 435 442 443 438 Delete Away Member Delete Member 38 Delete Member when Integrated with External Membership systems 38 Distribution Lists Add a new Distribution List 106 Add entries to a Distribution List Address Labels 111 110 Automatically Update 105 By Age 106 By Handicap Range 106 By Handicap Status 106 By Membership Category 106 Change entries in a Distribution List Delete a Distribution List 109 Edit a Distribution List Name 108 Edit a Distribution list selection criteria E mail Distribution lists 105 Introduction 105 Remove All Members from a Distribution List 110 Remove members from a Distribution List 110 108 110 Using for communication with members 105 Draw Balanced drawn startsheet 183 184 Startsheet 184 Drawn startsheet 183 184 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 ye Eclectic Notes 307 Eclectics Add or update Scores Available formats 301 Change the format of an Eclectic competition 307 Create a new Eclectic Do not show Eclectic on MasterScoreboard 408 Introduction 301 Selecting Scores 306 Starting or amending an Eclectic Edit PARS 156 SSS 156 Edit Notes Best of Series 209 Eclectic Notes 307 Knockout Notes 285 Order of Merit Notes 2 EGA Handicapping Annual Han
143. 2 Raise the Overdue Subscription using The Overdue Subscriptions Wizard 20 3 16 The Overdue Subscriptions Wizard Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed The Overdue Subscription Wizard guides you through the process of creating letters or invoices for overdue membership subscription renewals The Overdue Subscription Wizard This briefly describes how the Overdue Subscription Wizard operates 1 Click Next gt to select the method of managing overdue renewals Select method of managing Overdue Renewals 2 Select one of the following methods for Manage Overdue Subscriptions One or more Members This will allow you to select one or more specific members for whom overdue subscriptions letters are to be produced e One or more Subscription Templates This will allow you to select one or more Subscription Templates and thus the associated members for whom overdue subscription letters are to be produced e Members assigned to Membership Categories This will allow you to select one or more membership Categories and thus the associated members for whom overdue subscription letters are to be produced e Members assigned to Member Subscription Pools This will allow you to select one or more Member Subscription Pools and thus the associated members for whom overdue subscriptio
144. 2015 306 HandicapMaster 20 8 Account Balance and Transaction History Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Each member is initially allocated an account balance of zero When a Subscription or Invoice is raised for a member their account balance is reduced and may then be a negative value When a payment is recorded the amount paid is added to the account balance Once all outstanding subscriptions and or invoices are paid a member s balance will be zero provided no ad hoc payments have been recorded An ad hoc payment may be used to increase a member s account balance Itis possible to include a positive account balance as a contribution to Subscriptions Where an organization has a subscription requirement for various payments at irregular periods through the year we recommend the use of an invoice rather than a subscription and then record Ad hoc Payments as required Then by examining the member s account balance itis possible to determine if a member still has an outstanding amount to pay Itis possible to adjust a member s account balance select Edit Member from the toolbar and then select the member in question then click on the Subscriptions tab and enter the balance adjustment Transaction History Amember s transaction History may be viewed as fo
145. 4 Tick the Place Competitors in Divisions box if you wish players to be split into categories based HandicapMaster Limited 2015 210 HandicapMaster on their handicap atthe time the reportis run 15 Tick the Split amp ties by card matching Last 9 6 3 then 1 hole s from best scores combined box if you wish players with the same total score to be ordered by card matching count back e When ticked ties are resolved as per the Rules of Golf Appendix l with scores over the last 9 holes being matched combined from each of the player s best scores Ifa tie still exists scores over the last 6 holes are matched Then last 3 holes and finally last hole e When notticked players will be displayed in alphabetical order sharing the same overall position 16 Tick the Include Past Members box if Past Members are to be included in the results 17 Tick the Include Visitors box if Visitors are to be included in the results 18 Tick the Include on MasterScoreboard co uk box to allow this series to be uploaded to the MasterScoreboard service when publishing to the MasterScoreboard web site 19 Inthe Add Notes to Report box enter any text that you would like to display at the bottom of the results report 20 Click Next gt If you have selected Place Competitors in Divisions box in the options choose how to configure the divisions for the report 21 Tick the Show Overall Winners taken from any Division box if you w
146. 5 Create 179 Review Subscriptions Prior to raising 355 Custom Start Sheet labels 186 Select Members to receive accounting Design Start Sheet labels 186 correspondence by e mail 91 Drag and Drop Players in Grid 183 Send Subscriptions to Members 355 Import Bookings 179 Subscription Run 364 Import Competition Bookings from BRS Online View a Subscription 358 462 Void 364 Import Competition Bookings from Ez Runner Void Multiple Subscriptions 364 booking system 462 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 347 348 Print Labels for Scorecards from Start Sheet 349 351 352 353 354 355 358 359 366 367 368 186 370 371 372 375 376 380 381 382 383 384 Prompt if subscription overdue when adding player Account Balance 386 181 Adjust account balance 39 386 Randomise Start Sheet 183 Export 387 Remove spaces in Grid 183 Export Header Record 387 Reorder Start Sheet 183 Export to CSV 387 Start Sheet Wizard 179 Introduction 345 View Start Sheet Report 185 Overdue Subscriptions 362 Starting the Software 33 Payment Schedule 374 Stroke Index Report Overdue Subscriptions 359 How to Change 156 Reports 390 Stroke Indexes 342 Send Overdue Subscriptions to members 362 Strokes Received 342 Send Subscriptions to Members 355 Subscriptions Templates 374 Address Labels 360 Transaction History 386 Amend a Subscription Note 358 Transaction History Report 386 Annual Subscription Run 364 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments Configuration Assign a Subscription Template
147. 5 e Audit Log Configure layout of Handicap List Define the look and content of the Handicap List report Layout and Options Define your own fonts and report attributes View Menu First Page When displaying a report move to first page of report Previous Page When displaying a report move to previous page of report Next Page When displaying a report move to next page of report Last Page When displaying a report move to last page of report Open Close Task amp Explorer Pane Open or Close Show or Hide the Task and Explorer Pane Help Menu HandicapMaster Help Open this help document Welcome Display Welcome screen Training Information about Training Compact Disc availability HandicapMaster on the Web Display HandicapMaster website in a browser MasterScoreboard co uk on the Web Display MasterScoreboard co uk website in a browser Check for Updates Online Keeps HandicapMaster software up to date by downloading and installing the latest program updates Send Diagnostic Files to Support Sends information about this copy of HandicapMaster to HandicapMaster Support staff HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Appendix 27 Appendix 27 1 Council of National Golf Unions The Council of National Golf Unions Ltd CONGU Council comprising representatives of the e England Golf e Golfing Union of Ireland e Irish Ladies Golf Union e Scottish Golf Union e Scottish Ladies Golfing Assoc
148. 7 10 Repos i icc sect theres cide cecccet yioe sees NER AEE ANEA ENEA AN EEA E EAN NE 390 Chapter 21 Correcting Mistakes 392 We UMtrOGUCTION E E E TE A A E E E 392 2 To Co E E EEE E E T E TE T 393 3 Undoing and amending Handicap Brought Forward or First Award cssssesseeeeeees 394 4 Undoing a Supplementary Score ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeees 395 5 Undoing a General Play Annual Review or Exceptional Scoring Reduction 396 6 Undoing and amending competition results 0cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 397 7 Undoing a Away SCOre ais c fccccccccecsacececcteccesceseddecccassccenecaeeccccaeeszcqantcecceaasactzacazdeeccadees 398 8 Change the Name of a Competition cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 399 Chapter 22 Publishing to Internet 401 Introd ttion so Foo cc cnedcetdcccceeces sence vesceae cats sc dened cctnectots woes eecise codszadenddethwcctutisccavesseiecuate lt cess 401 2 The Publish to Internet Wizard 22 ccceceeeee eee ee ee ence ee ee ence nese seca ee seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 402 3 MasterScoreboard co uk mssi ian eaea aaiae e aaae stebnecccov quater ct vecwensectees 403 WMtOGUGHION a cca ci ccc ccce AE cceece eee ceceesak cece deau cbc caceevsedeues O tedsuues steuseddudsadeestetsuavedeedeceacesetend 403 About MasterScoreboard co uk 403 Request set up on MasterScoreboard co u
149. 7 5 Recover a previously deleted Visitor A Visitor record may be recovered and returned to current status allowing that Visitor to enter further competitions To recover a previously deleted Visitor record 1 Onthe Players menu click Undelete 2 Choose a Member or Visitor to recover HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Visitor Records 7 6 Update a Handicap ofa Visitor To update the Handicap of a Visitor 1 Modify the Visitor record 2 In the Handicap box enter the revised Handicap and handicap status where applicable 3 Click OK Tip Users of the CONGU handicap editions in England Scotland Wales and Ireland may receive the Visitor details from their Central Database of Handicaps server by entering the Visitor s national ID in the National Number box and clicking Look Up Players Details button This could be used to receive the Visitors latest known handicap You will need at active Internet connection to use this facility Itis also possible to update the handicaps of a number of visitors in a single operation See Verify a Handicap ofa Visitor for more information HandicapMaster Limited 2015 s HandicapMaster 7 7 Change a Visitor to a Member To change a Visitor to a Member 1 Onthe Left Hand Task Pane select Players place 2 Select Visitors 3 Select the Visitor to be changed then right click 4 On the pop up menu select Change Visitor to Member The facility is not available when L
150. A Set a Fee Structure for a Competition View and process Fees s esnsnnnnsnsnnenensnnnnene The Manage Competition Fees window Prevent entry to competition if insufficient funds in member s account The Player Entry System liniroductiOn sicco asea E A ES Aa EAE an R a a ESE 224 Run the Player Entry System ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeees 225 Change the way Player Entry system Works ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeees 226 The Configure Player Entry Wizard ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeenees 227 Choose Competitors lt ccc 262 ccc scec ect Feteccetaceqcttacetdecececcccetacaccgacdedencgeaeeececeazetqcttasscqccetadecs 232 Entry of competitors SCOFES cceeeeeeee eee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeseaneeees 233 Enter a Missing Card as No Return cccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeseeeeeeeseneeees 234 Automatic Login to the Player Entry System ccssceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeens 235 Setting a Password to exit Player Entry System ccceseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 236 Command Line Options i sc ccccctsee cence cece tie ee de stan ceceedib ee cecend eecectbcvececcueetceceaeeececcndezens 237 Ruma Leader Board s i cc022cccccenicceccictencccacteceenenddecedeanvececunddectccaceccecunddzcrtecneedecpiesssdecanees 238 Disp
151. A Network Editions of HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Userids and Passwords 125 10 2 3 Types of Access There are three types of user accounts available in HandicapMaster Full Guest and Custom Full Access The User has full access to all facilities in HandicapMaster The User may add amend or delete any data or settings in the system Guest Access The User may view all data and reports in HandicapMaster but may not amend any data or settings Custom Access The User is granted a mixture of access rights to different facilities in HandicapMaster The user may Update View or be granted No Access to each of the subjects in HandicapMaster Read about Custom Access rights 10 2 4 Custom Access With Custom access the User is granted a mixture of access rights to different facilities in HandicapMaster The user may Update View or be granted No Access to each of the facilities in HandicapMaster Facilities restricted by Access Categories minimum access required shown in brackets Users Category e View and Amend User Accounts Update System Utilities Category Change Registration FILE menu Update Backup HandicapMaster Database View Restore HandicapMaster Database Update Check for Updates Online the option Check for Program Updates when HandicapMaster is started Update e Send Diagnostic Files to Support from another PC Update Configuration Category e Change Options FILE menu Update
152. Birth is supplied for the member On If Adjust age groups automatically is ticked then select either Date or Birthday If Date is selected please select the day and month within the year that you wish age groups of members to be updated If Birthday is selected then the member s birthday will be used The first time HandicapMaster is run on or after the selected criteria it will automatically check member s date of birth and if the member s age group should be changed to Adult this will occur Senior From Age Set the age from which a member is considered a senior This age is used when Members are added manually or automatically loaded or imported into the database to set the appropriate Age Group of the member to Senior provided that a Date Of Birth is supplied for the member On If Adjust age groups automatically is ticked then select either Date or Birthday If Date is selected please select the day and month within the year that you wish age groups of members to be updated If Birthday is selected then the member s birthday will be used The first time HandicapMaster is run on or after the selected criteria it will automatically check member s date of birth and if the member s age group should be changed to Senior this will occur Title of Age Group You may name two of the Age Groups used by HandicapMaster by entering their titles in these boxes User Defined Fields You may name each of the User defined fields in the membership
153. Click the Configure button d Click New button and run the The Database Wizard i Use the option None Locate existing Database ii Highlight the shared database in the list This will be a database in the All Users or Public folder iii Complete the Database Wizard to create the Shared Database 23 7 5 Database Configuration The Database Configuration Utility allows you to manage multiple HandicapMaster databases in effect running more than one copy of HandicapMaster on the same computer This allows you to add a new Database entry to the list Settings button HandicapMaster Limited 2015 so HandicapMaster This allows you to amend details of the currently selected entry in the list D 3 2 T faj 5 This allows you to remove the currently selected Database entry from the list Note removal from the list does NOT delete the underlying Database file exceptin some circumstances Up and Down buttons These buttons represented by Up and Down arrows allow the ordering of databases in the list to be modified 23 7 6 The Database Wizard HandicapMaster Edition Choose either Society Club or Premier edition or Network edition Society Club or Premier edition will create an Access Database file Network edition will allow an SQL Server Database to be configured to HandicapMaster see SQL Server Database Configuration below Type of Database to Create Choose the type of Database
154. Competition Template e Copya Competition Template e Delete a Competition Template 13 4 4 Copy a Competition Template To copy a Competition Template 1 On the left hand task pane select Competitions place 2 On the right hand pane double click Templates 3 Do one of the following e Select a Template and click Copy Template in the Competition Tasks box or e Right click over a selected Template then select Copy Template See Also e Add anew Competition Template e Modify a Competition Template e Delete a Competition Template 13 4 5 Delete a Competition Template To delete an existing Competition Template 1 On the left hand task pane select Competitions place 2 On the right hand pane double click Templates HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 167 3 Do one of the following e Selecta Template and press DELETE Key or e Right click over a selected Template then select Delete Notes e Ifthe Competition Template has already been used for existing competitions then the Template cannot be deleted In this situation the template will be hidden from view instead To restore to view all hidden Templates 1 Inthe Competition Templates list right click over any existing Templates then select Restore Hidden Templates and then select one or more templates to be restored See Also e Add anew Competition Template e Modify a Competition Template e Copy a Competition Template 13 4 6 The Com
155. Create edit and delete Email Settings and send Email FILE menu and Report toolbar Update e Send E mails FILE menu and Report toolbar View e Prevent all e mail access No Access HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Userids and Passwords 129 10 3 Add a User To add a User to HandicapMaster 1 On the File menu select Users 2 Click Add button 3 Selectthe Properties for this User The option to Add and Remove different Users is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 130 HandicapMaster 10 4 Remove a User To remove a User from HandicapMaster 1 On the File menu select Users 2 Selecta User in the HandicapMaster Users list 3 Click Remove button e The ADMIN user may not be removed e Itis not possible to remove the User who is currently logged on e The option to Add and Remove different Users is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Userids and Passwords 131 10 5 Change the Access Granted to a User To change the access granted to a User 1 On the File menu select Users Select a User in the HandicapMaster Users list Click Properties button OOR In the Access box select Full access Guest access or Custom access e The option to grant access to different Users is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier
156. Editions customers who pay an annual renewal charge an extra item may be added to your invoice for this service For HandicapMaster Society edition users an online payment facility may be used to pay for your subscription Current prices are available from the HandicapMaster website shop http www handicapmaster org shop Where you may order online If you have any any further queries regarding this service please e mail our Support department support handicapmaster or e Use ofa dial up connection is not suitable for the HM SAFE online storage service as the speed of transfer will be too slow to be usable Please note use of this service over a dial up connection will not be supported e Data is encrypted before being sent to the HM SAFE online storage service e The HM SAFE online storage service does not replace the need to take backups to local disks and removable media e While every effort is made to ensure the HM SAFE online storage service is operational HandicapMaster Limited cannot guarantee data that is posted to the HM SAFE online storage service can be recovered in the event of loss following a technical problem with the service 23 8 2 Online Backup To backup the database 1 Onthe File menu click Backup Database HandicapMaster Limited 2015 6 Managing the Database 403 Click the Online Backup button if you wish to perform an Online Backup for the first time The first time you use this facility to m
157. Explorer Pane may be hidden if required This may help when displaying reports on a low screen resolution for example To Open or Close the Left Hand Pane 1 Do one of the following e On the View menu click Open Task amp Explorer Pan or Close Task amp Explorer Pane or e Press shortcut key F6 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The HandicapMaster Desktop 4 5 Keyboard Shortcuts You can quickly accomplish tasks you perform frequently by using shortcut keys one or more keys you press on the keyboard to complete a task General Shortcuts F1 Display HandicapMaster Help F6 Open or Close the Left Hand Pane CTRL P Set up the Printer Membership Shortcuts CTRL N Add a new Member CTRL E Edit a Member record CTRL D Delete a Member record CTRL T Write a Letter to Members When displaying the ALL MEMBERS list INSERT Add a new Member ENTER Edit the selected Member DELETE Delete the selected Member Competition Shortcuts CTRL C Set up a Template CTRL V View Results CTRL Z Undo a Competition or Handicapping Event When displaying the COMPETITION TEMPLATES list INSERT Add a Competition Template ENTER Edit the selected Competition Template DELETE Delete the selected Competition Template ENTER View results of the selected Competition DELETE Undo the selected Competition When displaying the CLOSED COMPETITIONS list When displaying the KNOCK OUT COMPETITIONS list INSERT Add a new Knock out Competition ENTER Update KO Comp
158. Explorer tab click Explorer and then All Handicapping Events 2 Select the First Award or Handicap Brought Forward for this player right click and select Undo in the pop up menu 3 Select Change or Remove the ARST AWARD Handicap Brought Forward Entry and click OK The following fields are required to change a previously allocated Handicap for a player e Exact Handicap or Playing Handicap Used to enter the first handicap awarded to this member Note You may type the player s Handicap directly into this box e Awarded on Enter the date when a first handicap is awarded e Document as Identifies the first entry in the Handicap Record for this member as either First Award or Handicap Brought Forward For Handicap Brought Forward entries the handicap may be marked as Lapsed or previous qualifying scores in the current season may be identified A Handicap Brought Forward or a First Award record can be removed only when there are no subsequent entries in the player s handicap record The Awarded on date specifies the Starting date for the Handicap Records for the player It should be noted that competition scores from competitions prior to the starting date cannot be entered fora player as the Handicap of the player at the date of the competition will not be known Use an Awarded on date prior to the first competition that you intend to enter for this Player HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Correcting Mistakes 395
159. File The export file will be e an ASCII text file e one accounting entry per record in the file e a special Header record will be the first record in the file see below e each field within each record will be separated by a comma Header Records There are three types of accounting data that may be exported Subscriptions Invoices and Payments Each has a different Header record The Subscription Header Record The first record in the file will be a Header record This consists of the names of each of the columns fields within the file The fields will be ordered as follows Surname Member s Surname Middle Initials Member s Middle Initials First Name Member s Given Name Club Number The Membership number or code for this member Subscription Number Unique number identifying the Subscription Date Raised The date the subscription was issued Name Descriptive name of the Subscription Nett Nett Amount VAT VAT amount HandicapMaster Limited 2015 388 HandicapMaster Gross Total Total of Nett VAT Status Status of the Subscription e g Paid Void Overdue etc Payment Start Date Due date of the first possible only payment Number of Payments The number of payments required to fully pay the Subscription Notes Notes if any added to the Subscription The Invoice Header Record The first record in the file will be a Header record This consists of the names of each of the colu
160. First Award Handicap Brought Forward Reinstate Suspended Handicap General Play Correction Annual Review or Note AM Competition Score AM 2 3 4 General Play Correction Annual Review or Note PM 5 Competition Score PM 6 Handicap becoming Lapsed 7 Handicap Suspension e HandicapMaster does not prevent two scores being identified as being on the same day with the same AMor PM However if there are two the same HandicapMaster cannot guarantee the order they are processed 19 1 12 Record a Handicapping Note for a Player Handicap Notes are entries allowing notes and comments to be recorded for a player for example to maintain data for consideration during a General Play review To record a Handicap Note for a Player 1 Do one of the following e On the Handicapping Menu choose Handicap Note and select the name of the Member or e Inthe Members List select the member and right click Click Handicap Note HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping 2 Inthe Date in Handicap Record box enter the date you wish the note to be recorded against 3 Inthe Comments box enter the note details 4 Doone of the following e Click Save and More if you wish to save the current note and then enter a note for another player or e Click OK to save this note To list or print the recorded Handicap Notes 1 Do one of the following e On the Reports Menu choose Handicapping Reports then Handicapping N
161. HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 User Manual HandicapMaster Competitions and Handicapping Software by HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Welcome to HandicapMaster HandicapMaster is Competitions and Handicapping Software for Golf Clubs and Societies We thank you for your interest in HandicapMaster and hope you will find this Manual to be of help We always value customer feedback If you have any comments about this manual please do not hesitate to contact us Should you need any additional assistance with HandicapMaster please do not hesitate to contact us Thank you E mail support handicapmaster org Web Site http www handicapmaster org HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of pro
162. In the Member Subscription Pool box select Not In A Pool e In the Member Subscription Pools List select the Pool and press the Enter Key Select the Member to be deleted and press the Delete key To remove all members from a Member Subscription Pool 1 Do one of the following HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships 55 e On the Accounting menu click Member Subscription Pool then Manage Pool Members Select a Pool e In the Member Subscription Pools List select the Pool and press the Enter Key 2 Right click and select Remove ALL Members From Pool HandicapMaster Limited 2015 s HandicapMaster 6 7 6 7 1 6 7 2 Importing or Exporting Membership records About Importing and Exporting Membership records may be added from an external file in one operation using the Import facility In addition handicaps for existing members within the HandicapMaster database may be updated If the membership record does not currently exist a record is added to the database and a Handicap Brought Forward entry is made in the Member s handicap record If the membership record already exists then the Membership record details such as Address Fields etc are updated Then the current actual handicap is checked Should this differ to that currently recorded in the HandicapMaster database a CORRECTION entry is added to the Member s handicap record adjusting the actual and playing handicaps for this membe
163. Mixed Competition Note This page is only displayed if the competition has been set up with both Ladies and Gentlemen eligible to play and is not applicable to the EGA Handicap system Where the competition is open to Ladies and Gentlemen it may be applicable to make an adjustment to handicaps to take into account differences in the Scratch Score of the Men s and Ladies courses 1 Tick the Adjust Competition Handicaps box to change handicap allowances to take account of differences in the Scratch Score of the Men s and Ladies courses Handicap Adjustments Handicap Qualifying Competitions are competitions where handicaps of the competitors will be revised automatically after the close of the competition The handicapping authorities restrict the formats of competitions that are allowed to be qualifying These are typically limited to competitions that meet all of the following criteria e Stroke play Stableford or Par competitions played by individuals singles e 18 hole competitions e 9 Hole competitions in some cases HandicapMaster will identify whether a competition format selected may be chosen as a Qualifying Competition 1 Tick the Handicap Qualifier box if the competition is Handicap Qualifying Ladies Medal qualifiers Tick the Ladies Medal Competition box if the competition counts towards the England Golf SLGA GUW or ILGU Medal competitions only displayed for Club Premier and Network Editions where the competi
164. No title Address Line 1 or Address 1 The first line of the Member s address Address Line 2 or Address 2 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships st The second line of the Member s address Address Line 3 or Address 3 The third line of the Member s address Address Line 4 or Address 4 The fourth line of the Member s address Postcode or Post Code or Address 5 The Post Code of the Member s address Home Phone or Telephone 1 The Member s first telephone number Mobile Phone or Telephone 2 The Member s second telephone number FAX or Telephone 3 The Member s third telephone number E Mail Address The Member s e mail address Membership No or Club Number The Membership number or code for this member Default No Membership Number or Code Category The Membership category to which the member belongs to Default Category of Unknown Officer Title The Position on the Committee held by this Member Default Not on Committee Date Joined The date the Member joined Date Renewed The date the Member last renewed his or her membership Not applicable if Subscriptions Option installed Date Expires The date the Member s current membership expires Not applicable if Subscriptions Option installed Date Subscription Paid The date when the member paid their subscription fees Not applicable if Subscriptions Option installed Method Of Subscription Payment Anote of how the mem
165. OLFnet system or the England Golf CDH 8 The Look Up Players Details button is made available to users of the some editions which maybe used to gather details of Visitors from available national systems see Tip below 9 Do one of the following e Click Save and More if you have further Visitors to add to the database or e Click OK to save this Visitor record Tip Users of the CONGU handicap editions in England Scotland Wales or Ireland may receive the Visitor details from the Central Database of Handicaps server by entering the Visitor s national ID in the National Number box and clicking Look Up Players Details button You will need at active Internet connection to use this facility To add a Visitor using the Player Entry system If you have HandicapMaster linked to a Central Database of Handicaps England Scotland Wales and Ireland you may configure Player Entry so that when a Visitor types their national ID or swipes a magnetic card with their National ID on it they can automatically be added to the HandicapMaster database using the CDH service See Add Visitors through Player Entry for further details To add more than one Visitor in one action You may add one or more Visitors based upon a list of player details included in an external file Import from an external File where you have player s names and details e See Importing and Exporting Membership Records where Visitor records maybe added in bulk from a file con
166. OR Category The Membership category to which the member belongs to Default Category of Unknown Card Number The player s membership card number This matches field Has Other Membership Card in membership record Membership No or Club Number The Membership number or code for this member Default No Membership Number or Code PIN No Player s PIN number used for keypad only competition score entry Default Random unique 3 to 6 digit number Note if Visitor PIN s are enabled then the PIN for a Member must NOT be allocated a value in the Visitor PIN range by the external membership system If itis within the Visitor PIN range it then it will be allocated a random PIN number outside the Visitor PIN range National Number The Member s National Number such as Ireland GOLFnet number Note Itis not possible to use this to set an English Scottish or Welsh CDH national number for a player as these numbers have to be allocated through HandicapMaster Address 1 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Integrating HandicapMaster with Other Systems 453 The first line of the Member s address Address 2 The second line of the Member s address Address 3 The third line of the Member s address Address 4 The fourth line of the Member s address Address 5 Typically the Post Code of the Member s address Telephone 1 The Member s first telephone number Telephone 2 The Member s second telephone number Telephone 3 T
167. Officials to help them administer golf in Kenya An Internet connection from the PC running HandicapMaster will be required to publish to the Kenya Golf Network Contents e Using the Kenya Golf Network for the first time 22 5 2 Using the Kenya Golf Network for the first time Step 1 Confirm System Home Club setting in HandicapMaster In order that HandicapMaster is able to communicate with the server successfully the HandicapMaster System Home Club must be set to a club with a recognised ID Number on the server 1 Click File menu then Options 2 Check that Current chosen Home Club shows with a yellow flag and a 3 digit National club ID If it does not click Change Home Club button and ensure that the chosen Home club is your club as shown with a Yellow flag and with a 3 digit number listed in the National ID column 3 Click OK to set the System Home Club Step 2 Publish to Kenya Golf Network web site 1 Click the Publish button on the main Toolbar to run the Publish to Internet wizard and click Next 2 Tick the Kenya Golf Network box and optionally Master Scoreboard if you are already using the Master Scoreboard service and click Next 3 Click Next to initiate the publishing to the Kenya Golf Network At the end of the process a report may be viewed This will detail warnings and errors from the process HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet 22 6 Unrecognised G
168. Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To cancel booking into a competition cancel all bookings arrangements for the competition 1 To cancel taking bookings into a competition deleting any bookings already received do one of the following e On the left hand task pane select Bookings place On the right hand pane double click Competitions Double click the applicable competition in the list Click Cancel Bookings Arrangements in the Bookings Tasks e Select Enter Scores and choose the applicable competition Click the Config button on the Enter Scores Toolbar Click the Bookings tab Click Cancel Bookings button 15 1 6 The Bookings Wizard The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster The Bookings Wizard steps through the stages of modifying bookings arrangements for a competition Booking available to Players 1 In the Bookings to be accepted boxes select the time and date when bookings is to be opened and the time and date when bookings is to close for this competition 2 In the Players may book section tick In the Clubhouse if you wish players to be able to book through Player Entry and tick Online if you wish players to be able to book through the Master Scoreboard web site 3 If you have selected players may book online only in the Opens Competitions section tick the This is a club Open Players must Pay when booking b
169. Sheet labels 186 LGU Medals 289 Scorecard labels from Start Sheets 186 Exclude a Competition from LGU Medals 289 Identify a Competition as an LGU Medal 289 Introduction 288 Ladies Medals 288 Late reporting of CSS 317 Layout of Reports 140 141 142 146 147 een See Change format of Member s names 147 Licence 32 Member Name format 147 Limit results to top X positions 167 171 Leader Board 227 List of Available reports 150 Gross Scores 238 M Hide Buttons to dsplay full width 238 Windows Screen Saver 238 Letter of Notification of First Award Magnetic Card Generate Automatically 145 Swiping a card to finda Player on the CDH 418 Turn off 311 Main Features 25 Letter of notification of General Play changes 310 Marking a competition for Best of Series reporting Generate automatically 145 167 Turn off 311 MasterScoreboard co uk Letters 100 Do not show a Best of Series 409 About 96 Do not show Competition 406 Adding a Letterhead to Letters 115 Do not show Eclectic Competition 408 Adding a Picture or Logo to the Letterhead 103 Do not show Knock out Draw 407 bit maps 96 Do not show Member s Name 405 Change Dear line 100 115 Do not show Order of Merit Competition 408 Change Font used in Letters 99 Fixture List 406 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 MasterScoreboard co uk Introduction 403 Online Bookings 254 Password reset for member Request set up on Web Site Upload data 405 Match Play Knockout A3 Paper Size 146 About 267 Add a player
170. Site 403 Touchscreen 227 Welcome 19 Transaction History 386 Turn off Warnings when Printing Reports 148 Twos Competition Sweep 167 U Undo 397 Introduction 392 Undo command 393 Updates 447 Users 123 Add a new User 129 Custom Access 125 Grant access to a User 131 Properties of a Userid 124 Remove a User 130 Reset Password 124 Types of Access 125 sN gt Viewing Charts 149 Viewing Graphs 149 Viewing Reports 135 Visitor E mail 93 Visitors About 73 Add a Visitor 74 Add a Visitor at Score Entry time 74 Change Member to Visitor 69 Change Visitor to Member 80 Delete a Visitor record 77 Delete All Visitors 77 Delete Multiple Visitors 77 Edit Past Visitor 76 HandicapMaster Limited 2015
171. Step 1 Obtain Access to the CDH Web site England Request activation for your club on the England Golf CDH Before proceeding you will need to request activation for your club on the CDH Central Database of Handicaps if your club has not previously used the CDH Activating your club on the CDH will give you a Userid and password for accessing the web site as well as enabling data to be published to the CDH To do this 1 Visit the applicable CDH web site at hittp cdh equ org uk Note Your club only needs to complete activation once on the system If you need additional Userids on the CDH web sites these can be set up after the first activation See the CDH web sites for details 2 Log on to this web site using the following credentials Please refer to the corresponding Help topic in HandicapMaster HELP gt HandicapMaster Help for details Select the Register menu only menu available and follow the instructions 3 Once your activation is confirmed you will receive an email confirming this If you have difficulty with the Activation process If you have difficulty with the activation process telephone England Golf Tel 01526 354500 and ask for Club Services department for assistance Error 48 Handicapping Authority is Suspended If your club has not been activated on the CDH and you publish to the CDH from HandicapMaster error 48 Handicapping Authority is Suspended will be reported and no data w
172. Torestrict the distribution list to a single gender un tick the appropriate gender HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters 107 8 Tick Automatically add and maintain entries in list if you wish the list to be automatically updated by HandicapMaster based on the selection criteria selected If you do not tick this option then you may manually adjust the entries in the distribution list 9 To limitthe distribution list to a selection of Age Groups tick Only Members in selected Age Groups Then select the appropriate age groups from the items displayed 10 To limit the distribution list to a selection of Membership Categories tick Only Members in selected Membership Categories Then select the appropriate Membership Categories from the items displayed Note this option is not available for Visitor or Past Visitor distrib ution lists 11 To limitthe distribution list to a range of handicaps tick Only Members with a handicap within a selected range Then either type or use the up down arrows to set the Handicap From and to values 12 To limitthe distribution list to Competition Handicap Status tick Include members with Competition handicap status Note Only applicable to CONGU editions of HandicapMaster in England Wales and Scotland 13 To limitthe distribution list to Non Competition Handicap Status tick Include members with Non Competition handicap status Note Only applicable to CONGU edition
173. Values for the three User defined fields in the membership records If the columns have been renamed through Global Options then the names ofthe fields will be used Account ID This is the unique identifier that links the membership details between the external system and HandicapMaster Note This field is only applicable when there is an external membership system This field will only appear for Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions and is only exported when the exportis run as the ADMIN user HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships e 6 8 Change a Member to a Visitor To change a Member to a Visitor 1 Onthe Left Hand Task Pane select Players place Select All Members Select the Member to be changed then right click oN On the pop up menu select Change Member to Visitor HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster 6 9 Change a Member to No Handicap To change a Member to No Handicap Eg change from playing to social membership 1 Onthe Left Hand Task Pane select Players place Select All Members Select the Member to be changed then right click oN On the pop up menu select Change Member to No Handicap HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships 6 10 Synchronise with External Membership System HandicapMaster includes an option to load and maintain Membership information from an external source via a Commaz separated Values
174. When the leader board is displayed on the screen itis possible to hide the buttons alongside the leader board by pressing the F6 key Function Key 6 Pressing this key again re displays the buttons By hiding the buttons the display of the leader board when being fed through to a large display Such as a TV display can be improved e In the CONGU handicapping editions once at least 10 cards have been entered into handicap qualifying competitions the bottom line of the leader board will display an estimate of the Competition Scratch Score based on those cards already entered This estimate assumes that there will be no separate home and visitor CSS s Print Score Cards or Labels Sign In service Tick the Print Score Cards or Labels as Players Sign In box if you would like to print the Competition Name Player s Name Player s Membership Number Handicap Strokes Received and Score Card Issue Number and a number of other items directly on to a Score Card or a label as players sign in HandicapMaster Limited 2015 230 HandicapMaster Click the Font button to select the font to be used when printing Click the Position Data on Scorecards button to choose the positions where the information will be printed on the Scorecard Label Select each item to be printed on the label Tick Include to include this item when printing Enter the distance from top left corner of the label in Millimetres to position the item or
175. You may also geta list of Invoices from the Accounting Places by clicking All Invoices or Invoices in Current Year Then if you click on the appropriate Invoice in the list to highlight it you may then right click with the mouse and select the Amend Note option e Inthe list of subscriptions displayed when selecting Accounting menu gt Invoices you may scroll to the right of the list to see the current notes 20 4 10 Find Overdue Invoices Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To obtain a list of members with overdue Invoices 1 On the Reports Menu click the Accounting Reports option and then Overdue Invoices 2 On the Report Selection screen select who to include in the report and then click OK to view the Overdue Invoices report HandicapMaster Limited 2015 372 HandicapMaster 20 4 11 Reprint an Invoice Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Ifa member requires a copy of an invoice previously sent you can print a copy as follows 1 On the Accounting Menu click Invoices then click Print 2 Click one of the Invoices to highlight it and click OK to print the Invoice on the default printer
176. a Template and press ENTER Key 2 Modify the template Information using the Bookings Template Wizard provided Note When acompetition is opened through the Open a New Competition wizard the Bookings Template properties applied to that competition cannot be varied by subsequently modifying the template The Booking properties applied to an opened or undone closed competition can be modified through the Config button on the Enter Scores Toolbar 15 1 2 4 Delete a Bookings Template The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To delete an existing Bookings Template 1 On the left hand task pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane double click Templates Bookings 3 Do one of the following e Selecta Template and press DELETE Key or e Right click over a selected Template then select Delete HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Bookings 247 15 1 2 5 The Bookings Template Wizard The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster The Bookings Templates Wizard steps through the stages of setting up a template for Bookings How will Players Book In 1 In the Name box enter a name for this Template It is suggested that the name should be descriptive of the type of Bookings being configured so that the correct template may more easily be chosen when configuring a competition for
177. a iaaa aa Eaa aaa aaiae Ko aeina aaa 98 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 6 HandicapMaster Write a Letter of Introduction for a Member scescssesereseeeeensneeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeseneeeeeseneseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeneensaes 98 Change the Font uSed in Letters ee r raar Earr Earra r r E aa a raean O pae Sme Ee a rra ee na tE Esda sranie 99 Configure the Layout Of Letters anihia daaraan ie aioa aaaeeeaa auaa aaaea aa ai adaa aada saaa aaea 99 Change the Salutation used in Letters 100 Using Fields in Lettef Siioni aaaea eaaa i Eadan S Eea Ea aa S aeaa eaa aa SE Eaa iait 100 Add Letterheads t Letters iscciice cis ccicsenccscecceccesveces cncesdeeateg cncenceedeesuejieevsncpeectenesatenscosuceesctsuseeteesueteeazeseseeet 103 Sending Letters by EMail cesses sseeseeeeeseeseeseeseseeseeseseesseeseesoeseesoesaesaesaeusevanvaneseeansnaesaesausansonsseeseen 104 4 Distribution LIAS aidi ae ae ea less en aaea aaah renee ccceenceusedentscetevacdacecuassceceescecetdentscetes 105 WAH OGD UCU OI raene araea seanna a eroa raaa aae aaaea pte cates Stas weed ae a aeia aiara A aaa 105 Add a new Distribution Listini hiasi a e iaaa eaaa aiaa Edea eaae da KALEAK 106 Edita DIS tribUtiOn List araea a aaa earar aaa a aa Aa Aa rA pE aar ani aaa aroas ainar EE ea EAEra nE aE 108 Delete a Distribution List cccccccscccccectcctecesceectavsnctates cnece desi cbtecece code done Sa Ee da dedgucuesteudededenduaqaet sucvadeddeeeaceseteed 109 Ad
178. aa aA a Aa Ae aeaa a maa S Oae aa aa Ea raa aaa aaa i 37 Modify a Member re Cor cccstcstssssssssseseeseeseeseesoeseesaessessesaesaesessesseeseesaesoesaesaesseuaeusevsnusneseesnesaesaasaesaneansans 37 Delete a Member mark as a Past Member sscesceecseeeseeseerseesenesseeseneneeeneeeneeeseesnnenseeeeeesseesenenenenenenes 38 Recover a previously deleted Member s nnnnnsunnnnnsnnnnnnrnnnnnnrunnnnnnnnnnennunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nenen nn 39 Membership record fields ccssssssssseesesseeseeseeseesessesesseveseeesesseesnssaesoesaesaessesseuseesnuanesneanenaesaesaesaneaneaes 39 ISSUING a Handicap cece etesteeesseneesesseeseeseeseesoeseesoesaesaesaesaesaeesesseeseesauseusausaessesaeusevsnusnesneanesaesaesaesansaneaes 42 Change a Handicap Award ccccsssssssessessevseseeeseesneneessesessesseesesseeseesaesoesaesaesaesaevaesenesessneseusausoesausaessenanuas 43 Change Away Member To a Home Member ccsssssssssseseeseeseeseseseseseseeseesseeseeseeseesaeseesoesessensnnes 44 Change Away Members Home Club uu ceceeeseestessessessesseeseeseeseesaesnesaessesaesaevaesonesessneseesausoesanseusenanues 45 Change Home Member To an Away Member ccsssssssssssseeseeseessesesessesesseveesseesesseeseesaeseesoessensenonees 46 Considerations for JUNOT Seniesa eane anin aaa aeaea aeaea e aa Eaa naana ma a aa Sei aa a KE Aaaa aaa as 46 Basic Player Subscription recording and management s s s nsusunnnrnrnnnnn
179. able then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Ifa member requires an e mail copy of a receipt previously sent you can e mail a copy as follows 1 2 3 On the Accounting Menu click Payments then click E mail Receipt Click one of the payments to highlight it and click OK Now confirm the E mail recipient details and enter a suitable message Click Send and the e mail will be sent with the receipt added as Portable Document File attachment You may also geta list of Payments from the Accounting Places by clicking All payments or Payments in Current Year Then if you click on the appropriate paymentin the list to highlight it you may then right click with the mouse and select the E mail Receipt option and then you may confirm the E mail recipient details and enter a suitable message Click Send and the e mail will be sent with the receipt added as Portable Document File attachment The status of the payments at the time of the print will be displayed For example a member is paying monthly and has paid a couple of payments these will show as paid and the remaining will be displayed as outstanding or overdue if appropriate HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 33 20 7 Refunds and Cancellations 20 7 1 Refund a Subscription or Invoice Payment Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not
180. able in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions The Accounting reports are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option To view alist or the reports with a brief description of each report do the following e On the Task Explorer tab click Tasks and then in the PLACES box select the Reports item On the list displayed select one of the tabs Membership Competitions Bookings Handicapping or Accounting Alist of the reports and a description will be displayed The following is a typical list of the reports available In some cases some reports may not be available depending on the edition of HandicapMaster installed Or may have slightly different names Membership Reports Report Description Membership Summary Summary of Membership details Membership Contact Summary List of Member names telephone numbers and e mail address Officer Contact Summary List of Official s names telephone numbers and e mail address Names and Addresses List of Member s Names and Addresses Telephone Numbers List of Member s Telephone Numbers be sent Competition scores Card Numbers numbers Age of Members Date of Birth and Age of Members along with Age Group assigned to each Member Subscription Paid Dates Dates when Membership Subscriptions were last paid by HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Reports 151 Report Description Away Members List of Away Members and their Home Club
181. able to sign in to competitions before play through the Player Entry screens Tick the Enter Scores box if you wish players to be able to enter their competition scores along with options for displaying a Leader board etc through the Player Entry screens Tick the Enter Knock Out Match Result box if you wish players to be able to enter the results of their matches in match play knock out competitions through the Player Entry screens Tick the Book into Future Competitions box if you wish players to be able to book into forthcoming competitions through the Player Entry screens See also Global Options Tick the View Information box if you wish players to be able to view information about their handicaps and view a Handicap List through the Player Entry screens If you choose to offer the Information services you may then choose which services to offer e My Golf Tick this box to offer the option for players to check their own current handicap view the upcoming competitions they have booked into and view the recent entries in their Handicap record HandicapMaster Limited 2015 228 HandicapMaster e Handicap List Tick this box to offer the option for players to view a full listing of handicaps of all members e MyAccount Note This item is only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option Tick this box to offer the option for players to view their account balance and recent t
182. account balance will be reduced Note When using the Subscriptions Option and when a competition is applied and a start sheet is available for the competition and if there are players listed on a start sheet but these did NOT sign in or enter a score then you will be offered the option to raise a mandatory Entry fee for these no show players If a competition is Undone Refunds Ifa competition is undone then any fee records that have not been marked as processed will subsequently be ignored If the fees for this competition have already been marked as processed then these fee records for this competition will be flagged as refundable Fees due for refunding may also be viewed and or exported to a CSV format file using the Manage Competition Fees window If the competition is re applied new competition fee records are created HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 217 In summary Ifa competition that has had its fee records processed is undone and re applied all previous fee records will appear on the refundable list Anew set of payable fee records will be created Notes When using the Subscriptions Option and where entry fees were raised for no show players these will not be refunded or listed under the refunds but will remain so that when the competition is reapplied these fees will be included When using the Subscriptions Option if you cancel the competition these no show pla
183. ailable monitors when using a dual monitor card etc 1 The topmost monitor from the list offered when starting Player Entry 2 The second monitor from the top in the list etc Skip running any check for program updates on Start up On first time start up of the leader board display full width without the buttons alongside the leader board as if F6 has been pressed For example the following command line starts Player Entry for a database instance called Mens Database using a userid of ProShop C Program Files HandicapMaster8 PlayerEntry exe instance Mens Database user Proshop HandicapMaster Limited 2015 238 HandicapMaster 14 11 Run a Leader Board Itis possible to configure the Player Entry screens to operate a running leader board for competitions that are currently underway To run a Leader board On the left hand task pane select Competitions place 1 On the right hand pane double click Settings Profiles 2 Do one of the following e Selecta Profile and press ENTER Key or e Double click the Profile entry in the list e To add anew Profile click Create a new Profile in the Player Entry Tasks box or press the INSERT key 3 Configure Player Entry using the Configure Player Entry Wizard setting the applicable settings for showing the Leader board For a competition to be displayed on the Leader board the option Show on Leaderboard must be ticked in the configuration of the ope
184. al Review Report option 2 Choose the category of players and the period of time to analyse then click OK 19 2 4 4 Adjust Players Handicaps after Annual Review To record adjustments of Handicaps as a result of the Annual Review 1 On the Handicapping drop down menu click Annual Review Select Adjust Handicaps option and click Next gt Select the name of a Member who has had their Handicap adjusted and click OK In the Date in Handicap Record box enter the date from when the Annual Review took place oO e oO UN In the New Handicap box enter the player s revised handicap HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping 323 6 Inthe Comments for insertion in Member s Handicap Record box enter any description that you would like to record in the player s records relating to his adjustment 7 Ifyou have more than one Player s handicap to adjust click Save and More Repeat steps 3 to 6 until all adjustments have been recorded e In some circumstances a password will be required to complete the Annual Review adjustment This password may be obtained from your local Area Authority e HandicapMaster will automatically produce a letter to advise the member of the change in his her handicap Refer to the Letterheads on Letters section of the System Wide Options if you wish HandicapMaster to automatically generate a Letterhead on the Letter The font attributes used when viewing and printing the Letter are those last chosen on the L
185. al players by using this option When undoing a competition HandicapMaster deletes any scores partially entered for another competition entered but not applied and replaces them with the scores for this competition This gives the User a powerful tool by which to change the appearance of the competition results perhaps by changing the number of winners highlighted Other corrections can be made such as disqualifying a player s score marking the competition as a non Handicap Qualifier etc It should be noted that when undoing competitions only the scores to one competition could be retained at any one time Therefore should two competitions be undone together all of the scores for the first of these will be lost When undoing First Handicap awards HandicapMaster retains the information regarding the new member Such as address and telephone numbers but changes the status of the member to No Handicap To undo an event 1 Doone of the following e On the Competitions Menu choose Undo and select the event to Undo or e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then All Handicapping Events Select the event and press Delete key HandicapMaster Limited 2015 3 HandicapMaster 21 3 Undoing and amending Handicap Brought Forward or First Award To Undo a Handicap Brought Forward or First Award 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Places box choose Handicapping and select All Handicapping Events or e On the Task
186. allocated by the player s National Union Gross Score The total number of strokes played This column is ignored for Stableford or Par competitions Possible values are e a numeric value e NR for a No Return e NA if not applicable or not available Adjusted Gross The number of strokes played after adjustment using CONGU Clause 19 Nett Double Bogey This column is ignored for Stableford or Par competitions Possible values are e a numeric value e NR for a No Return e NA if not applicable or not available Stableford Points The player s Stableford score This column is ignored for Stroke play Medal or Par competitions Possible values are e a numeric value e NR for a No Return e NA if not applicable or not available Par Result The player s Par result This column is ignored for Stroke play Medal or Stableford competitions Possible values are e a numeric value a positive value represents a Holes Up result a negative value represents a Holes down result and zero represents all square e NR for a No Return e NA if not applicable or not available 19 1 10 Late reporting of Away CSS CONGU Handicapping Only Occasionally a player who reports an Away Competition Score to his her Home club may not know the Competition Scratch Score CSS at the time In this circumstance the Away Score should be entered into the players Handicap Record using the Standard Scratc
187. alue entered Note That some of the above fields are set automatically when the Subscriptions Option is installed Notes Tab Allows general information to be recorded about the Member User defined Fields In addition three user defined fields are available These are three fields available for general data up to 100 characters each that could be used for any local purpose Data held in these fields is reported on the Membership Notes report and also included in the output file created by the Export option You may change the title for each of the three fields to your own preferred names through Global Options 6 2 6 Issuing a Handicap The following fields are required to allocate a Handicap to a player e Exact Handicap or Playing Handicap Used to enter the first handicap awarded to this member Note You may type the player s Handicap directly into this box e Date this Handicap starts in these records Enter the date when a first handicap is awarded e This awardis a either HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships e First Award if this is the first handicap the player has ever had or first for 6 months or more or e Continuation of a previous Handicap if this is a handicap transferred from another club or a handicap transferred from another handicapping database etc The following additional fields may also be required depending upon the format of Handicapping employed and whether
188. an Invoice Template Raise am INVOICE a aS E E E The Raise INVOICES Wizard cccstssesseseeseeeeeseeeseeeoeseesoesesseeseeseeseesnesoeseesaesoesaesaesaesonesnesouseasansaesevseusneeneas NOW anh IN VOICG a E AEE TE T Amend Invoice Note cccecssteseseesessevsevsesseeseeneeneeseessesaeseseeesessoeseusaesaesaesaeuaevenvaneaneanennesnesaesaesansneeseees Find Overdue INVOICES cccscsstsesssssesscsseeeseeseeseesesessesaessevenvseeaneseesneneesaesaessesaeeseeseeseesarsaesaesaevaevanvaneoneones Reprint an INVOICE 0 cscs sceseeseesseseeseesseeseeseeseesoesoessesaeusevaevseesneseeneesnasaesaesaesaeeseeseeseesaesausansaevaevanvaneaneanes Resend an Invoice by E mail t Void Multiple INVOICES ce ceeesteseesseseeseeseesseeseesoesoessessessesseuseesneseesoeseesaesaesaesaesaesenesnusouseesaesaesevseusnnoneas 5 Subscription and Invoice Templates Window ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 374 6 Payment anean NE thee tec aede pee tee eee ete EENE ET 375 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Contents 13 Sahin LEC iTo a a A E EE eee E E E E E E E O 375 Record a single Subscription or Invoice Payment 000 376 The Subscriptions Invoices and Ad hoc Payments Wizard 376 Adding Payment Items to an Ad Hoc Payment View a PayMe Nb ccc scesseseeeseeseeseeneeseeseseesseseeeseesoeseesausaessesseuseeseeseeseesnesaesaesaesaneaessnesnesauseasausaessevseusnnaneas 380 Amend Pay
189. an external file ccssssseseeseeesesseeseeseeseessessessevseuseeseesnesneseenaesaesaesaesaneaes 56 Import Visitors from an external file 0 0 cece seessenseveeseeeseeseeseeseeseessessesesseuseeseeseesnesnenaeseesaesneaneans 57 Export Membership Records to an external file cccsssssseeseeeessestensesseesevseeseesnvsnesnennenaesaesaesansneaes 58 Format of the IM port File ccccsssssssssseesesseeseeseeseesoessessesaevsessessesseeseesaeseesaesaesseeaeuseeseuseesoeseesaesaesaesansaneaes 58 Importing Handicaps from another Handicap System s nsusnnnnsnsunnnnnrnnnnnnrnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn mnnn 63 Format of the Export File 0 0 ccscssssssssssssessesseeseeseeseesoessessesaevaeseesesseesessaesoesausaessesaeuseesevsnesneseesaesaesaesaneaneans 65 8 Change a Member to a Visitor cceeeeceeeee cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeeesees 69 9 Change a Member to No Handicap scececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaneeeeeees 70 10 Synchronise with External Membership System ccccccsseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 71 Chapter 7 Maintaining Visitor Records 73 1 ABOUT VISIONS eonan eE seccedeadscaccce stedecsateceecee sencccettscecdee seetecearsaeidee seadeceatstaeccesaetecest 73 2 Adda new Visitor jc 23 2205 codececeseccccsscadecel tee sdencizddecetecuenconctadaccecanzecetbaadceccestecscunnadcecccnacecens 74 3 Modify a Visitor record
190. and Golf results submission sheet See Also e identify a competition as a Ladies Medal qualifier HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Order of Merit and Eclectic Competitions 22 HandicapMaster 18 Order of Merit and Eclectic Competitions 18 1 Order of Merit Competitions 18 1 1 Introduction Operating Order of Merit Competitions An Order of Merit is a calculation of the best player or players from a set of competitions It is sometimes called Golfer of the Year You may calculate an Order of Merit based upon positions players achieve in Competitions or the equivalent number of Stableford points they score in the competitions Results are based upon allocating points to each player for each competition they complete Up to eight different points Plans may be used enabling a different number of points to be awarded for different categories of Competition This chapter describes the process of running an Order of Merit competition Overview of running an Order of Merit competition in HandicapMaster The typical stages of running an Order of Merit competition are 1 Create the Order of Merit competition in HandicapMaster defining how points will be allocated including plans 2 Runoneormore stroke play competitions 3 Update the Order of Merit with the competition scores 4 Reprint the Order of Merit results e Creating an Order of Merit Competition e Setting up an Order of Merit Plan e Adding
191. andicapMaster 8 3 11 Sending Letters by email When you have written a letter itis possible to send the letter by e mail to recipients who have a valid e mail address 1 Click the E mail Report button on the Reports Toolbar 2 You will be prompted to add an attachment 3 Select Yes to add an external document to the e mail 4 The letter for each recipient will be will be sent to that recipients e mail account e The letter is automatically added to the e mail as PDF attachment e It is only possible to send letters by e mail to Distribution Lists for Members and Past Members Other types of distribution list are not available as the recipient of letters by e mail HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters 105 8 4 8 4 1 Distribution Lists Introduction Distribution Lists are designed to assist with communication by Letter or E mail To allow for management of different recipients the following types of distribution list are available Members Pastmembers Visitors Past visitors Golf clubs Other e mail recipients Some possible uses of Distribution Lists are e Send e mails to a number of Golf Clubs e g details of a local area competition e Send a report by e mail to recipients in a Distribution List For example send competition results by e mail e Contact Past Visitors with details of open competitions e Contact Past Members with details of membership offers e A
192. andicapMaster the distribution list will be limited to members without a handicap In this case the handicap range option will be unavailable 8 4 3 Edita Distribution List To edit a Distribution List in HandicapMaster 1 10 11 Do one of the following e On the Players drop down menu click Distribution Lists e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select Distribution Lists Existing Distribution Lists are displayed Highlight the list you wish to edit Then select Edit List from the Distribution Lists Tasks or right click with the mouse and select Edit List Depending on the type of distribution list you will be able to edit various settings For Golf Clubs and Other E mail Recipients distribution lists you may edit the name and then click Finish to save the change For Member Past Member Visitor and Past Visitor distribution lists you may edit the various items as follows To restrict the distribution list to a single gender un tick the appropriate gender or to change to both genders tick both boxes Tick Automatically add and maintain entries in list if you wish the list to be automatically updated by HandicapMaster based on the selection criteria selected If you do not tick this option then you may manually adjust the entries in the distribution list To limit the distribution list to a selection of Age Groups tick Only Members in selected Age Groups Then select the appropriate age groups
193. apMaster You may view the history of bookings received into a chosen competition This report shows who booked in by whom when and how they booked in To view the history of bookings received into a competition If the competition is currently open 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings Place 2 Select Competitions 3 Right click over the required competition and select History of Bookings Alternatively 1 On the Reports menu select Bookings Reports then click History of Bookings Opened competition If the competition has been closed 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings Place 2 Select Competitions 3 Right click over the required competition and select History of Bookings Closed competition 15 1 14 Cancellation of Bookings The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster If the Bookings is configured to allow players to cancel their bookings into competitions the following policy will be applied to requests for cancellations Cancellation policy 1 Players cancelling their own booking For players to be able to request removal from a competition booking the setting in FILE gt OPTIONS gt BOOKING tab must be turned on Then a Players can request their booking cancelled through Player Entry or Master Scoreboard as applicable b Ifa player requests a cancellation in a team competition then the whole team entry will
194. apMaster Ltd See Also e Publish results to My Golf Ranking HandicapMaster Limited 2015 4 HandicapMaster 22 7 2 Publish results to My Golf Ranking You may update the information on the My Golf Ranking at any time This will allow you to add new scores to the system To update My Golf Ranking 1 Publish to the Master Scoreboard web site by running the Publish to Internet wizard 2 When running the Publish to Internetwizard tick Publish competition scores to MyGolfRanking website box e The data published to Master Scoreboard will be collected and processed by My Golf Ranking overnight e The following competition formats are NOT supported by the MyGolfRanking system and results for these types of competitions cannotbe published Par Bogey format competitions Team Competitions Overall results from Multiple Round competitions l e 36 hole 72 hole etc Competitions with less than three competitors See Also e About My Golf Ranking HandicapMaster Limited 2015 fe Chapter Managing the Database 430 HandicapMaster 23 Managing the Database 23 1 Introduction Daily and End of Year functions for the successful operation of HandicapMaster This Chapter deals with two opposite but vital functions of running the HandicapMaster system These are 1 Removal of out of date data a process called Housekeeping 2 Preservation of current valid data avoiding accidental loss Hous
195. aps use a suffix of for the Handicap For example 18 5 Do NOT use suffix when importing CONGU handicaps Default No Handicap For more details see Importing Handicaps from another Handicap System HandicapMaster Limited 2015 e HandicapMaster Scores Previous Season or Previous Season The number of Qualifying scores returned by the player during the previous season Only required for CONGU handicapping in countries where Active Inactive handicapping is in operation and used to set the Active Inactive Handicap Status for the player Only used when allocating a handicap award for a player not when updating an existing handicap Default 0 For more details see Importing Handicaps from another Handicap System Scores Current Season or Current Season The number of Qualifying scores returned by the player during the current season Only required for CONGU handicapping in countries where Active Inactive handicapping is in operation or where Lapsing of Handicaps is in operation and used to set the Active Inactive Handicap Status for the player For countries where Lapsing of Handicaps is in operation this represents the number of qualifying scores returned by the player since the previous Annual Review Only used when allocating a handicap award for a player not when updating an existing handicap Default 0 For more details see Importing Handicaps from another Handicap System Disability Handicap
196. are entered Configure Player Entry to use this facility 1 On the left hand task pane select Competitions place a On the right hand pane double click Settings Profiles b Do one of the following e Selecta Profile and press ENTER Key or e Double click the Profile entry in the list e To add anew Profile click Create a new Profile in the Player Entry Tasks box or press the INSERT key 2 Configure Player Entry using the Configure Player Entry Wizard On the Identify Players page England Scotland amp Wales 1 Select option Entering a PIN number or CDH Lifetime ID or option Entering a Club Membership Number or CDH Lifetime ID 2 Tick Add Visitors to system using CDH when their National ID is entered box Ireland 1 Select option Entering a PIN number or GOLFnet Card Number or option Entering a Club Membership Number or GOLFnet Card Number 2 Tick Add Visitors to system using GOLFnet when their GOLFnet number is entered box Complete the Configure Player Entry wizard 3 Start Player Entry and agree to download the GOLFnet Player files Note e You will need an active internet connection when the visitors are entering their numbers HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet 22 4 12 Verify a Handicap of a Visitor To look up the Handicap of a Visitor who is already added to HandicapMaster 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Visitors list select a Visitor and press Enter Key or e Inthe
197. art Microsoft Word and create the message in Word adding pictures as required b Select all of the document text and pictures and select EDIT then COPY c In HandicapMaster PASTE the message into the message box If the message is too large to fit into the message box delete the contents and resize the message in Word Then try again Notes e For best results use clip art images such as WMF format files e You may also directly paste bitmap files BMP into the letter text There is a file size limit of 512KB e fdisplaying messages to your members on the Player Entry computer the Windows Screen Saver will activate if configured e You may use the tool bar to adjust the colour of text and adjust the alignment e You may mixfonts and colours within a message e The number of lines in the Message text boxis the limit of the message that will be displayed on the Player Entry terminals e If you have multiple messages enabled either for a given date range or for all dates these messages will be displayed in rotation with short delay between each message HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The Player Entry System 2 14 13 Change choice of Profile for a specific computer If you have more than one Player Entry profile configured you will be prompted to choose the profile to use when you start Player Entry At this time you may choose to Always use this choice on this computer At a later date itis possible to reset t
198. as Scramble you would see player Ato D details on the label if you have selected these HandicapMaster Limited 2015 188 HandicapMaster Designing a Custom Label 1 N Oo MO A 8 9 Select each item to be printed on the label Tick Include to include this item when printing Enter the distance from top left corner of the label in Millimetres to position the item or drag and drop it on the example layout Tick the Include Titling when Printing box if you would like titling to be added to the items included on the label to be printed For Example with this option ticked handicaps will be printed as H cap 24 instead of 24 Strokes received will be printed Strokes 24 instead of 24 etc This can improve the appearance when printing to Labels Some printers are unable to print to the edge of the paper In this case you will need to enter the hard margin values for your printer Each printer may have different values Determining the actual value may require you performing a test print In the Printer Top Margin enter the number of millimetres from the top of the paper that the printable area on the paper starts e g 3 8 You may type in the value or use the up and down arrows In the Printer Left Margin enter the number of millimetres from the top of the paper that the printable area on the paper starts e g 1 2 You may type in the value or use the up and down arrows Click the Perform a test print using thi
199. ase option HandicapMaster Limited 2015 48 HandicapMaster 23 7 Using more than one copy of HandicapMaster 23 7 1 Introduction This facility allows you to manage multiple HandicapMaster databases in affect running more than one copy of HandicapMaster on the same computer HandicapMaster from Version 7 onwards supports a range of database products For each database an entry is defined that contains the information required to access that database This information is used atthe start up of HandicapMaster to present the user with a list of databases to access when two or more are configured e Create two copies of HandicapMaster on the same Computer e Add or modify the Databases used e Share a Database between different Users on the Computer 23 7 2 Create two copies of HandicapMaster on the same Computer To create a second copy of HandicapMaster Society Club Premier and EGA Handicap Editions 1 On the File menu click Options Click the Database tab Click the Configure button oN Click New button and run the The Database Wizard Network Edition 1 itis assumed that a new instance of the HandicapMaster database has been created in the local SQL Server or the Hosted SQL server Please contact HandicapMaster support for further advice and assistance in creating a new SQL server database 2 Onthe File menu click Options Click the Database tab Click the Configure button Click New
200. ast 9 months It should only be run once atthe end of each season e When run the Annual Handicap Review will generate a report of the adjustments made to players Handicaps HandicapMaster Limited 2015 334 HandicapMaster To run the Annual Handicap Review 1 On the Handicapping menu select Annual Review To reprint the Annual Handicap Review report You may reprint the report from the last run of the Annual Review Do one of the following e On the Reports menu click Handicapping Reports then Annual Handicap Review or e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Reports Select Handicapping tab then Annual Handicap Review and either double click or press Enter key 19 3 3 2 Restoring an Inactive Handicap This topic relates to the European Golf Association EGA Handicap editions of HandicapMaster only To re activate an inactive Handicap A Player s Inactive Handicap will automatically be restored when 4 qualifying scores are entered onto their Handicap record during the current calendar year There are three ways that qualifying scores can be entered for players with inactive handicaps e These players may return competition scores but without being eligible to win prizes They will be competing Hors Concours e Some Players may return Extra Day Scores where their Handicaps are in the applicable categories See Enter an Extra Day Score e Casual scores called Handicap Scores in HandicapMaster
201. at the start of the player s name 4 In the First name Initial box enter the player s first name or their initial Alternatively leave this box blank to search for all players matching the Surname selection 5 Select the Home club for this player by clicking the lt Click to select club gt link 6 Click the Find button to perform the search on the CDH for this player HandicapMaster will request a list of all members at the selected club whose names match the search criteria from the CDH These will be listed on screen in the results box Skip step 7 when you Find by Name Searching by name may be restricted to players of one gender only See notes below 7 Enter the National Number of the player in one of the following ways e type the number using the keyboard and click the AND button e Swipe a magnetic swipe card and HandicapMaster will automatically AND the details To add a player found by Name on the CDH to HandicapMaster 1 Highlight the player to be added to HandicapMaster in the results list with a single click 2 Click the Add Player to Database button to add the selected player to the list of Visitors in HandicapMaster To add a player found by Number on the CDH to HandicapMaster 1 Click the Add Player to Database button to add the selected player to the list of Visitors in HandicapMaster e When searching for players by name the results will be limited to players with the same gender last selected when pu
202. available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To refund a payment of Subscription or Invoice 1 Do one of the following e Click Accounting menu then Subscriptions or Invoices then Refund Select a Subscription or Invoice to refund e On the Left Hand Task Pane select Accounting place then In the All Subscriptions or All Invoices lists select a Subscription or Invoice Right click and select Refund 2 The Refund a Subscription or Invoice window will be displayed 20 7 2 The Refund a Subscription or Invoice Window Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed If an Invoice has been paid in full or in part then you may refund it In other cases you may need to refund part of an Invoice for some reason To Refund a whole Subscription or Invoice 1 In the Payment Method list choose the method being used to make the refund payment 2 Tick the Print Receipt boxifa receiptis required 3 Tick the E mail Receipt box if the receipt is to be sent by e mail 4 The Notes box can be use to record any details you wish e g reason for the refund Refund part of a Subscription or Invoice 1 In the Payment Method list choose the method being used to make the refund payment 2 Tick the Receipt Required box if a receipt is required 3 Enter in the Amount t
203. aximum of 54 Notes Disability Handicaps are displayed with a prefix of D in the Handicap List 19 2 10 Competition Scratch Scores Decision 3 a Decision 3 a of the CONGU Unified Handicapping System states Dec 3 a Calculation of the Competition Scratch Score When a Club Runs Two Separate Competitions On the Same Day When a club holds two or more separate competitions on the same day in which all competitors play only one round a separate Competition Scratch Score shall be calculated for each competition unless all competitors play from the same tees and use the same format If any of the competitions are over more than one round on the same day then a separate Competition Scratch Score calculation shall be made for each round In a Qualifying Competition where players compete for prizes in different classes divisions or Handicap Categories only one CSS shall be calculated for the overall field How to combine Competitions for the purpose of calculating a common CSS When running Apply Scores HandicapMaster will identify if there are any existing competitions already HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping 331 processed that could meet the requirement to have a common CSS calculated with the competition being applied In this situation a page in the Apply Scores wizard will offer the option to combine competitions for this purpose To create a separate CSS for a competition previously combined with other com
204. ay not fully reflect their playing ability Handicap Authorities have the option to introduce on a trial basis an exceptional score review In a calendar year where a player records two Nett Differential scores of 4 or better on the occurrence of the second such score the number of qualifying scores between the scores will be determined the scores will be averaged and a proposed adjustment will be determined based on Clause 23 10 of the Unified Handicapping System This adjustment is not automatic but is indicated by HandicapMaster at the time the low score is recorded How to reduce a Handicap for Exceptional Scoring You may not enter an Exceptional Scoring reduction ESR other than at the time the score is first processed into the player s handicap record This is a limitation imposed by the Council of National Golf Unions CONGU The system will recognise when a second low score is added to a player s record in the same HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping calendar year and offer the option for applying an ESR at that time This will be when a Aqualifying competition is closed or b An away score is entered or received from a Central Database of Handicaps or c ASupplementary score is recorded If you decide not to apply the reduction at this time you cannot subsequently apply it without undoing the score competition and re entering it The reduction in the player s handicap will be in line with Clau
205. ay on one or other of two days e each competitor may play on only one of the days and e the winner is the player with the lowest strokes or highest points taken from the scores from both days together An example of this is the traditional Ladies Medal where competitors can choose to play either the Mid week or Weekend day but cannot play both Another example of this is where there are too many entrants to play the competition in a single day Consequently two days of competition are run with each competitor playing one or other of the days HandicapMaster recognises this type of competition as Alternative Day Competition See Run an Alternative Day Competition Best of Series This competition formatis e aseries of rounds played e typically but not necessarily each round is a competition in its own right e each competitor has the option to play as many or as few of the rounds as he chooses HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 207 e the overall winner is the player with the lowest strokes or highest points taken by aggregating the scores across all rounds or a limited number of rounds using only the player s best rounds e asingles competition Best of series results for Team competitions is not available Many clubs give prizes for an overall winner of a number of competitions such as the best 6 rounds in a Stableford competition or the best 5 rounds in a Medal as examples Of
206. ayer s to enter their own scores typically at a publicly available PC This chapter discusses entering scores using the built in Administrator windows See Entering Scores using the Player Entry System for information about running and operating the Player Entry system e The Player Entry system is available as an option when registering HandicapMaster e Enter a Score e Edita Score e Delete a Score previously entered e Review scores entered e Amend an Opened Competition 13 8 2 Enter Competition Scores To enter competitors scores from a competition 1 Do one of the following e On the Competitions menu click Enter Scores or e Click the Enter Scores Button on the Main Toolbar 2 Choose an Opened Competition 3 Enter scores and administer the Competition using the Players and Analyse Scores Entered lists HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions e Itis necessary to Open the Competition before entering scores e Competition scores may also be entered using the Player Entry Program 13 8 3 The Enter Scores Toolbar When Enter Scores is selected and an Open Competition is chosen the following Toolbar is displayed D Enter 2 Analyse a Find B Apply JB contig Mm Access On the bar are the buttons as follows Button Description Enter Enter a Score for the Player highlighted in the list Analyse Analyse and edit scores already entered for this competition Find Search for a player i
207. back scores on the report Un tick this option to prevent the countback details being displayed and for the results to be displayed in a larger font size 21 Tick the Place Competitors in Divisions box if you wish players to be split into categories based on their handicap at the time the Eclectic results are created Identify the maximum handicap for each of the first three divisions in the Division 1 Division 2 and Division 3 boxes Competitors whose handicaps are greater than the Division 3 box will automatically fall into Division 4 TIP HandicapMaster splits the field into four divisions Itis possible however to simulate only two or three divisions by setting the Maximum Handicap In Division 2 and or 3 value higher than the highest handicap allowed in the competition This will cause no competitors to fall into the higher divisions and these Divisions will therefore not be displayed Tick the New Page for each Division in Report box if you would like each division to be reported on its own page in the report 22 Click Next gt 23 Enter any notes that you wish to append to the end of the report in the Notes displayed on Report box 24 Click Next gt HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Order of Merit and Eclectic Competitions 25 Click Finish to create or update the Eclectic See Also e Creating an Eclectic competition e Adding or updating scores used in an Eclectic e Changing the format ofan existing Eclec
208. be cancelled partners and all c Players cannot cancel their booking if another player booked them in as a partner for a team l e HandicapMaster Limited 2015 256 HandicapMaster only the player who originated the booking may affect the cancellation 2 Administrators cancelling a player s booking This must be performed through the main HandicapMaster program not through Player Entry and not via MasterScoreboard co uk web site Administrators may remove a single player even when this player was booked as part ofa team HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Bookings 257 15 2 Group Bookings 15 2 1 Introduction The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster The Group Bookings facility enables you to manage Golf and Clubhouse bookings For example bookings received from Golf Societies may be recorded and managed including Food reservations and Function Room reservations You may record bookings for golf recording number of players number of tee times times of play and number of Buggies pre booked You may also record bookings for food and refreshments as well as bookings for function rooms Bookings recorded may be tracked on a Calendar view for quick analysis much like a Diary You may also add ad hoc notes to the Calendar using Calendar Notes e Record a Group Booking e Modify a Group Booking e Update payment status for Group Booking
209. ber 1 Doone of the following e Inthe Players list selecta Member and press Enter Key or e Inthe Players list select a Member then on the Players menu click Edit Member or e On the Players menu click Edit Member and select a Member from the list displayed 2 Click on the Handicapping tab 3 Under the This Players Handicap in maintained at section you will see that Another Club is Away Player is selected 4 Select Club Name is Home Player where Club Name is the name of your club 5 Click OK A Change of Home Club message is displayed You will be informed that a NEW record for the member will be created if you do not accept this then you will be unable to change the member from Away to Home 6 Amessage about the previous member record being moved and renamed as well as being marked as a deleted member is displayed Click OK 7 Issue a handicap for the member IMPORTANT CHANGE IN BEHAVIOUR In previous editions of HandicapMaster it was recommended that a new Handicap record should be created because of the following reasons Previous away scores for the player in question would be seen as home club handicap record entries unless a new record is started Where your handicapping authority operates a National Database System then there maybe a conflict of data between the data you send and that from the member s previous home club CONGU Licensed software is required to only hold playing handicaps o
210. ber of points to award the player 4 In the Description box enter a description of the reason for the additional points HandicapMaster Limited 2015 208 HandicapMaster 5 Click OK To remove additional points already allocated to a player 1 Select the Other Points tab 2 Highlight the entry in the list with a single click and do one of the following e Click Remove button or e Press the DELETE key on the keyboard To remove all additional points allocated 1 Select the Other Points tab 2 Click Remove All button Any additional points awarded to players will be added to the players points total without affecting the number of competitions counting for that player As a result additional points are outside of any Best Scores limit placed upon them See Also e Creating an Order of Merit Competition e Setting up an Order of Merit Plan e Adding or Updating scores for an Order of Merit e Changing the format ofan existing Order of Merit e Edit Order of Merit Competition Notes e Deleting an Order of Merit Competition e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 18 1 7 Change format of an Order of Merit Competition To change the format of an Order of Merit competition already created 1 Do one of the following e On the Reports menu click Competition Reports then Order of Merit e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Order of Merit Competitions 2 Highli
211. ber paid their fees Not applicable if Subscriptions Option installed Amount Subscription Paid The amount of money paid when settling subscription fees Not applicable if Subscriptions Option HandicapMaster Limited 2015 e HandicapMaster installed Amount Locker Rent Paid The amount of money paid when settling Locker Rent fees Not applicable if Subscriptions Option installed Amount Other Paid The amount of money paid when settling other subscription fees Not applicable if Subscriptions Option installed Junior Whether the member is a Junior If supplied must be Y Yes or TRUE if the member is a Junior else N No or FALSE if not Default Not Junior Note This field is deprecated and is only retained for backward compatibility Itis recommended that the Age Group field be used instead National Number or GOLFnet Number The player s national number if they are a member of the Golfing Unions of Ireland s GOLFnet national handicap database system or the England Golf s Scottish Golf Union s or Golf Union of Wales s Central Database of Handicaps 8 digits for player s in Ireland and 10 digits for players in England Scotland or Wales Card Number The player s membership card number This matches field Has Other Membership Card in membership record Date of Birth or DOB Member s Date of Birth Locker Number or Locker No The Member s Locker Number Default Payment Method This d
212. ble when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed When you click the E mail Report button to e mail the overdue Subscriptions the behaviour of HandicapMaster changes In this situation HandicapMaster creates e mails with the overdue subscription invoices as attachments to the e mail This is in place of the report on screen At the end of the sending of the e mails there is an option to print the overdue subscriptions for those members who either do not have an e mail address or who have not opted to receive subscriptions by e mail To send Subscriptions by e mail 1 Select the members who have opted to receive their subscriptions by e mail on the Subscriptions Tab of the Edit Member facility 2 Runthe Overdue Subscriptions Wizard 3 Click the E mail Report button on the Reports Toolbar 4 Toprintthe overdue subscriptions for those members who either do not have an e mail address or who have not opted to receive subscriptions by e mail Click Yes at the prompt and select the required printer e The overdue subscription is automatically added to the e mail as PDF attachment 8 2 11 E mailing Letters When you have written a letter itis possible to send the letter by e mail to recipients who have a valid e mail address 1 Click the E mail Report button on the Reports Toolbar 2 You will be prompted to add an attachm
213. blishing to the CDH e Where a player details are already recorded in HandicapMaster the Add Player to Database will be displayed but cannot be clicked e When using the Find by Number option if there is an error obtaining the Player details then the Add Player to Database button is not displayed e When swiping magnetic cards you may swipe a number of cards in sequence provided you do not wish to add a player This is useful when checking player details 22 4 10 Player with National Number joins club How to enter a player into HandicapMaster when they join with an existing National Number Ifa player joins the club who already has a lifetime ID on the CDH then HandicapMaster Limited 2015 420 HandicapMaster 1 Select Edit Member and choose the membership record set up for this player 2 Click the Handicapping tab and issue the player with a handicap 3 Click the Cards amp Locker tab then tick Has National Number box and enter their existing ID Click OK When you next publish to the CDH the player s record will be updated accordingly on the CDH See also e Find a player on the CDH e CDH Validation Removing unknown records from the CDH 22 4 11 Add Visitors through Player Entry You may configure the Player Entry system so that when a Visitor enters their National ID their details are checked with the CDH and added to the HandicapMaster database To configure Player Entry to add Visitors when national ID s
214. bscription at the start of the range to be reprinted in the list You may change the list sort order by clicking on a column header 3 Click Next gt 4 Select the subscription at the end of the range to be reprinted in the list You may change the list sort order by clicking on a column header 5 Click Finish Notes e The report of subscriptions may be reprinted or e mailed in the normal manner e When e mailing there is an option to Limit reprint to members who do NOT receive subscriptions by e mail allowing the reprinting of those member s subscriptions when there was for example a printer fault at the time of the initial subscription run 20 3 13 Address Labels for Subscriptions Address labels maybe produced for subscriptions that have previously been raised These labels may be printed to sheets of labels and then placed on envelopes removing the need for windowed envelopes Note The facility to print Address Labels is included in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To produce address labels from existing subscriptions 1 On the Accounting drop down menu click Subscriptions then click Address Labels 2 Select the subscription at the startof the range to be selected for address labels You may change the list sort order by clicking on a column header 3 Click Next gt 4 Select the subscription at the end of the range to be selected for address labels You may c
215. button and run the The Database Wizard OF oe w Select Network Edition and configure the SQL Server database information 23 7 3 Add or modify the Databases To add to the list of Databases available 1 Onthe File menu click Options 2 Click the Database tab HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Managing the Database 439 3 Click the Configure button 4 Click New button and run the The Database Wizard To modify the list of Databases available 1 Onthe File menu click Options Click the Database tab Click the Configure button e o Click Settings or Remove buttons as required 23 7 4 Share a Database between different Users If you wish to share access to a HandicapMaster database file between different Windows Users on the same Computer then create a shared database then add this shared database to the configuration of other HandicapMaster Users on the Computer To configure a shared Database file 1 On the File menu click Options Click the Database tab Click the Configure button Click New button and run the The Database Wizard Use the option to Share a database when creating the new Database file Complete the Database Wizard to create the Shared Database N 5 For each of the other users on the computer who require access to this Database start HandicapMaster and configure the Shared database as follows a Onthe File menu click Options b Click the Database tab c
216. cards HandicapMaster will automatically convert players who have signed in but not entered their score card to No Return when the competition is closed using Apply Scores e The Players to Sign In before play option is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The Player Entry System 235 14 8 Automatic Login to the Player Entry System The PlayerEntry program may be configured so that it always starts up as a particular HandicapMaster user without displaying the Login screen This may be beneficial in allowing the PlayerEntry program to automatically be started when a computer is switched on for example To set up PlayerEntry to automatically login as a User An automatic login may be specified by passing selected command line arguments to HandicapMaster when starting the program This can be achieved by the use of Windows Shortcuts PlayerEntry recognises the following Command Line switch for this purpose Switch Function user Automatically login as a specified user 1 Create a Windows Shortcut to PlayerEntry on the desktop Right click over the desktop Icon and select Properties Select the Shortcut Tab and add the following text to the end of the Target field user lt UserlD gt where lt UserlD gt is the name of a HandicapMaster User For example to require PlayerEntry to automatically login as User COMPS the shortcut may be
217. ced serceccetee ance coeedtspanascacetter aa reaa ea sda aa aa aa aaia raain ai aa 149 Summary of Available Reports ccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeneeeseees 150 Working with Golf Courses 155 Add a New Golf Course cci ccc 2ccccccsre cei eeecececteee ccd ceancacedaats cetacecs sSeasues cateaseecetgantacesenertetees 155 Enter Golf Course Details ccceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeesenenees 156 Enter Club Contact Details and Addresses eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 157 Operating two or more courses at the Home Club cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 158 Change name of Other Region ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeesseeseeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeaes 159 Delete a user added Golf COUrSe cecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeees 160 Working with Competitions 162 WMtFOGUCUIOND sirrane EE ANTARE EPRA AT A AE AATA E ETEA 162 Types of Stroke play competitions supported ssssssssnnunsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nenna 163 Run a Stroke play Competition OvervieW s sssssssnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 164 Competition Templates cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeseeesseeseeeseeeeeeeses 165 Introduction to Competition Templates snsnnnnnsnsnnnnnnrnnnnnurnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnn
218. cessary to update HandicapMaster with the latest Handicap of a member when the member has their Home Club other than this club they are an AWAY member Indeed CONGU require players to inform all clubs they are a member of when their Playing Handicap is revised by their Home Club clause 13 4 b For the EGA Handicap ediions this Handicap is the player s Exact Handicap Other editions of HandicapMaster this is Playing Handicap To update an AWAY member s Playing Handicap 1 Do one of the following e On the Handicapping Menu choose Update AWAY Player s Handicap and select the name of the Member or e Inthe Members List select the member and right click Click Update AWAY Player s Handicap 2 Inthe Date in Handicap Record box enter the date when the adjustment is to be applied from Choose the order the score is entered in the handicap record by selecting AM or PM see discussion on ordering events in handicap records In the New Handicap box enter the player s revised handicap In the Comments for insertion in Member s Handicap Record box enter a description as to why the player s handicap has been adjusted 5 Do one of the following e Click Save and More if you wish to save the current adjustment and then enter an adjustment for another player or e Click OK to save this adjustment e When entering Competition scores HandicapMaster will always ask for conformation of an AWAY member s handicap Should the handicap
219. ck Payments then click Amend Note 2 Click one of the Payments to highlight it and click OK to display the current note 3 Edit the note as required e You mayalso geta list of Payments from the Accounting Places by clicking All payments or Payments in Current Year Then if you click on the appropriate paymentin the list to highlight it you may then right click with the mouse and select the Amend Note option 20 6 7 Reprint a Receipt Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Ifa member requires a copy of a payment receipt previously sent you can print a copy as follows 1 On the Accounting Menu click Payments then click Print Receipt 2 Click one of the payments to highlight it and click OK to print the Receipt on the default printer e You may also geta list of Payments from the Accounting Places by clicking All payments or Payments in Current Year Then if you click on the appropriate payment in the list to highlight it you may then right click with the mouse and select the Print Receipt option and a copy of the receipt will be printed to your default printer e The status of the payments at the time of the print will be displayed For example a member is paying monthly and has paid a couple of payments these will show as paid and the remaining will be displayed as outsta
220. ck the Played at button to select the Club where the Extra Day Score was played 5 For each player who has returned an Extra Day Score matching the above details a Click Add Player button b Select the Player from the list c Enter the Player s Stableford score To remove a Player entered in error HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping 333 1 Select the Player in the Scores Grid 2 Click Remove button 19 3 3 EGA Annual Handicap Reviews and Inactive Handicaps 19 3 3 1 Annual Handicap Review This topic relates to the European Golf Association EGA Handicap editions of HandicapMaster only About the Annual Handicap Review The European Golf Association include the following explanatory notes in the EGA Handicap System regarding the Annual Handicap Review AHR The Annual Handicap Review has two main objectives e To identify those players who have returned enough scores to be assessed effectively e To assess whether the scoring performance of all such players in handicap categories 1 to 5 is representative of the players ability as indicated by their current exact handicap The AHR is an essential procedure within the EGA Handicap System and therefore mandatory Itis designed to check that players have handicaps that reasonably reflect their ability as would be anticipated from their performance Itis accepted that the committee s ability to apply the process objectively varies widely from club to club as
221. competition 249 Club Opens 251 Configure how Bookings are collected 115 Create a Bookings Template 246 Delete a Booking Template 246 Knock out Draw 272 Match play competitions 272 Modify a Booking Template 246 Online Bookings 115 254 Switch between views 253 Templates Create 246 Templates Delete 246 Templates Modify 246 Templates Introduction 245 The Bookings Wizard 250 Toolbar buttons 253 View History 255 Calendar Note Copy existing note 264 Delete a Note 263 Fixture Lists 264 Introduction 262 Modify Note 263 New Note 262 Print 263 CDH England 410 412 414 415 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 Releasing Members 417 Removing unknown players from CDH CDH England Web address 412 CDH Scotland 410 412 414 415 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 Releasing Members 417 Removing unknown players from CDH 416 CDH Wales 410 412 414 415 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 Releasing Members 417 Removing unknown players from CDH 416 416 Central Database of Handicaps England Delete Away Score 398 425 Central Database of Handicaps England Scotland amp Wales Adding Visitors through Player Entry Away members 417 Unrecognised Golf Courses error 420 Common Error codes returned by the CDH 422 Find a player on the CDH 418 Introduction 410 Obtain National Number 414 Personal Information 410 Player joins with existing ID 419 Publish latest records to the CDH 415 Receiving Away Compe
222. competition backup was underway when HandicapMaster stopped each time itis started HandicapMaster Limited 2015 a HandicapMaster 23 4 Backing up the Database HandicapMaster will automatically prompt the User to backup the database atthe end of each session In addition HandicapMaster will copy the database to a backup directory on the same drive as HandicapMaster itself every time HandicapMaster is exited Itis recommended that you do not rely on the automatic backups in case of the event of a failure of the disk HandicapMaster is installed on In this circumstance the automatic backups will also be lost To backup the database 1 Onthe File menu click Backup Database 2 Click Change Folder to locate a suitable folder for the Backup File A compressed copy of the database will be written to this folder 3 Tick the Remind To Back Up On Close box to cause this window to automatically be displayed when exiting from HandicapMaster Not applicable for Network Edition of HandicapMaster 4 Click Yes to perform the backup or No to bypass the backup operation HandicapMaster creates a backup file called HandicapMaster BAK It is strongly recommended that the Folder is on a different Drive to where HandicapMaster is installed The database is written in a format that is unique to HandicapMaster an cannot be restored other than using HandicapMaster If you are in the process of exiting from HandicapMaster selecting Canc
223. competition to MasterScoreboard co uk e Where all handicap information is being uploaded see options section in Upload data to HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet 407 MasterScoreboard co uk stopping the competition being published will only prevent the competition being displayed as a link to the competition results Individual Player History records will still show the competition score for the player See Also e Stop a Knock out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Best of Series Showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Group Booking being included in a Fixture List e Stop a Calendar Note being included in a Fixture List 22 3 8 Stop a Knock Out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk To stop a Knock out Draw being displayed on MasterScoreboard co uk 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place Select Knock out Competitions Select the competition to be included or excluded from MasterScoreboard co uk and right click N On the pop up menu select MasterScoreboard co uk e Repeat this action to reverse whether HandicapMaster will publish this K O draw to MasterScoreboard co uk See Also e Stop a Competition showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop
224. cores or both on the Leaderboard 18 Tick the Use Bookings box to arrange for entries to be taken for this competition using HandicapMaster 19 Ifyou wish to save the current selections for when you next run the Open a New Competition wizard click Save as Defaults button 20 Click Next gt Competition Entry Fees If competition entry fees have been configured in the competition template these will automatically be applied to the competition 21 Un tick the Charge Competition Entry Fee s box if you wish to cancel applying fees to this competition For example if this is the second round of a competition you may wish to only charge fees for entry into the first round The fees being applied to the competition will be displayed by the wizard 22 Click Next gt HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 177 23 Click Finish to complete the Open a New Stroke Play Competition Wizard Booking arrangements 24 If Use Bookings box was ticked a Bookings template may be selected to configure HandicapMaster to collect entries into this competition To modify any existing template or set up a new template click Edit Templates button e The Players to Sign In before play Restrict Score Entry Sign In to Players Teams Listed on a Start Sheet Restrict Score Entry Sign In to these Times only Competition Fees and Bookings options are only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of
225. cores each hole to count 4 Players All 4 scores each hole to count 4 Players Best 2 scores over first six holes best 3 scores over next six holes then all 4 scores over last six holes each hole to count 4 Players All 4 scores over first six holes best 3 scores over next six holes then best 2 scores over last six holes each hole to count 4 Players A selection of best scores from each hole 3 In the Nature box select the Nature of play from the available options These are Medal Stroke Play Stableford and Par Bogey Also called vPar 4 Inthe Each round will be played over box select the number of holes each round will be played over May be 9 through 18 holes Holes being Played If the number of holes selected for the round is A Selection of Holes choose the holes to be played by ticking the application boxes Aminimum of 9 holes is required 2 3 or 4 Player Team Competitions If the format of the competition is either Pairs A selection of best scores from each hole or 3 Players A selection of best scores from each hole or 4 Players A selection of best scores from each hole choose the number of best scores that will count for each team on each hole For example if the best 3 scores from 4 count on hole 1 select 3 for this hole You may be creative with the arrangement of best scores counting creating Waltzes or more scores counting on Par 3 s than other holes etc Nature of Compe
226. course in the list and right click 4 Onthe pop up menu select Rename Region Other HandicapMaster Limited 2015 160 HandicapMaster 12 6 Delete a user added Golf Course To delete a user added Golf Course To delete a course that has been previously added 1 On the Task Exolorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Golf Courses item 2 Locate the course it will have a red flag against it 3 Click Once to highlight the club and then either Right click and select Delete Press the DELETE key You may not delete System defined courses those with yellow flags Ifa user added course is referenced by HandicapMaster e g there are competition records for this course then it may not be deleted HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Working with Competitions 162 HandicapMaster 13 Working with Competitions 13 1 Introduction How to enter a Stroke play competition into HandicapMaster Competitions form the backbone of both the handicapping system Handicap systems take account of every score returned under Medal Play conditions HandicapMaster therefore provides the tools to process Competition scores This chapter discusses the necessary actions required to process stroke play competitions Match Play competitions are discussed in a subsequent chapter e The type of Stroke Competitions supported by HandicapMaster Overview of Competitions Setting up competitions Inputting gol
227. criptions then click E mail 2 Click one of the Subscriptions to highlight it and click OK 3 Now confirm the E mail recipient details and enter a suitable message Click Send and the e mail will be sent with the subscription invoice added as Portable Document File attachment e You may also geta list of Subscriptions from the Accounting Places by clicking All Subscriptions or Subscriptions in Current Year Then if you click on the appropriate subscription in the list to highlight it you may then right click with the mouse and select the E mail option and then you may confirm the E mail recipient details and enter a suitable message Click Send and the e mail will be sent with the subscription invoice added as Portable Document File attachment e The status of the payments at the time of the e mail will be updated For example a member is paying monthly and has paid a couple of payments these will show as paid and the remaining will be displayed in the attachment as outstanding or overdue if appropriate HandicapMaster Limited 2015 362 HandicapMaster 20 3 15 Raise an Overdue Subscription Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To Raise an Overdue Subscription Invoice or Letter 1 On the Accounting menu click Subscriptions then click Overdue Subscriptions
228. csdecezeteeuatitess 140 Customising appearance Of Reports ou ceesscsseeseesseseeseeseeeseeseesessessesseveusevsevsneseeseenaeseesaesansoeseeesneons 140 Add a Club Logo to Reports 08 141 Remove a Club Logo from Reports w 142 Configure layout of Handicap Certificate w 142 Configure layout of Handicap LiSt s s nnnusnsnnnnsnnnnnnrannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnene nennen 143 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 4 Chapter 12 oa fF Q N a Chapter 13 A O N a 5 6 7 Contents Configure Most Improved Golfer Report nsus nnnsnsunnnnnsunnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ennnen 144 Generate Letter to player automatically when Handicap First Award or General Play adjustment 5 Configure Players Not Played Near Handicap Report s s nnnsnsnnnnnusnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnennnn nnen 146 Configure Competition Reports Configure Handicap Record Report Configure Displaying of Member s Names cccsscsssssssessseeseeseseessesessevsevsevsnvanesneaneneeseesaesesenseneseesns 147 Turn off Warnings when Printing Reports s ssussussusuusennunnunnunnuneunnunnunennennnnnnnnunnunnnnnunennennennennnnnnnn ennenen 148 Viewing Charts 2 2ccccis ccc ec cette ree teen ec iNED cece been es ccteeeseecbeeatccetevssescneveeseccessseeenewesecetss 149 THe Charts TOO Dats isicccsceshes ceececeit ce caceca
229. ct recipients that are both in the Member and Category Recipients and the Distribution List Recipients only a single letter for the recipient will be created e Itis only possible to send letters to Distribution Lists for Members and Past Members Other types of distribution list are not available as letter recipients e clipart or bit mapped image files may be pasted into letters provided the size of the image file is HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters e Images if entered into a middle of a paragraph in the letter will still be drawn left aligned effectively as anew paragraph e Change the Font used in Letters smaller than 512 Kbytes 1 2 Mbyte e Configure the Layout of Letters e Change the Salutation Dear line used in Letters e Add Letterheads to Letters e Using Fields in Letters e Sending Letters by E Mail 8 3 3 Resend a Saved Letter To send an existing letter to a member 1 Doone of the following e On the Players menu click Letters and choose the letter to resend if the Select A letter window is shown e In the Letters list select any existing letter and press ENTER key 3 Select one or more recipients for the Letter by ticking the applicable boxes in the Recipients list You may swap between the Member and Category Recipients and the Distribution List Recipients Both lists will be used when creating letters 4 Click the Body of Letter tab 5 Make any amendments to the let
230. d 1 If both rounds are played on the same day select PM alongside the date when opening the second round competition 2 Select the Second Third or Subsequent Round of Competition 3 Choose to Aggregate as an ALTERNATIVE DAY Competition then select the previous round from the pop up list of competitions 4 You may choose to give an overall name to the competition to encompass all rounds by clicking Set an overall name for this competition link b When Applying Scores choose the Retain this link when asked to retain the aggregation with the previous round s Notes e Itis necessary for each Competition to have been entered as the same Format and Nature E g both Stableford e Ifthe competition is identified as a handicap qualifier a Competition Scratch Score will be calculated and handicaps will be adjusted accordingly Separate handicapping adjustments are made for each HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions of these rounds based on the scores for only the one round in question ata time 13 13 4 Run a Best of Series Competition ABest of Series is defined as the overall total from 2 or more rounds or separate competitions played as aseries Players maybe limited to how many of their rounds played count toward their total their Best scores To run a Best of Series Competition 1 Doone ofthe following e From the Competitions menu click Best of Series Competitions e On the Task Expl
231. d layout 2 Follow the steps for Entering Away Competition Scores and click the Import button 3 Navigate to the folder containing the import file and select the file name Click Open HandicapMaster Limited 2015 316 HandicapMaster The import will begin Aprogress counter below the Import button shows the number of the file record being processed When import from the file completes a summary message is displayed giving the number of records processed and the number of records which have been ignored rejected Click OK to cancel this message Successfully imported scores are shown on the main display in addition to any previously entered To see a report of the import processing click on View Report The Import Report shows the total number of records processed and the number of away scores which have been recorded The number of files imported is also displayed if more than one import operation has been performed The next section gives the number of import records which were rejected shown in red Details of each rejection are given with the number of line in the import file the national number of the player and the reason why the record was rejected Click the Player Records Updated tab to show the Visitor records which were updated past visitors undeleted or visitors imported from the CDH Details of each action are also given with the number of the line in the import file the national number and name
232. d 10th tees in which case the alternative tee will be the 10th g Once you know how many games are to be played off the 1st tee e Inthe From Game boxchoose the Game Number at which the games switch to the alternative tee This can be amended at any time by the use of the back button further on in the set up e Inthe Times Restart At box enter the Time which the first game starting at the second designated Tee will start h If you wish to save the current selections for future Start Sheets click Save as Defaults button Aseparate selection of defaults may be saved for Singles Pairs and Texas Scramble competitions For a Multiple Tee Shotgun Starting Sheet to order games in game order If you wish to have games 1 to 18 followed by extra games atthe end of the list of games we recommend a In the All Games Start At box enter the time when play will start when the Shotgun or Klaxon will be sounded to start play b In the Use Tees boxes select the range of Tees to be used for example on a 9 hole course select 1st to 9th c In the Number of Games box enter the number games l e Tee Times to display in the grid Games may subsequently be added or removed using the Amend Games button on the Start Sheet Grid page d If you wish to save the current selections for future Start Sheets click Save as Defaults button For a Multiple Tee Shotgun Starting Sheet to order games in tee order with multiple games per tee
233. d and Change Entries in a Distribution List cceeesseseessesseseeeseeeneneseeeseesseesseesenesseesenenseesenenaee 110 Remove Entries from a Distribution LiSt cescescseeseeeeseeseeesseeseneneeeseeeneeeseaeeeesseeseneseeesensneeesenseersanes 110 Address Labels from a Distribution LiSt cccescssssesseeseeeseeseeseesoessessessevsevenvsneseeaneseesnesesesenseeeseeaes 111 Chapter 9 Setting System wide Options 114 WTO GUCTION eienaar ae aaae e etn at cece tnd aa te ok cece ne cect aa eaa lepa aaae ieaiaia 114 2 Global Options EE E AT E AA catcancee 115 3 ACCOUNTING OptlON ificcccsaccccccececee ccs teeecececeveccaaseveccasedec coun Arana ENARA EA aaa aaia 120 Chapter 10 Userids and Passwords 123 WMTOCGUCTION iiinn aeaa aia eae taea d aaeoa raaa Enae a enaa iaa euadere iaaea 123 2 Users ANd ACCESS eane iaa eaa aee aa ra r aaa aa aa didaa iaaa i iaeei 124 Users and AGCO SS ar a e aa aeae naa aaa aaa a aa ies e a tae Se aaa naaa aa Ea aeaaaee aaraa 124 Properties ofa USETI ccseeesesssssesseeseeeseeseeseesaeseesessevseveeseeseeseeseeseesausaesaesaesseeseeseesaesaesaesaesaevanvaneaneanes 124 Types Of ACCESS tcsctsssssssssssscsscsssssssossssnsansensensensussunsseasacsessecsenesacssausousoesossnenaeonsensansacausasnoseasancnasensanesaaees 125 CUSTOM ACCESS EE EE eect A See A AA E ETE 125 SO Addia BEE T A E A A E E E E ET 129 4 Remove a User E A A TT 130 5 Change the Access Granted to a USer eeececeeeeeeeeee
234. d any Handicap changes required will automatically be calculated at this time The Competition will be added to the list on the Closed Competitions list If the competition was a CONGU handicap qualifier the Competition Scratch Score window or windows are displayed This details the calculations undertaken to determine the Competition Scratch Score for the day Likewise in the EGA Handicap editions if the competition was an 18 hole qualifier the Competition Stableford Adjustment window will be displayed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 13 10 View Results To view the results of a competition 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Competitions menu click View Competition Results or e Inthe Closed Competitions list select a competition and double click or press Enter e Ina Player s Handicap Record Table format select a competition and double click or press Enter The View Competition Results window will be displayed The available reports and options are categorised into pages accessed by clicking an appropriate Tab Results Tab You may choose which competition results reports to view HandicapMaster will create a list of available reports that can be generated from the competition You may select any number of these reports to view by checking the appropriate box Aggregated Results This section is ONLY displayed for Multi round or aggregated competitions You may select one or more of
235. d from MasterScoreboard co uk and right click gt oO N On the pop up menu select MasterScoreboard co uk e Repeat this action to reverse whether HandicapMaster will publish this Order of Merit to MasterScoreboard co uk See Also e Stop a Competition showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Knock out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet e Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Best of Series Showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Competition being included in a Fixture List e Stop a Group Booking being included in a Fixture List e Stop a Calendar Note being included in a Fixture List 22 3 11 Stop a Best of Series Showing on MasterScoreboard co uk To stop a Best of Series being displayed on MasterScoreboard co uk 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place Select Best of Series Select the competition to be included or excluded from MasterScoreboard co uk and right click E oO P On the pop up menu select MasterScoreboard co uk e Repeatthis action to reverse whether HandicapMaster will publish this Order of Merit to MasterScoreboard co uk See Also e Stop a Competition showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Knock out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Competition being included in a Fix
236. d from the pop up list of competitions 5 You may choose to give an overall name to the competition to encompass all rounds by clicking Set an overall name for this competition link HandicapMaster Limited 2015 2 HandicapMaster b When Applying Scores choose the Retain this link when asked to retain the aggregation with the previous round s Notes e Itis necessary for each Competition to have been entered as the same Format and Nature E g both Stableford e Ifthe competition is identified as a handicap qualifier a Competition Scratch Score will be calculated and handicaps will be adjusted accordingly Separate handicapping adjustments are made for each of these rounds based on the scores for only the one round in question ata time 13 13 3 Run an Alternative Day Competition To process an Alternative Day Competition 1 Create a Competition Template Create a Competition Template 2 Enter and complete the first round scores Enter and complete the first round scores continuing as though itis a single round competition To do this 1 Open a New Competition 2 Enter Scores 3 Apply Scores When Applying Scores and the Overall Results from Multiple round Competitions page is displayed select Do not Aggregate 3 Enter and complete the second and subsequent rounds Repeat the steps undertaken for the first round but with the following considerations a When Opening a New Competition for the second roun
237. d in 9 hole qualifying competitions and Supplementary Scores are accepted as part of the player s qualifying competitions Qualifying scores of less than 3 are not be carried forward to the next year The players handicap status is changed as soon as three qualifying scores have been returned during the current year An HandicapMaster Limited 2015 32 HandicapMaster inactive non competition handicap may still be used for social golf and the like and in competitions not stipulating an active competition handicap as entry criteria So whatis the benefit of such a system Well firstly and perhaps most importantly it will enable event organisers to run competitions both Club and Opens without the fear of players taking part who have false handicaps This can be achieved by adopting a condition of the competition that requires an entrant to have an active handicap Clubs may adopt this condition providing it does not cover all events and that opportunity is given to players with inactive non competition handicaps being permitted to return the three qualifying scores needed to ensure an active competition handicap The system should also encourage more individuals to submit qualifying scores and this in turn will help to improve the accuracy of members handicaps Note For Clubs in regions where their Unions have not sanctioned active competition Handicap status the following items do not apply See Handicap Status Regulati
238. d in the Location and name of Export file box or click the Browse button to select a file name 3 Select the required set of membership records from the Export records for the following categories of members list 4 Click the Export button e The number of membership records that will be exported for each specific category of member is displayed in brackets alongside the entry in the list e Afile in the Export format will be created e Past Member details may be exported to be used with an external mail merge facility to send correspondence to past Members 6 7 5 Format of the Import File Required format of the Import File The file must be a Comma Separated File which is typically suffixed CSV This format can for example be saved from a spreadsheet in Microsoft Excel e The file must be an ASCII text file e There must be one membership record per record in the file e There mustbe a special Header record as the first record in the file see below e Each field within each record must be separated by a comma e Unsupported fields will be ignored HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships s NOTE some of the fields have different uses or may not be required depending on the handicapping system in use The Header Record The first record in the file must be a Header record This consists of the names of each of the columns fields within the file Not all the columns are required Th
239. d to sending e mails you may do this through the e mail settings window To change the From e mail address If you have HandicapMaster configured to request a user and password on start up login with the applicable user Aseparate set of e mail settings is maintained for each user login 1 Do one of the following e On the File menu select E mail e Use Shortcut keys CTRL M together 2 Do one of the following in the New Message window e On the File menu select E Mail Settings e Click the Configure E mail Settings button on the toolbar shown with a spanner icon 3 Change the settings as required See E mail Settings 8 2 7 E mailing Handicap Certificates When you click the E mail Report button to e mail the Handicap Certificate report the behaviour of HandicapMaster changes In this situation HandicapMaster creates e mails with the handicap certificate as attachments to the e mail This is in place of the report on screen e The Handicap Certificate is automatically added to the e mail as PDF attachment e Certificates will only be sent to those members with a valid e mail address e Members will only receive their own Handicap Certificate e The Signature on the Handicap Certificate attachment may be set in the_global options by setting the Signatory on Letters e You will be prompted to decide if you wish to receive a copy of each handicap certificate e mail sent If you select Yes then you may receive many e mails in your i
240. date service is an online extension of HandicapMaster that helps you keep your HandicapMaster product up to date Product updates are created by HandicapMaster to bring you the highest levels of stability Updates are also issued when additional facilities are added to HandicapMaster These may be the result of Customer feedback or part of ongoing product development Occasionally updates are also required to deal with changes to the handicapping rules Users with an Internet connection can check for program updates If any are found they can be downloaded and installed by HandicapMaster automatically Those running HandicapMaster on a computer with a broadband Internet connection an always on connection may like to configure HandicapMaster to automatically check for updates each time HandicapMaster is started e Check for Program Updates e Automatically update software HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Keeping HandicapMaster Software up to date 447 24 2 Check for Program Updates To run a check for Program Updates 1 On the Help menu select Check for Updates Online Note The first time this option is selected HandicapMaster will download and install a utility program called HMupdater that manages downloading and installing program updates Click Download and Install HMupdater Now button to prepare HandicapMaster for automatic installation of program updates 2 If you wish HandicapMaster to check for available updates auto
241. date the deletions should be up to Handicap Record Entries 1 Check the Remove Handicap Record Entries up to a chosen Date box HandicapMaster Limited 2015 42 HandicapMaster 2 On the next page of the Housekeeping Wizard set the Remove all selected data to the the end of box to the date the deletions should be up to Accounting Record Entries 3 Check the Remove Voided Transactions up to a chosen Date box if you wish to remove void transactions For example after a running the Raise Subscription Wizard you may find some changes required When you re run the Raise Subscription Wizard the previous subscriptions will be voided This option allows you to remove these voided records if required 4 Check the Remove Subscription and Payment Records up to a chosen Date box 5 On the next page of the Housekeeping Wizard set the Remove all selected data to the the end of box to the date the deletions should be up to NOTE in Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions the accounting data will only be available to be removed if the user in HandicapMaster has full access or if Custom access is enabled then update access to the accounting data is required HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Managing the Database s 23 3 Protection of the data All computer data is liable to loss or corruption either from hardware failure such as a disk drive failing or from software errors causing the program or operati
242. dd a New Pool Member Subscription Pools are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To add a new Member Subscription Pool to HandicapMaster 1 On the Accounting menu click Member Subscription Pools then New Pool 2 Add the Member Subscription Pools using the Member Subscription Pools window 6 6 3 Edit an Existing Pool Member Subscription Pools are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships To edit an existing Member Subscription Pool 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Member Subscription Pools then Edit Pool Select the Pool to edit and click OK e In the Member Subscription Pools List select the Pool to edit Right click and select Edit Pool 2 Edit the Member Subscription Pool using the Member Subscription Pools window 6 6 4 Member Subscription Pools Window Member Subscription Pools are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed The Member Subscription Pools window allows you to create a new or edit existing Member Subscription Pool The Pool Contact is
243. ddress a Letter to a distribution list Each member of the Members or Past Members distribution list will get a letter addressed to them as an individual Other distribution lists are not available when sending letters e Produce address labels for Members Past Members Visitor Past Visitor and Club distribution lists Only Members Past members Visitors and Past visitors types of distribution list are available when sending letters All types of distribution lists may be used when sending e mails Member Past Member Visitor and Past Visitor distribution lists allow section by one or more of the following e Gender e Age Group e Handicap Range In addition Member and Past Member distributions lists also allow selection by e Membership Category In addition Member and Visitor distributions lists also allow selection by e Competition or Non competition Handicap Status Only applicable to CONGU editions of HandicapMaster in England Wales and Scotland Member Past Member Visitor and Past Visitor distribution lists may also be defined to Automatically add and maintain entries in list Meaning that when a member detail changes e g age group they will be added removed automatically from a distribution list where they no longer meet or now meet the selection criteria These distribution lists may be used when sending e mail or in the letter writer In these situations they will be updated auto
244. dicap Golfers handicap records 1 In the Report Handicap records for handicaps from box enter the lower handicap for Handicaps to include within the report In the to box enter the upper handicap for Handicaps to include within the report Notes e The minimum handicap that may be entered is 10 The maximum handicap that may be entered is 54 for Club Premier and Network Editions to allow for Juniors For the EGA edition the maximum is 36 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 330 HandicapMaster 19 2 9 Issue a Disability Handicap The Rules of Golf recognise five categories of disability e Blind golfers e Amputee golfers e Golfers requiring Canes or Crutches e Golfers requiring Wheelchairs e Golfers with Learning Disabilities The CONGU Unified Handicapping System suggests that players may be awarded disability handicaps above the CONGU maximums when appropriate For further details of the Disability Handicap please view Appendix K of the CONGU Unified Handicapping System To Award a Player a Disability Handicap 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Players list selecta Member and press Enter Key or e Inthe Players list select a Member then on the Players menu click Edit Member or e On the Players menu click Edit Member and select a Member from the list displayed 2 Select the Handicapping tab 3 Tick the Player is Eligible for a Disability Handicap box You may now award a disability handicap up to a m
245. dicap Review Extra Day Scores 332 Handicap Scores 334 Inactive EGA Handicaps Introduction 332 Report players with Inactive Handicap Status 335 EGU CDH 398 425 E mail 83 Attach a file 86 Attachments 86 Away Member 93 Change covering text in body of e mails sent 305 302 Delete an Eclectic Competition 308 Disqualified Scores 308 99 333 333 334 Change FROM e mail address used Configure E mail 83 9 Define a Recipient 86 Delete Other Recipients Distribution Lists 86 Edit Other Recipients E mail a letter 92 E mail a Repot 137 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 0 86 86 303 90 89 Index E mail New Message Window 86 E mail Reports 93 E mail Settings 83 90 Exchange Away Handicaps 91 Footer 86 Golf Clubs 94 Golf Courses 94 Handicap Certificates 90 how to e mail a Letter 92 Insert Previous E mail Text 86 Introduction 83 Log of E mails 88 Member 93 Other Recipients 86 Outgoing Mail Server 83 90 Overdue Subscription letters 362 Past Member 94 Past Visitor 94 Recipients 86 Reporting Scores to Away Clubs 91 Requirements to send E mail 83 Resend Invoice 372 Resend Receipt 382 Resend Subscription 361 Results of sending e mails 88 Select Members to receive accounting correspondence by e mail 91 Send an E mail 83 Send Away Scores to Home Clubs 91 Send Letters 104 Sending Handicap Certificates 90 Signature 86 Subject 86 Subscription Letters 355 Test E mai
246. ditions of HandicapMaster If these options are not available then the Player Entry system may not be installed e Change the way Player Entry system works e Automatic Login to the Player Entry System e Setting a Password to Exit Player Entry e Command line options when running Player Entry e Run a Leader Board e Change the choice of Profile used on a specific computer HandicapMaster Limited 2015 226 HandicapMaster 14 3 Change the way Player Entry system works Itis possible to configure the way the Player Entry screens operate and choose the equipment used To change how the Enter Scores screen works 1 On the left hand task pane select Competitions place 2 On the right hand pane double click Settings Profiles 3 Do one of the following e Selecta Profile and press ENTER Key or e Double click the Profile entry in the list e To add anew Profile click Create a new Profile in the Player Entry Tasks box or press the INSERT key 4 Configure Player Entry using the Configure Player Entry Wizard HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The Player Entry System 227 14 4 The Configure Player Entry Wizard The Configure Player Entry Wizard allows the behaviour of the Player Entry screens to be changed Title of Profile In the Name box enter a suitable name for this settings profile Examples may be Pro Shop Locker Room etc In the Description box enter a suitable description for the use of this p
247. double bogey after deduction of the handicap stroke this player is entitled to on this hole As the player scored 10 two higher than the Nett Double Bogey his Gross score for handicapping purposes only is reduced by two strokes His Adjusted Gross Score becomes 90 2 88 Away Scores If the adjusted gross score cannot be calculated from the information provided When entering away scores manually if the adjusted gross score has not been provided or cannot be calculated then it is recommended that in this situation the Adjusted Gross Score is entered the same as the Gross Score 90 in our example above t should be noted though that the handicapping for this player may not be correct in this situation HandicapMaster will automatically apply the clause 19 adjustment to player s scores for stroke play handicap qualifier competitions HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping 19 1 9 Importing Away Scores 19 1 9 1 About Importing Away Scores Away scores maybe added from an external file in one operation using the Away Score Import facility This option is only available using Club Premier and Network Editions in those countries that operate a Central Database of Handicaps The players are identified by their National Numbers Ifa player record can be found with the specified National Number the away score is recorded as if the score had been entered manually Player details are also updated from the CDH England Scotland
248. dow are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To add a member to a Member Subscription Pool 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Players list select the Member and press Enter Key or e Inthe Players list select the Member then on the Players menu click Edit Member or e On the Players menu click Edit Member and select the Member from the list displayed 2 Inthe Member Subscription Pool box select the Pool to add this member to To add more than one member to a Member Subscription Pool 1 Do one of the following On the Accounting menu click Member Subscription Pools then Manage Pool Members Select a Pool In the Member Subscription Pools List select the Pool and press the Enter Key 2 Doone of the following Press the Insert key and select the members to add to the Pool Right click and select Add Member To Pool 3 Tick the box alongside those Members to be added to the Pool and click OK 6 6 6 Remove Members from a Pool Member Subscription Pools are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To remove a member from a Member Subscription Pool 1 Doone of the following e On the Players menu click Edit Member and select the Member from the list displayed
249. e the same settings will be used again providing a level of consistency when running re occurring competitions such as Medals You will need at least one Bookings Template before you may configure HandicapMaster to receive bookings into a competition e Create a Bookings Template e Modify a Bookings Template e Delete a Bookings Template e The Bookings Template Wizard HandicapMaster Limited 2015 246 HandicapMaster 15 1 2 2 Create a Bookings Template The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To create a new Bookings Template 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Competitions drop down menu click Set up a Bookings Template then New e On the left hand task pane select Bookings place On the right hand pane double click Templates Bookings In the left hand column click Create a new Template task 2 Select the template Information using the Bookings Template Wizard provided 15 1 2 3 Modify a Bookings Template The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To modify the details of an existing Bookings Template 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Competitions drop down menu click Set up a Bookings Template and select a Template from the list displayed e On the left hand task pane select Bookings place On the right hand pane double click Templates Bookings Select
250. e Calendar or e Double click Calendar Notes and then in the right hand pane double click the applicable Note 3 Edit the Note amending the Title Date Details and Include on Fixture Lists as applicable Click OK 15 3 4 Remove a note from the Bookings Calendar The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To delete a Calendar Note 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane double click Calendar Notes 3 Do one of the following e Click the applicable note in the list and then in the left hand column click Delete a Note task e Right click over the applicable note in the list then select Delete Note in the pop up menu 15 3 5 Printa note The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To print the contents of a Calendar Note 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane double click Calendar Notes 3 Do one of the following e Click the applicable note in the list and then in the left hand column click Report Calendar Note task e Right click over the applicable note in the list then select Report Calendar Note in the pop up menu See Also e Create a Fixture List HandicapMaster Limited 2015 264 HandicapMaster 15 3 6 Create a copy of duplicate a note The Bookings facility
251. e First Names to First Word only box Any text passed after the first space comma or full stop in the First Name field will be discarded e Restrict whether a load occurs by logged on UserID Itis possible to restrict whether a Membership File is loaded depending upon which user is currently logged into HandicapMaster Click Restrict Load by Users button to configure the action to be performed when a Load file is found by UserID The Restrict Load of Records by Userids window is displayed Select a UserID then click e Always to require HandicapMaster to automatically perform the load when a file is found the default e Prompt to require HandicapMaster to prompt the User for whether a load should be performed or e Never to always skip loading the file wnen HandicapMaster is logged on by this Userid e Copy current Membership Numbers as Account ID numbers When setting up the integration this option allows the Account ID s to be preset the same as the Membership Numbers for any existing Members 25 1 7 Report Account ID values in use In order to diagnose problems matching data between the Membership System and HandicapMaster there is a report that can be generated To create a report of Member records and their Account ID s 1 On the File menu click Options 2 Click the Integration tab 3 Click the Report Current Account ID s button Afile called AccountlDs it listing the values currently in the HandicapMast
252. e OK button to save the details e Operating Two or more Courses at the Home Club HandicapMaster Limited 2015 156 HandicapMaster 12 2 Enter Golf Course Details Before competition scores may be entered it is necessary to enter the Card of the Course This identifies the Par and Stroke Index for each hole and the Scratch Score for the course Note Once entered the details for a specific course are remembered and need only be changed if an alteration to the course is made To enter or change the Card of the Course t Do one of the following e On the Players menu click Golf Courses then Course Details and choose the applicable Golf Course e Inthe Golf Course list select an existing Golf Course and press ENTER key 2 Enter the Par and Stroke Index details for each of the eighteen holes When entering a Stroke Index of 1 type 1 then Tas to move to the next hole 3 In the Scratch Score box enter the Scratch Score for the course In the European Golf Association EGA Handicapping editions of HandicapMaster enter the Course Ratings and Slope Ratings of the course Only the 18 Hole ratings are obligatory although the 9 Hole ratings will be required if 9 hole qualifying competitions are to be processed 4 If you wish to use the same details for all of the Tee Colours click Copy Details to All Tees button 5 Click the OK button to save the details Notes HandicapMaster will check that each hole has a
253. e Press CTRL K keys together HandicapMaster Limited 2015 278 HandicapMaster The Last Date for Match Results will be displayed in the list alongside each competition if configured To change the configured date for a competition b Right click over the applicable competition and select Change Last Date for Match Results in the pop up menu c Enter a revised date and click OK e Deleting a Knockout competition e Displaying or hiding the results of Matches on the Draw Chart e Changing the Name ofthe Competition e Stop a Knock out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Clear results ofa Match e Re print the Draw e Change a Player listed in the Draw e Change a Player to a Bye e Change the last date for a round to be played by e Edit Knockout Competition Notes HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Match Play Competitions 279 16 9 Clear a result from a Match The draw sheets for Match Play Knockout competitions are maintained by entering results of the Matches as they progress The draw chart can then be reprinted if required To clear a result of a match previously entered 1 Doone of the following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions e Press CTRL K keys together 2 Select the Knock out competition and press ENTER key or select the Record Results of Matches task This displays each of the matches
254. e added or b Click the highlighted cell or c Press the ENTER key or d Click the Find button or e Click the Auto Fill button Change a player in the Draw 1 Move the highlight to the row or cell either by d Using the Up and Down buttons or e Using the UP or DOWN keys on the keyboard or f Clicking in the required cell 2 Select the player to be added to the Draw see above 3 Confirm that the player to be added is to replace the existing player Remove a player from the Draw Remove entrants from the list by moving to the entry using the Up Down or Find buttons then pressing either the BACKSPACE Or DELETE keys on the Keyboard H HandicapMaster Limited 2015 272 HandicapMaster 16 4 Players booking into a KO Draw The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster You may ask players to Book into a Future Competition either through Player Entry screens or online through Master Scoreboard and import the players who have booked to a Knock out Draw The booking system in HandicapMaster does not natively support booking Knock out competitions but with the right combination of Booking Template settings and an opened stroke play competition bookings to a Knock out competition can be collected To collect bookings into a K O Draw 1 Create a Booking Template with an appropriate name and the following settings r
255. e appearance of reports may be customised Customisation includes choosing fonts to be used in selected areas of reports such as headings adding a graphic to the report etc To customise the appearance of reports 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options Customisation is achieved by setting the attributes of how items of text are to be displayed These items of text are called categories To change the Font used for a category 1 Click the Fonts tab 2 Inthe Choose a Category list choose the category of text you wish to customise 3 Click the Fonts Settings button and change the settings HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Reports To change the Background colour for the category 1 Click the Fonts tab 2 In the Choose a Category list choose the category of text you wish to customise 3 Click the Background Colour button and choose the colour To set or remove a border around the text in a category 1 Click the Fonts tab In the Choose a Category list choose the category of text you wish to customise In the Category Border list Choose a border style To remove a border select None A MN To set the colour of how a border is displayed click the Change button and choose the colour 5 To set the thickness of border lines enter a width in the Width box Note Some border settings are not retained when saving reports in the Web Page format To set a paragraph indent for all text in
256. e following e Onthe Players menu click Update Visitors from CDH e Open the Visitors folder and on the Visitor Tasks click Update Visitor records from CDH 2 Select the visitors to be updated by ticking or unticking the box against their names Click the Select All button to tick all visitors or the Clear All button to untick all visitors Tip To group all the visitors from a single club e g before an inter club competition click on the Home Club column heading to sort the list by club HandicapMaster Limited 2015 422 HandicapMaster 3 Click on OK to process the selected visitors If a large number of visitors have been selected a warning message is displayed as the updates may take some time depending on the speed of the connection to the CDH The display changes to show only the selected Visitors along with status and other information as the updates proceed 4 Atthe end of processing a summary of the number of updates is displayed 5 To complete processing click Print to produce a report which can be saved or printed or click Finish to exit without producing a report See also e Find a player on the CDH 22 4 14 Reporting Problems with the CDH service If you experience problems using the CDH Service with either e Publishing to the CDH using the Publish to Internet wizard or e Using the CDH web site itself please report the problem as follows England Log on to the England Golf CDH web site and raise a E
257. e if you are able to send e mails from your computer e Inthe Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions a separate e mail footer is stored for each HandicapMaster Userid e When an e mail is sent to one or more recipients a copy of the text of the e mail is saved for use ata future date 8 2 4 E mail Log This report allows you to review the status of e mails created by HandicapMaster The data in the log is automatically house kept so that older data is removed after a number of months To view the e mail results log 1 Do one of the following HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters e On the Reports menu click Membership Reports and click E mail Log e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Reports then select the Membership tab in the right hand pane and select E mail Log 2 Selecta suitable date range for the data you wish to view In the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions the name of the user who sent the e mail is also displayed in the log 8 2 5 Change the covering text sent with e mails When e mailing copies of some reports in HandicapMaster standard text is sent in the body of the e mail automatically You may change the text send for these reports To change the covering text e mailed 1 Do one of the following On the File drop down menu click Options Select Letters tab and click E mail Text On the File drop down menu click E
258. e minimum required are Surname and First Name which must be unique The fields supported are as follows Surname Member s Surname This field is required Middle Initials Member s Middle Initials First Name or Given Name Member s Given Name This field is required Gender or Sex The gender of the member expressed as M or Male for Male or F or Female for Female Alternatively if this field is missing the CATEGORY of the member must include the text Gent or Lady Default Male Age Group This is the age group into which the member should be assigned If this field is not set then the import facility will use the Date of Birth value for the member and assign an appropriate Age Group to the member If this value is setit will override the value calculated from the Data of Birth field Default Adult Possible values are e For Juniors JUNIOR Junior J or j For Adults ADULT Adult A or a e For Seniors SENIOR Senior S or s For User defined Age Group 1 OTHER1 Other1 1 or Age Group Description For User defined Age Group 2 OTHER2 Other2 2 or Age Group Description Two of the Age Groups provided may be renamed using Options Exact Handicap or Handicap or Current Exact Handicap The current actual exact handicap for the member NOTE For European Golf Association EGA handicapping for Active Handic
259. e new Stroke Indexes for the short course being played or whether to stick with the existing Stroke Indexes for the course as printed on the 18 hole Scorecard e How number of Strokes Received is calculated HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Subscriptions Invoices and Payments Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 20 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 20 1 Introduction This is an option for HandicapMaster that allows your organization to manage membership subscriptions and issue subscription renewal letters create invoices and record payments It includes a number of reports to help you manage subscriptions and membership income The membership option has been designed with the same look and feel of the HandicapMaster software In addition to the details in this help information there is a Quick Start guide to the Subscriptions option and a more detailed help document These are available from the HandicapMaster website Additional Subscriptions Option Documention Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Subscriptions are designed around the concept of an annual subscription period with one or more payments in the period By use of scheduled payments is it possible to manage overdue subscriptions and raise overdue letters emails using the Overdue Subscrip
260. e new entrants to the draw To re run a Draw 1 Doone ofthe following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions e Press CTRL K keys together 2 Select the Knock out competition and right click Select Update Draw 3 Amend the details of the Knock out as required The existing entrants are automatically selected from the choose entrants list ready for a new draw to be performed At this time itis possible to add new names to the entrants Note Itis not possible to change the gender or inclusion of visitors when editing a draw these may only be selected when initially setting up the draw HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Match Play Competitions 277 16 8 Enter results of a Match The draw sheets for Match Play Knockout competitions are maintained by entering results of the Matches as they progress The draw chart can then be reprinted if required The results of matches may be entered 1 By the administrator using the main HandicapMaster program or 2 By players through the Player Entry system To enter or re enter the results of a Knock out match using HandicapMaster 1 Doone of the following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions e Press CTRL K keys together 2 Select the Knock out competition and
261. e the player finishes in a competition e how the player scores in a competition These rules allow for varying adjustments to the Handicaps and can be used individually or in combination If both methods are selected the handicap adjustment after the competition is the combined value of the two adjustments Different adjustments are configured for each category of player so that smaller adjustments can made to low handicaps and larger adjustments to high handicaps Maximum values to be applied to the Handicaps of the Society s players may also be defined Adjustments based on the Player s Position in a competition These rules allow for adjustments to handicaps based on the overall position of the player in the competition regardless of their score Players who are placed have their handicap reduced by a fixed amount Different adjustments may be configured for First to Ninth place although only those rules which are activated are applied Players who are unplaced have their handicap increased by a fixed amount An unplaced player is one where there is no selected rule for his her position in the competition For example if rules are active for the Overall Winner Runner Up and Third places the player in Fourth Place is unplaced for handicap adjustments Competitions played over more than one round For Alternative Day or Multiple Round competitions the players overall positions in the aggregated results are
262. e white tees SSS 68 If both players score a nett 68 then one of them will have played to their handicap and the other 2 below 2 shots would be added to the Competition Handicap of the player playing off the red tees to compensate for the increased difficulty of the course HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 173 Stableford or Par Bogey Competitions e In mixed events where there is a difference between the Par less Standard Scratch Score value of the Men s and Ladies courses players playing off the tees with the lower Par less Standard Scratch Score value will have their Competition Handicap increased by the difference between the respective Par less Standard Scratch Score values Foursomes Greensome and other Team Competitions Handicap adjustments in Foursomes Greensome and other team competitions will be made before the competition scorecards are entered and are applied to the calculation of the team allowance Stroke play Medal Stableford or Par Bogey Competitions e In mixed events where there is a difference between the Standard Scratch Score of the Men s and Ladies courses players playing off the tees with the higher Standard Scratch Score will have their Competition Handicap increased by the difference between the Standard Scratch Scores Selecting the Pars and Stroke Indexes to use for scoring In both Stableford and Par Bogey competitions all players must have the same scoring potential o
263. e wizard to produce the list of payments e If Record partial payments has been selected HandicapMaster will use the partial payment amount to pay as many payments as possible starting with the oldest due payment Ifa payment value does not exactly match an outstanding payment then a new payment for the remaining outstanding amount will be created automatically and the original outstanding payment will be adjusted to match the payment Example If there are 12 payments monthly each of 10 units of currency If you were to record a payment of 25 units of currency then payments 1 and 2 would be marked as paid payment 3 would be adjusted to 5 and be paid and an additional payment for 5 units of currency would be added as payment 13 but with the same due date as payment 3 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 360 HandicapMaster 20 6 4 Adding Payment Items to an Ad Hoc Payment Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Adding a Payment Item to an Ad Hoc Payment 1 Choose a Payment Category 2 Click on one of the Payment Descriptions 3 In the Nett Amount box enter a value if the default is not correct 4 Tick the Add VAT box to add VAT to the cost of the Payment Item This is only visible if you have configured VAT 5 Click OK to return to the Add a New payment Wi
264. eady recorded 19 1 3 Turn off General Play and Handicap First Award Letters To turn on or turn off the creation of letters to players after General Play changes or a handicap First Award are made 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Handicap Reports tab 3 Under the General Play Changes and Handicap First Awards section tick the Generate Letter to Player box to cause letters to be created clear the box to cancel creation of letters 19 1 4 Reprint a General Play Handicap First Award or Annual Review Letter To reprint a General Play Handicap First Award or Annual Review letter 1 Click Handicapping Place double click General Play Changes First Awards or Annual Review Changes to display the applicable list of recorded changes 2 Locate the entry in the list relating to the adjustment required to be reprinted and double click this entry 19 1 5 Print Exceptional Scoring Reduction Letter To print an Exceptional Scoring Reduction letter 1 Click Handicapping Place double click Exceptional Scoring Reductions to display the applicable list of recorded changes 2 Locate the entry in the list relating to the adjustment required to be printed and double click this entry Exceptional Scoring Reductions are only applicable in the CONGU Handicapping editions of HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 312 HandicapMaster 19 1 6 Update the Handicap of an Away Player On occasions itis ne
265. ecide whether to apply the score to the handicap records of the player or ignore it You are strongly advised to review the contents of each record before applying the score e HandicapMaster displays it s interpretation of the away score record in descriptive text BLOCKED Away Scores Where HandicapMaster identifies the content of the information as incorrect inappropriate or the record cannot be applied because the Member Number is not currently listed in the database the Away Score will be Blocked In this case the data thatis considered unreliable is displayed in red Click Details button for further information The information will be treated as Unsafe and HandicapMaster will not allow the record to be processed In the event of receiving a Blocked score you are recommended to try to locate the missing or incorrect information by some means other that through the Central Database system e Where scores are blocked or are ignored the Central Database systems will continue to present the Away Scores See Also e Deleting an Away Score previously entered HandicapMaster Limited 2015 42 HandicapMaster 22 5 Kenya Golf Network 22 5 1 Introduction The Kenya Golf Network web site is a central system for reporting Handicap Records in operation in Kenya Handicap Records and Competition Results for players are transmitted to the Kenya Golf Network web site and are made available to Players and
266. ecommended e As the Method of Booking select A Place in a Block of Tee Times e Depending upon the maximum number of places available in the draw use these selections Singles KO Competitions Maximum places in the Games Start From Interval Players Per Tee Draw Time 8 09 00 to 09 30 10 Minutes 2 16 09 00 to 10 10 10 Minutes 2 32 09 00 to 11 30 10 Minutes 2 64 09 00 to 11 30 10 Minutes 4 128 09 00 to 14 10 10 Minutes 4 Pairs KO Competitions Maximum teams in the Games Start From Interval Players Per Tee Draw Time 8 09 00 to 09 30 10 Minutes 4 16 09 00 to 10 10 10 Minutes 4 32 09 00 to 11 30 10 Minutes 4 64 09 00 to 14 10 10 Minutes 4 128 09 00 to 19 30 10 Minutes 4 e Select Use 1 Block s each Tee Used 2 Open a stroke play competition e Use an appropriate Template either a singles competition for a singles KO draw or a Pairs competition for a Paris KO Draw e For Name of Competition use a name that clarifies the competition is a Knock out competition e For Played or to be played on use the date when the draw is to be made HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Match Play Competitions 273 e Select Use Bookings and choose the Booking Template created for this draw 3 When performing the K O Draw use the Auto Fill button to import the players booked in to the draw HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster 16 5 Ordering of Players in KO Draw When creating a new Knock out Draw there are three opti
267. ecord a Partial Payment for a single Subscription or Invoice 375 Partial Payments Record partial payments for multiple Subscription and Invoices 376 Password 33 124 132 236 Past Member Edit Past Member 37 E mail 94 Handicap Record 50 Recover a deleted Membership 39 Past Visitor Edit Past Visitor 76 E mail 94 Recover a deleted Visitor record 78 Pay to book into competitions 251 Payments Amend a Payment Note 381 E mail a Receipt 382 Record a Partial Payment against a single payment 375 Record a single Payment 375 Record multiple Subscription and Invoice payments 376 Reprint a range of receipts 381 Reprint a Receipt 381 View a Payment 380 Pictures in Reports 141 142 PIN Numbers Number of Digits 115 Visitor PINNumbers 115 Player Entry Services Handicap List 227 My Account 227 My Golf 227 Player Entry System 225 233 234 36 hole Leader Board 238 Account Balance at Signin 227 Adding Visitors 242 Automatically Login when starting 235 Card not returned by Player 234 Choosing competitors ina Competition 232 Command Line Options 237 Configure Leader Board 227 238 Configure Magnetic Card Reader 227 Configure Player Entry wizard 227 Display messages to members 239 Enter Scores 233 234 Introduction 224 Missing Cards 234 No Returns 233 234 Options for Player Entry Configuration 226 Print Score Cards as Players Sign In 227 Second Monitor 227 Setting an Administration Button Password 236 Show or hide Sign In from Screen 227
268. ection from the computer running HandicapMaster See Also e Reporting Problems with the CDH service e CDH Validation Removing unknown records from the CDH e Common error codes returned by the CDH 22 4 5 CDH Validation Removing unknown records from CDH England Scotland amp Wales Note This topic is not applicable in Ireland Whilst publishing to the CDH HandicapMaster will perform a check for any players listed as Home players but whose National ID is not recognised This can be the case when more than one lifetime ID has accidently been requested from the CDH for example If one or more players are registered as home members for your club on the CDH but no corresponding record exists with the same ID s in HandicapMaster then you will be given to option to remove these records from the CDH When selected for removal HandicapMaster will request that the records are marked as resigned from the club on the CDH To remove unwanted records from the CDH 1 When the list of unknown member records is displayed tick the box alongside the player s names for those you wish to remove from the CDH and click OK HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet 417 22 4 6 Releasing Members who have resigned their membership There are no special actions required to release members on the CDH when they resign their membership of the club Please delete the member in HandicapMaster Repeat for any other members
269. ed Inactive Handicaps List of Players or Non Competition Handicaps List of Players region dependant Not Society Edition Inactive Handicaps Possible Candidates or or Non Competition Handicaps Possible Candidates region dependant Not Society Edition Inactive Handicaps Overrides applied Club Premier and Network Editions region dependant Not Society Edition Active Inactive Handicap Status Overrides Club Premier and Network Editions region dependant Lowest Handicap Held Not EGA Editions Lowest Handicap Held Selected Range of Handicaps Not EGA Editions Handicap Range Players Not Played Near Handicap Annual Handicap Review Computer Analysis EGA Editions Union audit of Low Handicap Players Not Society Edition or National Association Audit of Low handicap Players EGA Handicap Editions Summary of Scores Most Improved Golfer Handicap Notes Players without Handicaps Accounting Reports Only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option The following reports are available All Payment Transactions Payment Transaction Summary Payment History Transaction History Account Balance Method of Payment Overdue Invoices Income Received Subscription Summary Subscription Details Valid Subscriptions Members Without a Subscription Template Overdue Subscriptions Overdue Subscriptions Summary HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Menu Options and Toolbar Buttons 47
270. ed Scores and Eclectics Chapter 19 Handicapping 1 General Play and other Handicap amendments cccceseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 310 ohial UICHION Ea EEEN AAEE EE E A E AS T EE EEA E A E OT S 310 Change a Player s Handicap under General Play nsnsnnnnnnrunnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 310 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Contents Turn off General Play and Handicap First Award Letters ccsscssssssssessessesseeseesesessesseesensensneeneas 311 Reprint a General Play Handicap First Award or Annual Review Letter 311 Print Exceptional Scoring Reduction Letter cc cscsssssessesesesessessesseeseeseeseeseesaesaesesaevaevanveneaneones 311 Update the Handicap of an Away Player cccssssssessessevseeseeseeseeseesesaessesseeseesoeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneoneanes 312 Enter an Away score for a Player ccscssstestessesseesessessevsevseeseeseeneeseesaesaesaesaeeseeseeseesaesausaesaeuaevanvaneaneanes 312 Adjusted Gross SCOPe S ccccsstsssesessevseveesseesneseeseseeseseseesseesessaeseesaesaessesaevaevanvaneaneanennesnesaesaesansaeesneans 314 IM porting Away SCOPES cccsesesssseesseseseeseeseeseesaesesseesevsevsevsesseeseeneesnesaesaesaesaesseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 315 About importing AW ay SCOl S irois dened edly andy essbanilie ia diia waited danena 315 Import Aw ay Scores froma file re 315 Format of the Import Fil csicccicserccc
271. ed as one of the recognised abbreviations accepted by HandicapMaster These are Mr Mrs Miss Master Ms Dr Sir Lady Lord Rt Hon or H R H Address 1 The first line of the Member s address Address 2 The second line of the Member s address Address 3 The third line of the Member s address Address 4 The fourth line of the Member s address Address 5 The Post Code of the Member s address Telephone 1 The Member s first telephone number Telephone 2 The Member s second telephone number Telephone 3 The Member s third telephone number E Mail Address The Member s e mail address Club Number The Membership number or code for this member Category The Membership category to which the member belongs to Officer Title HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships The Position on Committee currently identified for this member Date Joined The date the Member joined Date Renewed The date the Member last renewed his or her membership Date Expires The date the Member s current membership expires Date Subscription Paid The date when the member paid their subscription fees Method Of Subscription Payment Anote of how the member paid their fees Amount Subscription Paid The amount of money paid when settling subscription fees Amount Locker Rent Paid The amount of money paid when settling Locker Rent fees Amount Other Paid The amount of money paid when settling
272. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeeeseseeeeeeeeseneeees 338 7 Golf Society Handicapping Society Edition Only cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 339 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 12 HandicapMaster IMtPOGU CHOI E AET E T I AE seca vee dudehuaeahaescevacsduessey secvouer oeveabieters 339 Change the Handicapping Rules used wa 339 The Configure Handicapping Rules Wizard ccccsssessseeseeseseeseseesseseeseeseeseesseeseeseeseusessessensensnneneas 340 8 Handicapping of Competitions played over less than 18 holes 2 s cesseeeeeeeeeeees 342 How number of Strokes Received is calculated cccscseseestescessessesseeseeseeseesnesaesoesesseseevonvaneeneones 342 Stroke Index allocation and where Handicap Strokes are received snsusnnnnsnsnnnnnnrnnnnnnrnnnnnnrnrnnnn 342 Chapter 20 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 345 Dnt UCtiO Mises i EE NEE een Hea see eevee fee ake eee 345 2 Preparation Payment Items cccceeeeeeeeeee ence ence ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeeeseeseeeeeeeseneeees 347 IMEFOCUCTION Fscicccecseetitiectedcncsndtausasvsrsivatendussadeedsteseiuaeddcudcstenssntanusededsuubudni vanduedueuseh sei udvudesduasssiunsugiieisaneabsaaen 347 Methods of Payment 347 Payment Categorie ccccscstsscsssseesssssseeseeseeseesessesessevseveevaeesneseesnesnesaesaesausaeeseeseeseesaesausaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 348 Payment Hem Sisciaescecssatecscas
273. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeseneeeeeseneeees 131 6 Changing the Password cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseaeeeeeeseneseeesenenees 132 Chapter 11 Reports 135 1 Viewing Printing E mailing and Saving Reports ccsscecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 135 Vat OGUICHIONN Ea AEE EAA EE ESEA EA TA EOE A EE EAA tues 135 The Reports Toolbar ccccescsessessessessessessesseesesseseessessessecseuseeseeseesnesnesaesaesaesaesaeseeesnesaesoesaesaeesensneaneaneas 135 Print a REPOt sesctsssssncsscsssssessssosnnsnnsnnsansenssnsanausoussussesansonsnaeaeuaueaueauusousosansnosansneansauausausausaesaesanencenceaneases 136 E mail amp Report 0 ccscscesseseseesesessessessesseeseeseeseesaesaesaesaeusevaeeseesneseeseusnesaesaesaesaeuseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 137 Save a Report to File cc ccssscsesssseesessessevsesseeseeseeneeseesaesaesaeseeeseeseeseesaesaessesaevaevonrseeaneanenaesaesaesaesaesoeeseees 137 Change the Size of Report on Screen uu ce ssestsseeseeseesssseeeseeseeseeseesessessesevseveneanesneseeseesaesaesaessesseeseeees 138 Export a report to Microsoft Excel ou ccccstsssesseesessessessesseeseeseeseeseesaesaessesseesesseeseesaesaesaesaesaevanvaneaneanes 138 2 CuStOMISING RO POMS sic cc22ccceeceee cecce cece teases cemenddeectecsecceacbasdexteaseccenecddeccucaneseencbaddereeaaie 140 Jotie OCU CUNO Me T nse sede Sieg candace E T A cesta suesncidetnendvensivecredieqhersc
274. ees The Amend Competition Window ccccsscscsssssssssesseeseeseeseeseesessessessevsevenseneenennes Change how scores are entered onto Scorecard Window ccsscccsseeeeseeeeseeeesneeenseeeeseeesnenenseeees Apply Scores Calculate results and adjust Handicaps 22 ccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Vie W RE SUITS anuon cece sceee seeker ce neve ccc an eg cae canes eg ce EEE deveined EAEE KAEN NEENA 2 s returned by competitors ccceeeeece eee ence cece ee eeeeee ee eeeeee se eeeeeaseeeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeesnens Create a copy of a Closed Competition cccsececeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeees Competitions played over more than one round ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees OWS VIO W E A fastest scacenstesenensccennascectaecsnerscassnesstenisdus anussuescagiass soon A A E AET Run a Multiple round Com petition cc csssseeeeeeeeee Run an Alternative Day Com petition cs cesses Run a Best of Series Com petition cssssseseeeeeeeee Run number of Birdies Twos etc Competition s ss0e Gross and Nett Results from multiple round competitions Suspending Players from Competitions 2 ccccseceee cece ee ence ence ee ee eeee nese eeeeeeeeeeeeeeenens Managing Competition Entry Fees cccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees Wnt OC LUTT n EA AAA E cece ccc AT E ATA E E T
275. efines the default method of payment that is used to record this member s subscriptions Note this is only used if the HandicapMaster Subscriptions Option is installed Default No Payment Method Send Invoice By This defines if Subscriptions should be sent by Letter or E mail to this member Note this is only used if the HandicapMaster Subscriptions Option is installed Possible values are e For Letters L or LETTER e For E mail E EM EMAIL or E MAIL Default Letter Balance Adjustment This will allow an initial balance to be set of anew member or record an adjustment to an existing member s account balance E g If an existing member has an account balance of 100 then a balance adjustment of 50 will result in a balance of 150 Note this is only used if the HandicapMaster Subscriptions Option is installed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships Default No balance adjustment Negative adjustments are possible The value is the GROSS adjustment and if the VAT rate is non zero the Nett and VAT amounts will be calculated User1 User2 User3 Values for the three User defined fields in the membership records If the columns have been renamed through Global Options then the names ofthe fields may also be used Account ID or Contact ID This is the unique identifier that links the membership details between the external system and HandicapMaster Note This field is only applicable when there i
276. ekeeping is required when the HandicapMaster database is becoming too large to manage efficiently Often this function is performed as an end of year task Preservation of the important data involves regular backups to ensure against hardware or software malfunction Typically this function is performed each time HandicapMaster is operated e The function of Housekeeping e Protection of the data e Backing up the Database e Restoring the Database e Automatic Backups e Using more than one copy of HandicapMaster on the same computer HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Managing the Database ast 23 2 The function of Housekeeping Housekeeping is a necessary function of running HandicapMaster Housekeeping involves removing out of date data in order that the database is maintained ata size that is practical to use Housekeeping involves four different functions These are 1 Removing the competition scores entered hole by hole Any scores entered by hole are maintained separate from the main records These can be used historically to generate reports such as Twos returned in Competition However these require a large amount of database space and are best deleted on a regular basis Deleting these does not alter the playing or handicap records of any member but will prevent a competition from being Undone and re applied Removing the Record Sheet Entries This removes the playing records of members up to a pre described da
277. el will also cancel the exit and return you to HandicapMaster Click the Online Backup button if you wish to perform an Online Backup TIP It is recommended that the backup be performed to an alternative disk such as a floppy disk This will ensure you have the maximum likelihood of protecting data from loss such as theft of the computer etc See Also e Protection of the Database e Restore of the Database HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Managing the Database 435 23 5 Restoring the Database To recover the database from a previous backup 1 On the File menu click Restore Database 2 Click Change Folder to locate the disk and folder containing the backup file 3 Click Yes to perform the restore or No to bypass the restore operation HandicapMaster expects to find a backup of the database which has been taken using HandicapMaster itself i e a compressed copy The file is called HandicapMaster BAK Where the Backup spans more than one disk additional files will be called HandicapMaster 01 BIN or similar Click the Online Restore button if you wish to perform an Online Resiore See Also e Protection of the Database e Backing up the Database HandicapMaster Limited 2015 436 HandicapMaster 23 6 Automatic Backups 23 6 1 Introduction In addition to the Backup Database option available HandicapMaster also retains copies of the database file each time HandicapMaster is exited if the data ha
278. elds when creating the Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs report If an e mail address is supplied then this golf club may be added to a Golf Courses Distribution List HandicapMaster Limited 2015 158 HandicapMaster 12 4 Operating two or more courses at the Home Club If your club has two or more courses then each course will be considered a Home course for Handicapping purposes It will be necessary to add the second and subsequent courses to HandicapMaster and link these as Home Club courses To add a second Home club course If the second course has not already been added to the list of courses in HandicapMaster do one of the following e On the Players menu click Golf Courses then Add a New Club 1 e Inthe Golf Courses Task list select Add a New Club If the course has already been added to the list locate the second course and right click over the course name Select Edit from the pop up menu 2 Enter the name of the Golf Course and choose the most applicable Region Tick the This is another Course at the Home Club box to designate this as a second course at your own club not applicable to Society edition 4 Click the OK button to save the details HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Golf Courses 159 12 5 Change name of Other Region To change the name of the Other region of courses 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Golf Courses place 3 Select ANY golf
279. emier and Network Editions Only or Record Extra Day Scores EGA Handicap Editions Record Supplementary scores Suspend and Reinstate Handicaps Not Society edition Suspend or reinstate a members handicap Reassess Handicap Statuses after Annual Review Club Premier and Network Editions Only region dependant SGU and SLGA affiliated clubs only Remove Competition Handicap status after Annual Review Clause 25 for Players Restore Competition Handicap Status Club Premier and Network Editions Only region dependant SGU and SLGA affiliated clubs only Restore Competition Handicap status for Players Override Active Inactive Handicap Status Club Premier and Network Editions Only region dependant England Golf and GUW affiliated clubs only Manually override an Active Inactive Handicap Status for a Player Record Scores To Re activate Handicaps EGA Handicap Editions Only Record Handicap scores returned by players to reactivate handicaps Configure Handicapping Rules Not EGA Handicap Editions Configure view how handicaps will be adjusted Reports Menu Handicap Record Display a Player s Handicap Record May be displayed in either e Tabular format e Report format suitable for printing e Graphical format Handicap Records Select Range of Handicaps Not Society Edition Handicap List Create a current Handicap List report Handicap List Selected Range of Handicaps Create a current Handicap List report
280. emove clear the Administration Button Password Itis possible to reset or remove the password by 1 In the Old Password box type the current existing password if one exists 2 Clear leave empty the New Password and Confirm New Password boxes If you have lost the Password In the event of a lost or forgotten password please contact the supplier HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The Player Entry System 237 14 10 Command Line Options The following command line options may be used with the Player Entry program PlayerEntry exe Switch user lt username gt i lt iniFile gt instance lt name gt nosplash profile lt pname gt monitor lt number gt U F6 Function Automatically login as a specified user lt username gt may not contain any spaces Full path and filename of INI file currently unused May not contain any spaces in the path or file name Defaults to app HandicapMaster ini where app app path of this program When more than one database instance has been configured start Player Entry using instance with name of lt name gt lt name gt may not contain any spaces Skips display of the Player Entry banner splash window on start up Use Player Entry settings profile with the name lt pname gt lt pname gt may not contain any spaces and therefore cannot work with any profile given a name containing spaces Use monitor lt number gt from the list of av
281. ent 3 Select Yes to add an external document to the e mail HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters 4 The letter for each recipient will be will be sent to that recipients e mail account 5 To print the letters for those members who do not have an e mail address click Yes at the prompt and select the required printer Atypical example of a letter to be sent may be to advise members of future dated competitions that have been configured in HandicapMaster e The letter is automatically added to the e mail as PDF attachment e To send an e mail without a letter on the File menu select E mail 8 2 12 E mailing Reports Reports may be sent easily by clicking the E mail button on the Reports Toolbar Reports are automatically added to the e mail as PDF attachments This is indicated by the word Report at the start of the Attached line You may attach an additional file e For some reports e g Handicap Certificates only the section of the report relevant to a member will be sent by e mail e For Subscriptions Overdue Subscriptions at the end of sending by e mail there is an option to print out those letters for members who do not opt to receive subscriptions by e mail e For Letters at the end of sending by e mail there is an option to print out those letters for members without e mail addresses e Forsome reports you may change the covering text created in the body of the e mail 8 2 13 E mailing Membe
282. entication is configured click More Settings then Outgoing Server tab See My outgoing server SMTP requires authentication f To check the value for SMTP Port box in HandicapMaster click More Settings then Advanced tab See Outgoing mail SMTP box g To check whether the e mail server requires an encrypted connection click More Settings then Advanced tab See Use the following type of encrypted connection SSL Outlook 2003 a In Outlook from the main menu choose Tools and then E mail Accounts b Select View or change existing e mail accounts and click Next c Highlight your e mail account in the list and click Change d The value for Mail Server box in HandicapMaster is the value displayed in Outgoing mail server SMTP e To check whether Authentication is configured click More Settings then Outgoing Server tab See My outgoing server SMTP requires authentication f To check the value for SMTP Port box in HandicapMaster click More Settings then Advanced tab See Outgoing mail SMTP box g To check whether the e mail server requires an encrypted connection click More Seitings click Advanced tab See This server requires a secure connection SSL Outlook 2000 Please follow the instructions about how to set up Outlook Express above HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster Windows Mail a In Windows Mail from the main menu choose Tools and then Accounts b Select E mail tab c High
283. eorder Players in Start Sheet Grid To swap two players around in the Grid 1 Select the first cell so that it become highlighted 2 Whilst holding the SHIFT key down click a second cell The players in the two cells will be swapped over To randomly shuffle the playersin the Grid 1 Click the Reorder gt button 2 Select Randomise Players and Groups option 3 Select one of e Randomise All Games or e Randomise Games From and To 4 For Pairs competitions tick the Keep Partners Together box to limit the re ordering of players to swapping teams around Remove the tick from Keep Partners Together box to create random partners for the competition 5 Click Next gt button Note e When players are randomised in the grid HandicapMaster will ensure where possible no player is left on their own for a specified tee time Where possible at least two players will be allocated to each game that has players e When players positions in the Start Sheet have been randomised HandicapMaster will then re order the games so that those games containing the fewest players are moved to the start of the sheet not applicable for Shotgun Starting Sheets This will ensure smaller groups are those first out Any game where one or more cells are marked as Unavailable will not be moved To reorder the players into their Handicap order 1 Click the Reorder gt button 2 Select Reorder Players by Handicaps option 3 Select one of
284. er to be uploaded to the BRS service When configured for connection to the MyTeeTime system HandicapMaster will enable member details to be uploaded to the MyTeeTime service For information about the BRS Online Tee Booking service please visit the www brsgolf com web site For information about the Ez Runner service please visit the www ez runner com web site For information about the MyTeeTime service please contact BedfordBeck Ltd e Users must have a valid account with BRS Online or Ez Runner to be able to use this facility e The BRS Online Tee Booking service is operated by BRS Systems and is not run by HandicapMaster Ltd e The Ez Runner service is operated by Ez Runner Systems Lid and is not run by HandicapMaster Lid e The MyTeeTime service is operated by Bedfordbeck Ltd and is not run by HandicapMaster Ltd Contents e Configure HandicapMaster to link with BRS Online e Configure HandicapMaster to link with Ez Runner e Configure HandicapMaster to link with MyTeeTime Publish members details to BRS Online e Publish member s details to MyTeeTime e Import Competition Bookings onto a Start Sheet 25 3 2 Configure link with BRS Online To configure HandicapMaster to link with BRS Online Note You will need the Site Code Folder Username and Password as supplied by BRS Golf to configure HandicapMaster 1 Start HandicapMaster and log in using the ADMIN user HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Integrating Hand
285. er Limited 2015 346 HandicapMaster e Subscriptions e Invoices e Payments See also e Accounting Options HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 347 20 2 Preparation Payment Items 20 2 1 Introduction Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To manage subscriptions and invoices for members HandicapMaster makes use of the concept of a Template Each Template consists of a list of Payment Items A Payment Item describes a billable item and its cost or charge Payment Categories allow you to group together Payment Items that are used to create a Template Methods of Payment define how a paymentis made a number of default value are defined may you may define additional ones To create a Template you choose the items required from a list of Payment Items Before the Payment Items are defined itis suggested that you customize the HandicapMaster Membership Option to your organization s requirements e Configure additional Methods of Payment e Configure additional Payment Categories e Configure Payment Item See Also e Configure Payment Options e Create a Subscription Template e Create an Invoice Template 20 2 2 Methods of Payment Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Opt
286. er Scoreboard HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet 223 MasterScoreboard co uk 22 3 1 Introduction The MasterScoreboard co uk web site is the online extension of HandicapMaster that helps you publish Handicaps Competition Results and Handicap Records online The following section describes the MasterScoreboard co uk service Contents e About MasterScoreboard co uk e Request setup on MasterScoreboard co uk e Upload data to MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Member s Name showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Reseta member s password on Master Scoreboard e Stop a Competition showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop a Knock Out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Accept Bookings into future competitions through Master Scoreboard Online Bookings e Stop a Group Booking being included in a Fixture List e Stop a Calendar Note being included in a Fixture List 22 3 2 About MasterScoreboard co uk The MasterScoreboard co uk service offers Users the opportunity to publish Handicaps Competition Results and Handicap Records to the Internet Through the central web site at http Wwww MasterScoreboard co uk Users may publish results and handicaps directly from HandicapMaster to the central web site This allows members to see results from competitions and latest handicap lists without having to vi
287. er database excluding Past Members is created The Account ID s are shown as they will be interpreted according to the current integration HandicapMaster Limited 2015 4 HandicapMaster configuration Amessage is displayed indicating the location of the output file HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Integrating HandicapMaster with Other Systems 25 2 Linking Competition Fees to External Accounting or Till Systems 25 2 1 Introduction HandicapMaster Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions includes the option for competition fees to be deducted from External Accounting or Till EPOS systems as players sign in to competitions before commencing play or book into a future competition booking in at the clubhouse only If the HandicapMaster Subscriptions Option is installed further details for fee deduction are available Description When linked with an external Accounting or Till EPOS system itis possible to configure Player Entry to check a member s account balance and prevent entry to the competition if the member has insufficient funds when signing in or when booking in using Player Entry When a player either sign s in or books into to a competition using the HandicapMaster Player Entry screens the member s account balance in the external system is accessed to check the account has sufficient funds to enter the competition If the account has sufficient funds then the player is signed in or b
288. er from the handicap held by the player at the date of the competition when entering scores into a past competition Note At least one of Men Ladies boxes must be selected Users operating HandicapMaster with CONGU Handicapping in countries with active inactive handicaps may elect to allow or disallow players from entering competitions if they hold an Inactive handicap e To allow players with inactive handicaps to enter but not win any prizes select Enter but not win prizes When selected players with inactive handicaps will be listed separately in the competition results report This option is only available for singles competitions e To stop players with inactive handicaps from entering select Not enter Handicap Allowances You may choose to restrict the number of Handicap Strokes competitors in this competition will receive Strokes Received Handicap strokes received my be limited by either e a reduced proportion of their handicap such as 3 4 handicap and or e a maximum number of strokes 1 Click the Change button to restrict the handicap allowance 2 Inthe Handicap Allowance box select a restricted Handicap Allowance In qualifying competitions the full Playing Handicap is used where applicable for handicapping purposes but the Strokes Received is applied for competition ranking purposes only when the competition is closed 3 Tick the Set a Limit to the Number of Strokes that may be Received box i
289. ers Ladies Medals Not Society Edition ILGU Silver Spoon CONGU Editions Ireland only Players suspended from Competitions Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions only Player Hole by Hole Analysis Order of Merit Number of Good Holes Played Callback Log when integrated with external membership system Bookings Reports Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions only The following reports are available Competition Bookings History of Bookings Opened competition History of Bookings Closed competition Online Payments Received Opened competition Online Payments Received Closed competition Group Bookings Confirmation of Reservation Forthcoming Group Bookings HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster Handicapping Reports The following reports are available Handicap List CONGU 9 Hole Competition Handicaps Club Premier and Network Editions Create a conversion chart for converting CONGU 18 Hole Exact Handicaps to 9 Hole Handicaps Playing Handicap Changes Not EGA Handicap Editions General Play Changes Annual Review Adjustments Club Premier and Network Editions First Awards Away Scores Report to Home Clubs Not Society Edition Away Scores Recorded Supplementary Scores Eligibility Club Premier and Network Editions Supplementary Scores Recorded Club Premier and Network Editions or Extra Day Scores EGA Handicap Editions Number of Scores Return
290. ers with Non Competition Handicaps List of Players Non Competition Handicaps List of players who may have completed insufficient Possible Candidates qualifying scores to maintain a Handicap status of Competition Overrides applied overridden Previous Season season Minimum and Maximum Handicap each player held during selected period HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Reports 153 Handicap Handicap or better Union Audit of Low Handicap Audit handicap records of low handicap Players Players Summary of Scores Summary of Handicap Scores returned by each Player Most Improved Golfer Rating of how each player has improved over the review period Handicap Notes Handicapping Notes entered about each Player Players without Handicaps Players not yet allocated a Handicap Accounting Reports The Accounting reports are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option Report Description Summary of Income received Member Account Statement Statement of Account for a Member one or more Members Summar Members Without a List of Members who have not been assigned a Subscription Template Subscription Template billing contact and Members Payments Summary Summary list of all Payments recorded for a time period Payments Summary by Income received totalled by Method of Payment Method of Payment Payments Full Details List of all Payments recorded for a time period Payme
291. es 0 cccssssssscesessessessesseseeseeesesseeseesoeseessesaessesseuseesnesneseeanenaesaesaesansaneaes 90 E mailing the Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs Report sssssesseseneneesenenes 91 E mailing SUDSCTiPtiONS cccseesssteeseeseeseeseeseesoeseesoesoesaesaesaesaesseseeesessauseesaesaesseuseuseesneaneseeanenaesaesaesanuaneaes 91 E mailing Overdue SubSCTiptiONS cess eeeeceeeeseessessesseveeseeesesseeseesoeseesaesaessesseuseeenesneseesnesaesaesaesaneaneaes 92 E imallling Lette S cataract cnceayetescetiectacbdeadecwadecvectetuctieesudeshes susie Gateaeat sid actctueseebescteaceyseeveddtane 92 E mailing Reports cccssescesestessessessesseeseeseeseesoeseesaesaesaesaevaesaesesseesessouseesaesaeusevseusevsnvaneaeesnesaesnesaesaneaneans 93 E mailing Members Away Members and Visitors cccseseteseeeesessesseesesseesevenvsneneesneneesnesaesaeeneaes 93 E mailing Past Members or Past ViSitOIS csscesceeeeeeeseeseeesseesenenseeseneneeeneneneeeseeeneenseeseneseeesenenenenenenes 94 E mailing Golf Clu zane eaaa aaa aaa a aa a Ga aaa Ea na ana aaa a a AA K Ea EE Aa AA ERES 94 3 Writing Letters to Members sussssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnnnnn nennen 96 Letters Introduction Write anew Lette rh a aaa aaa a a aa aa a Aa arana n ae aa e Namaa AEEA aE Res nd a Saved Lette a e aa aTa ee A a aa a AAEE aaae Ea EAE A Ea 97 Delete a Saved Letter iniri iee e aaae ane
292. es Grid 2 Click Remove button HandicapMaster Limited 2015 s HandicapMaster e For CONGU 9 Hole competitions entry of scores from qualifying competitions only is supported It is not possible to enter a 9 hole away score for a non qualifying competition See Also e Undo a previously entered Away Score e Importing Away Scores 19 1 8 Adjusted Gross Scores For CONGU Handicapping the Adjusted Gross Score is the player s gross score adjusted to take account of any particularly bad holes in accordance with Clause 19 of the CONGU Unified Handicapping System Note This is NOT the player s Nett Score CONGU Unified Handicapping System Clause 19 Unions shall direct clubs within their jurisdiction that scores returned in stroke play Qualifying Competitions ata Home Club whether or not all 18 holes have been completed shall be adjusted to the Nett Differential which would have applied if the competition had been a Stableford Qualifying Competition No points shall be recorded on a hole where there is no score This adjustmentis for handicap purposes only The Adjusted Gross Score is the player s Gross Score reduced by as many strokes as the player took more than Nett Double Bogey on any holes Consider a player with 15 Handicap scoring a gross 90 but taking a 10 on a Par 5 hole where the Stroke Index was 5 For this player a Nett Double Bogey is Par Handicap Strokes 2 5 1 2 8 Thatis an 8 is a
293. esaesoesaesaeeseeseeseesaesausaesaesaevanvaneoneanes 330 Competition Scratch Scores Decision 3 a sssssssecseseseeseeseeeeesseeseeseeeeseeeseeneeseeseeseeseeseesenseeeneenee 330 Running a CONGU 9 Hole Handicap Com petition ccccsseeessssseseseeenseeseeseseenseesesensienesneenrenseeeneas 331 3 The EGA Handicap System cc cciccccsceccccececesccueeecceatecdveccuenensecteecttceueeccdeauecdrecetencrscanees 332 ah dee LETead Lo n EEEE E E E E E SS E T 332 Enter an Extra Day Score cccccsssssssssssssseesesseeseesessessessessevsevseeseeseesneseesaesaessesaeeseeseuseesaesoesaesaeeaevanvaneaneanes 332 EGA Annual Handicap Reviews and Inactive Handicaps cccssssssssssseeseeseseessessessessevsevenveneeneenes 333 Annual Handicap REV IGW oe ssies ie cencastacetecseencnans sceskptes cevcageecgcnpuntas cuscwnessndabensdusdasdy teas sus EA AATA dence 333 Restoring an Inactive Handicap cee essence nee eesee seeder snes cace cece saeseeseseeseeneete 334 Enter a Handicap Score Inactive Handicaps uu cece ccc ee cece eee see see seescenceseecaesaeseeseeseeseenee 334 View Players with Inactive handicaps eee eect ce sete seve sneeeeesesaseseseseeseeweanas 335 4 List Players within a Handicap Range cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeees 336 5 Handicap Records for Players within a Handicap Range ccsessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 337 6 Suspending Players Handicaps cececeeee
294. et but other formatting such as borders and columns widths etc will not be set Create a spreadsheet with just data from the report If you just require to export the data from the report into a spreadsheet do the following 1 Generate the report in HandicapMaster so that itis the currently displayed report 2 Start a new spreadsheet in your spreadsheet program gesececcey 3 Click the Copy Text from Document button on the Reports Toolbar 4 Switch to your spreadsheet program and select Paste Eg Press CTRL V keys together HandicapMaster Limited 2015 140 HandicapMaster 11 2 Customising Reports 11 2 1 Introduction Settings which can be changed to affect the appearance of reports This chapter describes settings which affect the appearance of reports e Customising appearance of Reports Add a Club Logo to Reports Remove a Club Logo from Reports Configure layout of Handicap Certificate Configure layout of the Handicap List report Configure Most Improved Golfer report Generate Letter to player automatically when Handicap First Award or General Play adjustment Configure Players Not Played Near Handicap Report Configure Competition Results Report Configure Handicap Record Report Change the default file format used when saving reports Change the way a member s name is displayed in reports Turn off Warnings when Printing Reports 11 2 2 Customising appearance of Reports Th
295. et for the second round of a 36 hole competition for example e Use the Reorder gt button to shuffle the players in the grid Players may be shuffled randomly or into Playing Handicap order e Use the Unavailable button to mark a selected Cell Game or Block of Games as unavailable to the competition These cells will not be included on the Start Sheet reports e Use the Save button at anytime to save the Start Sheet as it currently is shown to the database This can help protect from unexpected computer power or software failure 9 Click Next gt Complete the Start Sheet Wizard 10 Tick the View Start Sheets Report box to view the Start Sheet report after the Wizard has closed 11 Tick the View Scorecard Labels Report box to view a report to print labels for players on the Start Sheet after the Wizard has closed The View Scorecard Labels Report option is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster 13 7 2 1 Add Players to the Start Sheet Grid To add a Player to the Start Sheet Grid 1 Selecta cell by doing one of the following HandicapMaster Limited 2015 182 HandicapMaster e Double click the required cell or e Move to the cell using the arrow keys on the keyboard and press ENTER key 2 Selecta player by typing the first letters of the required player s last name To include a Visitor who is not already known to the HandicapMaster system
296. etition handicap for player and select the applicable Player 2 Enter the revised handicap if required and click OK 19 2 6 Reporting Qualifying scores by AWAY Members to their Home Clubs At times it may be necessary for the Handicap Secretary to submit a report to the Handicap Secretaries of other clubs whenever any member who has their Home Club away from this club returns a Qualifying Score This reportis called Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs HandicapMaster will produce a Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs report upon demand To produce a Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs report Do one of the following e On the Reports menu click Handicapping Reports then Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs or e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Reports Select Handicapping tab then Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs and either double click or press Enter key See Also e E mailing the Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs report e The Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs report inserts any available contact details for a Golf Club into the report in letter format ready for posting to another club To set up the Names Addresses see Enter Contact Details and Addresses 19 2 7 Exceptional Scoring Reductions Whilst the Unified Handicapping System works well for most players the handicaps of rapidly improving golfers m
297. etition it may be that only the odd numbered Stroke Indexes or only the even numbered Stroke Indexes will come into play HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping When deciding on which holes a player will receive strokes HandicapMaster will refer to only the Stroke Indexes being played and allocate the strokes received to the appropriate holes For example suppose a 9 hole competition is being played over holes with the following Stroke Indexes 3 4 6 10 11 13 15 16 18 Ifa player is due to receive 5 strokes these will be allocated to the 5 holes with the lowest stroke indexes l e holes with indexes 3 4 6 10 and 11 in this example Likewise if a player is due to receive 12 strokes he will be allocated 2 strokes on the holes with the three lowest Stroke Indexes and one stroke on the rest Players with Plus handicaps will give strokes to the course starting with the holes with the highest Stroke Indexes being played Allocation of Stroke Indexes In the example where the holes with the following Stroke Indexes are being played 3 4 6 10 11 13 15 16 18 t would be possible to re allocate the Indexes as 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 and 9 Providing index 1 is allocated to the same hole as the lowest Stroke Index on the original numbers 3 in this example 2 to the same hole as the second lowest original Stroke Index etc then this will not make any difference In this situation it s optional whether to allocat
298. etition at box choose the appropriate title of the first round When there are more than three rounds to be played HandicapMaster offers the choice of 1st Round or Preliminary Round 10 Select the Order of Draw order in which the entrants are drawn as either in random in General Numerical Order or retain the order the entrants were chosen See Ordering of Players in Knock Out Draw for further details Note The General Numerical Draw option is only available if there are 64 or fewer entrants 11 Click Next gt 12 Unless you have selected to order the draw into a General Numeric Draw where any required Byes will be placed atthe positions for the lowest qualifying places automatically you may choose where any Byes required to complete the draw are positioned in the draw e Select Top if you wish to place all of the byes atthe top of the draw e Select Bottom if you wish to place all of the byes at the bottom of the draw e Select Top and Bottom recommended if you wish to place the byes in the traditional positions of top and bottom edges of the draw e Select Custom if you wish to configure a different layout of byes within the draw By default byes will be placed in the same matches as the Top and Bottom selection from which you may then move the byes around To move a bye select a match in the Switch Bye from box or click a Bye in the graphical list Next select the match where you would like this bye to be moved to
299. etitions with match results DELETE Delete the selected Knock out Competition Handicapping Shortcuts CTRL G Enter a General Play Change for a Player CTRL A Enter an Away Competition Score for a Player CTRL L Show Handicap List Report CTRL O Run Order of Merit SHIFT F1 View a Player s Handicap Record in tabular format SHIFT F2 View a Player s Handicap Record in printable report format SHIFT F3 View a Player s Handicap Record in graphical format Reports Shortcuts Shortcuts when writing Letters CTRL Z Undo CTRL X Cut CTRL V Paste CTRL F Insert Field When displaying the LETTERS list INSERT Write a new Letter ENTER Edit and re send an existing Letter DELETE Delete the selected Letter HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 nes Si Chapter Getting Started with HandicapMaster 32 HandicapMaster 5 Getting Started with HandicapMaster 5 1 Copyright and Warranty Please carefully read the terms and conditions before using this software Unless you have a different licence agreement signed by HandicapMaster Limited your use of this software indicates your acceptance of this licence agreement and warranty Registered Version A registered version may be freely replicated provided all uses of the copies remains with the sole purpose of processing on behalf of the registered party Reverse Engineering You may not reverse engineer de compile or disassemble the software without
300. etitors Divisional winners are calculated after the Overall Winners have been determined Overall Winners are excluded from the divisions Divisions are not available for pairs competitions 1 Inthe Number of Overall Winners box enter the number of winners to be highlighted This may be from 0 to 999 inclusive 2 Inthe Number of Winners in each Division box enter the number of Divisional winners to be highlighted in each division This may be from 0 to 999 inclusive 3 If 1 or more Divisional Winners are to be highlighted Identify the maximum handicap for each of the first three divisions in the Division 1 Division 2 and Division 3 boxes Competitors whose handicaps are greater than the Division 3 box will automatically fall into Division 4 4 Tick the Match Score Cards Countback like Rules of Golf Appendix box to cause HandicapMaster to automatically resolve ties using a Card Count back With this option selected scorecards are compared for the last 9 holes then 6 holes 3 holes and the last hole in an attempt to split the tie If the option is not selected or if count back has not produced a result HandicapMaster prompts for the tie to be decided manually by whatever means the competition organisers have previously declared In this case ties are only decided for the overall prize winning positions 5 Tick the Show top position only box to limit the displaying of results to the top X positions Enter a su
301. etsceedecavccncwscwscvecwscwssweceiis cavvvevsnevedatesnduedesavesntoediverwat va anesedbeuwcnndeeies 316 Late reporting of Away CSS CONGU Handicapping Only s ssssssssessssseesssteessseseeesseesesnesereneneeneas 317 Order of events in members handicap records cseseseeseeeeeseeesessessevsevsevenveneseeseeneeseeseeseeseneseesnens 318 Record a Handicapping Note for a Player ccscssssssessevsevsesseeseeneeneesesaessesseeseeseeseesaesaesaesaeuaevnvaneaneanes 318 2 The CONGU Unified Handicapping System cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 320 DPVEROCUCTION RE E E uasthnvGndddedsaasaatsaees 320 Setting CONGU Handicapping Options 320 Supplementary Scores cceeee 320 CONGU Annual Handicap Review sscssssseessesssssssssesesseseesesneseeeeseeseseeseseseesesnesesaeseesenaenesoeseeansn 321 IN ODUCHON iw sseni ienser asteen aar ENEE EEEE a EEEE EENE S calves 321 CONGU Annual Review of Handicaps e e esesessssseseerssrsrererersrsrerersrerntntitrtntntntntntnnnnnrnrnrenerann enere 322 Identifying Players for Annual Review sssssssssssssressssssrnsrnsrnsrasrastnrtnstnttnsrntentantnntnttnntantnntastnntnenaenaenane 322 Adjust Players Handicaps after Annual Review ss s sesssisrssnsnsinsnsisinrnrasrsrasisinrnrinrnrnrnnrarnrenrnrnrnnnnnn 322 Print a report of Handicap adjustments made at Annual Review s s ssesssssrssnsisinrnsisinrnrnsrnrnsinrnrne
302. etters Window e You may turn off the production of Letters by selecting Reports menu then Layout and Options Click Handicap Reports and un tick Generate Letter to Player box e You may reprint a letter for a Handicap adjustment already recorded 19 2 4 5 Print a report of Handicap adjustments made at Annual Review To view and print a report of Handicap adjustments as a result of the Annual Review 1 On the Handicapping drop down menu click Annual Review 2 Select View Adjustments option and click Next gt 3 Chose which members to include in the report and from which date to include adjustments made 19 2 5 Competition Handicap Status 19 2 5 1 ENGLAND and WALES 19 2 5 1 1 Introduction England amp Wales Some Golfing Unions notably England Scotland and Wales have introduced a system to identify the competitive nature of an individual An identifier is added to a players handicap to indicate whether an individual has competed in qualifying competitions and as a result returned information on their playing ability We have all heard of the so called Bandit who wins competitions with very low scores These people generally avoid playing in qualifying competitions in order to keep their handicap artificially high The system started in January 2010 requires all members with CONGU handicaps to have returned at least three qualifying scores each year to ensure they have a competitive handicap Scores returne
303. ever Category a who returns a stipulated minimum number of Qualifying Scores in a period between Annual Reviews or during the previous calendar year shall be marked as a Competition Handicap or b who fails to return a stipulated minimum number of Qualifying Scores in the previous calendar year shall be marked as an Inactive Handicap In 2014 this was amended so that the activation of competition status would be on 1st March each year To mark Handicaps as non competition after an Annual Review 1 On the Handicapping menu click Competition Handicaps then Reassess all handicaps 1st March review 2 Click Next gt gt HandicapMaster will calculate the number of qualifying scores returned by each player between the review dates Those players who have returned insufficient scores are listed 3 Review the list of players Any players who for special reasons should not have their handicap marked as non competition remove the tick from alongside their name 4 Click Next gt gt Click OK gt gt 19 2 5 2 2 Restoring a Handicap to Competition status Scotland Competition Non Competition CONGU Handicap Status Regulations are only sanctioned by Scottish Golf Union and Scottish Ladies Golf Association for clubs in Scotland To restore a Handicap to Competition status HandicapMaster Limited 2015 32 HandicapMaster 1 On the Handicapping Menu choose Competition Handicaps then Restore comp
304. f a Match Re print the Draw Change a Player to a Bye Change a Player listed in the Draw Edit Knockout Competition Notes HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Match Play Competitions 285 16 15 Edit Knockout Competition Notes To edit a Knockout competition notes 1 Doone ofthe following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions e Press CTRL K keys together 2 Select the Knock out competition and right click Select Edit Notes 3 Edit the notes and click OK to save them HandicapMaster Limited 2015 206 HandicapMaster 16 16 Delete a Knockout competition When a Knockout competition has been completed you may delete the draw as follows To clear a Knockout competition 1 Doone of the following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions e Press CTRL K keys together 2 Select the Knock out competition and press DELE Competition H E Key or right click and select Delete 3 Confirm the Deletion e After deleting a Knockout competition any details on MasterScoreboard co uk will be deleted when you next publish to MasterScoreboard co uk e You do not need to delete an existing knockout draw before starting additional draws HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Ladies Meda
305. f away players not exact handicaps Handicaps must not be recalculated as scores are recorded only the Home club is allowed to do this Therefore changing an Away player to Home player can suddenly cause problems when the existing scores start counting towards handicap recalculations HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships With the widespread introduction of National Database Systems the reasons for starting a new record have become greater and to prevent possible data conflict on these National systems itis no longer optional The original away record is preserved in HandicapMaster as a past member Note when a new record is created this will for example have an impact on eclectics best of series etc Where your handicapping authority operates a National Database System it is recommended that you re publish after making membership changes to ensure that the membership changes are reflected on the National Database System 6 2 9 Change Away Members Home Club To Change an Away Member s Home Club 1 Doone of the following e Inthe Players list selecta Member and press Enter Key or e Inthe Players list select a Member then on the Players menu click Edit Member or e On the Players menu click Edit Member and select a Member from the list displayed 2 Click on the Handicapping tab 3 Under the This Players Handicap in maintained at section you will see that Another Club is Away Player i
306. f course details Opening a new competition Entering competition scores Processing competition scores including updating handicaps Viewing competition scores 2 s returned by competitors Competitions played over more than one round Suspend players from Competitions Manage Competition Entry Fees HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 163 13 2 Types of Stroke play competitions supported The following is a list of the formats of competitions which can be processed by HandicapMaster e Singles Stroke Play competitions Medal play Stableford and Par e Doubles Stroke Play competitions Medal play or Stableford as Foursomes Four Ball Better Ball Greensomes or 2 player Am Am style e Texas Scrambles 3 or 4 man teams e Various 3 player team competitions e Various 4 player team competitions e Singles and Doubles Match Play competitions e Handicap Qualifiers and Non Handicap Qualifiers e Varying methods of presenting results winners etc such as Divisions etc e Multiple round competitions i e 36 54 or 72 hole competitions e Best of or league competitions played over a sequence of rounds e Competitions played over 9 12 and 18 hole courses HandicapMaster Limited 2015 164 HandicapMaster 13 3 Runa Stroke play Competition Overview HandicapMaster requires you to process competition scores in sixstages To run a Stroke play Competition 1 Setup a Template A Template
307. f the Payment e g Paid Refund Void Cancelled Notes Notes if any added to the Payment HandicapMaster Limited 2015 390 HandicapMaster 20 10 Reports Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed A number of reports relating to subscriptions Invoices and Payment are available Either 1 On the Reports menu click Accounting Reports or 2 You mayalso geta list of reports from the Reports Places by clicking on the Accounting tab HandicapMaster Limited 2015 O a Chapter Correcting Mistakes 32 HandicapMaster 21 Correcting Mistakes 21 1 Introduction Correcting errors and amending the presentation of competitions Mistakes do happen Itis possible to select the wrong Member for the General play change Alternatively the wrong handicap adjustment could be applied Also itis possible to apply the results of a competition adjusting all of the competitors handicaps then realise that a scorecard had been missed Perhaps this scorecard was from a competitor whose CONGU handicap was in a category below four and his score would have influenced the Competition Scratch Score for the day resulting in all of the adjustments being different This chapter describes how mistakes can be amended by using the Undo option Also the Undo option
308. f the competition is to be played off a restricted maximum handicap Choose whether this limit is applied before or after any restricted Handicap Allowance Example ifa competition is 3 4 handicap with 18 strokes maximum then this can mean for a player with a 28 handicap either e BEFORE setting 28 is higher than 18 so limitis 18 Then 3 4 18 13 5 so player receives 14 strokes Limit of 18 is applied before calculating 3 4 handicap e AFTER setting 3 4 28 21 but maximum 18 so player receives 18 strokes Limit of 18 is applied after calculating 3 4 handicap HandicapMaster Limited 2015 170 HandicapMaster Note When the handicap allowance is full allowance the Before or After setting makes no difference Enter the handicap limits in the Men and Ladies boxes or Team box Example ifa competition is 3 4 handicap with 18 strokes maximum then this can mean for a 28 handicapper that he is restricted to 18 strokes instead of receiving 21 strokes e 3 4 28 21 but maximum 18 so player receives 18 strokes Limit of 18 is applied after calculating 3 4 handicap When the handicap allowance is full allowance this setting makes no difference 4 Tick the Calculate Handicaps Strokes Received to one decimal place box if you would like handicaps to be calculated to one decimal place This may be applicable for Foursomes Medal competitions and is not displayed for some competition formats
309. for further details 7 Click Next gt 8 If sending overdue subscriptions by E mail you may configure the subject of the e mail and the text that will be placed in the e mail The overdue subscription details will automatically be attached to the e mail If you do not intend to e mail overdue subscriptions leave these at the default values Completing the Overdue Subscription Wizard 9 Click Finish to generate the overdue Subscription letters E mailing Overdue Subscriptions When the Wizard has finished you may click the E mail button in the reports toolbar to send overdue subscriptions by e mail to those members who have opted to receive subscriptions by e mail You will be prompted to add an attachment file in addition to the overdue subscription Click Yes and then browse and select the file you wish to attach This may be a document of any format At the end of the sending of the e mails if there are any members who either do not have an e mail address or who have not opted to receive subscriptions by e mail click Yes at the prompt that will be displayed and select the required printer to print the subscriptions Asummary of the e mails sent will then be displayed At the end of the sending of the e mails there is an option to print the overdue subscriptions for those members who either do not have an e mail address or who have not opted to receive subscriptions by HandicapMaster Limited 2015 364 HandicapMaster e
310. for this Draw 3 Selecta match from the list of Matches to and right click Select Clear Result from Match See Also e Deleting a Knockout competition e Displaying or hiding the results of Matches on the Draw Chart e Changing the Name ofthe Competition e Stop a Knock out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Enter results of a Match e Re print the Draw e Change a Player listed in the Draw e Change a Player to a Bye e Change the last date for a round to be played by e Edit Knockout Competition Notes HandicapMaster Limited 2015 200 HandicapMaster 16 10 Re print the Draw The draw sheets for Match Play Knockout competitions are maintained by entering results of the Matches as they progress The draw chart can then be reprinted if required To reprint the Draw Chart 1 Do one of the following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions e Press CTRL K keys together 2 Select the Knock out competition and press ENTER key This displays each of the matches for this Draw 3 In the Match Play KO Tasks box click Re Print Draw Sheet to reprint the draw sheet for the chosen competition from the Match play Knockout Results option See printing considerations See Also Deleting a Knockout competition Displaying or hiding the results of Matches on the Draw Chart Changin
311. for your Society 1 On the Handicapping menu click Configure Handicapping Rules 2 This will start the Configure Handicapping Rules Wizard 19 7 3 The Configure Handicapping Rules Wizard The Configure Handicapping Rules Wizard allows Handicapping for a Golf Society to be set up 1 Select the method s used for handicap adjustments This can be based on how a players scores like club golf or on the position in which a player comes in a competition If both methods are selected the handicap adjustment after the competition is the combined value of the two adjustments 2 Inthe Men and Ladies boxes enter the maximum Handicaps allowed in your Society The Maximum values may range from 28 to 54 3 Click Next gt gt 4 Inthe Maximum Playing Handicap in Category boxes enter the upper Handicap for five different categories of Players Each Category of Players may have different handicapping arrangements Thatis itis possible to configure up to five separate sets of handicapping rules This maybe useful if use wish to reduce handicaps of high handicapped players more than low handicapped players when good scores are returned Use 54 as the Maximum for any Category that you do not wish to operate 5 Click Next gt gt Adjustments based on competition positions if method selected 6 Configure the rules which adjust players handicaps based on their overall position in the competition Only rules which are ticked are active and
312. formatted letters to members automatically picking up the correct name and address or names and addresses for the member s The body of text for the Letters are maintained in the HandicapMaster database for future re use Letters that have been produced may either be printed or may be e mailed to members with a valid e mail address The letter text may be formatted in a number of ways and different fonts may be mixed in a letter Letters may contain clipart or bit mapped image files with some limitations 8 3 2 Write anew Letter To write a new letter 1 Do one of the following e On the Players menu click Letters and click New if the Select A letter window is shown e In the Letters list select any existing letter and press ENTER key On the Letters Window click File menu then New 2 Enter a title for this letter in the Title box This title will be used to index the letter in the HandicapMaster database 3 Select one or more recipients for the Letter by ticking the applicable boxes in the Recipients list You may swap between the Member and Category Recipients and the Distribution List Recipients Both lists will be used when creating letters 4 Click the Body of Letter tab 5 Write the letter in the Body of Letter box as required 6 Click Run Letter e Do notinclude the address or name of the intended recipient or the greeting i e the Dear Sir Only include the body of the text e If you sele
313. g the Name of the Competition Stop a Knock out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk Enter results of a Match Clear results of a Match Change a Player listed in the Draw Change a Player to a Bye Change the last date for a round to be played by Edit Knockout Competition Notes HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Match Play Competitions 16 11 Change a player listed in the Draw The draw sheets for Match Play Knockout competitions are maintained by entering results of the Matches as they progress The draw chart can then be reprinted if required If a wrong player has been drawn in the Knockout Competition the Player may substituted for another Player as follows To change a Player listed in the Knockout Competition 1 Doone ofthe following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions e Press CTRL K keys together 2 Select the Knock out competition and press ENTER key or select the Record Results of Matches task This displays each of the matches for this Draw 3 Select any match from the list of Matches that includes the Player to be changed and right click Select Change a Player 4 Choose the Player to be changed then select a new Player See Also e Deleting a Knockout competition e Displaying or hiding the results of Matches on the Draw Chart e Changing the Name ofthe Competition e Stop a Knock o
314. ght the Order of Merit competition to be changed 3 Doone ofthe following e Click Amend Order of Merit Format in the Order of Merit Tasks e Right click the chosen Order of Merit Competition and select Amend Order of Merit Format See Also HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Order of Merit and Eclectic Competitions e Creating an Order of Merit Competition e Setting up an Order of Merit Plan e Adding or Updating scores for an Order of Merit e Edit Order of Merit Competition Notes e Deleting an Order of Merit Competition Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 18 1 8 Edit Order of Merit Competition Notes To edit the notes of an Order Of Merit competition 1 Doone of the following e On the Reports menu click Competition Reports then Order of Merit e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Order of Merit Competitions 2 Highlight the Order of Merit competition to be changed 3 Right click the chosen Order of Merit Competition and select Edit Notes 4 Edit the notes and click OK to save them See Also e Creating an Order of Merit Competition e Setting up an Order of Merit Plan e Adding or Updating scores for an Order of Merit e Changing the format ofan existing Order of Merit e Deleting an Order of Merit Competition e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 18 1 9 Delete an Order of Merit Competition To delete an Order of Merit competition 1 Doone of the following
315. go above 200 characters for this section Tick the Left Justify Names showing Last name first box to display names in lt Surname First name gt order Tick the Include Page Numbers box to include Page Numbers in the footer of each page In the Order names in the list list select the order for displaying Members These include Option Description Alphabetical within Membership Members are listed alphabetically by Surname Category within groups according to their Membership Category Alphabetical within Handicap Category Members are listed alphabetically by Surname within groups according to Handicap Category as defined within the Handicap Schemes By increasing Handicap Members are listed by increasing Playing Handicap l e Exact Handicap within Playing Handicap In the Number of Columns list choose how many columns to be used for names on each page When using three columns it may be necessary to reduce the font size of characters used in the report See Customising layout of Reports to amend the font used in the report Each HandicapMaster User has their own configuration of the Handicap List report The Away Member reminder is as follows Where the handicap is indicated as AWAY the Member s Handicap is administered by another club Number shown is latest Playing Handicap reported to this club Members are reminded of their obligation under the Handicapping scheme to notify their AWAY clubs whenever their Playi
316. grams and source code that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Printed January 2015 HandicapMaster Table of Contents Chapter 1 HandicapMaster 17 Chapter 2 Introduction 19 Chapter 3 How to buy HandicapMaster 22 Chapter 4 The HandicapMaster Desktop 24 TD AMHOGDUCHION EE E cece sre E E E E T E E O E teteens 24 2 THO DESRIOD irronneen E AA AATE REAR ANTE AAEE ATERA 25 3 Re order information in Right Hand Pane Grid ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 27 4 Opening and Closing the Left Hand Pane cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeees 28 5 Keyboard Shortcuts cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeneeeesees 29 Chapter 5 Getting Started with HandicapMaster 32 1 Copyright and Warranty ccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseees 32 2 Getting Started ccccc ccc s0ecccccccsdantecaecceccececcnsccaececceaesdcttecazdaeccadecctecaadZenccacsdqetecasececeadecetee 33 S RE GISWANON ccs E A E E E E E 34 Chapter 6 Maintaining Club Memberships 36 T introd cthion sieisen a AS eNA AATE EAEN a 36 2 Adding modifying and deleting Membership recordS cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 37 Add new M m DET a T a a a r AT
317. h Score as the CSS When the true CSS becomes known the Club should amend the players Handicap Record to reflect the new value and adjust all subsequent entries in the players record to reflect any changes in their handicap To amend the CSS for an Away Score already entered into a Handicap Record 1 On the Handicapping menu click Amend Away Score CSS 2 Choose which Away Score to update and click OK HandicapMaster Limited 2015 ste HandicapMaster 3 Inthe Handicapping section update the Qualifier and C S S boxes accordingly 4 Click OK HandicapMaster will update the CSS for the Away Score and recalculate the players Handicap Record as required 19 1 11 Order of events in members handicap records Consideration has to be given to the order in which events are entered into a member s handicap record when two events occur on the same day HandicapMaster establishes a recognised and predictable order by applying a priority to each event This priority governs the ordering to which HandicapMaster considers qualifying scores and other events when calculating handicap records For competitions and other scores you have the option to identify the score as being AM or PM HandicapMaster will treat any entry identified as AM first in a handicap record ahead of a PM entry when both entries occur on the same day The full priority ordering adopted is as follows first to last in handicap record when on same day 1
318. h match The chartis sized according to the settings of the default printer The following should be noted The chart is designed to be printed on an A3 or A4 printer The larger the paper the better will be the results By default the Chart will be created for A4 paper You may change the paper size to A3 but you will need a printer that can print A3 paper to be available When there are more than 5 rounds to play i e more than 32 entrants or pairs or six if printing to A3 paper the chart is printed on two sheets top and bottom half of the draw In this circumstance it will be necessary to join the two halves together prior to publishing If the maximum paper size being used is A4 it is not recommended to produce a draw with more than 7 rounds in it i e maximum number of entrants or pairs is 128 The scaling of the entrants names will become too small otherwise If there are more than 128 entrants or pairs it is Suggested that a preliminary competition is held to reduce the field to 128 before a draw is undertaken Likewise if paper size A3 is being used it is not recommended that the number of entrants exceeds 256 If the option to display Member Telephone Numbers is selected then the chart may take more than 2 sheets for larger draws HandicapMaster Limited 2015 276 HandicapMaster 16 7 Re run a Knockout Draw Itis possible to re run the draw for a competition using the existing entrants perhaps adding one or mor
319. h to return to the Configure E mail Settings wizard click Clear Settings link to start again Locating your Outgoing Mail Server settings in popular e mail systems If you wish to look up your current settings in your e mail software here are some instructions for common e mail clients Outlook Express Outlook 2007 Outlook 2003 Outlook 2000 Windows Mail Thunderbird HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters s Outlook Express a In Outlook Express on the toolbar click on Tools and then Accounts from the pull down menu b Click the Mail tab c Highlight your e mail account and click Properties d Click Servers tab The value for Mail Server boxin HandicapMaster is the value displayed in Outgoing mail SMTP e To check whether Authentication is configured see My server requires authentication If it does click Settings for details f Click Advanced tab The value for SMTP Portboxin HandicapMaster is the value displayed in Outgoing mail SMTP g To check whether the e mail server requires an encrypted connection click Advanced tab See This server requires a secure connection SSL Outlook 2007 a In Outlook from the main menu choose Tools and then Account Settings b Select E mail tab c Highlight your e mail account in the list and click Change d The value for Mail Server box in HandicapMaster is the value displayed in Outgoing mail server SMTP e To check whether Auth
320. handicap value in this column E g 18 3 e SCORES CURRENT SEASON The number of qualifying scores in the player s handicap record since the last Annual Review This number should be set to 0 1 2 or 3 as applicable 3 may be used to represent 3 or more if required HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships This column is ignored for Away members and Visitors Default 0 Importing Handicaps for clubs in Ireland Neither Active Inactive nor Competition Non Competition Handicap Status is in operation in Ireland Use the following column in the Import file when importing handicaps e HANDICAP The current handicap of the player For Home members handicap is to one decimal place For Away members handicap is a whole number Importing Handicaps for clubs using the EGA Handicap system The EGA Handicap system uses a notation of active or inactive for the status of a player s handicap Use the following column in the Import file when importing handicaps e HANDICAP The current handicap of the player For active handicaps append an star to the handicap value in this column E g 18 3 6 7 7 Format of the Export File Format of the Export File The export file will be e an ASCII text file e one membership record per record in the file e a special Header record will be the first record in the file see below e each field within each record will be separated by a
321. hange HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments s the list sort order by clicking on a column header 5 Click Finish 6 Choose the type of Label you will be using in the Label Type box 7 In the Start at Label boxes select a Row and Column where the labels are to be printed from This can be useful if a partially used page of labels is to be re used as it allows position of used labels to be skipped Not applicable where labels on rolls are being used 8 Click OK e The start subscription number must be equal or less than the end subscription number e Ifa member does not have a postal address then no label will be printed e Where one or more subscriptions are for a Member Subscription Pool a single label will be created for the Member Subscription Pool contact if a valid address is available e Where smaller sized labels are used such as the PLL 36 you may need to adjust your printer settings to use options such as borderless printing to ensure good placement of the text within the labels 20 3 14 Resend a Subscription Invoice by E mail Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Ifa member requires an e mail copy of a subscription invoice previously sent you can e mail a copy as follows 1 On the Accounting Menu click Subs
322. he No Membership Load state HandicapMaster Limited 2015 456 HandicapMaster Remote Request Loading If you select Remote Request loading then the following option is displayed Pause Membership loading This option allows you to temporarily pause the loading of membership details You can pause the loading on one computer and all other computers running HandicapMaster in the network will also pause loading Recent Requests Log Click this button to generate a report of the most recent Remote Request messages received by HandicapMaster This may be of help to diagnose issues where member details are not updated If when you confirm the remote request loading there are accounting records in the database you will be prompted to confirm that they should be removed These records are not applicable if you are integrating with an external membership system If you do not confirm the removal of these records then the integration will be cancelled and returned to the No Membership Load state The Remote Requests Log file may need to be sent to your supplier s support department for analysis 25 1 6 Load Memberships from CSV File window Click the Browse button to identify the location of the Load File Configuring the columns to be used from the CSV File Itis necessary to specific which columns are to be read from the Load File and to which membership items these relate Three columns are mandatory e Account ID C
323. he Home Club and as such is the default 5 Using the Competitors play from these Tee Markers boxes Select the tees used for this competition Note If a gender s tees are not displayed this indicates that the template chosen has excluded that gender 6 Ifthe Competition is a Mixed Team Competition in the Use Pars and Stroke Indexes on box choose whether to use the Pars and Stroke Indexes on the Men s or the Ladies Scorecard 7 Click Next gt Multiple round Competitions E g 27 36 54 or 72 Holes If the competition is a 27 36 54 or 72 competition it may be necessary for players to use their handicaps as they were on the first day of the competition rather than have their handicaps change from round to round This would be determined by the organising committee If this is the second third or subsequent round of the competition and Handicaps are to be held throughout the competition then 8 Select Second Third or Subsequent Round of Competition 9 Tick the Use First Round Handicaps box and select the date of the first round of the competition in the First Round Date boxes For more information about running competitions over more than one round see Run a Multiple Round Competition 10 Click Next gt Second and subsequent rounds of Multiple round Competitions If you have selected that this competition is a Second Third or Subsequent Round of Competition on the previous page of the wizard and the competiti
324. he Include players with zero points in report box if you wish to show all players from the qualifying competitions in the report even those yet to win any Order of Merit points 15 Inthe Past Members and Players without a current handicap box choose how to award Order of Merit points when players loose their current handicap or are no longer Members Options are e Allocate Points to these Players and show them in the report Use this option to keep these players in the Order of Merit report retaining any points they have previously won e Allocate Points to these Players but don t show them in the report Use this option to hide these players from the Order of Merit report but do not strip them of their points and do not reallocate their points to any other player in their absence e Ignore these Players re allocating any Points previously awarded to them Use this option to remove these players from the report and reallocate their points to other players The reallocation will be on the basis that they never competed in any of the Order of Merit competitions 16 Click Next gt If you have selected Place Competitors in Divisions box in the options choose how to configure the divisions for the report 17 Tick the Show Overall Winners taken from any Division box if you wish to separate out the leading players in the Order of Merit irrespective of the Division they are placed in Enter the number of overall winners to be separated ou
325. he Member s third telephone number Locker No The Member s Locker Number Email The Member s E mail Address Note e Itis necessary for the Account ID First Name and Surname fields to be included as a minimum The remainder of the fields are optional Including a Comma in the data to import If the data to be imported in to HandicapMaster includes a comma itself the field should be enclosed in double quotes For example to import an address field with a comma the field should be entered as 1 High Street This is how Microsoft Excel will export any data containing a comma when a spreadsheet is saved in Comma separated Values file format 25 1 4 How loading Membership information by Remote Requests works The Remote Request Membership loading interface implements an interface that can be used by an external membership system to manage members within HandicapMaster This interface requires the external membership system to be programmed to interface with an ActiveX DLL or with the option to use stored database procedures in the Network Edition Technical details of integrating your application with this interface are beyond the scope of this document Please contact us for further information This interface supports the following types of request INSERT member DELETE member STATUS of request HandicapMaster Limited 2015 a HandicapMaster The INSERT member request can either add a new member or update an
326. he Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster Sign In Enter Knock Out Match Results Book into Future Competitions View Information Use Magnetic Card Reader Print Score Cards as Players Sign In Display informational messages on screen for seconds option and Allow secondary monitor HandicapMaster Limited 2015 232 HandicapMaster 14 5 Choose Competitors The Enter Scores window is used to select the members who have been competitors in the competition and to enter their scores To enter scores returned by competitors 1 Select a name from the list or type their PIN of Club Membership number or swipe their Card 2 Enter the scores for this competitor using the Score Entry window 3 Repeat for all cards returned 4 Click the Administration button to exit the Player Entry system TIPS e When selecting names from the List by Surname it is possible to type the leading characters from the players surname in order to locate the required player e When using Golfing Union of Ireland GOLFnet cards HandicapMaster will automatically select the player from the list if it recognises the player s membership number on the Card If the card number has not been recognised and is a card from another club the player will assumed to be a Visitor and will automatically be registered to HandicapMaster if the GOLF net player file download is being used To change how the Enter Scores
327. he Print Receipt box will be ticked if you have ticked the Automatically Print Receipt for Payment Transactions box in the Accounting Options e The E mail Receipt box will be ticked if you have ticked the E mail Receipts box in the Accounting Options 20 7 4 Cancel Void a Payment Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Ifa Payment has been recorded in error then you may void it For Example if a payment has been recorded against the wrong member To Void a Payment 1 Do one of the following e Click Accounting menu then Payments then Void Select a payment to refund e On the Left Hand Task Pane select Accounting place then in the All Payments or Payments in Current Year list select the payment right click and select Void 2 Details of the Payment are displayed 3 Tick the Print Receipt box if you require a receipt to be printed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 38 4 Tick the E mail Receipt boxif ifthe receiptis to be sent by e mail e The Print Receipt box will be ticked if you have ticked the Automatically Print Receipt for Payment Transactions boxin the Accounting Options e The E mail Receipt box will be ticked if you have ticked the E mail Receipts box in the Accounting Options HandicapMaster Limited
328. he Publish button or e On the File menu click Publish to Internet 2 Click Next gt 3 Tick the Central Database of Handicaps box and click Next gt 4 If you wish to receive Away scores for your Home members tick the Receive Away Scores for box and select a time frame for when these scores were played HandicapMaster Limited 2015 ae HandicapMaster 5 If you wish to update any Away members Handicaps in HandicapMaster using the handicaps reported on the CDH tick the Update Handicaps of Away Members box 6 Tick the Enable Logging Troubleshooting box if you are asked to collect diagnostic information by HandicapMaster support staff 7 Click Next gt and Next gt again to start the communication with the CDH server England Scotland amp Wales If you wish to request National Numbers for new members on the Request new player ID s window tick the box alongside the player s names and click OK See Obtain a National Number fora Member HandicapMaster will perform a check for any players listed as members on the CDH but not in the local database If one or more players are found the Unknown members found on CDH window will be displayed 8 In the event that warnings or errors occur when uploading to the CDH you are recommended to View Connection Report on the Finished Page to identify the nature of any problems encountered Note To be able to publish to the CDH you will need an active Internet conn
329. he Select a Player window is displayed choose the applicable Member e Handicap Certificates are only available for Home Club players See Also e Add a Club Logo to Reports HandicapMaster Limited 2015 52 HandicapMaster 6 6 Member Subscription Pools 6 6 1 Introduction Member Subscription Pools are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Itis possible to place members in a Member Subscription Pools for subscription purposes This pooling does not affect the handicapping aspects of members Pools may have a member or non member as their contact for correspondence by printed letter or by e mail Possible uses of pools are e Group a number of family members together so that the renewal letters are sent to one individual e Provide corporate membership where you wish to invoice a company for a number of members e Place a junior member in a pool with a non member contact e g a parent or guardian so the renewal letter is sent to the pool contact rather than the junior member If the Pool Contact does not have an e mail address then it is NOT possible to send subscriptions and invoices by e mail to the members of the membership group even if the individual members have e mail addresses Contents e Add a Group e Edita Group e Add Members to a Group e Remove Members from a Group 6 6 2 A
330. he concept of a Subscription Template Each Subscription Template consists of a list of Payment Items A Payment Item describes a billable item and its cost or charge This flexible approach allows you to define different templates for different memberships A Subscription Template can be assigned to one or more members A Raise Subscription Wizard guides you through the process of raising membership Subscriptions Subscriptions are designed around the concept of an annual subscription period with one or more payments in the period By use of scheduled payments is it possible to manage overdue subscriptions and raise overdue letters emails using the Overdue Subscriptions wizard If you require irregular payments then please review the Invoices section of this document Note some of the features specific to subscriptions such as overdue processing are not applicable when using Invoices to manage irregular payment subscriptions e Create a Subscription Template e Assign a Subscription Template to a Member or Members e Edita Subscription Template e Copy a Subscription Template e Delete a Subscription Template e Raise a Subscription e View a Member s Subscription e Amend Subscription Notes e Find Overdue Subscriptions e Reprinta Subscription Invoice e Resend a Subscription Invoice by E mail e Raise an Overdue Subscription Invoice or Letter 20 3 2 Create a Subscription Template Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are on
331. heir handicap status as applicable 19 2 5 1 5 Stop players with Non Competition Handicaps entering a competition Wales Competition Non Competition CONGU Handicap Status Regulations are only sanctioned by England Golf for clubs in England and by Golf Union of Wales for clubs in Wales To disallow players with non competition handicaps from entering a competition 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Competitions drop down menu click Set up a Template and select a Template from the list displayed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping 227 e On the left hand task pane select Competitions place On the right hand pane double click Templates Selecta Template and press ENTER Key 2 Modify the template Information using the Competition Template Wizard provided On the applicable page select Players with non competition Handicaps may not enter Note If you wish to allow players to enter a competition but not be eligible to win any prizes you may select option Enter but not win prizes This option is available for singles competitions only 19 2 5 2 SCOTLAND 19 2 5 2 1 Reassessing Handicap Statuses after 1st March Scotland Competition Non Competition CONGU Handicap Status Regulations are only sanctioned by Scottish Golf Union and Scottish Ladies Golf Association for clubs in Scotland The Unified Handicapping System clause 25 states A Union may direct that the handicap of any player in what
332. his selection so that an alternative profile can be used on that computer To reset the choice of profile for a computer To clear the automatic choice of Player Entry profile and equipment for a specific computer do the following 1 On the left hand task pane select Competitions place 2 On the right hand pane double click Assignments 3 Do one of the following e Select the applicable computer and press DELETE Key or e Click Clear an Assignment in the Assignment Tasks When next starting Player Entry on the applicable computer you will be able to choose which profile to use HandicapMaster Limited 2015 202 HandicapMaster 14 14 Adding Visitors If you have HandicapMaster linked to a Central Database of Handicaps England Scotland Wales and Ireland you may configure Player Entry so that when a Visitor types their national ID or swipes a magnetic card with their National ID on it they can automatically be added to the HandicapMaster database using the CDH service See Add Visitors through Player Entry for further details HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Bookings 2 HandicapMaster 15 Bookings 15 1 Competition Entry 15 1 1 Introduction The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster The Bookings facility allows players to book into future opened competitions automating the Competition Entry sheet
333. his template 5 Create a CONGU 9 Hole Competition Handicaps report so that your members may convert their existing handicaps to 9 hole competition handicap allowances This report will automatically be created when the new competition is opened HandicapMaster Limited 2015 332 HandicapMaster 19 3 The EGA Handicap System 19 3 1 Introduction Considerations for administering the European EGA Handicap System The following chapter describes considerations that are applicable to the EGA Handicap System http www ega golf ch e Enter an Extra Day Score e Run Annual Handicap Review e Restoring an Inactive Handicap e Enter a Handicap Score 19 3 2 Enter an Extra Day Score This topic relates to the European Golf Association EGA Handicap editions of HandicapMaster only p layers with Handicaps in categories 2 to 5 may return extra scores outside of competitions to count as Handicap scores These are known as Extra Day scores To record an Extra Day Score 1 Do one of the following e On the Handicapping Menu choose Record Extra Day Scores or e In the Handicapping Tasks click Record Extra Day Scores 2 In the Played On box enter the date when the round was played Choose the order the score is entered in the handicap record by selecting AM or PM see discussion on ordering events in handicap records 3 In the Holes Played box choose whether the Extra Day Score was played over 9 or 18 holes 4 Cli
334. iation e Golf Union of Wales together with e Royal and Ancient Golf Club of St Andrews e Ladies Golf Union This council administers the Unified Handicapping System HandicapMaster Limited 2015 478 HandicapMaster 27 2 Maximum Handling Capacity of the Software The maximum handling capacity of this software is e Unlimited HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Appendix 479 27 3 Send Diagnostic Files to Support The Send Diagnostic Files to Support option allows data regarding your copy of HandicapMaster to be sent to HandicapMaster Support staff for analysis The information will be e mailed to Support HandicapMaster orq When to use this option Please only use this option when requested to by HandicapMaster Support Sending Diagnostic Files from another PC You may specify which PC sends the diagnostic files default this PC This allows the log files to be sent from a Player Entry PC which is located elsewhere in the club e g a locker room without having to visit the PC Itis not necessary to stop Player Entry to send the information To send the diagnostic logs from another PC select the name of the PC from which the logs are to be sent Provided that the Player Entry system is running on the designated PC the diagnostic files will be sent within a few minutes Note If you have different user accounts you require System Utilities Update permissions to be able to request diagnostic files from
335. icapMaster File Menu Change Registration Register your use of HandicapMaster including setting the title as used on all of the reports Change Password Change the System Password Users Add amend or delete Userids in HandicapMaster Options Set system wide parameters Housekeeping Perform Housekeeping of database such as removing data older than a chosen date Print Report Prints the currently displayed report E mail Send an e mail to one or more recipients Publish to Internet Upload Competition and handicapping data to the MasterScoreboard co uk web site Connect to National Handicap Database and deliver or receive Handicap records If National Database provided Backup Database Produce a security copy of the HandicapMaster database Restore Database Recover the HandicapMaster database from a previous security copy Switch Database Switch to another HandicapMaster database Exit Exit HandicapMaster perform database backup if required Players Menu New Member Add a new member to the membership list Edit Member Edit a members membership record Delete Member Delete remove a member from the membership list HandicapMaster Limited 2015 468 HandicapMaster New Visitor Add a new Visitor non member to the database Edit Visitor Edit a Visitor s record Delete Visitor Delete remove a Visitor from the Visitor list Update Visitors from CDH If National Database provided and supports
336. icapMaster In order for different Userids to be used itis necessary to request Users log on to HandicapMaster Click the Add button to add a new User to HandicapMaster Enter the User name Description and Access rights in the User Properties window Highlight a User in the HandicapMaster Users list and click the Remove button to remove a User from HandicapMaster Highlight a User in the HandicapMaster Users list and click the Properties button to change the User Name Description or Access for a User Highlight a User in the HandicapMaster Users list and click the Set Password button to set or change the password for a User e if Users are not asked to log on the ADMIN user will always be used e The Remove and Properties buttons are not available for the ADMIN user which is a builtin Use e To clear a password select the User and enter a blank Password into Set Password option 10 2 2 Properties of a Userid The following Properties of a User Account may be chosen User Name The Name the Userid Use this Name to log on with this Userid Description Adescription of the User account such as the full name of the User This User is Active may be used to Log on Whether this Userid may be used to Log on to HandicapMaster Access There are three types of user accounts available in HandicapMaster Full Guest and Custom The option to Add and Remove different Users is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EG
337. icapMaster with Other Systems 2 On the File menu click Options 3 Select the Integration tab 4 In the BRS Golfsection enter the Site Code Folder Username and Password given to you by your BRS account manager 5 Restart HandicapMaster The option Publish to BRS Online Tee Booking will become available on the Players Menu in HandicapMaster 25 3 3 Configure link with Ez Runner To configure HandicapMaster to link with Ez Runner Note You will need the site reference as supplied by Ez Runner to configure HandicapMaster 1 Start HandicapMaster 2 On the File menu click Options 3 Select the Bookings tab 4 Tick Bookings may be downloaded from box and select Ez Runner 5 In the Ez Runner section lower down on the same window enter the reference given to you by your Ez Runner account manager This reference is the first section of the web address for your organisation on the Ez Runner system 25 3 4 Configure link with MyTeeTime To configure HandicapMaster to link with MyTeeTime Note You will need the Club Code reference as supplied by BedfordBeck Lid to configure HandicapMaster 1 Start HandicapMaster 2 On the File menu click Options 3 Select the Bookings tab 4 Tick Bookings may be downloaded from box and select MyTeeTime 5 In the MyTeeTime section lower down on the same window enter the reference given to you by your MyTeeTime account manager This reference is your Club Code for your organ
338. if you wish to allow your members to comply with EGA Handicap System regulation 3 5 7 and correct their handicap if they believe their Exact Handicap is not up to date on the system EGA Handicapping editions only Any HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The Player Entry System 229 handicap adjustment applies for that competition only Tick the Allow players to record KO match results as Other or No Report box if you wish to allow your members to be able to enter a result of Other or No Report when reporting Match play Knock out match results Enter the minimum number of minutes that must pass between the time a player signs in and the time they may enter their score card in the Minutes minimum between Sign in and Score entry box Tick the Use callback to external system as players Book Sign in box to configure HandicapMaster to communicate to an external system such as a Bar Till system for competition fee processing when players sign in to or book a competition For information about available callback facilities please contact HandicapMaster support staff Competition Leader board Enter Scores service Tick the Show leading scores on a leaderboard during idle time box to display a competition leader board during idle moments The leader board will display the scores for the round currently being entered Combined scores from multiple round competitions are not supported If the competition has been set up to be
339. igure and then click Payment Categories item 2 Click the New button and enter the new Payment Category To edit a Payment Category 1 On the Accounting menu click Configure and then click Payment Categories item 2 Click on the appropriate Payment Category in the list to highlight it 3 Click the Edit button and edit the name as required To delete a Payment Category 1 On the Accounting menu click Configure and then click Payment Categories item 2 Click on the appropriate Payment Category in the list to highlight it 3 Click the Delete button 4 Confirm the deletion e itis not possible to delete the initially defined values however they may be edited HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 20 2 4 Payment Items Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Payment Items are used when you create a Subscription or Invoice Template Payment Items consist of atleast 3 elements e Payment Category e Description e Default Amount To add a Payment Item 1 On the Accounting menu click Configure and then click Add New Payment Item 2 Create a Payment Item using the Payment Item Window To edit a Payment Item 1 On the Accounting menu click Configure and then click Edit Payment Item 2 Select a Payment Item in the list and c
340. ill gt button 2 Select Previous Competition 3 In the Leaders Go Out box select First or Last 4 In the Based On box select Nett Scores or Gross Scores Note that the Gross Scores option is only applicable for Stroke play Medal competition scores o Tick Limit to Top and enter a number in the Players box if you need to limit the number of Players imported from the previous competition This may be applicable where a cutis applied to the competition and only the leading players qualify to play the final round s 6 Tick the Use Aggregated Scores for Multi round Competitions box if the players should be ordered by their position after two or more rounds of the same competition i e their overall position in the previous competition 7 Tick the Retain Players in Divisions where used box if the previous competition was played in HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions Divisions and players should be banded in their divisions within the Start Sheet 8 Click Next Button and select the applicable Competition To fill the Start Sheet grid with players from another Start Sheet 1 Click the Auto Fill gt button 2 Select Another Start Sheet 3 Tick the Keep Players in same Games box if you would like the players to be imported into the same relative position in the grid keeping players in the same games i e same pairings 4 Click Next Button and select the applicable Competition 13 7 2 3 R
341. ill be displayed Select the appropriate entry from the list and click OK HandicapMaster will now be able to proceed with publishing to the National system as the applicable club will now be known to HandicapMaster Note e The selection will be displayed in the Notes column of the Golf Courses list in HandicapMaster e If you click Cancel to the list of courses the applicable entry in the player s record will be omitted from being published to the Nation System To change which club is used when publishing to the National System If you wish to reset the choice of club to be used when reporting this course to the national system then 1 In the Golf Courses list locate the course in question and right click 2 Select Edit in the pop up menu 3 Click Reset button and click OK HandicapMaster Limited 2015 426 HandicapMaster The next time that you publish to the national system and this club is referenced in handicap records you will be able to choose an alternative club HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet 427 22 7 My Golf Ranking 22 7 1 About My Golf Ranking Af way GOLF RANKING The My Golf Ranking web site is an external web site that ranks players based upon their competition results within their club county and nationally You may publish competition results from HandicapMaster to this service Your club will need an account on the My Golf Ranking system before it can publish co
342. ill be saved to the central server Scotland Request a Username and Password from the Scottish Golf Union or Scottish Ladies Golf Association Wales Request a Username and Password from the Golf Union of Wales Step 2 Confirm System Home Club setting in HandicapMaster In order that HandicapMaster is able to communicate with the server successfully the HandicapMaster System Home Club must be set to a club with a recognised ID Number on the server 1 Click File menu then Options 2 Check that Current chosen Home Club shows with a yellow flag and a 7 digit National club ID HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet as If it does not click Change Home Club button and ensure that the chosen Home club is your club as shown with a Yellow flag and with a 7 digit number listed in the National ID column 3 Click OK to setthe System Home Club Step 3 Publish to CDH for one or two of your members England Scotland amp Wales The service is based on the premise that each player will be allocated a 10 digit number In an innovative approach the CDH has been designed so that the handicapping software may request these numbers from the CDH and update the local databases without the need for club secretaries to enter 10 digit numbers for each of their members into their local handicapping software by hand We recommend that for the first connection numbers are requested for only one o
343. in place of or in association with taking bookings through the Player Entry system To offer booking into competitions online you will need to 1 Request an account on Master Scoreboard 2 Amend the Master Scoreboard account through the Control Panel so that each member logs in individually into Master Scoreboard 3 Prepare competitions to receive Bookings using the Bookings wizard including setting the bookings to be accepted online Players will be able to select any available competition and book into a time slot or into a block of times 15 1 12 Enable the Bookings Function in Player Entry System The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To Enable the Bookings Function in the Player Entry System 1 Configure Player Entry using the Configure Player Entry Wizard e Tick the Allow Players to Cancel their Bookings in Future Competitions box to allow Players to be able to cancel bookings through the Player Entry system HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Bookings 255 e Tick the Book into Future Competitions box to turn on Bookings in the Player Entry system e Tick the View Information service box then My Bookings box to allow players the option to check the bookings they have made into future competitions 15 1 13 View History of Bookings Received The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of Handic
344. in reports 147 Saving Reports 135 Scorecard 233 Changing Fonts used in Reports 140 Scores 233 Changing Report Layout 140 141 142 Screen Font 115 Competition Results Enlarge Font 146 Send Away Scores to Home Clubs 91 By E mail 157 328 Customisation of Reports 140 141 142 By Letter 157 328 E mail a Report 137 E mail Reports 93 Send by E mail 90 End of Season Low Handicap Records 147 Shortcuts 29 Export to Excel 138 Show top X positions only 167 171 Find reports 150 Sign in Handicap Record 147 Players to Sign In before play 175 Handicap records of Players with Handicap in Prevent entry to competition if insufficient funds chosen range 337 219 Layout of Handicap Certificate 142 Singles 167 Layout of Handicap List 143 SLGA Ladies Medals 290 List of available reports 150 SLGU Medals 288 List of Players with Handicap in chosen range sss 336 How to Change 156 Low Handicap Records Audit 329 Member Name format 147 Standard Scratch Score 156 Start Sheets 187 Most Improved Golfer calculation 144 Add Players to Start Sheet 181 Players Not Played Near Handicap Report 146 Add players to Start Sheet from previous round Print a Report 136 182 Removing a graphic from Reports 142 Balanced Draw 183 184 Removing a Picture from Reports 142 Cancel 189 Save a Report to Disk File 137 Clear or change Unavailable cells 181 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 492 HandicapMaster Start Sheets 187 Review Subscriptions 35
345. in the Draw ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeneeees 281 12 Add a player in place Of a Bye ccceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeseeeeesesseeeeeeeseeenees 282 13 Change a Player to a Bye cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeseseeeeeeeseneeeeeseneeees 283 14 Change the last date for a round to be played by cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 284 15 Edit Knockout Competition Notes cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeseneeees 285 16 Delete a Knockout competition cceeeeceeeee cece ence seen seen ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeenenees 286 Chapter 17 Ladies Medals 288 Ladies Medal ieia iaa e a qeasecesdadeeasieaasdccsaaceasyandasecestetaaseseatsccasaunscetiqaezccesaaceas 288 2 Identify a competition as a Ladies Medal qualifier 2 ccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 289 3 Report Ladies Medal results cccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeeseeseeeeeeeeseneeeeeseeeeees 290 Chapter 18 Order of Merit and Eclectic Competitions 1 Order of Merit Competitions cc cecececeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeee ee eeeeee se eeeeeeeeeeeeaseeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeaeees IMtROGDUCHION ET E encase ce cee ctaetscs endedead ste sedexdecduues T O A E Creating an Order of Merit Com petition ccc scssssesssssseeseeseeseesessessessevsevsevseeaneaneneesoesaesaeseneseennees The Order of Merit C
346. ind Overdue Invoices e Reprint an Invoice e Resend an Invoice by E mail 20 4 2 Create an Invoice Template Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To create an Invoice Template 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Invoices then Set up a Template e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Invoice Templates On the list displayed right click with the mouse and select Set up a Template 2 Create a Template using the Subscription and Invoice Templates Window HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 367 20 4 3 Edit an Invoice Template Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed You may wish to edit an Invoice Template perhaps to add or delete a Payment Item To edit an Invoice Template 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Invoices then Edit Template A list of Invoice Templates is displayed click one of the Templates to highlight it and then click OK e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Invoice Templates On the
347. indow The Update Order of Merit Scores window defines which scores are included in an Order of Merit analysis Tip The size of this window may be increased by dragging the edges of the window to form a larger window To add a competition to the Order of Merit 1 Select the Competitions tab 2 Place a tick in the box alongside the competition To remove a competition from the Order of Merit 1 Select the Competitions tab 2 Remove the tick from the box alongside the competition To change a Plan number for a competition included in the Order of Merit Select the competition from the list so that itis highlighted and either 1 Press the number of the Plan required keys 1 to 8 or 2 Use the Plus or Minus keys to increase or decrease the plan number shown To remove all of the competitions from the current Order of Merit Click Clear All To award additional points to a Player 1 Select the Other Points tab 2 Click Add button 3 Chose a player from the list and click OK 4 In the Points box enter the number of points to award the player 5 In the Description box enter a description of the reason for the additional points 6 Click OK To change additional points already allocated to a player 1 Select the Other Points tab 2 Do one of the following e Highlight the entry in the list with a single click and click Edit button or e Double click the entry in the list 3 In the Points box enter the num
348. inking to Other Membership systems HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Working with E mail and Letters s2 HandicapMaster 8 Working with E mail and Letters 8 1 Introduction HandicapMaster may be used to communicate with members clubs and other recipients using e mail and letters This chapter describes these types of communication and the use of distribution lists To be able to send e mails directly from HandicapMaster there are minimum requirements Working with E mail Writing Letters to Members Distribution Lists HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters 8 2 8 2 1 8 2 2 Working with E mail E mail Introduction Using E mail to send information from HandicapMaster This chapter deals with how to set up HandicapMaster to be able to send reports Letters etc by e mail directly from HandicapMaster Do one of the following to send an e mail e On the File menu select E mail e Use Shortcut keys CTRL M together When configured reports may be sent easily by clicking the E mail button on the Reports Toolbar Reports are automatically added to the e mail as PDF attachments To assist with the managing of sending e mails a Distribution Lists feature is available System requirements for sending e mail from HandicapMaster To be able to send e mails directly from HandicapMaster you will need e Windows XP Vista Seven or Eight e Ane mail account with an SMTP Server fo
349. ion has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Methods of Payment define how a paymentis made to your organization by the payee A number of initial values are defined To add a Method of Payment 1 On the Accounting menu click Configure and then click Methods of Payment item 2 Click the New button and enter the new Method of Payment To edit a Method of Payment HandicapMaster Limited 2015 38 HandicapMaster 1 On the Accounting menu click Configure and then click Methods of Payment item 2 Click on the appropriate Method of Paymentin the list to highlight it 3 Click the Edit button and edit the name as required To delete a Method of payment 1 On the Accounting menu click Configure and then click Methods of Payment item 2 Click on the appropriate Method of Paymentin the list to highlight it 3 Click the Delete button 4 Confirm the deletion e lItis not possible to delete the initially defined values however they may be edited 20 2 3 Payment Categories Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Payment Categories allow you to group Payment Items together A number of initial values are defined To add a Payment Category 1 On the Accounting menu click Conf
350. ion an extra attachment may be added by clicking the Add Attachment button You may then browse to the file to be added To delete the attachment click the Add Attachment button again 15 Click Next gt to continue 16 Ifyou have selected an option where there may be printed invoices then you are asked to select the printer to which any invoices that are printed will be sent Select the appropriate printer and then click Next gt Completing the Raise Subscription Wizard 17 Click Finish to generate the Invoices e Depending on the number of Invoices being generated it may take a short time for the wizard to complete raising the invoices e Only members who have a valid e mail address and have been selected to receive subscriptions by e mail will receive subscriptions by e mail e When raising invoices for Members assigned to Member Subscription Pools and where the Pool Contact is a member then e mails will only be sent if the member has been selected to receive subscriptions by e mail If the Pool Contact is not a member then the e mail address must be valid to receive the subscriptions by e mail 20 4 8 View an Invoice Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To view details of an Invoice 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Invoices and
351. ion in the competition Gross results rather than Nett results in each competition Note This option is not available when the type of competition has been selected as Howmany Stableford Points players score 9 Tick the Place Competitors in Divisions box if you wish players to be split into categories based on their handicap at the time the Order of Merit results are created 10 Tick the Where two or more players tie share available points equally box if you wish to share points amongst players who tie on the same score in a competition 11 Tick the Use Overall Results for Multiple Round or Alternative Day competitions box if for competitions played over more than one round you wish to award points on the basis of the overall result of the competition rather than the individual rounds This is only applicable when points are being awarded on the basis of where players finish in competitions Note This option is not available when Where two or more players tie share available points equally option has been selected 12 Tick the Include on MasterScoreboard co uk box if you wish this Order of Merit report to be included when running the publish to Master Scoreboard wizard so the results will be displayed on the Master Scoreboard web site 13 Tick the Include Visitors box if you wish to allocate points to and show on the report Visitors who have played in one or more the competitions this Order of Meritis based on 14 Tick t
352. ions In the options section tick Limit Report to Players with Current Exact Handicap box and select Above and 27 9 Create this report Don t forgot to ensure all players fall into one or other of the series by choosing handicap values 0 1 different from each other 13 13 6 Gross and Nett Results from multiple round competitions For example Your club championship is a 36 holes scratch medal However the first 18 holes is alsoa Nett competition If you run the main competition as a handicap competition in HandicapMaster and aggregate both rounds of the 36 hole competition HandicapMaster will automatically generate the scratch results too You will automatically have the choice of choosing whether to view Gross Results each separate round Nett Results each separate round Gross results overall 36 hole result or Nett results overall 36 hole result To View Results Do one of the following e On the Competitions menu click View Competition Results or e Inthe Closed Competitions list select a one of the rounds of the multiple round competition and double click or press Enter e Ina Player s Handicap Record Table format select a competition and double click or press Enter The View Competition Results window will be displayed You may choose which competition results reports to view HandicapMaster will create a list of available reports that can be generated from the competition You may select any number of these
353. ious to Print Receipts or E mail Receipts with option to print for members not configured to receive e mails then you will be asked to select the printer to which receipts should be printed Click on the required printer to highlight and select it 15 Click Next gt Completing the Subscriptions Invoice or Ad Hoc Payments Wizard 16 Click Finish to record the payments and print or e mail receipts if selected e The Print Receipts option will be select if you have ticked the Automatically Print Receipts for Payment Transactions box in the Accounting Options e The E mail Receipts with option to print for members not configured to receive e mails option will be selected if you have ticked the E mail Receipts box in the Accounting Options This will override the Automatically Print Receipts for Payment Transactions boxin the Accounting Options e Ifthe E mail Receipts with option to print for members not configured to receive e mails option is selected and some of the recipients are not configured to receive invoices by e mail you will be offered the option to confirm that you wish to print those receipts e Ifa member has a number of outstanding subscription payments then only the most overdue subscription paymentis recorded e Ifyou select the One or More Members option to select members and a member has no outstanding payments then they will not be listed e Depending on the number of outstanding payments it may take a short time for th
354. iptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 354 HandicapMaster You may wish to copy a Subscription Template perhaps to save time setting up a number of similar templates To copy a Subscription Template 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Subscriptions and then click Copy Template A list of Subscription Templates is displayed click one of the templates to highlight it and then click OK e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Subscription Templates Highlight the template you wish to copy Then right click with the mouse and select Copy Template 2 You will be offered the choice to change the copied template to an Invoice template 3 Confirmation of the new type and name of template will be displayed Copying a Subscription Template will not affect any subscriptions already raised 20 3 6 Delete a Subscription Template Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To delete a Subscription Template 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Subscriptions and then click Delete Template A list of Subscription Templates is displayed click
355. is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To create a copy of an existing Calendar Note 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane double click Calendar Notes 3 Right click over the applicable note in the list then select Create Copy in the pop up menu 4 Select a Date for the new copy Click OK 15 3 7 Stop a note showing on Fixture Lists The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To stop a Calendar Note being included on Fixture Lists Report and Master Scoreboard website 1 Do one of the following e Edit the note and untick Include on Fixture Lists box or e On the Left Hand Task Pane 1 Select Bookings place 2 Double click Calendar Notes 3 Select the note to be included or excluded from Fixture Lists and right click 4 On the pop up menu select Fixture List e Repeat this action to reverse whether HandicapMaster will include the note in Fixture List reports See Also e Create a Fixture List HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Bookings 15 4 Create a Fixture List report The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster Using the Bookings Calendar you may create a Fixture List from the entries you have added to the calendar You may create a Fixture List report see below The Fixtu
356. is is especially true for larger reports See also e Export a report to Microsoft Excel 11 1 6 Change the Size of Report on Screen To change the size of the report on the screen You can change the size of the report on the screen by clicking one of the Zoom buttons on the Reports Toolbar shrinking or enlarging the report on the screen Alternatively enter the percentage size in the applicable box See Also e Opening and Closing the Left Hand Pane 11 1 7 Export a report to Microsoft Excel You may choose to export a report to Excel or similar spreadsheet program Depending upon the information required you may do this as follows Create a spreadsheet with font styles preserved If you require to create a spreadsheet with the font styles preserved do the following 1 Generate the report in HandicapMaster so that itis the currently displayed report 2 Click the Save Report button on the Reports Toolbar 3 Choose a folder to save the report file to and enter a name for the file Change Save as Type box to OpenDocument Spreadsheet ods and click Save 4 You will be offered the option to view the file created in your spreadsheet program Notes e The OpenDocument format is supported in Microsoft Office 2010 and later versions of Microsoft Office It is also supported by a number of other Office suites HandicapMaster Limited 2015 e The font styles and data from the report will be included in the spreadshe
357. isation on the MyTeeTime system At the time of writing downloading bookings from the MyTeeTime service is not possible Itis possible however to publish member details to the booking service HandicapMaster Limited 2015 4 HandicapMaster 25 3 5 Publish members details to BRS Online To publish or re publish the details of your members on the BRS Online Tee Booking service names and Membership Numbers or GOLFnet numbers for clubs in Ireland may be sent to BRS Online to be processed Outside of Ireland where GOLFnet numbers will be published as the members BRS Userids values for Club Member Number in HandicapMaster will be published as the members Userids on BRS In the event that no member records in HandicapMaster have a numeric Club Member Number then members HandicapMaster PIN numbers will be published instead To publish member names and numbers to BRS Online Tee Booking service 1 On the Players menu click Publish to BRS Online Tee Booking This option will only be visible after the details of your account on the BRS Online service has been configured 25 3 6 Publish member s details to MyTeeTime To publish or re publish the details of your members on the MyTeeTime Tee Booking service names and membership details may be sent to MyTeeTime to be processed To publish member names and numbers to MyTeeTime booking service 1 On the Players menu click Publish to MyTeeTime booking service This
358. ish to separate out the leading players in the Order of Merit irrespective of the Division they are placed in Enter the number of overall winners to be separated out 22 Identifythe maximum handicap for each of the first three divisions in the Division 1 Division 2 and Division 3 boxes Competitors whose handicaps are greater than the Division 3 box will automatically fall into Division 4 TIP HandicapMaster splits the field into four divisions Itis possible however to simulate only two or three divisions by setting the Maximum Handicap In Division 2 and or 3 value higher than the highest handicap allowed in the competition This will cause no competitors to fall into the higher divisions and these Divisions will therefore not be displayed 23 Click Next gt Completing the Best of Series Wizard 24 Click Finish to run the report To update an existing series 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Competitions menu click Best of Series Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Best of Series Competitions e Press CTRL B keys together 2 Doone ofthe following e Double click the chosen series HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions e Highlight the chosen series and click Update a Series in the Best of Series Tasks e Right click the chosen series and select Update Series To delete a series 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Competitions menu click Best of Series Compe
359. itable value for the number of positions to display results to NOTE the same value applies to overall winners and to divisions if presentation by divisions is also selected 6 Tick the List Two s on Results Report box to cause HandicapMaster to display a list of the players who scored Two s or better on the results report Note This is not available for Four Ball Better Ball Competitions TIP HandicapMaster splits the field into four divisions Itis possible however to simulate only two or three divisions by setting the Maximum Handicap In Division 2 and or 3 value higher than the highest handicap allowed in the competition This will cause no competitors to fall into the higher divisions and these Divisions will therefore not be displayed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 172 HandicapMaster e When presentation of results are limited to the top X positions the limit value applies to overall winners and to divisions if presentation by divisions is also selected e The limit will be automatically applied on the MasterScoreboard co uk service if this is being used by your organisation e Itis possible to temporarily override the limit when viewing results in HandicapMaster This override does NOT apply to the MasterScoreboard co uk service e Add anew Competition Template e Modify a Competition Template e Copya Competition Template e Delete a Competition Template e Running Multiple round and Alternative Day Competitions
360. item is only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option Value Added Tax This section is used to configure the VAT details of your organisation Tick the Use VAT boxif your organisation is registered for VAT In the VAT Number box enter your organisation s VAT number this will be printed on receipts and invoices In the VAT Rate box enter the current VAT Rate Subscriptions and Invoices This section is used to configure options related to Subscriptions and invoices Tick the Print Raised Invoices Automatically box to turn on the automatic printing of an invoice when an invoice is raised Tick the E mail Raised Invoices box to turn on the e mailing of an invoice when an invoice is raised In the Days before an Invoice or Subscription is Overdue box enter the number of days grace before an invoice or subscription is considered to be overdue The default value is 30 days In the When raising subscriptions allow voiding of unpaid subscriptions raised within the last days box you may enter the number of days that HandicapMaster will check back in time and automatically allow you to void any unpaid subscriptions when raising new subscriptions This may be useful where you have recently conducted a subscription run and then realised that some changes to subscriptions are required and you wish to void these incorrectly raised subscriptions The default value is 45 days Tick the Prompt for confirmati
361. ition to be included or excluded from Ladies Medal calculations and right click Po N On the pop up menu select Ladies Medal e Setting the competition as a Ladies Medal qualifier in advance has the benefit of automatically flagging all competitions using the same competition template as Ladies Medal qualifiers See Also e Report Ladies Medal results HandicapMaster Limited 2015 20 HandicapMaster 17 3 Report Ladies Medal results To view results from the previous season or current season for Ladies medals view the Ladies Medal report To view results for the medal competitions run in our country view the applicable report To view the Ladies Medal report for your Country 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Reports menu select Competition Reports and click one of England Golf Ladies Medals SLGA Ladies Medals GUW Ladies Medals ILGU Ladies Medals as applicable or e Inthe Reports List click Competitions tab then double click England Golf Ladies Medals SLGA Ladies Medals GUW Ladies Medals ILGU Ladies Medals as applicable 2 Choose the data to be analysed i e which year in the Restrict report to entries dated list 3 In England only in the Show Results as box choose whether to show Leading Scores or Winners Best Scores Leading Scores is a current list of all members in leading order for the Medal prize Winners Best Scores reports the scores returned by the winning lady as required by the Engl
362. itions Where a limit to display results to the top X positions was selected in a competition template then this option will be displayed Selecting this option will temporarily override the limit to allow you to view and print a full set of results Statistics Tab You may select the following competition statistical reports e Competition Scoring Analysis e Scorecards from a a Competition e Best Scores Analysis e Competition Scratch Score Highlighting tab You may choose to highlight in colour on the results report a selection of players based on ONE of the following criteria e None No highlighting the default e Home Players e Away Players e Visitors e Gentlemen e Ladies e Juniors e Adults e Seniors e Other 1 e Other 2 When any value other than None is selected the choice of colour to use for the highlighting is displayed and you may choose as appropriate HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions e Ifyou are viewing multiple reports then please use the big green BACK and FORWARD buttons on the main HandicapMaster toolbar near the top left of the HandicapMaster window to navigate through the reports e The back and forward arrow buttons in the report toolbar allow you to move forward and back within the pages of an individual report HandicapMaster Limited 2015 2 HandicapMaster 13 11 2 s returned by competitors HandicapMaster will produce a list of those com
363. k 404 Publish data to MasterScore board co uk s s nnnsnsnsennnrnnnnnnnnrnnnnennnne 405 Stop a Member s Name showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 405 Reset a Member s Password on Master Scoreboard 406 Stop a Competition showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 406 Stop a Knock Out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 407 Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScore board co uk s n nsnsunnnsnsunnnnnrunnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ennnen 408 Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk s s nnnsnsunnnnunnnnnnnrnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnennnn nnen 408 Stop a Best of Series Showing on MasterScoreboard co uk susnnsnsnsunnnnnrnnnnnnrnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnennnn nnen 409 4 UK and Ireland CDH Services 2 ccecccceeeeeee ence ee ee eee ence ee eeee ee eeee seca ae seeeeeeeaeseeeneseeeeeeeeee 410 Makino UIGHION MAEAEA EE AESA A EE A AEA ASE N A A E AET AET 410 Using the CDH for the first thre aa aeaaea Ta Ea aaa a A AE ar Eaa Aaaa araea Aa a AES 412 Obtain a National Number for a Player ccccscsscssssscssseseeseesseeseeseesnesaesaessessevsevenvsnesneseenaesnesaesaesesaeeseeaes 414 Publish the latest records to the CDH iai eraann a oaaae a aa naaa eaaa aae ea ara Eaa 415 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster CDH Validation Removing UNKNOWN records from CDH ccescsseseeesseeseecseeeseeeseeeseeseeesseesenenseesenenees 416 Releasing
364. k The Scottish CDH website may be accessed at hitp www scottishgolf org go cdh_members The Welsh CDH website may be accessed at http wales cdh golfbox dk The Irish GOLFnet website may be accessed at http www golfnet ie Note HandicapMaster Ltd developer of HandicapMaster software is not responsible for the design or operation of any of the CDH web sites What you will need to use the CDH Service Internet Connection The CDH services are web services and therefore you will need an Internet connection from the PC running HandicapMaster and an Internet connection from any PC from which you wish to be able to access the web site Firewall Configuration The Firewall on the PC from which you intend to publish to the CDH using HandicapMaster will need to allow the HandicapMaster exe program to access the Internet using port 80 Contents e Using the CDH for the first time e Obtain a National Number for a Member e Publish the latest records to the CDH e Away Members e Visitors e Find a player on the CDH e Player with National Number joins club e Adding Visitors through the Player Entry system e Verify a handicap ofa Visitor e CDH Validation Removing unknown records from the CDH e Reporting Problems with the CDH service e Common error codes returned by the CDH HandicapMaster Limited 2015 a HandicapMaster See Also e Unrecognised Golf Courses 22 4 2 Using the CDH for the first time
365. k Enter results of a Match Clear results of a Match Re print the Draw Change a player listed in the draw Change a Player to a Bye Change the last date for a round to be played by Edit Knockout Competition Notes HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Match Play Competitions 16 13 Change a Player to a Bye The draw sheets for Match Play Knockout competitions are maintained by entering results of the Matches as they progress The draw chart can then be reprinted if required Ifa player has included in error then a Bye maybe substituted for a Player as follows To add a Player in place of a Bye in the Knockout Competition 1 Doone ofthe following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions e Press CTRL K keys together 2 Select the Knock out competition and press ENTER key or select the Record Results of Matches task This displays each of the matches for this Draw 3 Select a match containing a Player from the list of Matches and right click Select Change Player toa Bye 4 Choose the the player to change to a bye The following limitations apply e The player selected must be in the first round e There must not be a Bye in the same match See Also e Deleting a Knockout competition e Displaying or hiding the results of Matches on the Draw Chart e Changing the Name of the Competition e Stop a Knock ou
366. k Salutation 3 In the Layout window click Set Font to use for salutation line Chose the required font and click OK 4 Click OK NOTE e The selected salutation font will also be used for the main text of the Letter of Introduction and the General Play Letter 8 3 9 Using Fields in Letters HandicapMaster will substitute special words known as Fields in the body of the letter for relevant information when the letter is produced If one or more names are ticked in the recipients box then the relevant information relating to that field will be substituted for the Text between the tags Thus if John Smith is selected in the recipients letters window any text in the body of the letter with the word lt NAME gt will come up as John Smith or if lt SURNAMESs then if will come up as Smith HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters tor If for example 6 recipients boxes are selected then 6 letters will be printed each with the relevant information substituted for the individual recipient The following tags are recognised and if presentin the body of a letter will be substituted Tag lt Name gt lt GivenName gt lt Surname gt lt MemberTitle gt lt DOB gt lt EmailAddress gt lt TelephoneNo gt lt MobileNo gt lt FaxNo gt lt MemberAddress gt lt ExactHandicap gt lt PlayingHandicap gt lt MembershipCardNo gt lt Category gt lt LockerNo gt lt MembershipNo gt
367. ke play competition that has been closed or e The player s score could be entered especially for the eclectic These type of scores are called Casual Cards in HandicapMaster Itis also possible to mix competition scores and casual cards in the same eclectic Handicap Allowance Where the eclectic results are based on the fewest strokes taken on each hole by each player you may allocate a handicap allowance for each player This allowance is applied to the handicap of the player at the time the results of the eclectic are generated or from a chosen date Where the handicap of the player is the handicap at the time the results are generated then effectively this uses the handicaps of players as at the end of the eclectic This matches the previous recommendation of the Ladies Golf Union in their Ladies Handicap system prior to ladies handicapping being merged with the CONGU handicapping system e Disqualified Scores 18 2 3 Creating an Eclectic Competition An Eclectic Competition is defined as being played under stroke play conditions and is where competitors play two or more rounds and the eclectic score is the players choice score of each hole in all of the rounds HandicapMaster uses hole by hole scores to calculate an Eclectic result The following is supported for Eclectic results e Achoice of fewest strokes taken per hole or most Stableford points scored on each hole e Rounds can be any combinations of 9 to 18 holes e
368. ken file duplicated to the Backups folder 2 Atemporary Table is created in the HandicapMaster database and records from the Load file are inserted into this Table 3 Rows in the existing Membership Table are read and a search for a corresponding row in the temporary Table undertaken If a match is found applicable information from the temporary table row is used to update the Membership record If no match is found the Membership record is marked as a Past Member Visitor rows are excluded from the search 4 Rows in the temporary Table are read and a search for a corresponding row in membership Table undertaken Where no match is found a New Member record is added 5 The temporary Table is dropped 6 The Load File is renamed with BAK extension Reviewing the Audit File An audit file is created each time the Load Facility runs This file is named the same as the Load File itself but with the addition of a LOG extension It is located in the same folder as the Load File The Audit file details new members added members marked as Past Members and duplicate names being encountered The Audit file is recreated each time the Load Facility runs Running the Load Facility manually The Load Facility may be re run at any time HandicapMaster is running by selecting menu item Load Membership records listed under the Players menu 25 1 3 Layout of the CSV File Required format of the CSV File The file
369. king entry screen may be configured to show names of players already booked in orelse as a slot that is taken without identification of player The Score entry bookings screen offers a choice of either or both score entry or booking into a future opened competition If the latter is selected then future opened competitions available for advance booking are displayed The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Bookings 2 HandicapMaster e Bookings Templates e Prepare a Competition to receive Bookings e Opens Competitions Players paying online to enter competition e Manage Bookings within HandicapMaster e Manage Bookings using Player Entry System e Enable the Bookings Function in Player Entry System e Online Bookings e View a History of the Bookings received e Cancellation of Bookings e Import Competition Bookings from BRS Golf 15 1 2 Bookings Templates 15 1 2 1 Introduction to Bookings Templates The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster Setting Up of a Booking Template requires you to identify certain characteristics of how players will book into a competition such as will they choose their own Tee Time Once a Booking Template has been set up the format is held on the database for future reference If you choose the Template at a later dat
370. l 83 90 Visitor 93 When raising Overdue Subscriptions 92 When Raising Subscriptions 91 E mail Footer 86 E mail New Message Window 86 E mail Signature 86 England Golf Medals 288 290 Exchange Away Handicaps 91 157 328 Export About 56 Format of Export File 65 Membership records 58 Past Member details 58 485 486 HandicapMaster Export Accounting records 387 Extra Day Scores EGA Handicapping 332 ye F6 Key 238 Fees 216 217 218 Prevent entry to competition if insufficient funds 219 459 Find a Player onthe CDH by Name 418 Find a Player onthe CDH by Number 418 Find reports 150 First Award Award Handicap 49 Reprint Letter 311 First round Handicaps 175 207 Fixture List 265 Folder displayed when starting program 115 Fonts Change Font used in Letters 99 Change Fonts used in Reports 140 Forgotten Password 33 Four ball Best Ball 167 Foursomes 167 _G General Play Changes 310 Letter created automatically 145 Reprint Letter 311 Undo General Play Change 393 Getting Started 33 Global Options 115 Golf Clubs E mail 94 Golf Courses Add a New Course 155 Change name of region Other 159 Contact names and Addresses 157 Course Details 156 Course Ratings 156 Delete a Course 160 Edit SSS 156 E mail 94 Length of Holes 156 Slope Ratings 156 Standard Scratch Score 156 Two courses at Home Club 158 GOLFnet 410 Configuring to receive Away Scores 115 Delete Away Score 398 Unrecognised Golf Courses error
371. l Address box type the complete e mail address assigned by your mail administrator or ISP Make sure to include your user name the symbol and the domain name for example john email com and click Next In the Your Credentials section enter the username and password provided by your Internet Service Provider You may tick the Show Password box to show the password as you enter it Complete the wizard You will be taken to the Existing E mail Settings section where you can confirm the settings and use the Test Account Settings button to test the settings that you have entered Existing E mail Settings 1 In the Your Name box type your name as you wantit to appear to other people E g John Smith or Example Golf Club In the E mail Address box type the complete e mail address assigned by your mail administrator or ISP Make sure to include your user name the symbol and the domain name for example john email com In the Mail Server box type the full name of the server provided by your ISP or mail administrator Often this is mail followed by your domain name for example mail mylSP com see below Optionally click More Settings to set an SMTP Port Number and or set a Username and Password if your ISP instructs you to do this Click Test Account Settings This will send an e mail to the e mail address in Your E mail Address to verify that the settings are correct and working If you wis
372. l card was played 3 Click the Add Casual Card button Notes e To view or edit a card previously entered highlight the player in the list of cards added and click the Edit button e To remove a card previously entered highlight the player in the list of cards added and click the Remove button See Also e Creating an Eclectic competition e Changing the format ofan existing Eclectic e Deleting an existing Eclectic e Disqualified Scores HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Order of Merit and Eclectic Competitions 307 18 2 7 Edit Eclectic Competition Notes To edit the notes of an Eclectic competition 1 Doone of the following e On the Competitions menu click Eclectics e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Eclectics 2 Highlight the Eclectic competition to be changed 3 Right click the chosen Eclectic Competition and select Edit Notes 4 Edit the notes and click OK to save them See Also e Creating an Eclectic competition e Adding or updating scores used in an Eclectic e Deleting an existing Eclectic e Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 18 2 8 Change format of an Eclectic Competition To change the format of an Eclectic competition already created 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Competitions menu click Eclectics e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Eclectics 2 Highlight the Eclectic competition to be changed 3 Doone ofthe following e Click Amend Eclectic Forma
373. labels are sent direct to the printer and not displayed on screen 5 Click OK Notes for Standard Layout The Start Time Tee and Match Number content options may not be available for some team competition and label size combinations due to limitations of space on the label The Home Club content option is only available when e The competition is open to Visitors e The label size selected has sufficient space to include this information e The competition is a singles competition itis not available for team competitions Notes for Custom Layout 1 The font that is used for the Custom labels may be adjusted as follows e On the REPORTS menu select LAYOUT AND OPTIONS e Inthe Choose a Category box scroll down and select Start Sheet labels e Then select the required font 13 7 5 Design Custom Start Sheet Labels Itis possible to use a previously created Start Sheet as the basis for printing labels to stick to the competition Scorecards There are some standard layouts and also a custom layout option Custom Labels include a range of items for each Player Up to 4 players maximumn and some common items such as Competition name Competition date etc Where a label contains details for Player Ato D these player details will only be printed if the competition is a multi player competition For a singles competition you would just have Player Adetails printed whereas for a greensome you would see player A and B and for a 4 player Tex
374. late to start a new profile 4 On the Options page tick USE CALLBACK TO EXTERNAL SYSTEM AS PLAYERS BOOK SIGN IN box 5 On the Link to External System page select CALLBACK 57 in the USE CALLBACK list 6 Click CONFIGURE CALLBACK SETTINGS button and enter the applicable values Complete the wizard Configuration when a player Books in The following entries should be configured through the Player Entry Settings for the settings profile being used for booking in Key ServiceID Identifies the facility s to be activated Use value 58 for this to prevent entry to competition if insufficient funds in Account facility Details Default Value HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions pd when booking in Overdraft An overdraft limit allowing players to go overdrawn by up to this amount Specified as a decimal amount such as 5 00 for 5 pounds ReportAllCallbacks True or False Indicates whether balance checks where players have sufficient funds are included in the Callback Log report StopIfCallbackFails1 True or False Indicates whether the current processing in processing HandicapMaster should be continues even if allowed to continue if one some team ore more team members members have has insufficient funds insufficient funds Use StopIfCallbackFails1 Tr ue to prevent players booking in if any members of the team has insufficient funds
375. lay Messages on the Player Entry Terminal ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 239 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Contents 9 13 Change choice of Profile for a specific computer cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 241 14 Adding VISIONS oi cccceccctesesedecccaecaeet ceeds fecasegcptcanedecccackecetecaesagecaseaencqauedacccussecstacasenseqactes 242 Chapter 15 Bookings 244 P Competition Entry 3 scc 255 c5c seecesdetdeces doceeccceeYeced cece scee sets UASA ATEAN KESER REAA TESS 244 MVEROCUCHIONN pennaa ee EE E EE E E E E 244 Bookings Templates cccccssssssssssssssssseeseeseeseesoesesesevseveevseeseeseesnesnesaesaesaesaeesessaeseesaesaesaesaevanvanvaneaneanes 245 Introduction to BOOKINGS Template sssrinin ieee ieies 245 Create a Bookings Templaten a en iei oer ERA E NA EA ESR 246 Modify a Bookings Templ te irinse par a a a aa ie 246 Delete a Bookings Template aneas aes sain a NEEE EEE ANES ENN VE AE A EEEN aA ee eei 246 The Bookings Template Wizard wey 247 Prepare a Competition to receive Bookings Modify Booking Arrangements 249 Cancel Booking Arrange Me nts cssccssessssssesseesseeseerseeeseessneeseesenenseeneeeseeeneesneeseeseneeseesenesseesenesseesenennee 250 TNE BOOKINGS WiZ Al E E scvecs ences pecesdce detente rteeseaassepeenesaes cendeder nabs steesdecsaey T 250 Opens Competitions Players paying online to enter competition
376. layers with Handicap in chosen range 337 Reporting Low Handicap Records for Union Audit 329 The Configure Handicapping Rules Wizard 340 Handicapping competitions over less than 18 holes 342 Handicaps First round Handicaps 175 207 Re instate a suspended Handicap 338 Suspend a Player s Handicap 338 Highlighting players on results report 201 202 Highligting players 202 Holes 156 Home Club 34 Home Member to Away Member 46 Housekeeping Archiving records 431 Deleting records 431 Managing the Database 431 Removing Void records 431 ILGU Ladies Medals ILGU Medals 288 Import Away Scores About 315 Howto 315 Import file format 290 316 Import Memberships HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Index 487 About 56 Format of Import File How to 56 Importing Handicaps from Another Handicap System 63 58 Update existing Membership Records 56 Import Visitors 57 Inactive Handicaps EGA Handicapping 334 Report players with Inactive Handicap Status 335 Inactive Active Handicaps CONGU Handicapping ENGLAND 63 Inactive Active Handicaps CONGU Handicapping 167 Integration with External Membership systems Activating Integration 455 Audit file for CSV load 450 Audit File for Remote Requester CSV file layout 451 450 453 CSV Load diagnosis 457 CSV load options 456 Starting Integration 455 Stopping Integration 455 Internet 403 Invoices Amend an Invoice Note 371 Copy a Template 367 Create a Tem
377. lection criteria are NOT automatically added to these distribution lists but may be added manually e Only Members Past Members Visitor and Past Visitor types of distribution list are available when sending letters e ifa handicap range has been selected then this will exclude members or past members without a handicap If the Adjust Distribution List automatically is selected then HandicapMaster will update the distribution list automatically under the following situations 1 When you view the distribution lists 2 When you send e mails 3 When you start the Letter Writer Member and Visitor distributions lists also allow selection by Competition or Non competition Handicap Status Only applicable to CONGU editions of HandicapMasterin England Wales and Scotland Where Competition or Non competition Handicap Status is an option if neither are ticked then the distribution list will be limited to members without a handicap In this case the handicap range option will be unavailable 8 4 4 Delete a Distribution List 1 Do one of the following On the Players drop down menu click Distribution Lists e On the Task Exolorer tab click Explorer and then then select Distribution Lists 2 Existing Distribution Lists are displayed Highlight the list you wish to delete Then delete the list using one of the following e Select Delete a List from the Distribution Lists Tasks e Right click with
378. lick OK 3 Edit the Payment Item using the Payment Item Window To delete a Payment Item 1 On the Accounting menu click Configure and then click Delete Payment Item 2 Select a Payment Item in the list and click OK 3 Confirm the deletion 20 2 5 The Payment Item Window Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed The Payment Item window allows a Payment Item to be added or edited The Payment Item Window 1 In the Payment Category list click the appropriate Payment Category to highlight it 2 In the Description box enter a suitable description for the Payment Item 3 The Notes box may be used to record any details you wish to record 4 In the Nett Amount box enter the cost of this Payment Item HandicapMaster Limited 2015 350 HandicapMaster 5 Tick the Add VAT box to add VAT to the cost of the Payment Item This is only visible if you have configured VAT HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 351 20 3 Subscriptions 20 3 1 Introduction Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To manage subscriptions for members HandicapMaster makes use of t
379. light your e mail accountin the list and click Properties d Click Servers tab The value for Mail Server boxin HandicapMaster is the value displayed in Outgoing mail SMTP e To check whether Authentication is configured see My server requires authentication If it does click Settings for details f Click Advanced tab The value for SMTP Port boxin HandicapMaster is the value displayed in Outgoing mail SMTP g To check whether the e mail server requires an encrypted connection click Advanced tab See This server requires a secure connection SSL Thunderbird a In Thunderbird from the main menu choose Tools and then Account Settings b In the left hand column select Outgoing Server SMTP c Select the account in the upper list The value for Mail Server box in HandicapMaster is the value displayed alongside Server Name d The value for SMTP Portbox in HandicapMaster is the value displayed alongside Port e If authentication is not being used lt not specified gt will be displayed alongside User Name f if your e mail server does not require an encrypted connection Server Connection will show as None 8 2 3 The New Message and Recipients Windows The New Message window allows you to set up an e mail This includes selecting recipients adding a title to the e mail adding a file as an attachment and defining a footer or signature text To send an E mail 1 Click the To or CC buttons to select a recipient for
380. list C Enter the Player s Stableford score To remove a Player entered in error 1 Select the Player in the Scores Grid 2 Click Remove button 19 3 3 4 View Players with Inactive handicaps This topic relates to the European Golf Association EGA Handicap editions of HandicapMaster only To view a report of players with Inactive Handicap Status 1 Onthe Reports menu click Handicapping Reports then Inactive Handicaps HandicapMaster Limited 2015 19 4 List Players within a Handicap Range You may create a cut down Handicap List report listing only players who currently have a handicap within a specified range such as for reviewing players for selection for a team match To list players holding a current handicap within a chosen range 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Reports menu click Handicap List Selected Range of Handicaps or e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Reports Select Handicapping tab then Handicap List Selected Range of Handicaps and either double click or press Enter key Choose the Players that you would like to include in the report and click OK 3 Choose the Handicap range to use in the report e In the From box enter the lower handicap for handicaps to include within the report In the to box enter the upper handicap for Handicaps to include within the report Notes e The minimum handicap that may be entered is 10 The maximum handicap that may be entered is 54 f
381. llows From the Players Places click on All Members Then if you click on the appropriate member in the list to highlight them you may then right click with the mouse and select the Transaction History option and a list of transactions for the member will be displayed You may then highlight an entry and right click and select a number of options Note Some ofthe available options may not be applicable to the type of item selected For example you cannot mark a payment as paid In these cases a message is displayed Transaction History report A Transaction History report is also available On the Reports menu select Accounting Reports then select Transaction History You may then select a single member Then click OK If you wish to view multiple records you may now change the selection criteria before viewing the report HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 387 20 9 Exporting Subscriptions Invoices or Payments Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Accounting records that are currently held within the HandicapMaster database can be exported to an external file using the Export facility The external file will be created in a Comma separated file suitable for importing into Microsoft Word or Excel Format of the Export
382. ls 288 HandicapMaster 17 Ladies Medals 17 1 Ladies Medals Up until January 2009 the Ladies Golf Union of St Andrews awarded a Silver and Bronze Medal to each affiliated club for annual competition Silver Division A Silver Medal is awarded for players with Playing Handicaps up to and including 20 Bronze Division ABronze Medal is awarded for players with Playing Handicaps of 21 to 36 inclusive The Silver and Bronze Medals were issued by the Ladies Golf Union From 2009 onwards each of the four Ladies Associations and Unions of England Scotland Wales and Ireland have taken over the running of this competition within their countries These notes do not apply for the Society or EGA Handicap Editions of HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Ladies Medals 17 2 Identify a competition as a Ladies Medal qualifier In order that winners of the ladies medals maybe determined it is necessary to identify which competitions are to be Ladies Medal qualifiers To select competitions as Ladies Medal Qualifiers in advance of entering scores 1 On the Competitions menu select Set up a Template 2 Choose the Competition template or create a New template 3 On the Handicap Allowances page tick the Ladies Medal Competition box To select a competition as a Ladies Medal qualifier after the scores have been applied 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place Select Closed Competitions Select the compet
383. ly available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 352 HandicapMaster To create a Subscription Template 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Subscriptions then Set up a Template e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Subscription Templates On the list displayed right click with the mouse and select Set up a Template 2 Create a Template using the Subscription and Invoice Templates Window 20 3 3 Assign a Subscription Template to a Member Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed ASubscription Template may be assigned to a single member or a number of members at the same time 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Players list selecta Member and press Enter Key or e Inthe Players list select a Member then on the Players menu click Edit Member or e On the Players menu click Edit Member and select a Member from the list displayed 1 Click the Subscriptions Tab 2 In the Subscription Template list click one of the templates to associate it with the member To Assign a Template to a number of Members 1 On the Accounting menu click S
384. mail Asummary of the e mails sent will then be displayed e Ifa member is up to date with their subscription then no overdue letter is produced for that member e Depending on the number of overdue subscriptions being generated it may take a short time for the wizard to produce the overdue subscription letters e Only members who have a valid e mail address and have been selected to receive subscriptions by e mail will receive the overdue subscriptions by e mail e Only members who have a valid e mail address and have been selected to receive overdue subscriptions by e mail will receive subscriptions by e mail e For Members assigned to Member Subscription Pools where the Pool Contact is a member then e mails will only be sent if that member has been selected to receive subscriptions by e mail If the Pool Contact is nota member then the contact e mail address must be valid to receive the overdue subscriptions by e mail 20 3 17 Void Multiple Subscriptions Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed In some cases it may be necessary to void a range of subscriptions To void multiple subscriptions 1 On the Accounting drop down menu click Subscriptions then click Void Multiple Subscriptions 2 Select the subscription at the startof the range to be selected for voiding
385. matically each time HandicapMaster is started tick the Check each time HandicapMasier is started on this Computer box 3 Click Check for Updates Now button to check download and install any program updates available e This option requires an active Internet Connection e For support purposes the registered Organisation Name and Program Version number currently being used will be passed to the HandicapMaster web site when the check for updates is run e Access to the Check each time HandicapMaster is started on this Computer option may be restricted in Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster using Custom Access HandicapMaster Limited 2015 448 HandicapMaster 24 3 Automatically update HandicapMaster software HandicapMasterTo configure HandicapMaster to automatically install program updates when available 1 Onthe Help menu select Check for Updates Online 2 Tick the Check each time HandicapMasier is started on this Computer box e This option requires that an Internet connection is available when HandicapMaster is started e Access to this option may be restricted in Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster using Custom Access HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Integrating HandicapMaster with Other Systems 450 HandicapMaster 25 Integrating HandicapMaster with Other Systems 25 1 Linking to Other Membership Systems 25 1 1 Introducti
386. matically if the Automatically add and maintain entries in list option is selected HandicapMaster Limited 2015 1 HandicapMaster Add A Distribution List Edit A Distribution List Delete A Distribution List Add and Change Members in a Distribution List Remove Members from a Distribution List Address Labels from a Distribution List e When sending an e mail to members of a Distribution List only members of the distribution list with a valid e mail address will receive the e mail e Members Past members Visitors and Past visitors distribution list are available when sending letters Other types of distribution list are not available for use when sending letters 8 4 2 Add a new Distribution List 1 Do one of the following e On the Players drop down menu click Distribution Lists On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select Distribution Lists 2 Existing Distribution Lists are displayed Select Add a New List from the Distribution Lists Tasks or press the INSERT key to add a new Distribution List 3 Enter the name of the Distribution List 4 Select the type of distribution list to be created from one of the following e Members Past Members Visitors Past Visitors Golf Clubs Other E mail Recipients 5 For Golf Clubs and Other E mail Recipients distribution lists click Finish 6 For Member Past Member Visitor and Past Visitor distribution lists click NEXT gt gt 7
387. mbership categories to a Subscription Template if you select membership categories which contain members who are assigned a different template you will be prompted to confirm that you wish to continue to assign members to the new subscription template If you select No then none of the members in the membership categories will be assigned to the new subscription template 20 3 4 Edit a Subscription Template Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed You may wish to edit a Subscription Template perhaps to add or delete a Payment Item To edit a Subscription Template 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Subscriptions then Edit Template A list of Subscription Templates is displayed click one of the Templates to highlight it and then click OK e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Subscription Templates On the list displayed right click with the mouse and select Edit a Template 2 Enter the Template information using the Subscription and Invoice Template window e Editing a Subscription Template will not affect any subscriptions already raised but will affect future subscriptions 20 3 5 Copy a Subscription Template Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscr
388. ment Notes cccccstsessssessessesseveevseeseeseeneesnesaeseseseeeseesoeseesassaesaesaevaevanvaneaneaneneesnesaesansaneseeseeans 381 Reprint a Receipt cccscssssssssssssssssnnsnnsnnsessensenaussussesancasenssnsenasaneaueanesassosansnosansaneausanausaussusansaseansnesaesansaass 381 Reprint a range Of REC Ipts ccesesseseseeesessessessessevsevsevseeseeseenneseesaesaesaesaeeseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 381 Resend a Receipt by E mail ccccscssseseecesessessessessessevsevsessneseeseesnesaesaesaesaeeseeseeseesaesaesansaevaevanvaneaneanes 382 7 Refunds and Cancellations cccceececeeeeeee cece ee ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeseeeeeseeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeee 383 Refund a Subscription or Invoice Payment scssssssessesseseseseneeseessesseeseeseeseesaesaesoesaevaevonvaneoneanes 383 The Refund a Subscription or Invoice WiINdOW cccscsssesesestesteneeseeseeseeseesseeseesoeseesesseesenseneneeneas 383 Refund a Payment ccc ceecesceseescesseseessesseeseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevoevseeseeseeneeseesaesaesaesaeuseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneanenes 384 Cancel Void a Payment eaaa ai cesta see deucusdstcaesidectus decenctiesucvdecvacsencshaeduduensucceduadueddeyacrceteeuazdees 384 8 Account Balance and Transaction History c eeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 386 9 Exporting Subscriptions Invoices or Payments c cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 38
389. ment is to be applied Choose the order the score is entered in the handicap record by selecting AM or PM see discussion on ordering events in handicap records In the New Handicap box enter the player s revised handicap In the Comments for insertion in Member s Handicap Record box enter a description as to why the player s handicap has been adjusted 5 Do one of the following e Click Save and More if you wish to save the current adjustment and then enter an adjustment for another player or e Click OK to save this adjustment HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping e In some circumstances a password will be required to complete the General Play adjustment This password may be obtained from your local Area Authority HandicapMaster will automatically produce a letter to advise the member of the change in his her handicap Refer to the Letterheads on Letters section of the System Wide Options if you wish HandicapMaster to automatically generate a Letterhead on the Letter The font attributes used when viewing and printing the Letter are those last chosen on the Letters Window To reprint the letter double click over the appropriate entry in the events window See Turn off General Play Letters to stop creation of the letters The font selected for the salutation is also used for text of the General Play Letter this may be changed by adjusting the Salutation font e You may reprint a letter for a Handicap adjustment alr
390. menu select Manage Competition Fees 2 Process the fees through the Manage Competition Fees window Note HandicapMaster Limited 2015 28 HandicapMaster The Competition Fees option is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster 13 15 4 The Manage Competition Fees window Manage Competition Fees The Manage Competition Fees window allows you to view unprocessed Fees and once processed mark all fees as processed You may choose one of four options available e View Unprocessed Fees payable Select this option to view or export to CSV File all outstanding competition fees that have not been marked as processed e View Unprocessed Fees due for Refund Select this option to view or export to CSV File all outstanding competition fees that are due to be refunded and have not been marked as processed Fees due to refunded are those fees from competitions where the fee records have previously been marked as processed but where the competition was subsequently undone e Either Mark all Fees as processed Select this option when using an external accounting system to flag all fee records Payable and refundable as having been processed These records will no longer appear on reports Process Fees and Refunds Refunds will be marked as void Select this option when using Subscriptions Option to flag all fee records Payable and refundable as having been proce
391. mns fields within the file The fields will be ordered as follows Surname Member s Surname Middle Initials Member s Middle Initials First Name Member s Given Name Club Number The Membership number or code for this member Invoice Number Unique number identifying the Invoice Date Raised The date the Invoice was issued Name Descriptive name of the Invoice Nett Nett Amount VAT VAT amount Gross Total Total of Nett VAT Status Status of the Invoice e g Paid Void Overdue etc Payment Start Date Due date of the first possible only payment Number of Payments The number of payments required to fully pay the Invoice Notes Notes if any added to the Invoice The Payments Header Record HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 389 The first record in the file will be a Header record This consists of the names of each of the columns fields within the file The fields will be ordered as follows Surname Member s Surname Middle Initials Member s Middle Initials First Name Member s Given Name Club Number The Membership number or code for this member Receipt Number Unique number identifying the Payment Date Paid The date the Payment was recorded Payment Method How the payment was paid e g Cheque standing order etc Name Descriptive name of the Payment Nett Nett Amount VAT VAT amount Gross Total Total of Nett VAT Status Status o
392. mpetition results to the service and have it s players ranked Visit the www MyGolfRanking net web site to register your club on the system About My Golf Ranking MyGolfRanking provides players at participating golf clubs with a ranking based on their performance in counting events nominated by their club MyGolfRanking is the concept of David Moir past president of the Scottish Golf Union who was instrumental in devising the R amp A USGA World Amateur Golf Ranking for men and women How My Golf Ranking works Each golf club must inform its members in advance which Stroke play and Stableford club events during the year are Counting Events and players earn Ranking Points based on their net scores and Bonus Points for finishing in a high position in an event Each competition is rated for strength on the basis of the number of competitors in the starting field The larger the field the more Bonus Points can be won Each player s Ranking Points and Bonus Points are added together and divided by the Divisor which equates to the number of Counting Rounds that the player has played This figure is multiplied by 100 to give the player s MyGolfRanking Points The MyGolfRanking Points are then used to rank each player at Club County and National level The MyGolfRanking lists will be updated each week and posted on the www MyGolfRanking net website Notes e The My Golf Ranking web site is an external web site and is not operated by Handic
393. mpetitions 3 Do one of the following e Select the Competition and press DELETE Key or e Right click over the competition then select Cancel Competition e All scores entered for the competition will be deleted 13 5 3 Change an Opened Competition To change a competition previously opened 1 On the left hand task pane select Competitions place 2 On the right hand pane double click Opened Competitions 3 Double click the competition to be changed 4 Click the Config button on the Enter Scores Toolbar 5 Change the Opened Competition using the Configure Opened Competition window HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 175 13 5 4 The Open a New Competition Wizard The Open a New Stroke Play Competition Wizard steps through the stages of starting a competition Competition Template 1 Inthe Use Template box choose the applicable Template for this Competition Note The Competition Template must already have been created using the Competition Template Wizard Name of Competition 2 Inthe Name box choose a name for this Competition if the Template name is not applicable Date and Venue 3 In the Played or to be played on box choose the date when the competition is played If the competition is a second round or second competition on the same day select PM 4 Click the Select Alternative Venue button to choose where the competition was played This would normally be at the venue of t
394. n club Open Competition currently opened Online Payments Received Details of Online Payments received from entrants into a Closed Competition club Open Competition now a closed competition Group Bookings A booking confirmation form for a Group Booking Confirmation of Reservation Forthcoming Group Bookings List of Group Bookings Handicapping Reports Report Description Handicap Record Record of a Players Handicap changes Handicap Records Selected Handicap Records of Players with a Handicap within a Range of Handicaps selected range Handicap List List of Players current Handicaps Handicap List Selected Range List of Players current Handicaps limited to a selected of Handicaps range CONGU 9 Hole Competition Conversion chart for CONGU 9 Hole Competition Handicap Allowances Handicap Allowances Playing Handicap Changes Recent changes of Playing Handicaps General Play Changes General Play Changes recorded Annual Review Adjustments Adjustments as a result of an Annual Review recorded Exceptional Scoring Reductions Exceptional Scoring Reductions recorded Away Scores Report to Home Report competition scores by Away Members or Visitors Clubs listed by Home Club for sending by letter or E mail Away Scores Recorded Away Competition Scores recorded for Home Players Eligibilit Scores Recorded Number of Scores Returned Number of Scores each Player has returned Non Competition Handicaps List of play
395. n each hole as itis not pre determined which player s score may count on any one hole This is achieved by equalising handicaps as above and then requiring all players to play against a common Par and Stroke Index i e that applying to one of the two courses being used either the men s or ladies tees For club events CONGU strongly recommended that the ladies values be used otherwise ladies may be required to score against a higher Par than recommended Where the competition is a mixed team competition HandicapMaster offers the option to choose whether the Pars and Strokes indexes from the Men s or the Ladies scorecard is to be used when opening the competition HandicapMaster Limited 2015 174 HandicapMaster 13 5 Opening Competitions 13 5 1 Open a New Competition Before entering Competition Scores it is necessary to Open the competition Competitions may be opened in advance of their date or opened as and when the competition official is ready to enter the scores To Open a New Competition 1 On the Competitions drop down menu click Open a New Competition 2 Configure the competition using the Open a New Stroke play Competition Wizard Notes e The Competition Template must already be set up 13 5 2 Delete an Opened Competition To completely remove a competition from the Opened Competitions list 1 On the left hand task pane select Competitions place 2 On the right hand pane double click Opened Co
396. n letters are to be produced e All Members This will allow you to select members who have been assigned a Subscription Template and for whom overdue subscription letters are to be produced 3 Click Next gt Select Members Templates Categories or Member Subscription Pools 4 Do one of the following HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 363 e If selecting Members tick the box next to one or more member s name to produce an overdue subscription letter for this member e f selecting Subscription Templates tick the box next to one or more Subscription Templates for which you wish to produce overdue subscription letters e f selecting Members assigned to Member Subscription Pools tick the box next to one or more Member Subscription Pools for which you wish to produce overdue subscription letters 5 Click Next gt 6 Tick the Issue Letters with Overdue Subscription box if you wish to the Wizard to generate overdue letters in addition to invoices Alist of existing letters is displayed Do one of the following e Select an existing Letter or e Select an existing Letter and click Edit Letter to edit this letter or e Click New Letter to create a new letter You now use the standard Letter Writer to create the letter Note Within the Letter Writer additional text fields have been added to allow for subscription related letters to be generated See Subscription Related Fields in Letters
397. n the Players or Analyse Scores Entered lists or report why a player is not listed Apply APPLY SCORES for this competition l e Close the Competition Config Change the configuration and set up of the Competition Access Run the public Player Entry screens 13 8 4 Entera Score To enter a score for a player in an Opened Competition 1 Doone of the following e Click the Enter Scores button on the Toolbar and choose the Open Competition if prompted e On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place choose the Open Competition in the list then select Enter Scores in the Competition Tasks list 2 Highlight the Player who has returned the scorecard or use the Find button to locate the player 3 Doone ofthe following e Double click the Player in the Players list e Click the Enter button on the mini toolbar e Right click with the mouse On the pop up menu select Enter Score HandicapMaster Limited 2015 192 HandicapMaster 4 Ifthe competition is a pairs or team competition repeat step 3 to select the remaining members ofthe team See Also e The Scorecard Toolbar e Find a player in the competition 13 8 5 Edita Score previously entered To edit a previously entered score for a player in an Opened Competition 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place then select Analyse Scores Entered in the Competition Tasks list e Click the Enter Scores button on
398. n will be deleted Note The Bookings tab is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster Multi round Competitions Tab If the competition has been configured as a singles competition then the Multi round competitions tab will be displayed You may choose to aggregate or change the aggregation of this round with other competitions as part of a multiple round competition By choosing to aggregate this round at this stage the Player Entry leader board will be able to display the combined scores for the competition as scores are entered Choose whether to aggregate the round as an Alternative Day competition or a Multiple round competition see Competitions played over more than one round for further details then select the previous round from the pop up list of competitions You may choose to give an overall name to the competition to encompass all rounds by clicking Set an overall name for this competition link or Change the name of the overall competition link if an overall name is already set 13 8 13 Change how scores are entered onto Scorecard window By default when entering scorecards that have more than one column of players scores on them such as Four Ball Better ball scorecards HandicapMaster will prompt for each player s scores for Hole 1 to be entered before requesting Hole 2 scores etc However this behaviour may be modified so that all of the scores for Pla
399. nascssasatssnstacanesnensdiacsasaceesceccenectesutansinasat abvaatnsadeaninabiuaesdiacesai waidhsvassddedsandsasaaens 349 The Payment Item Window cccssssseeseeseeseeeseeseeseessessessesseeseeseeseesoesnesaesaesaesaesaessnesnesauseesaesaessevseuenneneas 349 3 SUDSCrIPHOMNS eian cre cet EA REENA ANON RAE EEE RENA KEAN a ARREN AAN N ERAAN 351 INTFOCUCTION aeee Enee TET EN E E EOE EEEE EEA EAEE 351 Create a Subscription Template ccseeeees 351 Assign a Subscription Template to a Member snannnnnnnnnsunnnnnrnnnnnnrnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenn ennnen 352 Edit a Subscription Template ccccsssssssssessessessessesseveevseeseeseeseeseesausaesaeseeseeseeseesaesaesaesaesaevanvaneaneanes 353 Copy a Subscription Tem plate ccc ccc seseesenseseesseseessesseeseeseeseesaesaesseseusevonvsnesneseeneesaesaesaeseeoneneeaes 353 Delete a Subscription Tem plate occ csscestessesseesessessevsesseeseeseeseeseessesaessesaeeseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 354 Raise a SUDSCTIPTION cc ceetstesesseeseeeeseeeeseeseeseesoesoessessevaeseeseeoneseeneesnesausaesaesaeeseeseeseesaesausaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 355 The Raise SubSCription Wizard cccceseseseeeeeeeesessesseesesseeseeseeseesoesnesaesoesaesaeseseeesnesaesousaesaessensnesneneas 355 View a Member s Subscription 358 Amend Subscription Note ccccsssssesseseeeseeseeseeneseesseseesseseeeseesoesoesaesaesaesaevaevoneseeaneseeneesnesaesaesneseeseeaes
400. nbox e You may change the covering text created in the body of the e mail HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters 8 2 8 E mailing the Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs Report When you click the E mail Report button to e mail the Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs report the behaviour of HandicapMaster changes In this situation HandicapMaster creates e mails with the away scores listed in the body of the e mail This is in place of the report on screen being attached as a PDF document To send Scores to Away clubs by e mail 1 Enter the e mail addresses for the recipients at the away clubs by recording the contact details for the golf clubs 2 Generate the Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs report 3 Click the E mail Report button on the Reports Toolbar A copy of each e mail sent will also be sent to the User s e mail account e Each away club will only receive the scores for its members The whole report is not sent by e mail to each away club 8 2 9 E mailing Subscriptions Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed When you click the E mail Report button to e mail the Subscriptions the behaviour of HandicapMaster changes In this situation HandicapMaster creates e mails with the sub
401. nd players are choosing their own tee time tick the Players may book others into the same Tee Time Singles competitions box if you wish to allow players to book their friends into the same tee time as themselves This option is only operational for singles not team competitions 19 If players are being asked to pay online when booking tick the Visitors booking online must supply CDH numbers box if you wish all players to provide a CDH number when booking 20 Click Next Tee Availability 21 If you have a section of tee times that are not available for this competition un tick the box alongside the times displayed This will prevent these times from being used for Bookings 22 Click Next Public Notice 23 If you are using the Master Scoreboard service you may display a message on the booking page for this competition on the web site Enter the message in the Web Site Public Notice box Note You may emphasise sections of the message by wrapping the emphasised text with lt b gt and lt b gt For example to display the following message Payment for entry to this competition must be paid on the day of the competition enter Payment for entry to this competition lt b gt must be paid lt b gt on the day of the competition 24 Click Next then Finish 15 1 3 Prepare a Competition to receive Bookings The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To
402. ndicapMaster installations will not have this log Where can these files be found These files can be located in the following folder Windows XP Users e C Document and Settings lt User gt Application Data HandicapMaster8 e C Document and Settings lt User gt Application Data HandicapMaster8 National Data Windows Vista and Windows 7 Users e C Users lt User gt AppData Roaming HandicapMaster8 e C Users lt User gt AppData Roaming HandicapMaster8 National Data where lt Users gt is the name of the Userid used to Log into Windows Please note this is a hidden folder in Windows HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Index a 12 Hole Competitions 342 9 Hole Competitions CONGU Handicapping 331 9 Hole Compettiions 342 9 Hole Standard Scratch Score 156 A Account Balance 230 Accounting Add Footnote to Receipts 120 E mailing Invoices 120 E mailing Receipts 120 Printing Invoices Automatically 120 Printing Receipts Automatically 120 Prompt if subscription overdue when adding player to start sheet 120 Removing Void records 431 System wide Options 120 VAT Number 120 VAT Rate 120 Active Inactive Handicaps CONGU Handicapping ENGLAND 63 Active Inactive Handicaps CONGU Handicapping 167 Address Labels From a Distribution List 111 From existing subscriptions 360 Age Groups Adjust Automatically 115 Setting Adult and Senior ages 115 Aggregate Scores 167 Align Picture Left 141 Am Am 167 Annual Handicap Review Rep
403. nding or overdue if appropriate See Also e Reprinta range of receipts 20 6 8 Reprint a range of Receipts Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed If you wish to print or re print a set of receipts you may print all receipts in a selected range HandicapMaster Limited 2015 362 HandicapMaster Reprint a range of payment receipts To reprint a range of receipts do the following 1 2 6 On the Accounting menu click Payments then click Reprint a Range of Receipts Select the receipt atthe startof the range to be reprinted in the list You may change the list sort order by clicking on a column header Click Next gt Select the receipt at the end of the range to be reprinted in the list You may change the list sort order by clicking on a column header Click Finish Choose the Printer to be used The status of the payments at the time of the print will be displayed For example a member is paying monthly and has paid a couple of payments these will show as paid and the remaining will be displayed as outstanding or overdue if appropriate 20 6 9 Resend a Receipt by E mail Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not avail
404. ndow If there is no suitable Payment Item available If there is no suitable Payment Item already available click the New button and add a new Payment Item 20 6 5 View a Payment Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed The View Payment window allows you to see details of a selected payment To view details of a Payment 1 On the Accounting Menu click Payments then click View 2 Click one of the Payments to highlight it and click OK to display the details 3 Tick the Print Receipt box if you wish to reprint a receipt for this payment and click OK 4 Tick the E mail Receipt box if you wish to have a receipt e mailed and click OK e The Print Receipt and E mail Receipt boxes by default are not ticked even if Automatically Print Receipt for Payment Transactions box or the E mail Receipts box in the Accounting Options have been ticked HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 20 6 6 Amend Payment Notes Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed The View Payment window allows you to see details of a selected payment To amend Payment Notes 1 On the Accounting Menu cli
405. ned competition If you have a multiple round competition such as a 36 hole competition ensure that you set the aggregation of rounds with Open a New Competition for the second round If you have already opened the second round you may link the rounds by changing the way the opened competition is being played You can also set an overall name for the competition If the leader board is displaying the leading scores for a multiple round competition it will only show the scores for those players who have completed all rounds to date i e all players with the maximum number of rounds so far completed You may choose whether to show Nett or Gross scores for a chosen competition when configuring an open competition where the format of the competition is a singles stroke play medal competition If displaying a leader board on the Player Entry computer the Windows Screen Saver will activate if configured When the leader board is displayed on the screen itis possible to hide the buttons alongside the leader board by pressing the F6 key Function Key 6 Pressing this key again re displays the buttons By hiding the buttons the display of the leader board when being fed through to a large display such as a TV display can be improved This option can also be activated on start up please see Command Line Options HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The Player Entry System 2 14 12 Display Messages on the Player Entry Terminal The Dis
406. nfigure This button if clicked will allow additional copies of the HandicapMaster database to be created or copied Compact Database Not Network Edition This button if clicked will compact the current HandicapMaster database file often reducing itin size Recover the database to how it was at an earlier date using an automatic Backup This link if clicked will allow the HandicapMaster database to be restored back to a previous position using one of the automatic backups that HandicapMaster maintains Create an automatic Backup now This link if clicked will request that HandicapMaster takes an immediate backup of the database as an automatic backup Number of Automatic backups retained Not Network Edition HandicapMaster will save a copy of the database each time HandicapMaster is exited The copies are made to directory Backup under the HandicapMaster directory This number dictates how many copies should be retained Valid values are 0 to 99 inclusive Integration Tab Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions Only Configure Integration This button allows configuration of interfaces to and from other systems This facility should only be changed after discussion with the supplier of your external Membership system Note this is only visible when logged on as the HandicapMaster admin user Report Account ID s This button if clicked will create a text file listing the Account ID s currentl
407. ng Handicap changes 11 2 7 Configure Most Improved Golfer Report To change how the Most Improved Golfer calculation is performed 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Reports 2 Click the Handicap Reports tab 3 Under the Most Improved Player Report section select either Use Relative Improvement in Handicap USGA Method Use Golf World Ranking or Use Percentage Improvement in Handicap e The following formulae are used to calculate the Most Improved Golfer USGA Method The improvement ranking is calculated using the following formula Ranking Original Handicap 12 divided by Current Handicap 12 This ranking is recommended by the United States Golf Association see Appendix H of the USGA Handicapping system Golf World Ranking The improvement ranking is calculated using the following formula Ranking 2 x Original Handicap less 3 x Current Handicap Percentage Improvement in Handicap The ranking is based on a percentage change in Handicap The following formula is used Ranking Original Handicap Current Handicap Original Handicap x 100 Members who do not have an Original Handicap prior to the start date selected for the report are automatically excluded from the report 11 2 8 Generate Letter to player automatically when Handicap First Award or General Play adjustment To automatically generate a letter when a player is awarded a handicap
408. ng system to crash that can resultin the database becoming corrupt Another example of protection is the mis entry of data that subsequently requires removal HandicapMaster provides four levels of protection against all of these types of problems These are 1 Correcting mistakes made bythe User 2 Recovery of data following a system crash whilst processing competition scores and 3 Physical Backup of data to another drive or directory and Restore of data from another drive or directory 4 Online backup and restore of data to from HM SAFE online storage The first of these has already been discussed in the section Correcting Mistakes previously in this guide The rest of this section deals with the second and third of these Processing Competition Scores Competition processing is the most regular and processing intensive operation that HandicapMaster has to perform For this reason this is the most likely scenario when a system hardware crash or software failure would leave the database corrupt HandicapMaster has been designed in a way that ensures the changes made as a result of competition processing are protected by being backed up whilst the changes are processed These backups are automatically deleted once the changes have been completed This enables HandicapMaster to recognize when scores have not been completed since the backups will exist and backup out the changes if necessary HandicapMaster automatically checks whether a
409. nne 323 Competition Handicap Status a ENGLAND and WALES ginising an nay reae e a aai Aa Introduction England amp WaleS ccceeceeseesceneceeeeeeeseeeeeesaeeeaeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeseeeeesaeeeeseaeeeaeseaeeeatens 323 Handicap Status Regulations Wales s esseseesessesnsnssnrrnsrnsrnntnstnsrnsrarnnrnaruntnttantnnnnntnnensennnannannnee 324 Override Handicap Status Wales c ceecceeceeseceseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeaeesaeeeaeesaeeeaeesaeesaeseneeeeeeneeseneeeeeaes 325 Players Exempt from Non Competition Handicaps Wales s s ssssnsnssesnsinrnrinnnnnrnsrsrnnnnrnnnnnnennn 326 Stop players w ith Non Competition Handicaps entering a competition WaleS mnara ine VN E NEN L ark N E ai eee ea 326 SCOTLAND ireann a a A TE S aa ila 327 Reassessing Handicap Statuses after 1st March Scotland cccecceseeseeceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeees 327 Restoring a Handicap to Competition status SCOtIAN eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeaeeeeeeaeeeaeens 327 Reporting Qualifying scores by AWAY Members to their Home Clubs 328 Exceptional Scoring REGUCTIONS c cc eeeeetescenteseeseeseeseeeeeeseeseeseesaesaessesaeuevonvanesneaneseesnesaesansenseeesneans 328 Low Handicap Players Audit cccssssssssscesessessessessessevsevseesneseeseeseesaesaessesaeeseeseesessaesausansaesaevanvaneaneanes 329 Issue a Disability Handicap cceseeseeeeeesessessessessesseveevsesseeseeseese
410. nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn mnene 165 Add a new Competition Template 0 00 0 cc ccstscesneseesseseeseeseeeseeseeseesaesaesseseusevsnvaeesneaneseesnesaesaesnsseeseeons 165 Modify a Competition Tem plate nsnsnnnnnnsnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ennnen nnee 165 Copy a Competition Tem plate uu ccccscsseseneneestesseseessesseeseesoeseesaesaessesaeveevonvaneaneaneneesnesaesaeseneseesnean 166 Delete a Competition Tem plate ou cece csstsecessesseesessessevsevseeseeseeneeseesaesaessesaeeseeseeseesaesaesansaeuaevanvaneaneanes 166 The Competition Tem plate Wizard cccsscseestesteeseeseeseeseeseeseeseesoesnesaesaesaesaessesseeseesoesousaesessenseueneoneas 167 Mixed Com petitions c cc scesscsssssesscsseeeseeseeseesesessessesseveevseeseeseennesnesaesoesaussessesseeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 172 Opening Competitions cccceeeeeceee cece eens cece eeeeee ee eeeeee ee eessee ee eeseeeseeeseeeeeesseeseeesseeneeeees 174 Open a New Competition ccc esssesssessessesseeseeseeseeseesseseessesseeseesoeseesaesaessesaeuaevonesneaneanesaesaesaesaesaesseeeneons 174 Delete an Opened Competition cc cecsssteecessessessessessevsevseeseeseeneeseessesaessesseeseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 174 Change an Opened Competition 0 0 ccc ccs sceseesceneeseessesseseesseeseeseesoesaessesesevsevonvsnesneneeneusnesaesaeseeeseeseees 174 The Open a New Com petition Wizard
411. nquiry through the England Golf CDH web site Scotland or Wales Log into the SGU SLGA or GUW CDH web site and click Help to report the problem Please complete this before contacting HandicapMaster Support See Also e Common error codes returned by the CDH e CDH Validation Removing unknown records from the CDH 22 4 15 Common Error codes returned by the CDH The following common codes and messages may be returned by the CDH when running the Publishing to Internet wizard Error 45 Club Id and local player ID combination Already Used Cause You have requested national numbers for two or more members who share the same Membership Number in HandicapMaster More than one member with the same Local ID is not allowed by the CDH Solution Amend the records of your members and remove duplicate membership numbers Error 48 Handicapping Authority is Suspended Cause Your club as chosen in the System Home Club setting in HandicapMaster has not been activated on HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet the CDH Solution Check your System Home Club is correctly set then activate your account on the CDH 22 4 16 Reviewing Away Scores Received The Central Databases of Handicaps will return Away scores from competitions played away from the player s Home Club Each Away score record received will be displayed on screen in turn Provided the information received passes basic checking you will be able to d
412. nrnnnnnnrunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ennn 47 3 Seta Handicap for a Member cceececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeseeeseeeeees 49 4 View a Member s Handicap Record cccceecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 50 5 Create a Handicap Certificate for a Member ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeees 51 6 Member Subscription Pools cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseaeneeesees 52 VCO UN CUNO Merea E TTT A 52 Add a New Pool inisiator aaae aat a aeaea Ea ap cadeadien devvdenytds cucdtues o aai oada aAa iiaa 52 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Contents 5 Editan Existing Pool iaouanka voada is cnt dadana s Lad ae aaa dadaa Sa aa Paa aaaea Siaa aada anastaa a a Eaa iiaia 52 Member Subscription Pools WiNdoOW s ssussuseusenrenrunnunnunnuneunnunennnunnnnnnnnnnunnunnnnnnnnnnennennennnnnnnnnnnnnn ennenen nnn 53 Add Members toa Pool asirian iada ai daa kaaa aaa aoaaa aaaea aa aadar aa ai rad padarai 54 Remove Members from a Pool csssceseeseeesseeseesseeeseessneeseesenesseeseeesseeseeeneeseesanecseesanerseessnenseeseneneeeserenes 54 7 Importing or Exporting Membership records cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeees 56 About Importing and Exporting cccccssssssesescesessessessesseeseeseeseesoeseesaesaesaesaevaesaeeseesneseesaeseesaesoessneaneas 56 Import Memberships from
413. ntext sensitive help system These can easily be accessed by pressing Function Key F1 or clicking buttons labelled Help HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The HandicapMaster Desktop 25 4 2 The Desktop Below is the main HandicapMaster desktop Scroll down for a detailed description z Main Toolbar B D Easy access to Catta Nanda ut Primary tasks Member mone suas wom Pow Hane 4 ea BLACKBIRD Jocge Soo GRAMBLING Bot 1 5 Gyo Right Hand Pane Main window showing Left Hand Pane Quick access to common Tasks or DOTIEREL Helene GOLDENEYE Dee GOLOFN Kay navigate to information DOVE Bentha records reports or J BEAGLE Miis graphs using Explorer Tree FING Cony Main Toolbar The Main Toolbar situated across the top of the HandicapMaster desktop provides access to the most common tasks such as creating a list of handicaps producing a Handicap Certificate etc Tasks Explorer Tab The Tasks Explorer Tab lets you choose between displaying quick access to Tasks you may wish to perform in HandicapMaster or searching your records using a Windows Explorer style Tree not shown in the picture Both of these are shown in the Left Hand Pane Left Hand Pane This pane shows either e Tasks you may wish to perform or e Explorer Tree to search and locate records in the database When showing Tasks you may wish to perform as shown abo
414. nto their records in HandicapMaster 1 Select Edit Member and choose the applicable member 2 Click Cards and Lockers tab and tick the Has National Number GOLFnet box 3 Enter the player s 8 digit number in the Player National Number box Click OK to save the record Step 4 Request numbers for remaining Home players England Scotland amp Wales Once you have confidence that the CDH service is operational for your club you may register the HandicapMaster Limited 2015 ata HandicapMaster remaining Home club members onto the CDH and be allocated their 10 digit numbers 1 Click the Publish button on the main Toolbar to run the Publish to Internet wizard and click Next 2 Tick the Central Database of Handicaps box and optionally Master Scoreboard if you are already using the Master Scoreboard service and click Next 3 Amend the For Period date to the earliest date that you would like handicap records to be available on the CDH 4 Click Next to initiate the publishing to the CDH 5 On the Request New Player ID s window tick Select All button This will tick the box alongside all of the players listed Click OK At the end of the process a report may be viewed Note When allocating the players to the system in bulk this may take a few minutes to complete See Also e Reporting Problems with the CDH service e Common error codes returned by the CDH e Unrecognised Golf Courses 22 4 3 Ob
415. nts by Member List of Payments recorded for a Member Payments Default Method List of default Method of Payments for Members of Payments Subscriptions Summary List of members and their subscription templates Subscriptions Summary of Summary of Overdue Subscriptions including outstanding Overdue amounts due Subscriptions Valid List of Valid Subscriptions Subscriptions Overdue Overdue Subscription details including payment items and schedule Subscriptions Full Details List of Subscription template details and members assigned to template Invoices Overdue List of Overdue Invoices Audit Log Report of all financial transactions HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Working with Golf Courses Working with Golf Courses 12 Working with Golf Courses 12 1 Add a New Golf Course To add a new Golf Course To add the name of a course that is not already displayed in HandicapMaster do the following 1 Do one of the following e On the Players menu click Golf Courses then Add a New Club e Inthe Golf Courses Task list select Add a New Club Enter the name of the Golf Course and choose the most applicable Region Tick the This is another Course at the Home Club box if the club you are adding is representing a second course at your own club This will instruct HandicapMaster to treat this club as a Home Club course for the purpose of the Handicapping Systems Not applicable to Society edition 4 Click th
416. o Refund box the amount to be refunded This may be any value up to the total of the amount paid 4 The Notes box can be use to record any details you wish e g reason for the refund e The Print Receipt box will be ticked if you have ticked the Automatically Print Receipt for Payment Transactions box in the Accounting Options HandicapMaster Limited 2015 3s HandicapMaster e The E mail Receipt box will be ticked if you have ticked the E mail Receipts boxin the Accounting Options 20 7 3 Refund a Payment Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Ifa Payment needs to be refunded proceed as follows To Refund a Payment 1 Do one of the following e Click Accounting menu then Payments then Refund Select a payment to refund e On the Left Hand Task Pane select Accounting place then in the All Payments or Payments in Current Year list select the payment right click and select Refund Details of the Payment are displayed In the Payment Method list choose the method being used to make the refund payment 2 3 4 Tick the Print Receipt box if you require a receipt to be printed 5 Tick the E mail Receipt boxif ifthe receiptis to be sent by e mail 6 The Notes box can be use to record any details you wish e g reason for the refund e T
417. o enter the competition then the Find option will advise why this player is not eligible and therefore not listed In some situations you may override the ineligibility criteria and proceed to enter a score for the player 13 8 8 Scorecard Entry Window Competitors scores are entered using the Score Entry window To enter the scores for a competitor or team 1 Check that the Handicap indicated for Strokes Received on the Scorecard is correct for the competitor Should this be a Stroke play competition the number of strokes can be adjusted to suit 2 Enter the player s scores hole by hole The Nett score number of Stableford points or Par result for each hole are shown 3 To save the scorecard press the ENTER key or click the Save and Close button Entering a Hole in One Press 1 key followed by ENTER key Entering a score for a hole over 9 strokes Press 1 then the second digit For example to enter a score of 12 press the 1 key followed by Entering a score for a hole 20 strokes or higher Click the 20 button and enter the applicable score Entering a No Return for a hole If the player does not complete a hole use the ZERO 0 or FULL STOP key to enter a No Return To correct a mistake Use the UP and DOWN keys on the Keyboard to correct previous holes entered as indicated alongside the buttons on the right of the screen Over type a score with a revised number as appropriate Alternatively click the hole
418. ociety edition e Select the handicapping status of the Competition in the Qualifier Status box e Inthe Standard Scratch Score box enter the Scratch Score of the course e In the Competition Scratch Score box enter the Competition Scratch Score for the competition If this is not known enter the Scratch Score of the course instead e Ifthe format of the competition was Stableford or Par in the Course Par box enter the Par value for the course EGA Handicap editions e Select the handicapping status of the Competition in the Qualifier box e Inthe Competition Stableford Adjustment box enter the Competition Stableford Adjustment for the competition If this is not known or not applicable enter 0 8 For each player who has returned a Score in this Away Competition e Click Add Player button e Select the Player from the list e Enter the Player s score as applicable for Stroke play competitions enter the Player s Gross score and if required Adjusted Gross Score 9 Importing away scores from a file Club Premier and Network Editions only To enter multiple away scores the values may be imported from a file by clicking the Import button See Importing Away Scores for details To record a Reductions Only Away Score If the Competition Scratch Score was reported as Reductions Only select Qualifier Reductions Only in the Qualifier Status box To remove a Player entered in error 1 Select the Player in the Scor
419. of e How many Stableford Points players score Points will be awarded for each competition the player plays in equivalent to the number of Stableford Points their competition scores would achieve e Where players finish in competitions Points will be awarded according to the overall positions a player achieves in competitions based on award structures set up in plans 4 Click Next gt Points Plans 5 Up to eight separate Plans may be configured These can be used to award different numbers of points depending on the importance of a competition Choose whether you would like to award a minimum number of points to players each time they play in an Order of Merit qualifying competition These are known as appearance points If you are awarding points based on where players finish in a competition set up the plan by allocating points to positions in a competition See Setting up the Plan for more details 6 Click Next gt 7 Tick the Limit Players to their Best Scores only box if you wish to limit the number of scores each player can contribute to their Order of Merit total using their highest points earning competitions When selected the Order of Merit report includes the individual points scores from each competition for each player in ascending order 8 Tick the Use Gross Scores rather than Nett Scores box to base the points allocated on their HandicapMaster Limited 2015 204 HandicapMaster posit
420. of scores to report list select Birdies or other choice of scoring This is the level at which scores will be considered to be Good There is a further option later to include scores better than this if required 6 Click Next gt Which Competitions 7 Tick the Box alongside each Competition that you would like to include in this Series e Click Select All to quickly tick all listed Competitions e Click Clear All to quickly remove the ticks from all listed Competitions 8 Click Next gt Who to include in the Report 9 Choose which members to be included in the report 10 Tick the Include Past Members box if Past Members are to be included in the results 11 Tick the Include Visitors box if Visitors are to be included in the results 12 Click Next gt 13 Tick the Limit Report to Players with Current Exact Handicap box to restrict the report to players either below or above a certain Handicap value HandicapMaster will use Player s current handicaps at the time the Wizard is run 14 Tick the Show Winners Down to Position box to restrict the report to only the leading players players scoring the most Birdies HandicapMaster will include all players tying for the position chosen 15 Tick the Include on MasterScoreboard co uk box to allow this series to be uploaded to the MasterScoreboard service when publishing to the MasterScoreboard web site 16 Tick the Include any scores Better than lt various gt in Report box
421. of the player To print the report click Print Report Aseparate report page is produced for the visitor records updated and the visitors or scores which have been skipped Ifthe report contains no data itis omitted The reports are visible when the Away Scores processing is completed or cancelled To clear the report and the counters click Clear Report To return to the scores entry page click Back If required the import operation can be repeated to import multiple files or to retry records which have been rejected See also e Format ofthe Import File 19 1 9 3 Format of the Import File Required format of the Import File The file must be a Comma Separated File which is typically suffixed CSV This format can for example be saved from a spreadsheet in Microsoft Excel The file must be an ASCII text file There must be one score record per record in the file There must be a special Header record as the first record in the file see below Each field within each record must be separated by a comma The Header Record The first record in the file must be a Header record This consists of the names of each of the columns fields within the file Not all the columns are required depending on the competition format The PlayerlD National Number is always required HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping 37 The fields supported are as follows PlayerID The National Number lifetime ID of the player
422. ofile being used for sign in Key Details Default Value ServiceID Identifies the facility s to be activated Use value 57 for this to prevent entry to competition if insufficient funds in Account facility when signing in Overdraft An overdraft limit allowing players to go overdrawn by up to this amount Specified as a decimal amount such as 5 00 for 5 pounds ReportAllCallbacks True or False Indicates whether balance checks HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster StopIfCallbackFails1 AllowPaymentWithoutFunds where players have sufficient funds are included in the Callback Log report True or False Indicates whether the current processing in HandicapMaster should be allowed to continue if one ore more team members has insufficient funds Use StopIfCallbackFails1 Tr ue to prevent players signing in if any members of the team has insufficient funds True or False Indicates whether the player is to be permitted entry even when the player has insufficient funds to cover the fee I e OK to go overdrawn without authorisation To configure these settings do the following False processing continues even if some team members have insufficient funds 1 In HandicapMaster select COMPETITIONS place in the left hand pane 2 Double click SETTINGS PROFILES in the right hand pane 3 Double click the applicable settings or click CREATE ANEW PROFILE temp
423. olf Courses Each of the National Systems England Scotland and Wales Central Database of Handicaps and Ireland GOLFnet uses its own numbering scheme to represent golf courses when receiving uploaded Handicap Records We make this process of referring to golf courses by their respective national numbers easy in HandicapMaster by managing the respective numbering systems through program updates We attach the national number to the respective golf course record in the database and then use these numbers when publishing to the national systems Unrecognised Golf Course error Most clubs in the respective lists of clubs have their numbers available However from time to time itis necessary for users to add additional golf courses to the database These courses do not have the necessary national numbers In this situation when publishing to the national system an error like the following may be experienced Unrecognised Golf Course MyGolfCourse This golf course is not a recognised CDH course This venue is used in a record for Member Joe Bloggs dated 1st June 2008 Select the Golf Club this course relates to from the following list In this situation itis necessary to identify the corresponding golf course in the database thathas a national number To enable HandicapMaster to report an appropriate club name 1 When the above message is displayed click OK 2 Alist of golf courses known to the national system w
424. ols for which you wish to raise invoices 6 Click Next gt Invoice Details 7 Inthe Name and Description box enter a suitable name and descriptions 8 From the Template select the template you wish to use as the basis for the Invoice Click New if you wish to create a new invoice template The 1st Payment Due Date will then be updated to reflect the settings in the selected template 9 Change the 1st Payment Due Date if required 10 The Notes box maybe used to record any details you wish to record 11 If required click Add button to add Payment Items to the invoice Select the appropriate items from the list If the list does not contain a suitable item then click New button if you need to create a new Payment Item 12 To delete a Payment item click on it to highlight it and click the Delete button to remove it from the Invoice 13 Click Next gt 14 Select the option for sending of the invoices from one of the following Print Invoices HandicapMaster Limited 2015 370 HandicapMaster No printing of Invoices E mail Invoices with option to print for members not configured to receive e mails If you select E mail Invoices with option to print for members not configured to receive e mails the e mail details are displayed You may then modify the E mail options These are the Subject of e mail and Text to include with e mail The Invoice details will be added as an attachment to the e mail In addit
425. ompetition Wizard ccccetseseesesseeseeseeseeseeseesesaeseeseessnsseeseesouseesesaeesensensnneneas Set up an Order of Merit Plan cc ssessssseneeeeeeee Adding or updating scores to an Order of Merit The Update Order of Merit Scores window Change format of an Order of Merit Com petition 0 0 0 ccc cceeceeceeteesessesseeseseevseeseesneneeseeseeseesneeeeneenes Edit Order of Merit Competition Notes cccsssssssessessesseeseeseeneeseeseseessesseeseeseeseesaesaesesevaevonvaneaneanes Delete an Order of Merit Com petition ccs scesessessessessesseeseeseeneesseseesesseeseeseeseesaesausaesaevaevanvaneaneanes 2 Eclectic Competitions cccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeees VVC OCU CUNO cece case A cece deze E TTT E ET Eclectic COM PetitiONS ccceessesssssesseeeeeeseeseeseesesesesevsessevseesneseesnesnesaesaesaesaesseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneaneanes Creating an Eclectic Competition cesses The Eclectic Competition Wizard Adding or updating scores to an Eclectic The Update Eclectic Scores Window cccecsseseteesesseeseeseeseeseeseesoeseesaesoesaesonsensseesessoeseusausaessevsnueneeneas Edit Eclectic Com petition Notes uu cc cccsssscsesssessessessessevsevseeseeseeseeseesesaessesseeseeseeseesaesaesaesaevaevanvaneaneones Change format of an Eclectic Competition Delete an Eclectic Competition c cesses Dis qualifi
426. ompetition scores may also be entered using the Player Entry Program 13 8 11 Change how an Opened Competition is being played To change the configuration of an Opened Competition 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place Select Opened Competitions 2 3 Double click the competition to be changed 4 Click the Config button on the Enter Scores Toolbar 5 Change the Opened Competition using the Amend Competition window 13 8 12 The Amend Competition window Details Tab Competition Name To change the name of the competition in the Competition Name box enter a new name Date of Competition To change the date of the competition in the Date of Competition box enter the revised date Note e Itwill only be possible to change the date of the competition if all player s for whom there is a competition score already recorded have a valid handicap on the revised date e Ifscores have already been entered itis not possible to revise the date if the competition is a Four Ball Better Ball competition Played At To change the venue of the competition click the Select Alternative Venue button and choose a different golf course Competitors Play from these Tee Markers To change the Tees used for the competition select alternative Men and Ladies tee values Handicapping Tab Use First Round Handicaps If the competition is a 36 54 or 72 competition it may be necessary for players to use their handicaps as they
427. ompulsory fields Details Tab First Name The member s Given name Christian name Middle Initials The initials of the member Last Name The member s Surname last name Title The title of the member Gender Whether the member is Male or Female Date of Birth If checked identifies the members Date of Birth To enter a Date of Birth tick the box and then update the date The date fields may be over typed or click Day Month or Year and and use the spin buttons Age Group Identifies the age group of the member Ifa Date of Birth is provided for the member then the Age Group will be pre selected It can be changed if required Available values are Junior Adult Senior or two others The Others Age Groups maybe renamed using Options Member No The number of the member s membership Documentary only Player Identification Number PIN A three to six digit number that players may use to enter their competition scores Randomly generated number that can be overridden but must be unique for each player By HandicapMaster Limited 2015 40 HandicapMaster default number will be 4 Digits in length Address Town County Postcode The address of the member Used when producing letters to be addressed to the member Telephone The telephone number of the member Documentary only Mobile The mobile telephone number of the member Documentary only Other Tel The telephone or Fax number of
428. on HandicapMaster Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions include two options to integrate membership information from an external system When integrated Membership information is keptin line with changes made in the external Membership system The two options allow membership information to be sourced from the external system by e sharing information via a Comma separated Values CSV file or e using the HandicapMaster Remote Requests facility For HandicapMaster to receive Remote Requests the external system MUST have been programmed to use the HandicapMaster supplied ActiveX DLL interface with the option to use database stored procedures for the Network Edition Please contact your software supplier to confirm this before you activate the Remote Request Integration facility When configured in either of these ways membership information becomes read only in HandicapMaster This chapter describes these Integration facilities and how they can be activated e How loading Membership information by CSV file works e How loading Membership information by Remote Requests works e Activating and Configuring the Integration Facility e Report Account ID values in use 25 1 2 How loading Membership information by CSV file works Matching of Membership Records Records passed in the CSV load file are matched against records in HandicapMaster e Where there is a match the membership details in HandicapMaster are refreshed with
429. on competition Handicap Status ENGLAND amp WALES 325 Players Exempt fromNon competition Handicap Status ENGLAND amp WALES 326 Report Away Scores 91 328 Restore a Competition Handicap status SCOTLAND 327 Stop players with non competition handicap status entering a competition ENGLAND amp WALES 326 Supplementary Scores 320 CONGU Regional Settings 320 Convert Away Member to Home Member 44 Convert Home Member to Away Member 46 Copyright 32 Corrections 310 392 Change the Name of a Competition 399 Undo an Away Score 398 Undo General Play Annual Review or Exceptional Score 396 Undo Handicap Brought Forward or First Award 394 Undo or Amend Competition Results Undo Supplementary Score 395 CSS 317 Custom Start Sheet Labels Combined handicap for team competitions Custom Scorecard labels from Start Sheets 187 Design Start Sheet labels 187 Scorecard labels from Start Sheets D Data Protection Act 115 Database 430 434 435 438 442 443 Accessing the database file directly 397 187 187 32 Add or modify Database s 438 Archiving records 431 Backup Database 433 434 Compacting the Database File 115 Copy a Database File 438 Database Configuration 439 Database File 115 Database Wizard 440 Deleting records 431 Housekeeping 431 Local Backup 434 Local Restore 435 Managing automatic Backups 437 More than one Database 438 Online Database Backup 442 Online Database Backup and Restore 44
430. on is a singles competition you may choose to link this competition to other competition rounds By choosing to aggregate this round at this stage the Player Entry leader board will be able to display the combined scores for the competition as scores are entered 11 Choose whether to aggregate the round as an Alternative Day competition or a Multiple round HandicapMaster Limited 2015 176 HandicapMaster competition see Competitions played over more than one round for further details then select the previous round from the pop up list of competitions 12 You maychoose to give an overall name to the competition to encompass all rounds by clicking Set an overall name for this competition link 13 Tick the Players to record their Score Card Issue Number box if score cards have been allocated to players each with a unique number By recording the Issue Number of each card as the score is input itis possible to locate missing cards l e cards that have not been returned more quickly Use the Analyse Score Cards Entered list to sort scores returned by their issue number to locate missing cards after scores have been entered Note This option is ignored if Printing of Score Cards as players sign in is activated see Configure Player Entry 14 Tick the Players to Sign In before play box if you wish players to acknowledge their entry in the competition prior to play Players will be asked to sign in with the time that
431. on the Clubhouse wall The booking list can if required be incorporated into a start list once bookings for a competition has closed You may allow bookings to be accepted through the Player Entry system and or Master Scoreboard web site A Bookings Template allows you to set the format of the bookings list and use this for future competitions You may specify e The block of tee times available for booking e Unavailable tee times from within this block and e The time frame within which bookings may be accepted Players may book e a specific tee time or e a place within a block from which a specific tee time will then be drawn Collecting Bookings for a Competition Bookings may be collected through the HandicapMaster Player Entry system or Master Scoreboard web site or through external Booking Systems In addition if you have an account with BRS Golf you may download competition bookings from the BRS system onto Start Sheets Abroadband internet connection between HandicapMaster and Master Scoreboard web site is required along with an account on Master Scoreboard If Bookings are being collected through the HandicapMaster Player Entry system bookings maybe made by a club official or by the player themselves using the score entry screen Access is identical as for score entry i e either by Name or PIN In addition users with direct access to the computer can book via the standard HandicapMaster windows The boo
432. on the Request Set up button to start the registration request form Ifthe ID in the Connection Settings is not 0 your club has already published to MasterScoreboard co uk and a registration request is not required In this case the Request Set up button is not shown 5 On the request form enter the contact name and email address for the registration and the name of the club to use on MasterScoreboard co uk this will be initially set to the registered club name but may be amended if necessary These fields cannot be left blank 6 If your club uses multiple databases for different sections a separate registration is required for each section In this case tick the box to indicate a section registration and then enter the section name in the additional field that is now shown The section name will be incorporated into the MasterScoreboard co uk name during set up Ifa section registration is selected the section name cannot be left blank 7 If you have any further information which is relevant to the registration process enter details in the Notes field 8 Click the Send button This will send an email message to HandicapMaster Support staff containing the details entered on the form The name and code from the HandicapMaster registration details are also included along with an indication of the handicapping type to ensure the correct set up on MasterScoreboard co uk Acopy of the request email is sent to the contact email address
433. on when adding members to a start sheet if their subscription is overdue box if you wish the subscriptions option to determine if players being added to the start sheet have an overdue subscription In this case HandicapMaster will prompt if the player should be added to the start sheet By default the Cancel un paid subscriptions and invoices when deleting members will be ticked When using the Subscriptions Option to manage competition fees if you wish to retain resigned member s account balances as they were just prior to their resignation then un tick this box Receipts This section is used to configure options related to Receipts HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Setting System wide Options 121 Tick the Automatically Print Receipt for Payment Transactions box to turn on the automatic printing of receipts for financial transactions Tick the E mail Receipts box to turn on the e mailing of receipts for financial transactions In the Footnote to add to Receipts box enter any text that you wish to add to the end of a receipt e Ifthe rate of VAT is changed then adjust the VAT Rate value The new value will be used in all future subscriptions invoices etc Existing records will use the historic value e If you wish the Invoices or subscriptions to be overdue immediately from the date of issue then please set the Days before an Invoice or Subscription is Overdue to be 0 before raising invoices or subscriptions e The receipt footno
434. one of the templates to highlight it and then click OK e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Subscription Templates Highlight the template you wish to delete Then right click with the mouse and select Delete Template or press the DELETE key 2 Confirm the deletion e lfatemplate is assigned to one or more members you will not be able to delete it and a message will be displayed In this case you must assign another template to those members HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 355 20 3 7 Raise a Subscription Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To Raise a Subscription 1 On the Accounting menu click Subscriptions then click Raise Subscriptions 2 Raise the Subscription using The Raise Subscription Wizard 20 3 8 The Raise Subscription Wizard Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed The Raise Subscription Wizard guides you through the process of raising membership subscription renewals The Raise Subscription Wizard This briefly describes how the Raise Subscription Wizard operates 1 Click Next gt
435. ons for further details Updating Handicap Status HandicapMaster will automatically update the status of players Handicaps the first time HandicapMaster is run after the start of a new year Any player with less than the stipulated number of qualifying scores returned in the previous year will have their handicap automatically marked as such Handicap Lists will show the handicap status alongside their handicap Any handicap with an inactive non competition non competitive status will automatically be reset to active com petition competitive when the necessary number of qualifying scores is returned during the year To view a report of players who may have an Inactive non competition non competitive handicap in the following season On the Reports menu click Handicapping Reports then Non Competition Handicaps Possible Candidates To view a report of players with Inactive Non Competition Non Competitive Handicap Status 1 On the Reports menu click Handicapping Reports 2 Select Non Competition Handicaps List of Players See Also e Override Handicap Status e Players Exempt from Non Competition Handicaps 19 2 5 1 2 Handicap Status Regulations Wales CONGU Handicap Status Regulations Competition Non Competition CONGU Handicap Status Regulations are only sanctioned by England Golf for clubs in England and by Golf Union of Wales for clubs in Wales HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping
436. ons for how HandicapMaster will allocate players to the draw These are 1 Ina random order This option will randomly distribute the selected players throughout the draw 2 Into a General Numerical Draw This option will use the order of the players as selected into the entrants list and allocate them to the draw as recommended by the R amp Ain the Rules of Golf Appendix section C subsection 11 See page 145 of the small R amp A Rules book 2012 Edition This is intended to be used where matches have been determined by a qualifying round In this case ensure the players are listed in the entrants list in order of qualification l e with the highest placed qualifier listed at the top the second place qualifier second and so on HandicapMaster will then draw the players into the order as recommended by the R amp A This option is only available when the number of entrants does not exceed 64 3 In order as originally selected placed top to bottom This option will use the order of the players in the entrants list to fill out the draw sheet filling slots from top to bottom on the chart Use this option to ensure players are drawn in a previously determined order HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Match Play Competitions 275 16 6 The Knockout Draw Chart When a Match Play draw is completed a chartis produced showing the matches This chartis drawn in the familiar box format identifying the progress of the winners of eac
437. ons is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Limited 2015 26 HandicapMaster 13 15 Managing Competition Entry Fees 13 15 1 Introduction Itis possible to set entry fees for competitions and have these fees recorded by HandicapMaster These records may then viewed and either e Processed by an external accounting or till system e Be processed by the Subscriptions Option The Competition Fees option is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed How fees are recorded When a competition is applied a record is maintained of each player who has a score recorded along with the fees and amounts payable Fees are configured through the Competition Template These fees may be viewed and or exported to a CSV format file using the Manage Competition Fees window Once the fees have been processed viewed and or exported to the accounting system then maybe marked as processed Once fees have been marked as processed they no longer appear on the reports or export files When fees are processed in conjunction with the Subscriptions Option Invoices will be raised for each fee for each member and the member s
438. ook through the Master Scoreboard web site 12 If you have selected players may book online only in the Online Booking section tick the Players to Pay by Debit Credit Card when booking box if you wish players to only be able to enter if they pay online at the time of entry Selected options will be available depending upon your previous selections 13 Tick the Allow players without Handicaps box if you wish to allow players who do not have a Handicap to be able to book into the competition 14 Tick the Show names of players already booked In box if you wish players to be able to see which other players have booked into the competition HandicapMaster Limited 2015 28 HandicapMaster 15 If booking into blocks of times tick the Show Tee times associated with each Block box if you wish to define blocks as groups of times for example 9 00 to 9 50 10 00 to 10 50 etc for players to select from 16 If bookings are being received on Master Scoreboard web site and through Player Entry and you wish players to be able to book through Player Entry ahead of being able to book online tick the Delay accepting bookings via web site by box and set a delay 17 If the competition is a team competition tick the Players must book their partners into the competition Team Competitions box if you wish players to be able to book all of the players in their team into the competition 18 lf the competition is a singles competition a
439. ooked in to the competition and the fee s deducted from their account Configuration of this facility is specific to the external Accounting or Till system Please contact HandicapMaster Limited or your Accounting or Till EPOS system supplier for specific details e The External fee deduction facility requires that the supplier of the external system has provided an interface to their system to HandicapMaster Limited Please contact HandicapMaster Limited or your Accounting or Till EPOS system supplier to check if this is available e When use of the External fee deduction facility for sign in is enabled an option is available to display the player s account balance if they are successfully signed in HandicapMaster Limited 2015 460 HandicapMaster 25 3 Linking to BRS Ez Runner or MyTeeTime Online Tee Bookings 25 3 1 Introduction HandicapMaster Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions include the option to integrate HandicapMaster with partner tee booking systems BRS Online Tee Booking service Ez Runner bookings or MyTeeTime Bookings Where players are asked to book into competitions through one of these services the player s names may be imported onto Start Sheets in HandicapMaster This chapter describes these Integration facilities and how they can be activated When configured for connection to the BRS system HandicapMaster will enable names of members and their Membership Number or GOLFnet numb
440. ookings onto a Start Sheet 1 Do one of the following e On the Competitions Menu choose Create a Start Sheet and select the opened competition or e In the Opened Competitions list select the competition and click with the right hand button Click Start Sheet 2 On the Import Players from Bookings page select Import Bookings from BRS Golf or Import Bookings from Ez Runner option and click Next 3 Alist of competitions currently configured on the booking system will be displayed Highlight the applicable competition and click OK 4 The bookings will be imported onto the Start Sheet where they can be matched to players in the HandicapMaster database At the end of the import a list of players who have not been matched will be displayed showing their Tee Time and any number associated to them on the booking system Note e Where the booking for a slotis entered as X XX XXX or starts with XXXX on the BRS system the booking will be imported as an Unavailable slot in the Start Sheet How players are matched between BRS Golf or Ez Runner and HandicapMaster Where the Player s number on the booking system is recognised the player will automatically be imported to the Start Sheet Anumber is checked for a match in the following order 1 National ID CDH Number 2 Club Member Number 3 Other membership Card Number For a match against Club Member Number or Card Number to be recognised the player
441. oosing a copy of HandicapMaster to use When more that one HandicapMaster database has been added through the Database Configuration utility the Choose a copy of HandicapMaster to run window is displayed when HandicapMaster is first started To select the database you wish to use Highlight the required database in the list and click OK To manage the list of Databases displayed Use the Database Configuration utility to add to or modify the list of databases displayed when HandicapMaster starts HandicapMaster Limited 2015 a2 HandicapMaster 23 8 Online Backup and Restore 23 8 1 Introduction The online backup and restore facility provides an extra level of protection to users of HandicapMaster This facility is a subscription based service which allows users to store HandicapMaster data in a secure off site location The data stored may be used to restore a customer s data after a total loss of data To use this facility a valid subscription and working broadband internet connection is required If you have any queries regarding this online service please review the product information on HandicapMaster website here htto Awww handicapmaster org products onlinebackups php Subscription for the HM SAFE online storage service An annual subscription fee is payable to us this service This helps to cover costs of providing the service and providing support to customers For HandicapMaster Club Premier and Network
442. option and then you may confirm the E mail recipient details and enter a suitable message Click Send and the e mail will be sent with the invoice added as Portable Document File attachment e The status of the payments atthe time of the e mail will be updated For example a member is paying monthly and has paid a couple of payments these will show as paid and the remaining will be displayed in the attachment as outstanding or overdue if appropriate HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments 373 20 4 13 Void Multiple Invoices Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed In some cases it may be necessary to void a range of invoices To void multiple invoices 1 On the Accounting drop down menu click Invoices then click Void Multiple Invoicess 2 Select the invoice at the start of the range to be selected for voiding You may change the list sort order by clicking on a column header 3 Click Next gt 4 Select the invoice at the end of the range to be selected for voiding You may change the list sort order by clicking on a column header 5 Click Finish There may be gaps in the list of invoices displayed as some invoices may be in a status that means they are not suitable to be voided e g they are already voided HandicapMaster
443. or Club Premier and Network Editions to allow for Juniors For the EGA edition the maximum is 36 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping 337 19 5 Handicap Records for Players within a Handicap Range You may create a report detailing the handicap records of players who currently have a handicap within a specified range such as for reviewing players for selection for a team match To report Handicap Records for Players within a Handicap Range 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Reports menu click Handicap Records Selected Range of Handicaps or e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Reports Select Handicapping tab then Handicap Records Selected Range of Handicaps and either double click or press Enter key Choose the Players and date range that you would like to include in the report and click OK 3 Choose the Handicap range to use in the report e Inthe From box enter the lower handicap for handicaps to include within the report In the to box enter the upper handicap for Handicaps to include within the report Notes e The minimum handicap that may be entered is 10 The maximum handicap that may be entered is 54 for Club Premier and Network Editions to allow for Juniors For the EGA edition the maximum is 36 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 33 HandicapMaster 19 6 Suspending Players Handicaps In some circumstances such as after a serious breach of handicapping rules it may be
444. or Past Visitor already has an e mail address then e Inthe Past Members list click once to highlight their name right click and select Send E mail To e mail to multiple Past Members or Past Visitors You may either e Use a Distribution List of Past Members or Past Visitors and select this as the recipient of the e mail e Export the Past Member or Past Visitor membership details and use an external mail merge facility to send correspondence to past Members 8 2 15 E mailing Golf Clubs To e mail an individual Golf Club 1 Doone of the following e On the Players menu click Golf Courses then Golf Club Contact Details and choose the applicable Golf Club from the Golf Courses lists e Inthe Golf Course list select an existing Golf Course and click the Golf Club Contact Details task 2 Enter the e mail address for this club if required HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters 3 Click the Send E mail button 4 When you send the e mail click the OK button to save the details To e mail to multiple Golf Clubs e Create a Distribution List of Golf Clubs e Select this distribution list as the recipients of the e mail You will need to supply the e mail address of the Golf Club before it may be added to a Distribution List HandicapMaster Limited 2015 96 HandicapMaster 8 3 Writing Letters to Members 8 3 1 Letters Introduction HandicapMaster provides a convenient way of producing
445. orer tab click Explorer and then Best of Series Competitions e Press CTRL B keys together 2 Select the Create a New Series task or press the INSERT key on the keyboard Title of Series 3 Inthe Name box enter a title for this series 4 Inthe Description box enter a description for this series The description will be displayed on the Best of Series Competitions list 5 Click Next gt Base Series on Competitions of designated type 6 Selecta Type of Competition to base this Series on Stroke play Stableford or Par 7 Select whether the competitions that will form the basic of the series will be those allowing Men to play Ladies to play or both 8 Click Next gt Which Competitions to include 9 Tick the Box alongside each Competition that you would like to include in this Series e Click Select All to quickly tick all listed Competitions e Click Clear All to quickly remove the ticks from all listed Competitions 10 Click Next gt 11 Inthe Number of Best Scores to Count box enter the maximum number of scores that will count to each Player s Series total 12 Tick the Use Gross Scores rather than Nett Scores box to base the Player s totals on their Gross rather than Nett scores in each competition Stroke play competitions only 13 Tick the Show Best Scores for Players box to display the best rounds for each Player is the results report rather than their Maximum and Minimum counting scores only 1
446. ose Start Sheets and run the Start Sheet Wizard When completing the Start Sheet Wizard tick the View Start Sheet Report box or e Inthe Opened Competitions list select the competition and click with the right hand button Click View Start Sheet Report 2 Choose the layout and presentation of the Start Sheets report In the Style of Report box choose one of e Game Order This is a traditional start sheet with players listed in their games with one player per line e Game Order Spreadsheet layout This layout shows all of the players for games ona single line in the same layout format as the grid used in the Start Sheet Wizard e Player Order This layout lists all of the players of the competition in alphabetical order alongside their Game number and Tee time Tick the Show Handicaps box to include the Player s handicap as at the date when the report is generated in the Start Sheet Tick the Show Home Clubs box to include the names of the players Home Clubs alongside each player in the report Tick the Save Start Sheet details to CSV File box if you wish the contents of the Start Sheet to be saved to a comma separated file whilst the report is being run The resultant file can then be opened with a program such as Microsoft Excel Option available in Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions only In the Add Notes to Bottom of Report box enter any comments for inclusion on the Start Sheet report By default
447. otes or e Inthe Reports place select Handicapping tab then Handicap Notes To Delete a Handicap Note 1 In the Handicapping place select Handicap Notes 2 Doone of the following e Highlight the note to be deleted and press the DELETE key on the keyboard e Highlight the note to be deleted right click and select UNDO HandicapMaster Limited 2015 32 HandicapMaster 19 2 The CONGU Unified Handicapping System 19 2 1 Introduction Considerations for administering the CONGU Unified Handicapping System The following chapter describes considerations that are applicable to the CONGU Unified Handicapping System e Setting CONGU Handicapping Options e Supplementary Scores e The Annual Handicap Review e Reporting Qualifying scores by AWAY Members to their Home Clubs e Exceptional Scoring handicap reductions e Reporting Handicap Records at end of Season e Issue a Disability Handicap e Running a CONGU 9 Hole Handicap Competition 19 2 2 Setting CONGU Handicapping Options The CONGU Handicapping system has a number of aspects that may vary from region to region and one from club to club Most of these are regional differences differences set by the National Unions but one may be chosen by clubs themselves To Configure CONGU Handicapping 1 On the Handicapping menu click Configure Handicapping Rules Restrict to One Supplementary Score per Week Your club may decide whether to allow or disallow
448. ou to explicitly choose the club that will be recognised as your Organisation s Home Club Any member who has this club as their own Home Club in their Membership record will be a Home member for your organisation National Federation EGA Editions only EGA handicaps may only be issued by clubs or societies which are affiliated to one of the member federations of the European Golf Association The handicap certificate shows the National Federation to which the club or society is affiliated if any Change National Federation To change the National Federation to which the club or society is affiliated click the Change Federation button Select the appropriate Federation or Not Affiliated from the list and click the OK button The Federations are grouped into regions but the list can be sorted alphabetically by clicking on the column heading General Tab Start up in this Folder Choose which Folder should be displayed when HandicapMaster is first started Golf Courses Choose whether to record length of holes Yards or Metres when entering course details If selected any distances entered will be included in the Scorecards for a Competition report It is optional whether length of holes are recorded Membership Tab PIN Numbers Set the number of digits to be used for Membership PIN numbers May be between 3 to 6 digits inclusive PIN numbers are used for selecting names from the Competition Score Entry list when using a
449. ow HandicapMaster calculates the number of strokes a player receives Initially HandicapMaster will calculate the number of strokes received based on the player s 18 hole handicap then reduce this proportionally for the number of holes being played The following formula is used 18 hole Handicap x Proportion of Handicap for competition x Proportion of 18 hole course being played Examples 1 Nine Hole Competition played off Full handicap Strokes Received is Handicap x 1 x 9 18 l e Each player will receive 2 of their 18 hole Handicap 2 Twelve Hole Competition played off 7 8ths Handicap Strokes Received is Handicap x 7 8 x 12 18 l e Each player will receive 7 12ths of their 18 hole Handicap Limits set on number of strokes that may be received Ifa limitis set on the number of strokes that may be received by any player or team this limitis applied after calculating the strokes to be received In our two examples above the limit would be applied after calculating either 2 of 18 hole Handicap example 1 or after calculating 7 12ths of 18 hole handicap example 2 See Also e Stroke Index allocation and where Handicap Strokes are received 19 8 2 Stroke Index allocation and where Handicap Strokes are received Where Strokes are taken on the Scorecard When less than 18 holes are being played then some Stroke Indexes on the Scorecard will not come into play For example for a 9 hole comp
450. owse and select the file you wish to attach This may be a document of any format At the end of the sending of the e mails if there are any members who either do not have an e mail address or who have not opted to receive subscriptions by e mail click Yes at the prompt that will be displayed and select the required printer to print the subscriptions Asummary of the e mails sent will then be displayed e Ifamember is not assigned a Subscription Template then they will NOT have a subscription raised e Depending on the number of subscriptions being generated it may take a short time for the wizard to complete raising the subscriptions e Only members who have a valid e mail address and have been selected to receive subscriptions by e mail will receive subscriptions by e mail e When raising subscriptions for Members assigned to Member Subscription Pools and where the Pool Contact is a member then e mails will only be sent if the member has been selected to receive subscriptions by e mail If the Pool Contactis nota member then the e mail address must be valid to receive the subscriptions by e mail e When you finish the wizard you may see the message There are outstanding Subscription Invoices raised within the last 45 days for some members Do you wish to VOID these and for new invoices to be raised for those members Selecting No will raise subscriptions for members if any who do not have subscriptions raised within the last 45 day
451. ox if you wish players to only be able to enter if they pay online at the time of entry Selected options will be available depending upon your previous selections 4 Tick the Allow players without Handicaps box if you wish to allow players who do not have a Handicap to be able to book into the competition 5 Tick the Show names of players already booked In box if you wish players to be able to see which other players have booked into the competition 6 If booking into blocks of times tick the Show Tee times associated with each Block box if you wish to define blocks as groups of times for example 9 00 to 9 50 10 00 to 10 50 etc for players to select from 7 If bookings are being received on Master Scoreboard web site and through Player Entry and you wish players to be able to book through Player Entry ahead of being able to book online tick the Delay accepting bookings via web site by box and set a delay HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Bookings 251 8 If the competition is a team competition tick the Players must book their partners into the competition Team Competitions box if you wish players to be able to book all of the players in their team into the competition 9 If the competition is a singles competition and players are choosing their own tee time tick the Players may book others into the same Tee Time Singles competitions box if you wish to allow players to book their friends into the same tee
452. p Categories and thus the associated members for whom subscription renewals are to be produced e Members assigned to Member Subscription Pools This will allow you to select one or more Member subscription Pools and thus the associated members for whom subscription renewals are to be produced Choose this option if you wish to send subscriptions by e mail to Member Subscription Pool Contacts e All Members This will allow you to select members who have been assigned a Subscription Template and for whom subscription renewals are to be produced 4 Click Next gt Select Members Templates Categories or Member Subscription Pools 5 Doone ofthe following e f selecting Members tick the box next to one or more member s name to raise a subscription renewal for this member e Ifselecting Subscription Templates tick the box next to one or more Subscription Templates for which you wish to raise subscription renewals e If selecting Membership Categories tick the box next to one or more Membership Categories for which you wish to raise subscription renewals e f selecting Members assigned to Member Subscription Pools tick the box next to one or more Member Subscription Pools for which you wish to raise subscription renewals 6 Click Next gt Letters 7 Tick the Issue Subscriptions as Letter box if you wish the Wizard to generate Renewal letters rather than using the standard invoice layout Alist of existing letters is displayed
453. pMaster start up is modified to periodically check for any requests that have been queued These requests are queued by the membership system using the Remote Request interface If a requestis found in the queue a refresh of Membership details is undertaken in HandicapMaster There can be a short delay between a request being queued by an external membership system and it being processed in HandicapMaster Any computer on the network running HandicapMaster may process any outstanding requests meaning that if a computer fails you just need to start HandicapMaster on another computer to ensure continued processing Reviewing the Audit File An audit log file is updated each time a requestis processed This file is named HMRRImport log This is located in the folder AppDataDir HandicapMaster7 where AppDataDir is one of the following HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Integrating HandicapMaster with Other Systems Version of Default Folder Windows Windows Vista Users User Name AppData Roaming Windows 2000 Documents and Settings User Name Application Data and XP Windows 98 ME Windows Application Data The Audit file details new members added members marked as Past Members and duplicate names being encountered The Audit file is appended to as each requestis processed Once the file reaches a size of reaches a size of 512KBytes the original file is moved to a file with old as the extension e g HMRRIim
454. petition Non Competition Handicap Status 2 Select the required Player if requested and click OK To cancel an override of a Handicap Status 1 On the Handicapping menu click Override Competition Non Competition Handicap Status 2 Select the required Player if requested and click OK To view a report of all current players with an override applied to their Handicap 1 On the Reports menu click Handicapping Reports then Non Competition Handicaps Overrides applied See Also e Players Exempt from Non Competition Handicaps 19 2 5 1 4 Players Exempt from Non Competition Handicaps Wales Competition Non Competition CONGU Handicap Status Regulations are only sanctioned by England Golf for clubs in England and by Golf Union of Wales for clubs in Wales Players who are exempt from having their Handicap marked as non competition The following players will have their Handicap status marked as competition irrespective of the number of qualifying scores returned e Players who have had their first CONGU Handicap awarded in the last 12 months e Juniors with Club Handicaps Handicaps above 28 for Boys and above 36 for Girls e Juniors who have gained a CONGU Handicap for the first time in the last 12 months Note Away members members who have their handicaps managed by another club will not automatically have their handicap marked as non competition Itis necessary for away clubs to manually override t
455. petition Template Wizard The Competition Template Wizard steps through the stages of configuring a competition Nature of Competition Type of Competition Choose the format and nature of the competition 1 In the Name box select an appropriate name for this Template For example Monthly Medal would be a Suitable name Medal 15 4 2004 would not be a good name as it would prevent the template being used for future Medal Competitions 2 Inthe Format box select the format of the competition from the available options Singles e Pairs Foursomes Pairs Greensomes e Pairs Four ball Best Ball Pairs Aggregate Scores e Pairs Scramble sometimes call Ambrose Pairs A selection of best scores from each hole e 3 or 4 Players Texas Scramble sometimes call Ambrose e 3 Players Best 1 score each hole to count 3 Players Best 2 scores each hole to count 3 Players All 3 scores each hole to count 3 Players Best 1 score over first six holes best 2 scores over next six holes then all 3 scores over last six holes each hole to count HandicapMaster Limited 2015 168 HandicapMaster 3 Players Waltz Best 1 score 1st hole best 2 scores 2nd hole all 3 scores 3rd hole best 1 score 4th hole repeating to count 3 Players A selection of best scores from each hole 4 Players Best 1 score each hole to count e 4 Players Best 2 scores each hole to count 4 Players Best 3 s
456. petitions undo the competition and re apply it How to combine Competitions when one has been processed on another handicapping system If some of the scores that you need to combine together to calculate the Competition Scratch Score were entered on a different handicapping system e g different computer then it will be necessary to enter the relevant details from those scores into HandicapMaster When running Apply Scores tick box Some Competition Scores have been kept on a different database You may then enter the necessary numbers from scores entered on the other system to enable a common CSS to be calculated 19 2 11 Running a CONGU 9 Hole Handicap Competition The CONGU Unified Handicapping System 2012 includes the option for committees to run 9 Hole qualifying competitions for its Home members The format for Nine Hole Qualifying Competitions is Stableford with a neutral 18 points for the nine un played holes being added to the Nine Hole Stableford score How to run a CONGU 9 Hole Qualifying competition 1 Obtain a 9 Hole Standard Scratch Score for your course from your local Area Authority or National Union 2 In HandicapMaster enter the 9 Hole SSS into the Course Details window for your course 3 Set up a competition template with the following attributes e Singles e Stableford e Played over 9 holes e Handicap Allowance CONGU 9 Hole Handicapping 4 Open a New competition using t
457. petitions including date and venue only open to Men 102 HandicapMaster lt ClubAddress gt The address of the Club as defined in the Include Address and Second Line of the letterhead This may be useful if you wish to add a tear off slip to the letter with the club contact details lt NewPage gt If included will force a skip to a new page in the Letter lt AmountsPaid gt Where the Subscriptions Option is NOT installed this field will display the date paid and the amounts recorded for a single subscription payment locker fee and other amount along with the total The angle brackets lt and gt denote the beginning and end of a tag and are required for the tag to be recognized The Tags are not case sensitive That is lt NAME gt and lt name gt will both be substituted Example of a letter being sent to John Smith Letter body of This is a letter to be sent to lt Names gt will be produced as This is a letter to be sent to John Smith Subscription Related Fields in Letters Additional subscription related fields are available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed Tag Text Substituted lt AccountBalance gt The Account Balance of the member s account lt Subscription gt Asummary table of the member s subscription This includes a list of the Payment Items their value and the total value
458. petitors who have scored twos during their rounds These details are automatically appended to the end of the competition results reports if selected in the competition template It should be noted however that twos information can only be displayed if the hole by hole scores are still retained in the database See section The function of Housekeeping later in this manual for further information on housekeeping hole by hole scores Reporting the most number of Twos scored over a Series of Competitions You may report the players scoring the most number of twos or better over a series of competitions using the Number of Good Holes Played report HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 205 13 12 Create a copy of a Closed Competition You may wish to create a copy of a closed competition and its score cards to allow you to use the score cards in a separate competition for prize results purposes To Create a copy of a Closed Competition 1 Locate a competition in the closed competitions list right click and select Create Copy 2 You will be asked to confirm the copy request 3 At the end of the Copy the name of the copied competition will be displayed Click OK 4 You will then be taken to the open competitions list where you may use the copy of the competition as required e Ifthe copied competition was a handicap qualifier a warning message will indicate this as follows The competition was a handicap
459. pients Window allows you to select the recipients of the e mail The list of recipients is a combination of e Distribution Lists e Members who have an e mail address e Other E mail Recipient addresses to which new entries may be added To select a recipient tick the box alongside the name of the recipient To select all recipients in the list click Select All button To clear your selection either remove the tick from the box along side a name or click the Clear All button to clear all recipients To add an Other E mail Recipient enter the name and e mail address of the recipient in the appropriate boxes and click the Add Recipient button The new recipient will be added to the list and be ticked automatically This Other E mail Recipient will be available for use in future e mails To prevent sending the e mail to an added recipient remove the tick alongside their name Editing Other recipients In the Recipient list click once to highlight and select an Other recipient e Right click and select Edit Recipient from the popup menu e You may now edit the name or e mail address of the Other recipient Click OK to save the changes Deleting Other recipients In the Recipient list click once to highlight and select an Other recipient Do one of the following HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster e Right click and select Delete Recipient from the popup menu e Press the Delete key on the
460. ping this will have the affect of making the Competition Scratch Score equal to the Standard Scratch Score and reductions only 4 Click Next gt Disqualified Scores 5 You may choose to mark any players or teams as Disqualified To mark a player as disqualified 1 Click Add gt button 2 Choose the Player or team to be disqualified in the list and click Next gt button 3 Choose the reason for disqualification The rule number will be displayed on the competition results report If the required rule is not displayed in the list or you do not wish to display the rule select Other or Do Not Document 4 If the competition is a qualifier and the CONGU Handicapping system is being used identify whether the score for the player is to be considered a correct score for handicapping purposes See CONGU Unified Handicapping System Appendix P for further details 5 Click Next gt To remove a player from the list of disqualified players 1 Highlight the player or team in the list and click Remove button 6 Click Next gt HandicapMaster Limited 2015 200 HandicapMaster Overall Results from Multiple round Competitions 7 Ifthe competition has previously been linked aggregated to other competitions choose whether to Retain this link Alternatively where the competition is played over more than one round choose whether to aggregate these scores with a previous round that has already been applied 8 Use the
461. plate 366 Delete a Template 368 Edita Template 367 E mail an Invoice 372 Overdue Invoices 371 Raise an Invoice 368 Refund 383 Reprint an Invoice 372 View an Invoice 370 Void 373 Void Multiple Invoices 373 Issue aHandicap 42 oy pe Juniors CONGU Handicap System K Kenya Golf Network 46 424 488 HandicapMaster Key clipart 96 F6 238 Delete Letter 98 Keyboard Shortcuts 29 Distribution Lists 96 97 Knockout Email Letters to Members 104 Add Bye in place of a Player inthe Draw 283 E mailing 92 Add Player in place of a Bye inthe Draw 282 Fields 100 Change date a round has to be played by 284 Font for Date 99 Change Players inthe Draw 281 Font for member s Address 99 115 Changing Play by Dates 284 Font for Salutation line 100 115 Delete Knockout Competition 286 Fonts 99 Maintaining Match Results 277 279 Fonts Used for Letters 96 Notes 285 Full name of recipient 115 Re print the Draw 277 280 Images 96 Re running a Knockout Draw 276 Letter of Introduction 98 Results 277 Letterheads 103 115 Knockout Draw 267 Paolo Images 26 Positioning on Letters 99 115 L Printing to members without e mail address 92 Resend a Letter 97 Salutation used in Letters 100 115 Send by E mail 96 Signatory on Letters 115 Subscription Related Fields 100 Labels 187 Address Labels from a Distribution List 111 Address Labels from subscriptions 360 Custom Scorecard labels from Start Sheets 186 Text Substitutions 100 Desgin Start
462. play Match Results on Knock out Competition Draw Sheets 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Competition Reports tab 3 Place a tick in the Show results of matches box To display Member Telephone Numbers on Knock out Competition Draw Sheets 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Competition Reports tab 3 Place a tick in the Show telephone numbers using when available box Where more than one telephone number is recorded for a player the number in the selected field will be shown on the report by preference Ifa player does not have a telephone number in that field the first number located for the HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Reports 147 player in the sequence Telephone then Mobile then Other Tel will be displayed on the report To print Knock out Competition Draw Sheets to A3 paper size 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Competition Reports tab 3 Place a tick in the Use A3 size paper box Note The Knock out Draw report will only be created for A3 sized paper provided there is atleast one printer attached that supports using A3 paper To extract a list of Competitors to CSV file when Applying Scores Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions Only 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options Click the Competition Reports tab Place a tick in the Extract a List of Competitors to CSV file when Applying Scores bo
463. play Messages facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster Itis possible to configure the Player Entry screens to display one or more messages to your members when there are no competitions running These messages may contain formatted text including different fonts and colours and may also include images such as clip art A sequence of messages maybe displayed and the messages may also be defined to be displayed within a given range of dates or all dates You may also configure different messages for separate Player Entry terminals Note If you have a leader board configured to be displayed this will be shown in place of any configured messages To create a message 1 Inthe main HandicapMaster program in the left hand task pane select Competitions place 2 On the right hand pane double click Messages 3 Doone ofthe following e Click Create a New Message in the Player Entry Messages Tasks e Press the INSERT key 4 Enter the Name ofthis message 5 Enter the Message text that you wish to display to members the Font and colours may be adjusted using the tool bar Tip Size the message text to fill the box on the screen The message will be displayed in Player Entry as it shows in this box 6 Select when you would like the message to be displayed e Display for all dates or e Display from to display the message for a given range of dates select the sta
464. play Results Update Set and change Admin Password Update Re configure opened competition Update Change Closed Competition Name Update Change Ladies Medal Status of Closed Competition Update Change whether include Closed Competition on Master Scoreboard Update Edit or Cancel a Scorecard Update Cancel an Open Competition Update View Best of Series report View Best of Series Update D 5 Bookings or Ladies Bookings Category As Applicable Add Edit or Delete Competition Booking Templates Update Create new bookings arrangements for a competition Update View Competition Bookings View Add move or remove players from competition bookings Update Re configure or cancel bookings arrangements for a competition update View Bookings reports Bookings Received History of Bookings Online Payments View View competitions listed on Bookings Calendar View Bookings Groups Category e Add Edit or Delete Group Bookings Update Eclectics Order Of Merit Category e Eclectic Results Update e Number of Good Holes Played Update e Order of Merit Update Player Entry Category HandicapMaster Limited 2015 12 HandicapMaster Create edit and delete Settings Profiles Update Run Player Entry from HandicapMaster Update Administration Button Password Update Create edit and delete Player Entry Messages Update Clear Player Entry Profile Assignments Update Email Category e
465. players from returning more than one Supplementary Score per week This is CONGU Unified Handicapping System clause 21 6 This may be set separately for Men s and Ladies handicapping if required Note HandicapMaster treats a week as being Monday to Sunday Settings chosen by the Men s Union and Ladies Union HandicapMaster displays the regional settings applicable for your area as defined by the local Men s and Ladies Unions and Associations These items are not configurable as they are mandatory for clubs in the local region 19 2 3 Supplementary Scores Players with Handicaps may return extra scores outside of competitions to count as Handicap scores These are known as Supplementary Scores and is referred to as clause 21 of the CONGU Unified Handicapping System HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping To record a Supplementary Score 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Handicapping Menu choose Record Supplementary Scores or e In the Handicapping Tasks click Record Supplementary Scores 2 Inthe Played On box enter the date when the scores were played Choose the order the score is entered in the handicap record by selecting AM or PM see discussion on ordering events in handicap records 3 In the Format box choose whether the Supplementary Score was played as a Stroke play or Stableford score 4 Inthe Course Played box choose which of the home courses was played along with the Tees used see Operating two o
466. port log old and a new HMRRImport log file is created Running the Load Facility manually The Load Facility may be re run at any time HandicapMaster is running by selecting menu item Load Membership records listed under the Players menu 25 1 5 Activating and Configuring the Integration Facility The Integration Facility can only be activated and maintained by the ADMIN user of HandicapMaster To access the integration facility 1 2 3 4 On the File menu click Options Click the Integration tab Click the Integration Configuration button Choose the method of Integration Depending on the current configuration any of the three options may be marked indicating the current active configuration If the Remote Request load is activated then and additional option is displayed No Membership Load This option will turn off all membership loading on this computer and any other computers running HandicapMaster if you are using a networked installation CSV Loading If you chose CSV Load and there are accounting records in the database you will be prompted to confirm that they should be removed These records are not applicable if you are integrating with an external membership system If you confirm the removal of these records or there are no such records the Load Memberships from CSV File window is displayed If you do not confirm the removal of these records then the integration will be cancelled and returned to t
467. prior agreement of the author Database access You may not access the HandicapMaster database other than in the manner intended by using the software provided Direct access to the database using Microsoft Access or other software without the authors prior consent is forbidden Disclaimer of Warranty THIS SOFTWARE AND ACCOMPANYING FILES ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT WARRANTIES AS TO PERFORMANCE OR MERCHANTABILITY OR ANY OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESSED OR SUPPLIED Because of the various hardware and software environments into which HandicapMaster may be put no warranty of fitness fora particular purpose is offered Good data processing procedure dictates that any program be thoroughly tested with non critical data before relying on it The user must assume the entire risk of using the program Any liability of the seller will be limited exclusively to product replacement or refund of any purchase price The Unified Handicapping System Copyright 2012 The Council of National Golf Unions Ltd Not to be reproduced by any means without prior permission All rights in the handicap system embodied in this software are owned by The Council of National Golf Unions Limited and are used under licence from The Council of National Golf Unions Limited CONGU Ltd does not endorse approve evaluate or warrant in any way the Software or any use of the Software The EGA Handicap System Copyright 2012 European Golf Association All rights reser
468. provides a powerful way of replaying competition results so that the presentation of the results can be varied For example the results could be changed in order to order competitors in divisions or increase the number of overall winners etc The chapter describes the changes that can be made by replaying the results without re entering all of the scores e The Undo Option e Undoing and amending Handicap Brought Forward or First Award e Undoing a Supplementary Score e Undoing a General Play Annual Review Adjustment or Exceptional Scoring Reduction e Undoing and amending competition results e Undoing an Away Score e Change the name ofa Closed Competition Related Topics e Delete a score from an Opened Competition HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Correcting Mistakes 393 21 2 Undo HandicapMaster provides an Undo option Selecting this option causes HandicapMaster to reverse out changes from the database HandicapMaster will reverse out the item as chosen from the Events window The type of changes which can be undone are e Competitions e General Play changes e Scores returned from external clubs e Corrections to AWAY members playing handicaps e First Handicap awards and Handicap Brought Forward entries provided there are no subsequent entries in the Handicap Record Sheet Handicap Register First Award and Handicap Brought Forward descriptions may also be reversed in handicap records for individu
469. ptions and Toolbar Buttons 466 1 MTOAUCTION sireenin ced dank ececes se ccd veancace deans E TEITT ETES 466 2 Menu Options and Toolbar Buttons ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeneeeseneeees 467 Chapter 27 Appendix 477 1 Council of National Golf UNIONS 0 cece ee cece eee ee ee ee seen ee eeee ee eeeeee ee eeeeeeseeeseaeseeeeeeeeeeeseees 477 2 Maximum Handling Capacity of the Software ccsseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 478 3 Send Diagnostic Files to Support cececeeeeeeeeeee ee ee ence ee ee seen eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeees 479 Index 481 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter HandicapMaster HandicapMaster 1 HandicapMaster HandicapMaster Online Help System HANDICAPMASTER LIMITED 15 Adlington Drive Sandbach Cheshire CW11 1DX www handicapmaster org support handicapmaster or HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Introduction Introduction 2 Introduction Welcome to HandicapMaster HandicapMaster is a windows based point and click program for Golf Club or Society Competition and Handicap Secretaries to help them administer Competitions and Golf Handicaps There are seven editions of HandicapMaster These are e Society Edition e Club Edition e Premier Edition e Network Edition e EGA Club Edition e EGA Premier Edition and e EGA Network Edition This help system covers all editions HandicapMaster and
470. qualifying competition To avoid duplicating handicap adjustments remember to un tick HandicapQualifying when closing the competition copy e If you wish to remove some ofthe copied score cards then delete the score cards e You may also wish to Use a Different Template if you need to change the format of the competition HandicapMaster Limited 2015 2 HandicapMaster 13 13 Competitions played over more than one round 13 13 1 Overview HandicapMaster can process the competition results for competitions that run over more than one day The following types of competitions are supported Multiple round Competition This competition formatis e a 27 36 54 or 72 hole stroke play competition e each competitor is expected to play every round and e the winner is the player with the lowest strokes or highest points aggregated from all rounds An example of this is the competition type which professional golfers play regularly such as the Open Championship Here the winner is the competitor with the lowest medal aggregate score over four rounds HandicapMaster can accommodate a cut or competitors withdrawing but not competitors joining the competition half way through HandicapMaster recognises this type of competition as a Multiple Round Competition See Run a Multiple round Competition Alternative Day Competition This competition formatis e a singles competition e each competitor has the option to pl
471. r Importing from a Spreadsheet When importing from spreadsheets itis critical to enter your records precisely HandicapMaster will reject any characters or even spaces that do not exactly match the records in the database Reasons for rejecting data include e an extra space in the column header or within the column e golf club names not entered exactly as in the HandicapMaster list of Golf Clubs For example if you entered St Andrews Major and included commas or apostrophes HandicapMaster will reject it e required fields left blank e Duplicate PIN numbers each entry must have a unique PIN Number HandicapMaster will tell you which column or record is rejected Before continuing itis helpful to write down the rejected fields HandicapMaster informs you the number of the relevant record This is one more than the number of the row on the spreadsheet since the column header occupies row number one How HandicapMaster identifies whether a membership record already exists HandicapMaster will attempt to match up the name of the Member with any entry held in the database The name is defined as the First Name Middle Initials Surname Membership records that are currently held within the HandicapMaster database can be exported to an external file in one operation using the Export facility The external file will be created in a Comma separated file suitable for importing into Microsoft Word or Excel Import Memberships f
472. r Systems 450 1 Linking to Other Membership Systems cccesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 450 Vent OCU CU oT n EAEE E T E T E E E E E 450 How loading Membership information by CSV file works s s nsnsunnnnnnusnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenn 450 Layout of the CSV File How loading Membership information by Remote Requests works n s sesns nsnsunnnnnennnnnnnnrnnnnnnrnnnnene 453 Activating and Configuring the Integration Facility ssessssseseesseeseeeseeeeeesseeeseseeessnsenenseeseneneee 455 Load Memberships from CSV File window Report Account ID value iN USE ou ce ceeeeeeteeteeteseeesesseeseveevseeeeeseeseesnasaeseesaessesseeseeseesaesaesaesaesaevaevaneaneanes 2 Linking Competition Fees to External Accounting or Till Systems cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 459 VEO CU CHORD DEAA eee sce E E cde ice Soa eaee sec ceen cae T tee ae ctcea A TE E 459 3 Linking to BRS Ez Runner or MyTeeTime Online Tee Bookings ccseeeeeeeeeeeeees 460 VVC OCU CUNO ioe erecta E E T T T A E A EE Configure link with BRS Online ccsscssseseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneee Configure link with EZ Runner scescseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeneee Configure link with MyTee Time s nsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnrnnnnennnne Publish members details to BRS Online cseeneee Publish member s details to MyTeeTime ccseeeee Import Competition Bookings onto a Start Sheet Chapter 26 Menu O
473. r double click the Players name 4 lf the player is already booked in then you will be asked to confirm that you wish the player s booking to be moved To remove player from bookings list 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings Place HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Bookings 253 2 Select Competitions 3 Highlight the required competition with a single click 4 Click on Bookings Received in the Bookings Tasks in the left hand pane The right hand pane shows the times available for booking and the players booked into the Competition 5 Select player then either e click Remove Player in the left hand pane or e right click over the Player s name and select Remove Player from Competition or e press the DELE Hi H E key on the keyboard 15 1 9 The Bookings Toolbar The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster When the Bookings list for a future competition is requested the following Toolbar is displayed above the bookings P Hide List Report JB contig iy Refresh On the bar are the buttons as follows Button Type Description 5 Hide ShowHide or Show the left hand pane el List or Switch the layout of the display between List a players shown in a list L Sheet along with the date and time when they booked in or Sheet a display of the bookings in a spread sheet style layout Report Display a printable
474. r more courses at the Home Club if applicable 5 For each player who has returned a Supplementary Score that day a Click Add Player button b Select the Player from the list c Enter the Player s score To remove a Player entered in error 1 Select the Player in the Scores Grid 2 Click Remove button Undoing a Supplementary Score 19 2 4 CONGU Annual Handicap Review 19 2 4 1 Introduction CONGU describe the Annual Review of Handicaps as follows The Annual Reviewis an important element of the handicapping system It is the process by which the Handicap Committee reviews and adjusts as necessary the handicaps of all Members to ensure that as far as practicable they reflect current playing ability To assist committees with the process of running the Annual Review CONGU provide a report that aims to help identify those players who may need an adjustmentin their handicap e Annual Review of Handicaps e Identify Players for Annual Review e Adjust Players Handicaps after Annual Review e View adjustments recorded at Annual Review HandicapMaster Limited 2015 322 HandicapMaster 19 2 4 2 CONGU Annual Review of Handicaps Manage Annual Review Manage Annual Review allows you to perform an Annual Review of CONGU Handicaps You may choose one of the 3 options available Run Annual Review Report This reportis specified by CONGU to help committee s identify those players who may need a Handicap Adjustment at
475. r outgoing e mail Note Some ISP s limit the number of e mails that may be sentin one session e Configuring HandicapMasier to send E mails e View E mail Result Log e Change the covering text created in the body of an e mail for selected reports e Change the From e mail address used e E mailing Handicap Certificates to Members e E mailing the Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs report e E mailing Subscriptions e E mailing Overdue Subscriptions E mail Settings Before you can send e mail messages in HandicapMaster you must first set up and configure e mail settings In the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions a separate e mail configuration is stored for each HandicapMaster Userid To configure e mail settings in HandicapMaster If you have not previously entered any e mail settings into HandicapMaster then the Configure E mail HandicapMaster Limited 2015 s HandicapMaster Settings wizard will be displayed otherwise the existing settings will be shown Configure E mail Settings Wizard 1 Do one of the following e Select Send E mail using choose your Internet Service Provider from the list and click Next or e Select Manually configure E mail settings click Next and skip to section Existing E mail Settings below In the Display Name box type your name as you wantit to appear to other people E g John Smith or Example Golf Club and click Next In the E mai
476. r two members to ensure the system is operational 1 Click the Publish button on the main Toolbar to run the Publish to Internet wizard and click Next 2 Tick the Central Database of Handicaps box and optionally Master Scoreboard if you are already using the Master Scoreboard service and click Next 3 Amend the Publish Handicap Records and Away Scores for box as required to select data for which gender of players is to be published 4 Amend the For Period date to the earliest date that you would like handicap records to be available on the CDH the earliest possible is 1st January 2008 5 Click Next to initiate the publishing to the CDH 6 On the Request New Player ID s window tick the box alongside a couple of your members and click OK At the end of the process a report may be viewed This will detail warnings and errors from the process Warnings will be issued for every player with a handicap and without a 10 digit number The ALL MEMBERS list should display the 10 digit number now allocated to the selected player s Note Whilst uploading handicap records to the CDH itis possible that HandicapMaster may encounter references to golf courses that are not mapped to courses listed on the CDH itself In this situation you will be prompted to make a best selection from the list of courses that are recognised by the CDH Please see Unrecognised Golf Courses for further details Ireland Enter Player s GOLFnet numbers i
477. ransactions Tick the Run an external program box if you wish players to be able to run a program outside of this system such as an external booking system for example Player Entry will stop and wait for the external program to complete before continuing When ticked supply the following information Screen Title Enter a description for this option to be displayed on the Player Entry screen maximum 30 characters Required Program to Enter the full path and file name of the external program to be run E g C Execute MyFolder MyProgram exe Required Program Enter any runtime e g Command Line parameters to be passed to the Parameters external program Optional Window Select how windows should create the initial window when it starts this Start up external program Tick the Allow Switching between List of Names and PIN Numbers box if you wish players to be able to switch between List and PIN number entry This may be helpful where PIN numbers are being used and a player has forgotten their PIN number Tick the Show Current Handicaps in List of Names box if you wish HandicapMaster to include player s current Handicaps alongside their names in the Enter Scores selection list Tick the Show Male Female Symbols alongside Competition Names box if you wish HandicapMaster to display a Male Female or both Male and Female icon alongside competition names when a list of competitions is displayed for selection The Icons will indica
478. re List will also be published to Master Scoreboard automatically covering the period from the publish date through to the end of the following year To create a Fixture List report 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place 2 On the right hand pane double click Calendar 3 Do one of the following e Inthe left hand column click Report Fixture List task e Click the Create Fixture List Report button on the Toolbar above the Calendar To add addition items to the Fixture List You may add ad hoc items to the Fixture List by creating Calender Notes See Also e Stop a future competition being included in a Fixture List e Stop a Group Booking being included in a Fixture List e Stop a Calendar Note being included in a Fixture List HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Match Play Competitions Match Play Competitions 267 16 Match Play Competitions 16 1 Introduction Entering and processing Match play Knockout Competitions HandicapMaster can allow you to manage club Knockout competitions You may prepare a Match Play competition by producing a draw from a list of entrants at random or in the order the entrants are chosen and then keep the draw sheet up to date by entering results as matches and rounds progress The draw is presented in the shape of a chart using the traditional box structure When match results are entered winners are automatically propagated to the next round enabling the draw sheet
479. report of the bookings received D Config Re configure the arrangements for players to book into this competition A Refresh Refresh the screen updating the screen to display the latest bookings received HandicapMaster Limited 2015 254 HandicapMaster 15 1 10 Manage Bookings using Player Entry System The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To Book a specific tee time or a slot within a block 1 Enable the Bookings Function in Player Entry System with appropriate player entry setting as above The option Book a Future Competition will be made available on the first screen in the Player Entry system 2 Prepare competitions to receive Bookings using the Bookings wizard Players will be able to select any available competition and book into a time slot or into a block of times To allow Players to view the Bookings they have made through Player Entry Enable the View Information service in the Player Entry system and select the My Golf service Up to the next four forthcoming bookings a player has made will be displayed on the My Golf screen 15 1 11 Online Bookings The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To offer Members the option to book competitions online You may offer members the option to book online through the Master Scoreboard web site This may be
480. reports to view by checking the appropriate box For multiple round competitions you will see a section Aggregated Results for the overall results Select Nett or Gross Scores Result as appropriate The section Selected Round Only will allow you to obtain results from the round you selected from the closed competitions list If this was the first round and you want scratch results select the Nett Scores Result option To view results of subsequent rounds return to the Closed Competitions list and select the required round e Ifyou are viewing multiple reports then please use the big green BACK and FORWARD buttons on the main HandicapMaster toolbar near the top left of the HandicapMaster window to navigate through the reports e The back and forward arrow buttons in the report toolbar allow you to move forward and back within HandicapMaster Limited 2015 24 HandicapMaster the pages of an individual report HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 13 14 Suspending Players from Competitions The Suspending Players from Competitions facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster In some circumstances it may be desirable to suspend players from having the right to compete in competitions This is often seen as a less severe punishment for breaches of responsibility by the player than suspending their handicap To suspend a player from competitions 1
481. res once again to reapply the competition scores to the database Aclosed competition can also be reversed into opened status by using the right mouse click Highlight a competition from the closed competitions list right click and select undo option HandicapMaster Limited 2015 398 HandicapMaster 21 7 Undoing an Away Score To undo an Away Score previously entered 1 Do one of the following e On the Competitions Menu choose Undo and select the Away Score to Undo or e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Away Competition Scores 2 Select the Away Score and press Delete key on the Keyboard or right click and select Undo e Enter an Away Score for a Player e Late reporting of Away Score CSS HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Correcting Mistakes 21 8 Change the Name of a Competition To change the name of a closed applied competition Stroke Play 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place 2 Select Closed Competitions 3 Select the competition to have its name changed and right click 4 Onthe pop up menu select Change Competition Name If the competition is part of a multi round or alternative day competition the names of both the individual round and the overall competition may be changed To change the name of a Match Play Knock Out competition 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Competitions place 2 Select Knock out Competitions 3 Select the competition to have it
482. rint Letter 311 Annual Handicap Review CONGU Handicapping SCOTLAND HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Index 481 Reassesing Handicaps after Annual Review SCOTLAND 327 Annual Handicap Review CONGU Handicapping Adjust Players Handicaps 322 Identify Players who may need a Handicap Adjustment 322 Introduction 321 Manage the Annual Review 322 View a report of adjustments made 323 Annual Handicap Review EGA Handicapping 333 Away Competition Scores Amend CSS 317 Delete Away Score 398 Enter Away Score 312 Import 315 316 Reductions Only Away Score 312 Report Away Scores to Home Clubs Undo Away Score 393 Away Handicap changes 312 Away Member E mail 93 Away Member Change Home Club 45 Away Member to Home Member 44 91 328 Backup Local Backup 434 Managing automatic Backups 437 Online backup 442 Online Database Backup and Restore 442 Balanced Draw 183 184 Basic Subscriptions Clearing payments 47 Managing 47 Best of Series Do not show a Best of Series on MasterScoreboard 409 Best of Series Edit Notes 209 Birdie Tree 211 Book into Future Competitions 244 248 254 462 Add additional Tee Time to existing booking sheet 249 Book a Player into Competition 252 Bookings Template Wizard 247 Cancel a Booking 252 42 HandicapMaster Book into Future Competitions 244 248 254 462 Cancel existing arrangements for Booking into a competition 250 Cancellations 255 Change existing arrangements for Booking into a
483. ritically must be the unique Account ID used to match records between the Load File and HandicapMaster database e FirstName e Surname The remainder of the columns are optional Tick an applicable box and enter the column number to activate processing for that item of data CSV load Options If you click on the options tab then you may e Choose to ignore some records Some records in the Load File may optionally be skipped when processing the file Use the Ignore any Rows where Column starts with characters option to specify any exclusion records e Treat the Account ID field as Text HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Integrating HandicapMaster with Other Systems 457 Some membership systems when they export data to a CSV file will generate the Account ID as text rather than as a number tick this option if thatis the case e Pad Card Number field Some membership systems when they export data to a CSV file will generate the Card Number as a number rather than as text This can cause some card numbers to miss leading zero s Use the Pad Card Number with Leading Zero s to characters option to ensure leading zero s are added if this is the case e Truncate First Names to First Word only Some membership systems when they export data to a CSV file will include more than one firstname or initials in the First Name field To limit the first names loaded into HandicapMaster to the first word or initial only tick the Truncat
484. rity operates a National Database System itis recommended that you re publish after making membership changes to ensure that the membership changes are reflected on the National Database System e Away Members moving to a new home club within the same country will not be affected and a new record will not be started and their National ID will remain unchanged 6 2 10 Change Home Member To an Away Member To Change a Home Member to Away Member 1 Doone ofthe following e Inthe Players list select a Member and press Enter Key or e Inthe Players list select a Member then on the Players menu click Edit Member or e On the Players menu click Edit Member and select a Member from the list displayed 2 Click on the Handicapping tab 3 Under the This Players Handicap in maintained at section select Another Club is Away Player 4 Click Select Home Club and then choose the appropriate Home Club 5 Click OK A message about away Players handicaps being whole numbers is displayed click OK e Where your handicapping authority operates a National Database System itis recommended that you re publish after making membership changes to ensure that the membership changes are reflected on the National Database System e Due to differences between the countries a new record will be started where the AWAY member s new HOME club is in a different country Additionally if a player has a national ID this will be cleared out Anew national ID
485. rofile to help with indexing different profiles In the Players will use which device list choose the equipment you wish to use This maybe a Standard Keyboard Keypad Terminal or Touchscreen for example Tick the Use Magnetic Card Reader box if you would like players to be selectable using Magnetic Swipe Cards Magnetic Card Reader If using a Magnetic Card Reader and the Use Magnetic Card Reader box was ticked on the Equipment page enter the settings required for Magnetic Swipe Cards These will depend upon the equipment and cards being used Please contact support for further help Identify Players In the Players will identify themselves by list choose whether the players will be selected by List PIN number Club Membership number National ID s or Swipe Cards In the Players will identify their Playing Partners by list choose whether players shall use a list of names PIN numbers etc to select their Playing Partners Tick the When Visitors type their GOLFnet number find them from Downloaded List of Players box if you wish visitors to be able to type their Ireland GOLFnet number into the Player Entry system and have their name club and handicap automatically added to the database This option is only available in the CONGU handicapping editions for clubs in Ireland For more information about this facility see Using GOLFnet Player Files with Player Entry Services Tick the Sign In box if you wish players to be
486. rom HandicapMaster To do this 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the General Tab 3 Tick the Silently ignore printer warnings box HandicapMaster Limited 2015 11 3 Viewing Charts 11 3 1 The Charts Toolbar w hen a chart is requested the following Toolbar is displayed along the top of the report e 2m 2 itast24Months Chart Buttons On the bar are the buttons as follows Button Type Print Save Copy Left Arrow Players X axis X axis E i le Leje je e ja a Description Hide ShowHide or Show the left hand pane Print the current Chart Save the Char to a file Copies the Chart to the Windows Clipboard Display graph of Previous Player in All Members list Select a new player s record to display Right Arrow Display graph of Next Player in All Members list i Timeframe Select the timeframe to include in the Graph Plot the x axis as a sequence of entries in the Player s Handicap Record i e with even spacing between each point Plot the x axis showing points relative to the date when they occurred creating a timeline Buttons on Charts Toolbar HandicapMaster Limited 2015 150 HandicapMaster 11 4 Summary of Available Reports There are 5 main categories of reports within in HandicapMaster e Membership e Competitions e Bookings e Handicapping e Accounting The Bookings reports are only avail
487. rom an external file To import membership records 1 Using an external product such as Microsoft Excel create an import file conforming to the required layout HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships 3 In the Import window enter the full file name and location in the Location and name of Import File box or click the Browse button to locate a file 2 Onthe Players Menu click Import 4 Select the date on which Handicaps will be adjudged to have been Brought Forward in the Mark all First awards and Handicap Alterations as from box 5 Tick the Update Existing Membership Records option if you wish to import changes to existing membership records The default is for this to be un ticked to prevent accidental updating of existing membership records 6 Click the Import button e To importa member who does not have a handicap enter the HANDICAP field as a non numeric string of letters or leave blank e Ifthe import file contains entries with the exact same member names only a single membership record will be created e You will need to tick the Update Existing Membership Records box in order to change any existing membership records e Import Visitors from an external file 6 7 3 Import Visitors from an external file To import Visitors Non Members into HandicapMaster Follow Import Memberships from an external file ensuring 1 The HOME AWAY VISITOR column must be present and set to a value of
488. rs Away Members and Visitors To e mail an individual Member Away Member or Visitor 1 Do one of the following e Go to the appropriate member list either All Members Away Members or Visitors e Inthe list selecta Member and press Enter Key or select a Member right click and select Edit from the popup menu 2 Enter an e mail address if required and then click the Send E mail button NOTE If the Member Away Member or Visitor already has an e mail address then e In the appropriate list click once to highlight their name right click and select Send E mail HandicapMaster Limited 2015 o HandicapMaster To e mail to multiple Members Away Members or Visitors You may either e Use a Distribution List of Members Away Members or Visitors and select this as the recipient of the e mail e Exportthe Member or Visitor membership details and use an external mail merge facility to send correspondence to past Members 8 2 14 E mailing Past Members or Past Visitors To e mail an individual Past Member or Visitor 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Past Members list selecta Member and press Enter Key e Inthe Past Members list select a Member right click and select Edit from the popup menu e Inthe Past Members list selecta Member right then select Edit a Membership record from the Previous Member Tasks 2 Enter an e mail address if required and then click the Send E mail button NOTE If the Past Member
489. rst time 0 0 cc scsecssesenenseseessesseeseeseeseesaeseseseseevonveneaneanes 424 6 Unrecognised Golf Courses cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseaeeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeees Z My Golf RANKING sosise AATAS ATESA EEEN TERANA ARONA ANA ENATS About My Golf Ranking scesseee Publish results to My Golf Ranking Chapter 23 Managing the Database T Introduction oe ccccee ce ceccee cccee cecenccccte ccceetensscecetesecce cece ccteusestectuntecctessssaceetencctescendedeeteectes 2 The function Of Housekeeping ccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaneeees 3 Protection of the data vice icccicecicduceeeiecunceccecventencecedecaedvent adver nennu nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nennen 4 Backing up the Database cceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeesenenees 5 Restoring the Database 522 cccesccctetseecccccascgerteceececccaacececqansdnecqadeecttuansencecaasesttaceecececadeat 6 Automati BaCkuUPS sasscccccsscedecs cee cecsoeeeetensceecccboeedecs anaana iaa aaa ai Introduction Restoring the Database from an Automatic Backup Change the number of Automatic Backups retained 7 Using more than one copy of HandicapMaster cccseececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeees IMtrOGUCTION E itd ee es Si i eee ee etc ceca cee te caer ae Create two copies of HandicapMaster on the same Computer s s s nnnsusunnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnennnn
490. rt and end dates you require e Don t display allows you to retain the message but prevent it being displayed perhaps you have a message you wish to display when the course is closed you would normally select the Don t display option and change this when the course is closed 7 Select the Player Entry profile that will be used to display this message This allow you to restrict the display of the message to only those computers running a specific Player Entry profile To edit an existing message 1 Inthe main HandicapMaster program in the left hand task pane select Competitions place 2 On the right hand pane double click Messages 3 Doone ofthe following HandicapMaster Limited 2015 240 HandicapMaster e Selecta message and press ENTER Key or e Double click the message entry in the list You may then edit the details as required Tip Size the message text to fill the box on the screen The message will be displayed in Player Entry as it shows in this box To delete a message 1 Inthe main HandicapMaster program in the left hand task pane select Competitions place 2 On the right hand pane double click Messages 3 Selecta message in the list and do one of the following e Click Delete a Message in the Player Entry Messages Tasks e Press the DELETE key To create a message with a mixture of text and images You may create a message with a mixture of text and images To so this a St
491. s This indicates the wizard has identified that some of the selected members have recently had subscriptions raised but there have been no payments recorded If you select Yes then these subscription invoices will be voided Typically this message will appear if you re run the subscription wizard after noticing some changes are required HandicapMaster Limited 2015 358 HandicapMaster If you select No then subscriptions will only be raised for those members who have not recently had subscriptions raised This may be useful if you have for example raised some subscriptions by Member Subscription Pool and then raise subscriptions by Subscription template where some of the Member Subscription Pool members are assigned the subscription template e When you finish the wizard you may see the message Some of the selected Members have valid Subscriptions that expire in more than 45 days Raise Subscriptions for those Members as well as those with expired or about expire memberships This indicates the wizard has identified that some of the members selected have got valid paid subscriptions Perhaps you have some members that paid previously and their subscriptions are not due to expire for some time Selecting NO will stop the wizard raising new subscriptions for those members e When raising subscriptions for Members assigned to Member Subscription Pools and you send the subscriptions by e mail and there is more than one s
492. s Lastname HandicapMaster Limited 2015 4 HandicapMaster on the booking system must match the start of the player s Surname in HandicapMaster Where the Player s number is not recognised or the player s name was typed in in freeform text on the booking system HandicapMaster will advise that a match has not been located and offer the option to choose a matching player from a list of players and visitors in HandicapMaster B HandicapMaster CAPTAIN A definite match for this player has not been found Choose matching player CEJ EE Gee Answer Yes to choose a matching player from a list Answer No to ignore this player not importing this player to the Start Sheet Answer Cancel to ignore this player and any subsequent players not matched in HandicapMaster during this import HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Menu Options and Toolbar Buttons 4 HandicapMaster 26 Menu Options and Toolbar Buttons 26 1 Introduction A quick guide to the Menu Options and Toolbar Buttons available The following section is intended as a quick summarylist of the Menu Options available within HandicapMaster Also identified are Toolbar Buttons where these have been provided e Table of options and toolbar buttons HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Menu Options and Toolbar Buttons 467 26 2 Menu Options and Toolbar Buttons The following is a quick guide to the Menu options available in Hand
493. s an external membership system This field will only apply for Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions and is only imported when the importis run as an ADMIN user Default value is The fields in the header record must be spelt exactly as in the table above in order to be recognised Itis necessary for the GIVEN NAME and SURNAME fields to be included as a minimum The remainder of the fields are optional The fields must follow the order of the header record but items within the header record can be in any order Including a Comma in the data to import If the data to be imported in to HandicapMaster includes a comma itself the field should be enclosed in double quotes For example to import an address field with a comma the field should be entered as 1 High Street This is how Microsoft Excel will export any data containing a comma when a spreadsheet is saved in Commaz separated File format To clear a date field in an existing Membership Record If you wish to clear a date field such as Date Subscriptions Paid etc use the word CLEAR in the date column in the import file HandicapMaster will clear the date from the existing membership record Word CLEAR may also be used to remove a previous Title field value from an existing member record or a National Number field value 6 7 6 Importing Handicaps from another Handicap System When importing player s handicaps from another handicapping system it
494. s changed On exit and at other selected times HandicapMaster copies the database to a directory called BACKUP created within the folder where HandicapMaster has been installed Note For the Network Edition of HandicapMaster automatic backups when exiting are taken ona periodic basis If when exiting HandicapMaster the previous automatic backup was taken more than 3 days earlier then a fresh automatic backup is taken HandicapMaster copies the database file Handicap Mdb to a file of name Handic lt nn gt Mdb where lt nn gt is an increasing sequential number By default this number is up to 5 Once all five have been created copy number 1 is overwritten on the next occasion and so forth These copies can then be used to recover HandicapMaster in the situation that the database file is lost or becomes damaged These copies are called Automatic Backups Important Note The automatic backups must not be relied on to safe store your HandicapMaster data The automatic backup files are saved to the same hard disk as HandicapMaster itself In the event of a hard drive failure or loss of the PC your data will be lost Always ensure you take regular backups away from the HandicapMaster PC using Backup Database option e Restoring the Database from an Automatic Backup e Change the number of Automatic Backups retained 23 6 2 Restoring the Database from an Automatic Backup To recover the database from an Automatic Backup
495. s if they consider that the NR is a deliberate attempt to gain an Active Competition handicap These notes based on English Golf Union Active Inactive Handicaps specification Version 4 September 2009 as supplied by CONGU and subsequently modified by England Golf and GUW January 2010 See Also e Players Exempt from Non Competition Handicaps 19 2 5 1 3 Override Handicap Status Wales Competition Non Competition CONGU Handicap Status Regulations are only sanctioned by England Golf for clubs in England and by Golf Union of Wales for clubs in Wales In some circumstances Handicap Committees may have a genuine reason to overrule the current handicap status of a player In this situation an override may be applied to the player s handicap If the current status is non competition the override will cause the player s handicap status to become competition Likewise the handicap has a status of competition the override will cause the players handicap status to become non competition This override will remain in force until the end of the year unless cancelled earlier When an override has been applied the Handicap Status for the player displayed in the All Members list will be shown with OVERRIDE suffix To override the Handicap Status of a player HandicapMaster Limited 2015 326 HandicapMaster To override the handicap status of a player 1 On the Handicapping menu click Override Com
496. s layout link to print some test data to the selected printer Click OK to save any changes to the design or cancel to abandon any changes Click OK to start to print the labels fone or more of the items on the label design are positioned outside the edge of the selected Label Type then a message indicating that Some item s were positioned beyond the edge of the label is displayed These items will be automatically excluded from the label when itis printed Click OK to acknowledge this message Select the printer to which the custom labels should be printed Click OK NOTES If your print will not print from the edge of the paper then if you select a label format that does not have margin you may find that some text is not printed there are two options 1 Select a different label format that has a margin 2 Move the items on the label down and to the right from the edge in the label designer This will mean all labels printed will be positioned away from the top and left edge of each label To determine the printer hard margins you may need to print a sheet of labels and measure the position of the text if you are unable to find the details in the printer documentation The font used for the start sheet labels is configured in the Reporting Layout And Options and by selecting the Start Sheets Labels category Ifthe competition is a team competition e g a greensome four ball better ball etc then the Player A Strokes
497. s list right click and select Delete Multiple Members 2 Click Select All 4 Click OK and confirm the deletion e Itshould be noted that when you delete a member using this option the membership record is not removed from the system Rather itis marked as deleted although the information is still held within HandicapMaster By viewing the Past Members and past Visitors list all of the deleted membership records are displayed e Past Members may be e mailed e When HandicapMaster is linked to an external membership system itis not possible to delete members The member must be deleted or resigned in the external membership system which will place the record in the Past Members and past Visitors list HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships 6 2 4 Recover a previously deleted Member A Past Member record may be recovered and returned to current membership status To recover a previously deleted membership record 1 Onthe Players menu click Undelete 2 Choose a Member or Visitor to recover e When HandicapMaster is linked to an external membership system itis not possible to undelete members The member must be undeleted or reinstated in the external membership system which will move the record in the Past Members and past Visitors list to the All Members list 6 2 5 Membership record fields The following information may be recorded for each member Fields shown in red are c
498. s name changed and right click 4 On the pop up menu select Change Competition Name HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Publishing to Internet Publishing to Internet aor 22 Publishing to Internet 22 1 Introduction A guide to connecting to updating and using the HandicapMaster Master Scoreboard service and National Handicap Database Systems The following section describes how to update National systems for those clubs connected to Central systems and to Master Scoreboard web site for all customers e The Publish to Internet Wizard e Master Scoreboard e UK and Ireland Central Database of Handicaps Systems e Kenya Golf Network e My Golf Ranking HandicapMaster Limited 2015 402 HandicapMaster 222 The Publish to Internet Wizard The Publish to Internet Wizard steps through the stages of publishing competition results and or handicapping information to National web sites and Master Scoreboard Choose Internet Services In the CONGU Handicapping editions of HandicapMaster the Publish to Internet wizard will display the Choose Internet Services page when there is a choice of more than one internet service to publish to 1 In the Choose Internet Services section select which internet service s you wish to publish to Select from e England Golf Central Database of Handicaps for golf clubs in England e GOLFnet GUI ILGU Central Database of Handicaps for golf clubs in Ireland e Ken
499. s of HandicapMaster in England Wales and Scotland 14 Click Finish to save the Distribution list e Once a distribution list has been added the type of data contained in the distribution list may not be changed e For Member Past Member Visitor and Past Visitor distribution lists if the Automatically add and maintain entries in list option is not selected then members added to HandicapMaster at a later date or existing members that are edited and then meet the distribution list selection criteria are NOT automatically added to these distribution lists but may be added manually e nly Members Past Members Visitor and Past Visitor types of distribution list are available when sending letters e _ Ifa handicap range has been selected then this will exclude members or past members without a handicap If the Automatically add and maintain entries in list is selected then HandicapMaster will update the distribution list automatically under the following situations dig When you view the distribution lists 2 When you send e mails 3 When you start the Letter Writer Member and Visitor distributions lists also allow selection by Competition or Non competition Handicap Status Only applicable to CONGU editions of HandicapMasterin England Wales and Scotland Where Competition or Non competition Handicap Status is an option if neither are ticked then HandicapMaster Limited 2015 1 H
500. s of running an eclectic competition are 1 Create the eclectic competition in HandicapMaster 2 Run one or more stroke play competitions or ask players to return casual cards for the purpose of the eclectic 3 Update the eclectic with the competition scores or the casual cards 4 Reprint the eclectic results The features of Eclectic competitions supported by HandicapMaster The following features are available when creating an Eclectic competition in HandicapMaster Type of best score Aplayer s eclectic score is their best score of each hole in all of the rounds HandicapMaster supports two choices for best score either e Fewest strokes taken on the hole or e Most Stableford Points won on the hole Players entering the Eclectic before the competition starts If the eclectic competition is one where players can choose whether to enter before the eclectic starts you may pre selected those players who enter in advance This allows for quick addition of scores from stroke play competitions to be added to the eclectic analysis simply by adding the stroke play competitions to the eclectic In this situation HandicapMaster will automatically only include scores HandicapMaster Limited 2015 302 HandicapMaster from those players pre selected How the scores for the Eclectic are to be entered There are two ways to enter a player s score into an eclectic e The player s score could already be entered as part of a stro
501. s selected 4 Click Select Home Club and select the new home club of the player 5 Click OK Ifthe new home club is in a different country from the previous home club of the away member and the countries operate a National Database Systems the following steps will apply e A Change of Home Club message is displayed You will be informed that a NEW record for the member will be created if you do not accept this then you will be unable to change the member s home club e Amessage about the previous member record being moved and renamed as well as being marked as a deleted member is displayed Click OK e Amessage about the Players national ID being resetis displayed Click OK e You may then need to enter the player s new national ID as allocated by the players new home club if appropriate When the new home club of the away member is in a different country from the previous home club and the countries operate a National Database the following applies e With the widespread introduction of National Database Systems the reasons for starting a new record have become greater and to prevent possible data conflict on these National systems itis no longer optional e The original away record is preserved in HandicapMaster as a past member e Note when anew record is created this will for example have an impact on eclectics best HandicapMaster Limited 2015 46 HandicapMaster of series etc e Where your handicapping autho
502. s will receive This handicap allowance will use the players current handicaps atthe time the results are published effectively their handicaps at the end of the Eclectic 14 Choose a Handicap Allowance for the Eclectic 15 Ifyou select an allowance other than none choose the date to be used for handicaps of the players in the Based upon Handicaps as at section e To allocate handicap allowances based upon player s current handicap in effect the handicap at the end of the eclectic select Date when results calculated e Ifyou prefer to seta specific date and use the handicaps players held on this date select Date of and enter the date In the event that a player s handicap record does not start until after the selected date the first handicap they held after this date will be used instead 16 Tick the Handicap Allowance to one Decimal Place box if you wish the nett scores for players to be based upon their handicap allowance being calculated to one decimal place 17 Click Next gt 18 Tick the Include on MasterScoreboard co uk box if you wish this Eclectic to be included when running the publish to Master Scoreboard wizard so the results will be displayed on the Master Scoreboard web site 19 Tick the Include Visitors box if you wish to include Visitors who have played in one or more the competitions this Eclectic is based on in the results 20 Tick the Countback amp Scores display scores in small font to include count
503. screen operates 1 The way the Enter Scores screen behaves may be configured using the Configure Player Entry wizard 2 If you have more than one Player Entry profile configured you may Change the choice of Profile used on a specific computer e The Enter Scores screen displays a list of all members registered with ACTIVE handicaps If one or more of the open competitions allows Visitors to play Visitors will also be included HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The Player Entry System 14 6 Entry of competitors scores Competitors scores are entered using the Score Entry window To enter the scores for a competitor or team 1 Check that the Handicap indicated in the Strokes Received box is correct for the competitor Should this be a Stroke play competition the number of strokes can be adjusted to suit Such as when a competitor claims a lower handicap than that to which s he is entitled or in a multi round competition on a subsequent day when the conditions of competition require the player to play off the same handicap throughout and his handicap has changed as a result of an earlier round 2 Enter the player s scores hole by hole The Nett score number of Stableford points or Par result for each hole are shown 3 Press ENTER or OK key to save the scores as indicated by the Accept Score button Entering a Hole in One Press 1 key followed by ENTER or OK key Entering a score for a hole over 9 strokes Press 1
504. scription invoices as attachments to the e mail This is in place of the report on screen At the end of the sending of the e mails there is an option to print the subscriptions for those members who either do not have an e mail address or who have not opted to receive subscriptions by e mail To send Subscriptions by e mail 1 Select the members who have opted to receive their subscriptions by either e selecting Send Subscriptions Invoices Receipts by E mail on the Subscriptions Tab of the Edit Member facility e oron the Accounting menu select Configure and select Members who receive correspondence by e mail and select the required members 2 Run the Raise Subscription Wizard 3 Click the E mail Report button on the Reports Toolbar 4 You will be prompted to add an attachment file in addition to the subscription Click Yes and then browse and select the file you wish to attach This may be a document of any format 5 If there are any members who either do not have an e mail address or who have not opted to receive HandicapMaster Limited 2015 2 HandicapMaster subscriptions by e mail Click Yes at the prompt that will be displayed and select the required printer to print the subscriptions 6 Asummary of the e mails sent will then be displayed e The subscription is automatically added to the e mail as PDF attachment 8 2 10 E mailing Overdue Subscriptions Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only availa
505. se 23 10 of the Unified Handicapping System Note Member clubs of the GUI and ILGU l e Ireland are mandated to accept any ESR recommendation offered by the GUI and ILGU The option to not apply the ESR in this region is disabled How to apply an Exceptional Scoring reduction retrospectively CONGU do not allow this An ESR may only be applied at the time a competition or score is added to the player s record If it had been decided not to apply the reduction originally it would be necessary to undo the player s score and re enter it to force the offer of an ESR once again This is a limitation imposed by the Council of National Golf Unions CONGU How to cancel an ESR after previously being applied 1 On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Exceptional Scoring Reductions 2 Select the Exceptional Scoring Reduction to be cancelled and right click Select Undo Notes e For clubs in regions where their National Union has NOT sanctioned the Exceptional Scoring reductions trial these facilities will not be available 19 2 8 Low Handicap Players Audit Many National Unions and Area Authorities such as County Unions request copies of the Handicap Records of the lowest handicapped players This report enables you to report the handicap records for players within a specific handicap range as requested by your Area Authority e g County Union National Golf Union or National Association To product a report of Low Han
506. se the format of the recipient s name on the Dear line in the letter You may also Set Font to use for salutation line Signatory on Letters This section allows you to pre set the name of the signature to be put to the bottom of Letters Letter of Introductions and General Play Letters and Handicap Certificates when send by e mail Competitions Tab Competitions Tick the Use strokes taken for gross results in Stableford and Par competitions box if you wish the Gross Scores l e No Handicap Allowance results to be based on the number of strokes taken even if the competition format is Stableford or Par If this boxis not ticked the Gross Scores results will be based on the number of Stableford points won without handicap or Par result without handicap accordingly This setting is applied when competitions are applied closed Tick the Cursor moves down before across when eniering multiple column scores onto scorecard box if you wish to change the way scores are entered for team competitions where more than one column of scores have to be entered such as with Four Ball Better Ball competitions When this boxis ticked scores for Player A have to be entered before any scores for Player B etc Thatis the cursor moves down column by column rather than across row by row After changing this option reselect Enter Competition Scores or restart Player Entry system for the change to take affect Press Release This section allows you to
507. section tick the Publish Start Sheets box if you wish to publish any existing Start Sheets for Opened Competitions to MasterScoreboard co uk If you wish to select which Start Sheets are published click the Choose which Start Sheets to publish link and tick those competition Start Sheets to be included 7 in the Options section tick the Publish competition scores to MyGolfRanking website box if you wish the competition scores to be made available to the MyGolfRanking system For more information about this external service see About My Golf Ranking 8 Click Next gt button 9 Start your Internet connection and once you have verified that your Computer is connected to the Internet click Next gt button 10 Click Finish button e Each time data is uploaded to MasterScoreboard co uk all of the previous competition and handicap data is deleted and replaced with new data being uploaded See Also e Request setup on MasterScoreboard co uk e About My Golf Ranking 22 3 5 Stop a Member s Name showing on MasterScoreboard co uk Where a Member would prefer their name not to be displayed on the MasterScoreboard co uk web site itis possible for to mask their name using their membership number To stop a member s name being displayed on MasterScoreboard co uk 1 On the Players menu click Edit Member and select the applicable Member HandicapMaster Limited 2015 406 HandicapMaster 2 Click the MasterScoreboard co uk tab
508. sed or general play first award change If competition scores are returned to the state prior to Apply Scores Configure Player Entry Player Entry Option only Configure the way Score Entry screens operate including which equipment is used Administration Button Password Player Entry Option only Set update or remove a password protecting exit from the Player Entry screens Player Entry Message Player Entry Option only Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions only Configure one or more messages to be displayed on the Player Entry screen in idle time between competitions Run Player Entry Program Player Entry Option only Run the Player Entry screens Handicapping Menu General Play Adjustment Apply a clause 23 General play change to a member Annual Review Club Premier and Network Editions Only Manage a CONGU Handicapping System Annual Review of Handicaps Update AWAY Player s Handicap Manually correct a player s handicap such as AWAY player s handicap Handicap Note Record an event or detail relevant to the player s Handicap or general note Record Away Scores Record Away scores e g qualifying scores returned from another club HandicapMaster Limited 2015 472 HandicapMaster Amend Away Score CSS Club Premier and Network Editions Only Update the Competition Scratch Score for a previously entered Away score Record Supplementary Scores Club Pr
509. set titling and contact information on the heading of Press Release reports Competition Fees Tick the Use Set Folder and File Names when Exporting Competition Fees box if you are intending to use the Manage Competition Fees option and wish HandicapMaster to create export files in the same folder without prompting for a file name each time Click Folder button to select the folder where the files shall be created Export files will be named Comp_Fees_Sales_yyyy_mm_dd_nn csv or Comp_Fees_Refunds_yyyy_mm_dd_nn csv depending whether unprocessed fees payable or unprocessed refunds are being exported where yyyy_mm_dd is the date the file is created and nn a sequence number from 01 upwards for that day Tick the When reporting fees payable include players competition handicaps and divisions played in box if you wish to extend the fees payable report and export file to include the handicap and competition division for each player The division is reported as 0 when divisions have not been used for the competition Note This option is not available in all editions of HandicapMaster Database Tab Show Description in Title Bar HandicapMaster Limited 2015 ns HandicapMaster Enter a Description for this database in the Show in Title Bar box if you would like to differentiate between more than one copy of HandicapMaster running on the same PC The text will be displayed in the Title Bar of the main HandicapMaster window Co
510. set up like C Program Files HandicapMaster PlayerEntry exe user COMPS COMPS could equally be ADMIN or any other pre selected user name e This option is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster e The UserlD name used after the user switch must notcontain any spaces HandicapMaster Limited 2015 23 HandicapMaster 14 9 Setting a Password to exit Player Entry System The Administration Button Password is the password that prevents exit from the Player Entry system It may be appropriate to set an Administration Button password if players are entering their own scores and the Computer is likely to be left unattended by Competition Officials Note The Administration Button password is used by all Player Entry computers and is nota separate setting for each individual computer To set or change the Administration Button Password 1 From the Competition menu click Administration Button Password 2 Inthe Old Password box type the current existing password if one exists 3 In the New Password box enter the new password 4 Inthe Confirm New Password box repeat the new password 5 Click OK Note The following rules apply to Passwords e Passwords must be atleast 4 characters long e Anycharacter number or symbol can be used e Passwords are not case sensitive Default Password When HandicapMaster is first installed there is no password To R
511. sit the Clubhouse to read printed notices on a board The pages on the MasterScoreboard co uk web site may be password protected making them Member only pages Events and Notices may be added to the central web site allowing Secretaries to contact those members who do not visit the clubhouse and do not see the notices listed there Events may be flagged as Open allowing all MasterScoreboard co uk web site visitors to read the details An email address can optionally be supplied allowing web site visitors to contact the organising official Individual members names maybe masked should a member wish not to have their names listed on the web site HandicapMaster Limited 2015 4 HandicapMaster Pages for HandicapMaster Society Edition users are automatically password protected 22 3 3 Request set up on MasterScoreboard co uk In order to upload from HandicapMaster to MasterScoreboard co uk itis necessary to request being setup on the MasterScoreboard co uk service As a result of being set up on MasterScoreboard co uk an ID and Passcode will be provided that must be used in HandicapMaster to connect to MasterScoreboard co uk To request setup on MasterScoreboard co uk 1 Do one of the following e On the main Toolbar click the Publish button or e On the File menu click Publish to Internet 2 Click Next gt button 3 Tick Master Scoreboard box and click Next 4 In the Connection Settings section click
512. sk pane select Competitions place Click Set up a Template in the competition tasks box 2 Select the template Information using the Competition Template Wizard provided See Also e Modify a Competition Template e Copy a Competition Template e Delete a Competition Template 13 4 3 Modify a Competition Template To modify the details of an existing Competition Template 1 On the left hand task pane select Competitions place 2 On the right hand pane double click Templates 3 Do one of the following HandicapMaster Limited 2015 166 HandicapMaster e Selecta Template and press ENTER Key or e Double click the Template entry in the list 4 Modify the template Information using the Competition Template Wizard provided Note When a competition is opened through the Open a New Competition wizard the template properties are applied to that competition Changing the template does not automatically update the settings of existing competitions If there are any opened competitions based on the template being changed HandicapMaster asks if these should be updated There is then an option to update the configuration for each competition in turn based on the amended template Alternatively the template properties applied to an opened or undone closed competition can be modified through the Config button on the Enter Scores Toolbar This method updates the template and that competition only See Also e Add anew
513. ssed These records will no longer appear on reports The invoices raised or refunds marked as void will be available within the Subscriptions Option e View Summary of fees for closed competitions Select this option to view a summary of the fees relating to a selection of closed competitions The summary shows the total fees accrued for each category of fee both as a summary for each competition in a selected time period and also across all competitions in the time period Notes e The Competition Fees option is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster e Competition Fee records are retained in the system for six months after the competition was Applied However the Summary report may be run against closed competitions from any date in the system See Note below for no show player fees e You may choose to pre set the folder where export files are created using Global Options When set Export files will be named Comp_Fees_Sales_yyyy_mm_dd_nn csv or Comp_Fees_Refunds_yyyy_mm_dd_nn csv depending whether unprocessed fees payable or unprocessed refunds are being exported where yyyy_mm_ddis the date the file is created and nna sequence number from 01 upwards for that day HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions NOTE When using the Subscriptions Option and where Entry fee for no show players have been recorded these will no longer be included on the
514. ster creates a balanced draw The calculation is based on the handicaps of those players already added to the Start Sheet grid HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 18 1 The first column in the grid is filled with players with the lowest handicaps 2 The last column is filled with players with the highest handicaps 3 Any middle columns are filled with players with handicaps in the best range s possible 4 Players in each column are then randomly shuffled column by column to create a more random spread across the games Pairs Competitions Where the Start Sheet is for a pairs competition such as Foursomes FBBB etc HandicapMaster will balance the players in each team pairing rather than across all four players in each Tee Time Effectively one player from the 50 of players with lower handicaps will be paired with one player from the 50 with higher handicaps Notes e Once players have been re ordered so there is one player from each range of handicaps in each group no attemptis made to balance up the total handicaps group by group e f some individual cells have been marked as Unavailable this can affect the accuracy of the results of the reordering Itis not recommended that a balanced draw is attempted if the grid contains isolated unavailable cells 13 7 3 View a Starting Sheet Report To View a Starting Sheet Report 1 Do one of the following e On the Competitions Menu cho
515. t 18 Identifythe maximum handicap for each of the first three divisions in the Division 1 Division 2 and Division 3 boxes Competitors whose handicaps are greater than the Division 3 box will automatically fall into Division 4 TIP HandicapMaster splits the field into four divisions Itis possible however to simulate only two HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Order of Merit and Eclectic Competitions or three divisions by setting the Maximum Handicap In Division 2 and or 3 value higher than the highest handicap allowed in the competition This will cause no competitors to fall into the higher divisions and these Divisions will therefore not be displayed 19 Click Next gt 20 Enter any Notes that you would like to be displayed at the bottom of the Order of Merit report when printed 21 Click Next gt 22 Click Finish to create or update the Order of Merit See Also e Setting up an Order of Merit Plan e Adding or Updating scores for an Order of Merit e Changing the format ofan existing Order of Merit e Edit Order of Merit Competition Notes e Deleting an Order of Merit Competition e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 18 1 4 Setup an Order of Merit Plan To set up or amend a Plan 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Reports menu click Competition Reports then Order of Merit e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Order of Merit Competitions 2 Choose Configure Order of Merit
516. t e Changing the format ofan existing Order of Merit e Edit Order of Merit Competition Notes e Deleting an Order of Merit Competition e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 18 1 5 Adding or updating scores to an Order of Merit You must add competition scores to the Order of Merit so they are included in the analysis These scores maybe from stroke play competitions that have been closed To add or update scores to an Order of Merit 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Reports menu click Competition Reports then Order of Merit e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Order of Merit Competitions 2 Doone ofthe following e Double click the chosen Order of Merit Competition e Highlight the chosen Order of Merit Competition and click Update an Order of Merit in the Order of Merit Tasks e Right click the chosen Order of Merit Competition and select Update an Order of Merit 3 The Update Order of Merit Scores window is displayed Use this window to add or update scores included in the Order of Merit See Also e Creating an Order of Merit Competition e Setting up an Order of Merit Plan e Changing the format of an existing Order of Merit e Edit Order of Merit Competition Notes e Deleting an Order of Merit Competition e Stop an Order of Merit showing on MasterScoreboard co uk HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Order of Merit and Eclectic Competitions 297 18 1 6 The Update Order of Merit Scores w
517. t Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Enter results of a Match e Clear results of a Match e Re print the Draw e Change a player listed in the draw e Change the last date for a round to be played by e Edit Knockout Competition Notes HandicapMaster Limited 2015 234 HandicapMaster 16 14 Change the last date for a round to be played by The draw sheets for Match Play Knockout competitions are maintained by entering results of the Matches as they progress The draw chart can then be reprinted if required To change a previously entered last play date for a round To change the date a round has to be played by 1 2 Do one of the following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions e Press CTRL K keys together Select the Knock out competition and press ENTER key or select the Record Results of Matches task This displays each of the matches for this Draw 3 Select any match from the list of Matches for the round to be amended and right click Select Change Last Date for Round Matches 4 Enter a new last date for this round of matches See Also Deleting a Knockout competition Displaying or hiding the results of Matches on the Draw Chart Changing the Name of the Competition Stop a Knock out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk Enter results of a Match Clear results o
518. t handicaps are included order of names in the list use of one or two columns etc To change the layout of the Handicap List Report 1 On the Reports Menu choose Configure layout of Handicap List Tick the Members without Handicaps box to include non playing members in the Handicap List This option is only valid when ordering the report alphabetically within Membership Category other orderings are based upon value of handicap and therefore members without handicaps cannot be included Tick the Away Members box to include the playing handicaps and home clubs of Away Members in the handicap list report Tick the Reminder for Away Members to report Handicap changes box to include the appropriate reminder notice for Away members to be included at the bottom of the report NOTE this option is only available if the Away Members box is ticked In the Include with Names list select whether to include in the report players e Membership Numbers e Primary Telephone Numbers or e PIN Numbers These options are restricted when 2 or more columns are used due to the lack of available space HandicapMaster Limited 2015 1 HandicapMaster In the Exclude Membership Category list select a category of membership if you wish to exclude these members from the Handicap List Itis possible to add your own notes to the bottom on the report by including text in the Add comments to bottom of the report box Itis not recommended to
519. t in the Eclectic Tasks e Right click the chosen Eclectic Competition and select Amend Eclectic Format See Also e Creating an Eclectic competition e Adding or updating scores used in an Eclectic e Deleting an existing Eclectic e Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk HandicapMaster Limited 2015 3 HandicapMaster 18 2 9 Delete an Eclectic Competition To delete an Eclectic competition 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Competitions menu click Eclectics e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Eclectics 2 Highlight the Eclectic competition to be deleted 3 Doone ofthe following e Click Delete an Eclectic in the Eclectic Tasks e Right click the chosen Eclectic Competition and select Delete Eclectic e Press the DELETE key on the keyboard See Also e Creating an Eclectic competition e Adding or updating scores used in an Eclectic e Changing the format of an existing Eclectic e Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk 18 2 10 Disqualified Scores and Eclectics Where a player s score is marked as Disqualified from a competition their hole by hole scores for that competition will notbe included in any Eclectic calculations The exception to this is if the disqualification is for a breach of rule of golf 3 2 failure to hole out Where a player scores a No Return for the competition then their hole by hole scores will be included in the analysis For the
520. tails and handicap may be read into HandicapMaster using the CDH service 1 Select Players drop down menu then New Visitor 2 Tick the Has National Number Central Database of Handicaps box and enter the player s 8 digit number Ireland or 10 digit number England Scotland and Wales in the National Number box 3 Click Look Up Players Details button The CDH will confirm the player details and the latest handicap including the date when this handicap was published to the CDH and update all of the other fields in the window 4 Confirm the information filled in is all OK and click OK button See Also e Verify a handicap ofa Visitor e Find a player on the CDH e Reporting Problems with the CDH service e Adding Visitors through the Player Entry system 22 4 9 Find a player on the CDH To find a player on the CDH 1 Do one of the following e Onthe Players menu click Find a Player on CDH e Open the Visitors folder and on the Visitor Tasks click Find a Player on CDH 2 Select how to find the player e Select Find by Name where the name of the Player is known HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet e Select Find by Number where the National Number of the Player is known If you select Find by Number go to step 7 3 In the Surname or part Surname box enter the last name of the player you wish to locate You may use part of their last name if this helps minimum 2 characters and these do not need to be
521. tain a National Number for a Player England Scotland amp Wales Note This topic is not applicable in Ireland Please ask the member if they have previously had a national number It is important that the players number passes with him as he changes Home clubs If the player already has a National Number 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Players list selecta Member and press Enter Key or e Inthe Players list select a Member then on the Players menu click Edit Member or e On the Players menu click Edit Member and select a Member from the list displayed 2 Click Cards amp Locker tab 3 Tick the Has National Number box and enter the 10 digit number in the Player National Number box 4 Click OK If the player requires a National Number for the first time 1 Do one of the following e On the File menu click Publish to Internet e On the main toolbar click the Publish button HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Publishing to Internet Proceed to publish to the CDH 2 On the Request New Player ID s window tick the box alongside the player s name Click OK Anumber will then be allocated to the player How to advise a player of their national number In addition to material that your club may receive from the National Union to provide to your members you may also create a letter in HandicapMaster and include their National Number in the letter To achieve this add a field code of lt National Number gt to the letter
522. taining names and player details Import from an external File where you have player s CDH Lifetime ID s HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Visitor Records e Users of the CONGU handicap editions in England Scotland or Wales may create an import file of CDH numbers and import these players into HandicapMaster using the Away scores Import facility To do this itis not necessary to have Away scores to import Create a file with the PLAYERID column only and Import this through the Record Away Scores option Visitors will be added without any away scores being recorded PIN numbers for Visitors are allocated automatically Itis possible to select one of a number of pre defined ranges for Visitor PIN numbers HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster 7 3 Modify a Visitor record To modify the details of an existing Visitor record 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Visitors list select a Visitor and press Enter Key or e Inthe Visitors list select a Visitor then on the Players menu click Edit Visitor or e On the Players menu click Edit Visitor and select a Member from the list displayed 2 Modify the Visitor record accordingly To modify the details of a Past Visitor 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Past Members list select a Visitor and press Enter Key e Inthe Past Members list select a Visitor right click and select Edit from the popup menu e Inthe Past Members list select a Visitor right
523. te This option is typically used at the end of each season Removing Accounting Entries This removes the accounting and subscriptions records of members up to a pre described date if this option is in use in HandicapMaster Removing any Deleted Members or Visitors from the database This removes the names of past members which have been marked as deleted or Visitors which no longer have any references within the database Names can only be deleted if there are no Record Sheet Entries referring to them To perform Housekeeping 1 2 On the File menu click Housekeeping Choose between housekeeping your data using the recommended settings or custom choices of your own Recommended The recommended settings will remove the following data from HandicapMaster e Handicap Competition Entries and Accounting entries if used older than two years plus the current season e Hole by Hole data older than 12 months In addition all past Members and Visitors left with no Handicap Competition data or accounting data will also be removed Custom To perform any one of the housekeeping functions described above follow the instructions detailed below Deleted Members or Visitors 1 Check the Remove Past Members and Past Visitors box Hole by Hole Scores 1 Tick the Remove Hole by Hole Scores up to a chosen Date box 2 On the next page of the Housekeeping Wizard set the Remove all selected data to the the end of to the
524. te text will be added to all receipts until you edit or delete the text e When E mailing subscriptions Invoices and Receipts account will be taken of individual member setting to receive such information by e mail If this is not set then that member will NOT receive any such correspondence by e mail HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Userids and Passwords Userids and Passwords 10 Userids and Passwords 10 1 Introduction Users may be configured to HandicapMaster to grant access to all or some of the features of HandicapMaster The option to Add and Remove different Users is only available in the Premier Network and EGA Premier Handicap editions of HandicapMaster e About Users and Access e Types of Access e Custom Access categories e Howto Add a User e How to Remove a User e How to change the Access granted to a User e Changing the Password e Changing the Competition Score Entry Administration Area password HandicapMaster Limited 2015 12 HandicapMaster 10 2 Users and Access 10 2 1 Users and Access You may set up and configure separate Users to HandicapMaster giving people varying access to the facilities and data in HandicapMaster This is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster Tick the Users must enter a User Name and Password to use HandicapMaster box if you wish users to be required to log on to HandicapMaster when starting Hand
525. te whether the competition is open to Male and or Female entrants Tick the Turn on NUMLOCK key when entering Numbers box if using a Keyboard or Keypad and you wish to ensure the Numlock keyis on each time a number is to be entered Tick the Enable Logging troubleshooting box if you wish HandicapMaster to log the messages issued to Players at Score Entry Time to be logged to a file called Scores Entered txt This file is located here Tick the Show Playing Handicap in confirmation message when signing In box if you wish to have entrant s Playing Handicaps displayed on the confirmation message when they Sign In Tick the Ask for confirmation from player when offering optional competition fees box if you wish players to confirm which optional competition fees they have chosen to enter when signing in Tick the Show Confirmation Message when Scores are entered box if you wish a Your Score has been recorded confirmation message to be displayed when a score is successfully entered Tick the Allow players to reduce their handicap for competition CONGU Clause 20 11 box if you wish to allow your members to comply with the Unified Handicapping System regulation 20 11 and reduce their handicap if they believe their Handicap is not up to date on the system CONGU Handicapping editions only Any handicap adjustment applies for that competition only Tick the Allow players to adjust their handicap for competition EGA Clause 3 5 7 box
526. ted 2015 es e Chapter The Player Entry System 224 HandicapMaster 14 The Player Entry System 14 1 Introduction Running the public Player Entry system in HandicapMaster HandicapMaster offers two alternatives for entering player s scores These are e the built in Enter Scores windows available by clicking the ENTER SCORES button on the Toolbar or e the separate Player Entry system The built in windows have been optimised for Competition Administrators to enter scores providing options such as editing a scorecard already entered The Player Entry system is designed for Player s to enter their own scores typically at a publicly available PC This chapter discusses entering scores and more using the Player Entry system See Enter Scores for information about entering scores and managing competitions as a Competition Official The Player Entry System The Player Entry system is designed to allow Players to enter their own scores into the Computer after a Competition typically using a publicly accessible Computer The Player Entry system adds support for a wide range of equipment to be used including Keypads Card Readers Touch sensitive screens etc Aleader board is available along with options such as printing scorecards as players prepare to playin a Competition In the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster the Player Entry system may also be used to ask players to sign in
527. ten a Winter league format allows for players to playa minimum number of rounds but they are not required to play every weekend HandicapMaster recognises this type of competition as Best of a Series See Run a Best of Series Competition 13 13 2 Run a Multiple round Competition To process a Multiple round Competition 1 Create a Competition Template Create a Competition Template 2 Enter and complete the first round scores Enter and complete the first round scores continuing as though itis a single round competition To do this 1 Open a New Competition 2 Enter Scores 3 Apply Scores When Applying Scores and the Overall Results from Multiple round Competitions page is displayed select Do not Aggregate 3 Enter and complete the second and subsequent rounds Repeat the steps undertaken for the first round but with the following considerations a When Opening a New Competition for the second round 1 If both rounds are played on the same day select PM alongside the date when opening the second round competition 2 Select the Second Third or Subsequent Round of Competition 3 If competitors are to play off the same handicap for each round in the competition l e retain their starting Handicap tick Use First Round Handicaps and select the date of the first round of the competition in the First Round Date boxes 4 Choose to aggregate the round as a Multiple round competition then select the previous roun
528. ter in the Body of Letter box as required 6 Click Run Letter e Change the Font used in Letters e Configure the Layout of Letters e Add Letterheads to Letters e Using Fields in Letters e Sending Letters by E Mail HandicapMaster Limited 2015 98 HandicapMaster 8 3 4 Delete a Saved Letter To Delete a Letter previously saved in the HandicapMaster database 1 Select the letter to be deleted Do one of the following e On the Players menu click Letters and choose the letter to be deleted if the Select a Letter window is displayed e In the Letters list select the letter to be deleted 2 Delete the selected letter Do one of the following e Select Delete an existing Letter task in the task bar e Right click the selected letter and choose Delete e Inthe Letters list press the DELETE key e Edit the selected letter then on the File menu click Delete 8 3 5 Write a Letter of Introduction for a Member HandicapMaster will generate a letter of introduction for a member that automatically details that member s current handicap To produce a Letter of Introduction 1 On the Players menu click Letter of Introduction 2 Ifthe Select a Player window is displayed choose the applicable Member must be a Home Club player HandicapMaster creates a letter like Dear Secretary Re John Smith May I introduce you to John Smith who is a member in good standing of this club Currently John has a Playing Handicap
529. tered for the name of your Organisation is the same as that given when you registered The registration code will have been derived from this information If you alter or change this field this will invalidate the registration code If you believe you have entered this correctly and still cannot get the registration code accepted please contact the supplier Click OK to continue HandicapMaster Limited 2015 gS Chapter Maintaining Club Memberships HandicapMaster 6 Maintaining Club Memberships 6 1 Introduction Managing the Membership Records In order to manage Member s Handicaps it is necessary for you to maintain a list of Members As a minimum this list must contain the names of the Members and their Handicaps In addition the club handicapping scheme requires additional information such as those clubs at which your Members also hold a membership The information relating to any one Member is called the membership record This chapter describes those steps required to maintain the membership records for your club and gives a description of each of the items of information that can be recorded HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships 37 6 2 Adding modifying and deleting Membership records 6 2 1 Add anew Member To add a new Member to HandicapMaster 1 Onthe Players menu click New Member 2 Enter the Membership Information using the membership record fields provided TIP
530. the data from the load file If the player is currently listed in the Past Members list in HandicapMaster they are returned to the active all members list e Where a record is found in the load file that cannot be matched in HandicapMaster a new membership record is created in HandicapMaster e Where a record in HandicapMaster cannot be matched with a record in the load file the player is marked as a Past Member in HandicapMaster To match records between the file and HandicapMaster an Account ID is maintained in the database This is the sole item used for the matching and itis essential that a unique account id is maintained by the membership system for each player See Layout of the CSV File topic for an explanation of the membership fields that may be loaded from HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Integrating HandicapMaster with Other Systems the external membership system HandicapMaster Start up When the CSV Load Facility has been activated see below HandicapMaster start up is modified to search for a specific file on the PC or Network If the file is found a refresh of Membership details is undertaken When a file is located itis only processed when itis recognised as having different content compared to the previous time it was processed Processing when File is located Where a file is located the following sequence of events is initiated 1 An automatic backup of the HandicapMaster database file is ta
531. the format of a template for future bookings Open a New Competition Start a new competition Bookings Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions only View or Configure Bookings for future competitions Start Sheets Produce a Start Sheet for a competition Enter Scores Enter scores returned in a competition player by player Analyse Scores Entered View and edit scores already entered for a competition May be displayed for either e Opened Competitions e Closed Competitions Apply Scores Process a set of scores compute competition results change handicaps etc View Results View the results from a competition HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Menu Options and Toolbar Buttons 471 Match play Knockout Competitions Manage match play knockout draws including entering competitors into a match play knockout draw singles or pairs and produce a random draw Also process results in match play competitions and produce updated knockout draw Best of Series Competitions Manage Best of Series competitions Eclectic Competitions Manage Eclectics Suspend Player from Competitions Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions only Facility to suspend a player from competitions Manage Competition Fees Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions only Manage the collection and processing of competition entry fees Undo Reverse out the most recent competition proces
532. the labels are to be printed from This can be useful if a partially used page of labels is to be re used as it allows position of used labels to be skipped Not applicable where labels on rolls are being used Click OK HandicapMaster Limited 2015 ee a Chapter Setting System wide Options n HandicapMaster 9 Setting System wide Options 9 1 Introduction Settings which can be changed which affect the overall operation of HandicapMaster You should consider the following global options which affect the operation of HandicapMaster This Chapter describes these options which are Setting which club is considered the System Home Club Setting the Font used in HandicapMaster screens Removal of personal information when a member is deleted Identification of Signatory on Letters Addressing Tilting and Contact information on Press Release reports Database and Diagnostics NO a FF WO ND National Database parameters Club Premier and Network Editions e Setting global options e Changing the system password e Changing the Competition Score Entry Administration Area password e Accounting Options HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Setting System wide Options 115 9 2 Global Options To amend a Global Option 1 On the File menu click Options The options are categorised into pages accessed by clicking an appropriate Tab System Home Club Tab System Home Club Change Home Club This allows y
533. the list then select Create Copy in the pop up menu 4 Select a Date for the new copy Click OK 15 2 10 Stop a Group Booking showing on Fixture Lists The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To stop a Booking from being included on Fixture Lists Report and Master Scoreboard website 1 Doone ofthe following e Edit the Booking and on the last page of the wizard untick Include on Fixture Lists box or e On the Left Hand Task Pane 1 Select Bookings place 2 Double click Group Bookings 3 Select the Booking to be included or excluded from Fixture Lists and right click 4 On the pop up menu select Fixture List e Repeat this action to reverse whether HandicapMaster will include the Booking in Fixture List reports See Also e Create a Fixture List HandicapMaster Limited 2015 262 HandicapMaster 15 3 Calendar Notes 15 3 1 Introduction The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster Calendar Notes are additional entries that you may add to the Bookings Calendar as memo s etc These may cover any topic that you like and will be visible to all users that have access to the Bookings system These may also be included on a Fixture List that you may create from the Calendar You may also record Golf Society etc bookings using the Group Bookings facility e Add a note
534. the member Documentary only E mail The E mail address of the member Documentary only Category The category of the member s membership Used when producing the Handicap List to categorise members Position on Committee Used to identify whether the member currently holds a position on a club committee Documentary only Handicapping Tab This Player s Handicap is maintained at Used to indicate whether the Player is a Home or Away player for handicapping purposes That is where their Handicap records are maintained Home Club Shows the member s handicap Home Club Select Home Club This button is displayed if the Player has been identified as an Away player and is used to identify the Player s Home Club Player is Eligible for a Disability Handicap Not Society or EGA Handicap Editions This allows you to indicate that the Player is eligible for a Disability Handicap The maximum handicap that may be allocated to such a Player is 54 The Rules of Golf recognise five categories of disability Blind golfers Amputee golfers Golfers requiring Canes or Crutches Golfers requiring Wheelchairs Golfers with Learning Disabilities For further details of the Disability Handicap please view Appendix K of the CONGU Unified Handicapping System Handicap Status The type of handicap or status held by the member and their current handicap if HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships applicable
535. the membership record fields provided To modify the details of a Past Member 1 Doone of the following e Inthe Past Members list select a Member and press Enter Key e Inthe Past Members list select a Member right click and select Edit from the popup menu HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster e Inthe Past Members list select a Member right then select Edit a Membership record from the Previous Member Tasks 2 Modify the Membership Information using the membership record fields provided e When editing Past Member records a reduced range of of membership record fields are available 6 2 3 Delete a Member mark as a Past Member Ifa person has ceased their membership with your club you will have to delete their membership record They will be marked as a Past Member in the database To delete a Member or an away Member 1 Doone of the following e Inthe All Members or Away Members list select a Member and press Delete Key or e Inthe All Members or Away Members list select a Member then on the Players menu click Delete Member or e On the Players menu click Delete Member and select a Member from the list displayed To delete multiple Members 1 In the All Members or Away Members list right click and select Delete Multiple Members 2 Tick the box along side those visitors to be deleted 3 Click OK and confirm the deletion To delete ALL Member records 1 In the All Members or Away Member
536. then select Edita Membership record from the Previous Member Tasks 2 Modify the Visitor record accordingly e When viewing and editing Past Visitor records a reduced range of information is available HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Visitor Records 7 7 4 Delete a Visitor record To delete a Visitor 1 Do one of the following e Inthe Visitors list select a Visitor and press Delete Key or e Inthe Visitors list select a Visitor then on the Players menu click Delete Visitor or e On the Players menu click Delete Visitor and select a Visitor from the list displayed or e Inthe Visitors list right click and select Delete from the pop up menu To delete multiple Visitors 1 In the Visitors list right click and select Delete Multiple Visitors 2 Tick the box along side those visitors to be deleted 3 Click OK and confirm the deletion To delete ALL Visitor records 1 In the Visitors list right click and select Delete Multiple Visitors 2 Click Select All 4 Click OK and confirm the deletion e It should be noted that when you delete a Visitor using this option the record is not removed from the system Rather it is marked as deleted although the information is still held within HandicapMaster By choosing the Past Members folder click Show Folders button if Tasks are currently displayed all of the deleted membership records are displayed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster
537. they do recorded so that missing cards maybe more easily identified and time on the course analysed Use the Analyse Score Cards Entered list to locate players who have signed in but failed to input their scores When Applying Scores any player who has signed in but has not entered their score will automatically be allocated a No Return score 15 Tick the Restrict Score Eniry Sign In to Players Teams Listed on a Start Sheet box to limit which players will be able to Sign In or enter a Score for the competition to those listed on a Start Sheet In the event that a Player is not on the Start Sheet the Start Sheet will need to be amended to allow the player to enter their score For team competitions limiting players to those already added to a Start Sheet will enable HandicapMaster to automatically recognise the partners within a team Only one player in the team will need to identify themselves at Sign In or Score Entry time 16 Tick the Restrict Score Entry Sign In to these Times only box to limit the time period on the competition day that players may sign in or enter their scores This may be helpful where two rounds of a competition are due to be played on the same day 17 Tick the Show On Leaderboard box to allow this competition to show on the Player Entry Leaderboard if itis configured to be used Where the competition is being played as singles stroke play Medal format you may choose whether to show the Nett scores Gross s
538. tic e Edit Eclectic Competition Notes e Deleting an existing Eclectic e Disqualified Scores 18 2 5 Adding or updating scores to an Eclectic You mustadd scores to the Eclectic so they are included in the analysis These scores may be from e Stroke play Competitions or e Casual Cards Whether you are able to add scores from stroke play competitions and or casual cards will depend upon how the Eclectic competition was configured when it was created See The Eclectic Competition Wizard To add or update scores to an Eclectic 1 Doone of the following e On the Competitions menu click Eclectics e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Eclectics 2 Doone ofthe following e Double click the chosen Eclectic Competition e Highlight the chosen Eclectic Competition and click Update an Eclectic in the Eclectic Tasks e Right click the chosen Eclectic Competition and select Update an Eclectic 3 The Update Eclectic Scores window is displayed Use this window to add or update scores included in the Eclectic See Also e Creating an Eclectic competition e Changing the format of an existing Eclectic e Deleting an existing Eclectic e Disqualified Scores e Stop an Eclectic showing on MasterScoreboard co uk HandicapMaster Limited 2015 306 HandicapMaster 18 2 6 The Update Eclectic Scores window The Update Eclectic Scores window defines which scores are included in an Eclectic analysis Tip The size of this
539. time as themselves This option is only operational for singles not team competitions 10 If players are being asked to pay online when booking tick the Visitors booking online must supply CDH numbers box if you wish all players to provide a CDH number when booking Tee Availability 11 If you have a section of tee times that are not available for this competition un tick the box alongside the times displayed This will prevent these times from being used for Bookings 12 Click Next Public Notice 13 If you are using the Master Scoreboard service you may display a message on the booking page for this competition on the web site Enter the message in the Web Site Public Notice box Note You may emphasise sections of the message by wrapping the emphasised text with lt b gt and lt b gt For example to display the following message Payment for entry to this competition must be paid on the day of the competition enter Payment for entry to this competition lt b gt must be paid lt b gt on the day of the competition 14 Click Next then Finish 15 1 7 Opens Competitions Players paying online to enter competition The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster You may use the HandicapMaster bookings facility to offer players including visitors the option to book into future club Opens online with payment taken online at the time the player books
540. ting Code if applicable Select Mandatory or Optional Where a fee is optional HandicapMaster will mark the fee as payable only where a Player or team chooses to select the fee when they sign in to a competition Note The Fees tab is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 197 HandicapMaster Template Tab Amend Template Some aspects of how the competition is processed are determined by the Competition Template selected when the competition is opened Click the Amend Template button to re run the Competition Template Wizard This will allow the Competition Template to be updated and applicable changes to be made to the opened competition Changes to the following template items will be reflected in the Opened Competition e Eligibility of Men Ladies or Visitors to playin the competition e The Nature of Competition Stroke play Stableford or Par e Handicap Allowance e Mixed Competition Handicap Adjustment e Use of Fractional Handicap Allowances Note Itis not possible to amend the template if one or more scores have already been input or players already signed in in the following circumstance e The change is to the number of holes played for each round e The format of the competition is not compatible e g original template is singles the selected template is a team competition Use Different Template Some aspects of how
541. ting data Update Men Handicapping or Ladies Handicapping Category As Applicable Allocate an initial Handicap for a player Update View Handicapping Reports View Create Handicap Certificate View Enter AWAY Competition Score Update Enter General Play Handicap Adjustment Update Update AWAY Player s Handicap Update Enter a Handicap Note Update UNDO Handicapping Event GP change Away Score etc Update Housekeeping FILE menu Update Handicapping Utilities Category Update AWAY CSS Update CONGU Configure Handicapping Update Lapse Restore Handicaps Update Configure Layout of Handicap List Update Suspend Reinstate Handicaps Update Annual Review EGA Editions Update HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Userids and Passwords e Housekeeping Update Golf Courses Category View Course Details View Add Edit or Delete Course Details Update View Golf Course Contact Details View Add Edit or Delete Golf Course Contact Details Update Add a New Club Update Delete a Club Update Edit a Club Update Rename Other Region Update Men Competitions or Ladies Competitions Category As Applicable View Competition Reports View Add Edit or Delete Competition Templates Update Open a New Competition Update Create a Start Sheet Update Enter Competition Scores Update Apply Competition Scores Update UNDO Competition Update Knock out Draws Update Knock out Match
542. ting entries by removing the tick against their name 8 4 6 Remove Entries from a Distribution List Note the following instructions do NOT apply to distributions lists where the Automatically add and maintain entries in list option is selected To remove an entry from a Distribution List 1 Do one of the following HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with E mail and Letters 11 e On the Players drop down menu click Distribution Lists On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select Distribution Lists 2 The current entries in the Distribution List will be displayed 3 To remove an entry do one of the following Click on the entry in the list to highlight them then e press the DELETE key e rightclick and select Remove Entry e select Remove an Entry from the Distribution Lists Tasks 4 Confirm the removal To remove all entries from a Distribution List Note the following instructions do NOT apply to distributions lists where the Adjust Distribution List automatically option is selected 1 Do one of the following e On the Players menu Distribution Lists e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select Distribution Lists 2 Existing Distribution Lists are displayed Highlight the list you wish to removal all entries from and Select Remove all Entries from the Distribution Lists Tasks or right click with the mouse and select Remove all Entries 3 Confirm the removal of all entries
543. tion box enter the name of the group placing the booking for example the name of the Golf Society 2 In the Is Booking section tick the items that will make up the booking 3 In the For Date box select the date of the booking Details of who has placed the booking 4 In the Name box enter the name of the person placing the booking for the group 5 In the Telephone box enter this person s telephone number if known 6 In the E mail Address box enter this person s email address if known 7 In the Number of Players box enter the number of players that this group is booking 8 Click the Set Green Fees button to record a charge for the golf i e Green Fees 9 In the Number of Tee Times box enter the number of Tee Times being reserved for this group booking 10 In the Number of Buggies box record the number of Golf Buggies that are being pre ordered with this booking 11 If one or more buggies are being ordered click the Set Buggy Fees button to record a charge for the buggies 12 In the First Tee Time and Last Tee Time boxes enter the range of times being reserved for this group Green Fee Charges 13 Confirm that the charges for Green Fees and associated golf elements of the booking are correct e To add additional fee items for example adding a charge for Prizes click Add button e To edit a fee listed double click the fee item in the list e To delete a fee listed highlight the fee in the list
544. tion is a Stroke play competition Set Competition Entry Fees Tick the Set Competition Entry Fee s box to configure entry fee s for the competition e Enter an Entry Fee in the Fee box If your accounting system uses Accounting or Product codes enter the code in the Accounting Code box e Tick the 2 3 4 or 5 boxto add additional fees for this competition Enter a suitable description for this item along with a Fee and Accounting Code if applicable Select Mandatory or Optional Where a fee HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 171 is optional HandicapMaster will mark the fee as payable only where a Player or team chooses to select the fee when they sign in to a competition Presentation of Results This page describes how the competition results will be generated and presented In particular this describes how the winners will be identified highlighted Overall Winners are identified as the best scores from all of the cards processed The players at the top of the results will be identified with Overall Winner Overall Runner Up Overall Third etc Divisional winners are identified from three subsets of the competitors Ranges of handicaps determine these subsets The division into which a specific competitor falls depends upon the handicap of that competitor The divisions are called DIVISION 1 DIVISION 2 DIVISION 3 and DIVISION 4 with Division 1 accepting the lowest handicapped comp
545. tions wizard Invoices can allow one off items to be raised against members and alter their balance Examples would be a Bar lew Invoices may also be used for subscriptions where irregular payments are to be processed Use in this manner some of the features specific to subscriptions such as overdue processing are not applicable Subscriptions and Invoices are designed to adjust a member s account balance by reducing the balance Payments recorded will also adjusta member s account balance by increasing the balance Competition Fees may also be processed by the Subscriptions Option These will raise invoices and adjust a member s account balance A Iransaction History facility allows all transactions fora member to be viewed Recommended Use Where an organization has a requirement for management of overdue subscriptions and has one or more subscription payments per annum then it is recommended that Subscriptions are used Note Different members can have different payment schedules Where an organization has a subscription requirement for various payments at irregular periods through the year we recommend the use of an invoice rather than a subscription and then record Ad hoc Payments as required Note This will mean that itis not possible to automatically manage overdue subscriptions using the facilities within HandicapMaster but you are still able to view account balance details e Preparation HandicapMast
546. tition Who is eligible to play in the Competition You may restrict who is eligible to play in the competition This will influence which players are offered as entrants to competitions e Tick the Men boxif gentlemen are eligible to play e Tick the Ladies boxif ladies are eligible to play If the competition is an open competition l e Non members may enter tick the Visitors box In the Other restrictions on entry section e Tick Only players in selected age groups box if some players in selected age groups are not eligible to enter Only players who are in one of the selected Age Groups as defined in their Membership Record will be allowed to be entered into the Competition Two of the Age Groups provided may be renamed using Options e Tick Only members in selected membership categories box if some players in selected membership categories are not eligible to enter Select which of the membership categories are eligible to enter HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 169 e Tick Only players with a handicap within a selected range box if there is a restriction on who may enter based upon the player s handicap e g Only players with a handicap of 18 or over may enter Enter the range of handicaps allowed to enter in the Handicaps from to boxes Note When checking if a player is eligible to enter the competition the player s current handicap held on the system will be checked which could diff
547. tition Scores 423 Releasing Members 417 Removing unknown players from CDH 416 Reporting Problems with the CDH service 422 Update Away members latest handicap 415 Update Information 415 Using the CDH for the First time 412 Verify a Handicap of a Visitor 421 Verify the Handicaps of more than one Visitor 421 Visitors 418 Central Database of Handicaps Ireland 398 Unrecognised Golf Courses error 425 Certificate 51 Change a previous Handicap Award 43 Change Away Member Home Club 45 Change Away Member to Home Member 44 Change Course details 156 Change format of Member s names in reports 147 Change Home Member to Away Member 46 Change size of Report 138 Change SSS PAR and Stroke Index values 156 Changing Password 132 Choosing a copy of HandicapMaster to use 441 Competition Fees 216 217 218 230 Account Balance at Signin 227 Prevent entry to competition if insufficient funds 219 459 Competition Scratch Score Amend CSS for late Away Score Reductions only 199 Competition Non Competition Handicap Status CONGU Handicapping ENGLAND amp WALES 323 324 325 326 Competition Non Competition Handicap Status CONGU Handicapping SCOTLAND 63 317 HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Index 483 Competition Non Competition Handicap Status How to configure a competition 167 CONGU Handicapping WALES 63 Leaderboard 175 Competitions 115 156 165 201 206 267 268 Mixed Competition 167 271 272 274 275 276 277 279 280 281 28
548. titions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Best of Series Competitions e Press CTRL B keys together 2 Highlight the series to be deleted 3 Doone ofthe following e Click Delete a Series in the Best of Series Tasks e Right click the chosen series and select Delete Series e Press the DELE H E key on the keyboard To edit a Series Notes 1 Doone ofthe following e On the Competitions menu click Best of Series Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Best of Series Competitions e Press CTRL B keys together 2 Highlight the series to be edited 3 Right click the chosen series and select Edit Notes 13 13 5 Run number of Birdies Twos etc Competition A Number of good holes played reportis a report of the players scoring the most number of good holes such as Birdies or better over a series of competitions HandicapMaster supports up to six series to be run at any one time To run a Good Holes Competition 1 Doone ofthe following e From the Reports menu click Competition Reports then Number of Good Holes Played e Inthe Reports list select Competition Reports tab then double click Number of Good Holes Played Select Report 2 Choose one of six Series to use 3 Inthe applicable Series x titled box enter a name for this Series 4 Click Next gt HandicapMaster Limited 2015 212 HandicapMaster Type of Report 5 In the Type
549. to a Member Methods of Payment 347 352 Payment Categories 348 Copy a Template 353 Payment Items 349 Create a Template 351 Summary of available reports 150 Delete a Template 354 Supplementary Scores CONGU Handicapping 320 Edita Template 353 tee Swipe Magnetic card E mail a Subscription 361 To find PlayeronCDH 418 E mail Overdue Subscriptions to Members 92 System Home Club 115 E mail Subscriptions to Members 91 Fields in Subscription Letters 100 Find Members without a Subscription Template T 352 Include Account Balance 355 aye Tee Bookings Limit reprint to members who do noreceive subscriptions by e mail 359 BRS Online Tee Time Manager service 460 System Layout 25 Overdue Subscriptions 362 Configure to link to BRS Online 460 Printing to members without e mail address 91 Ez Runner booking system 460 461 92 Import Competition Bookings from BRS Online 462 Raise a Subscription 355 as l Refund 383 Import Competition Bookings from Ez Runner Reprint a Subscription 359 pecking system ee HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Tee Bookings Import Visitors 74 MyTeeTime booking system 460 461 Modify an existing Visitor record 76 Publish Member names and numbers to BRS PIN Numbers 74 Online 462 Recover a deleted Visitor record 78 Publish member s details to My TeeTime booking Update Handicap of Visitor 79 system 462 Texas Scramble 167 W Till EPOS 459 Toolbar Buttons 467 Warranty 32 Top X positions only 167 171 Web
550. to those already added to a Start Sheet will enable HandicapMaster to automatically recognise the partners within a team Only one player in the team will need to identify themselves at Sign In or Score Entry time Score Entry Times To change the times that players are able to sign in and or enter scores for this competition amend the Restrict Score Eniry Sign In to these times only boxes Leader board Tick the Show On Leaderboard box to allow this competition to show on the Player Entry Leaderboard if itis configured to be used Where the competition is being played as singles stroke play Medal format you may choose whether to show the Nett scores Gross scores or both on the Leaderboard Note The Players to Sign in before play Restrict Score Entry Sign In to Players Teams Listed on a Start Sheet and Restrict Score Eniry Sign In to these times only options are only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster Tick the Set Competition Entry Fees box to declare entry fees for this competition Where fees are declared HandicapMaster can maintain a list of fees payable and refunds needed if competitions are undone e Enter an Entry Fee in the Fee box If your accounting system uses Accounting or Product codes enter the code in the Accounting Code box e Tick the 1 or 2 boxes to add additional fees for this competition Enter a suitable description for this item along with a Fee and Accoun
551. tton on the Enter Scores Toolbar Click the Bookings tab Click Amend Bookings button 2 Modify the Bookings arrangements using the Bookings Wizard To add additional Tee Times to the booking sheet If you need to add additional Tee times to an existing bookings arrangement do the following 1 Do one of the following e On the left hand task pane select Bookings place On the right hand pane double click Competitions Double click the applicable competition in the list Click Re configure Bookings Arrangements in the Bookings Tasks e Select Enter Scores and choose the applicable competition Click the Config button on the Enter Scores Toolbar Click the Bookings tab Click Amend Bookings button 2 In the Bookings Wizard click Next then Next again 3 On the Available Tee Times page click Add button e Click Before First Tee Time to add the Tee time to before the current set of times or e Click After Last Tee Time to add the Tee time to the end of the current set of times Repeat if more than one additional Tee time is required 4 Complete the wizard to apply the additional Tee time s Note HandicapMaster Limited 2015 250 HandicapMaster Adding Tee times after booking arrangements have previously been created for a competition is only available when players are booking into Tee Times not into blocks of times 15 1 5 Cancel Booking Arrangements The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA
552. ture List e Stop a Group Booking being included in a Fixture List e Stop a Calendar Note being included in a Fixture List HandicapMaster Limited 2015 ao HandicapMaster 22 4 UK and ireland CDH services 22 4 1 Introduction The English Scottish and Welsh Golf Union s Central Database of Handicaps CDH systems and Ireland s GOLFnet system are central web sites for reporting Handicap Records in operation in these countries Handicap Records for players are transmitted to the web site of the National Union and are made available to Club County and National Officials to help them administer the Handicapping system in the country There are three national systems e The English England Golf CDH was introduced in March 2009 and covers clubs in England e The Scottish and Welsh CDH was introduced in 2011 and covers clubs in Scotland and Wales e The Irish GOLFnet system was introduced in 2004 and updated in 2015 and covers clubs in Ireland and Northern Ireland Some ofthe benefits that these services provide are e Automatic reporting of Away scores from other clubs in the same country e Facility to verify a player s Handicap online say for a Visiting golfer and e Easier administration of County and National golf Club officials are requested to update the CDH server on a regular basis especially after each qualifying competition Summary of the CDH England Scotland amp Wales Each player in England
553. turns a score in their Safe Zone will not have their Handicap altered For example enter 5 if a player is allowed to return a Nett Score within 5 strokes of their handicap and avoid a Handicap increase 15 Click Next gt gt 16 Inthe Set CSS as list choose how the Competition Scratch Score for a competition is to be chosen The Competition Scratch Score is the Nett score at which a Player is deemed to have played equal to their Handicap For example if a Player has an 18 handicap and he plays ina Competition where the Competition Scratch Score is calculated to be 70 strokes He will need to score 70 18 88 to equal his handicap 17 Click Next gt gt Complete the Configure Handicapping Rules Wizard 18 Click Finish Note When the Wizard is completed the Handicap Records of Players may be recalculated HandicapMaster Limited 2015 32 HandicapMaster 19 8 Handicapping of Competitions played over less than 18 holes 19 8 1 How number of Strokes Received is calculated Handicapping based on 18 hole Handicaps Where the number of holes being played in a competition is less than 18 holes saya 9 hole competition for example HandicapMaster will base the number of strokes a player or team receives on each player s 18 hole handicap l e their normal handicap The number of Stroke Received by the player will then automatically be reduced for the Competition in proportion to the number of holes being played H
554. ubscription for the Member Subscription Pool then additional text is added to the end of the text of the e mail indicating the number of subscriptions in the attachment 20 3 9 View a Member s Subscription Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To view a Member s subscription details 1 Do one of the following e On the Accounting menu click Subscriptions and then click View A list of Subscriptions is displayed click one of the Subscriptions to highlight it and click OK to display the details e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then then select the Accounting item and select Subscriptions Highlight the Suhbscription you wish to view Then right click with the mouse and select View e You may also geta list of Subscriptions from the Accounting Places by clicking All Subscriptions or Subscriptions in Current Year Then if you click on the appropriate subscription in the list to highlight it you may then right click with the mouse and select the View option 20 3 10 Amend Subscription Notes Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and
555. ubscriptions and then click Assign Template to Members 2 Select a Subscription Template in the list and click OK 3 You will be prompted Assign Template to All members with the same Membership Category e Selecting No will display a list of members and their current Subscription Template if any Tick the box along side each member you wish to assign to the previously selected Subscription Template e Selecting Yes will display a list of membership categories Tick the box along side each membership category to choose the members in those membership categories that you wish to assign to the previously selected Subscription Template 4 Click OK when you have finished selecting the members or membership categories and all the members will be will be assigned the selected Subscription Template HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Subscriptions Invoices and Payments To find members who do not have a template assigned 1 On the Reports menu click Accounting Reports then Members Without A Subscription Template To remove a Subscription Template from a member select the None template When assigning multiple members to a Subscription Template if you select members who are assigned a different template you will be prompted to confirm that if you wish to continue to assign members to the new subscription template If you select No then none of the members will be assigned to the new subscription template When assigning me
556. unique Stroke Index value i e all numbers between 1 and 18 inclusive have been used This is to prevent mistakes when entering details Additional Tee Colours Black and Green are available in the Premier and Network Editions and Black and Orange in the EGA Handicap editions The length of each hole may be recorded along with the course details To record length of holes turn this feature on using the Golf Courses option in the Global Options window If length of holes is recorded these will be included in the Scorecards from a competition report HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Golf Courses 157 12 3 Enter Club Contact Details and Addresses You may record details of contacts such as Handicap Secretary or Convener for other golf clubs into HandicapMaster The Address will then be used in the Report Away Players Scores to their Home Clubs report for sending letters to other Golf Clubs Any e mail address recorded will be used when e mailing away scores to the other clubs To enter Contact Details for a Golf Course 1 Do one of the following e On the Players menu click Golf Courses then Golf Club Contact Details and choose the applicable Golf Course e Inthe Golf Course list select an existing Golf Course and click the Golf Club Contact Details task 2 Enter the applicable details for this club 3 Click the OK button to save the details HandicapMaster will use the Contact and Address fi
557. unting or Till EPOS system supplier for specific details e When using the HandicapMaster Subscriptions Option the account balance does not include any unprocessed competition fees Competition fees when using the Subscriptions Option are only processed when the competition is closed Screen Colours and Language Select the preferred Colour Scheme from the Colour Scheme list to be used on screen You may choose the time that informational messages are displayed on the Player Entry screens by setting the number of seconds for the messages to be displayed in the Display informational messages on screen for seconds box Players may clear the message early by pressing ENTER on the keyboard or tapping or clicking the message on screen Tick the Allow display on secondary monitor when available box if you are likely to be running the Player Entry system on a computer with dual or multiple Monitors attached and you would like the option to run the Player Entry screens on one of the alternative Monitors When this option is ticked and Player Entryis started a check will be made for 2 or more monitors on the computer If there are you will be offered the choice of which Monitor to send the Player Entry screens to Click Finish to complete the Configure Player Entry Wizard and save the chosen settings HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The Player Entry System 231 The following services and options are only available in t
558. used to calculate adjustments 7 To activate a rule click on the box at the left side of the rule This will also display the amendment form to set the adjustment values 8 To deactivate a rule click on the box at the left side to remove the tick the adjustment values are not changed HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Handicapping sa 9 To change the adjustment values click on the rule and then click the Amend button Set the required adjustment values for each category of player and click OK You may also activate deactivate a rule using this method Note The Unplaced rule applies to any position for which there is no other rule active 10 Click Next gt gt Adjustments based on scores if method selected 11 Inthe Score above Handicap Adjust Once boxes enter the amount of increase in Handicap the Players who have failed to match or better their Handicap in a competition should receive 12 Inthe Score below Handicap Adjust for each stroke below boxes enter the amount of reduction in Handicap the Players who have bettered their Handicap in a competition should receive At the conclusion of a competition this amountis repeatedly taken from the Player s Handicaps for every stroke they are better than their Handicap 13 Click Next gt gt 14 Inthe Safe Zone boxes enter the number of strokes a Player may miss playing to their Handicap by but still avoid having the Handicaps increased Any Player who re
559. ust enter your HV SAFE online storage service Identity Code as supplied when you registered for the service Tick the View Log option to view a log This may be useful if the backup is not successful You may enter notes to be associated with the backup which may be useful for a future restore Click Yes to perform the backup or No to bypass the backup operation HandicapMaster will now send the encrypted data to the HM SAFE online storage service this can take from a few seconds to a few minutes depending on the size of your database and the speed of your internet connection When the backup has been sent click the Finish button If the View Log option was ticked then the log will be displayed e Click the Local Backup button if you wish to perform a database Database Backup to local media e Data is encrypted before being sent to the HM SAFE online storage service e When the data transfer is completed a check is made to ensure that the data was transmitted without errors If there is a transmission error due to a communciations failure the backup will NOT be stored and the backup must be sent again 23 8 3 Online Restore To restore the database 1 On the File menu click Restore Database Click the Online Restore button if you wish to perform an Online Restore for the first time The first time you use this facility to must enter your HV SAFE online storage service Identity Code as supplied when you registered for the ser
560. ut Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co uk e Enter results of a Match e Clear results of a Match e Re printthe Draw e Add a player in place of a Bye e Change a Player to a Bye e Change the last date for a round to be played by e Edit Knockout Competition Notes HandicapMaster Limited 2015 262 HandicapMaster 16 12 Add a player in place of a Bye The draw sheets for Match Play Knockout competitions are maintained by entering results of the Matches as they progress The draw chart can then be reprinted if required Ifa player has been missed from the draw say a Player may substituted for a Bye as follows To add a Player in place of a Bye in the Knockout Competition 1 2 Do one of the following e From the Competitions menu click Match Play Knockout Competitions e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then Knockout Competitions e Press CTRL K keys together Select the Knock out competition and press ENTER key or select the Record Results of Matches task This displays each of the matches for this Draw 3 4 Select a match containing a Bye from the list of Matches and right click Select Change a Player Choose the Bye as the player to change then select the replacement Player See Also Deleting a Knockout competition Displaying or hiding the results of Matches on the Draw Chart Changing the Name of the Competition Stop a Knock out Draw showing on MasterScoreboard co u
561. ve the popular tasks from a given subject i e Handicapping Membership or Competitions are displayed in the upper box Click over any Task listed to initiate the task The lower box shows links to other subjects in HandicapMaster For a more detailed view of the records in the database click the Explorer tab The left hand pane now shows an Explorer Tree with records categorised into folders and collections Click any item in the tree to display the applicable records in the Right Hand Pane Right Hand Pane The Right Hand Pane shows the records in the HandicapMaster database Depending upon the task being undertaken the data may be shown e as a list as shown above in a grid e ina report that can be printed for example or HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster e pictorially as a graph on screen e Re order information in Right Hand Pane Grid e Opening and Closing the Left hand Pane HandicapMaster Limited 2015 The HandicapMaster Desktop 27 4 3 Re order information in Right Hand Pane Grid The order of records displayed in the grid in the Right Hand Pane may be changed if desired Change the order of records in the Grid 1 Click over a heading above a chosen column The grid will be re ordered alphabetically according to the data in the chosen column HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster 4 4 Opening and Closing the Left Hand Pane The Left Hand Pane Tasks and
562. ved HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Getting Started with HandicapMaster 5 2 Getting Started How to Start HandicapMaster 1 Do one of the following e Select HandicapMaster from the Start Bar or e double click over the Icon on the Desktop or e double click over HandicapMaster EXE from within Windows Explorer How to Log on to HandicapMaster 1 Users are normally required to log on to HandicapMaster The default password is not set however 2 The password may be changed by choosing the Change Password option from the File menu If you have lost the Password 1 In the event of the password being lost or forgotten please contact the supplier HandicapMaster Limited 2015 HandicapMaster 5 3 Registration It is requested that you run HandicapMaster with a valid Registration Code Enter your Registration code in the Registration window To Enter your Registration Code 1 On the File menu Choose Change Registration 2 Enter the name of your club or organisation this will be displayed on all of the HandicapMaster reports TIP Type the name of your Organisation in Title Case for the best presentation on reports E g type Garden Golf Club rather than GARDEN GOLF CLUB 3 Choose the applicable HandicapMaster Edition and any available options 4 If you have a registration code please enter it in the appropriate section If the Registration Code is not accepted Please ensure the details en
563. vice Tick the View Log option to view a log This may be useful if the restore is not successful Click Yes to list the backups that may be restored perform the backup or No to bypass the restore operation Selecting the backup to restore Alist of available backups that maybe restored is displayed with the most recent backup first If you HandicapMaster Limited 2015 aa HandicapMaster added any notes when a backup was taken these are displayed alongside the backup 1 Select the backup to be restored by clicking on that entry in the list 2 Click Yes to restore the backup or No to bypass the restore operation Confirm the restore of the database Aprogress bar is displayed showing the downloading of data from the HM SAFE online storage service Once the download has completed you must confirm that you wish to restore the backup Click Yes to confirm that you wish to restore the backup Amessage will be displayed confirming the status of the restoration click OK If the View Log option was ticked then the log will be displayed e Click the Local Restore button if you wish to perform a database Database Restore from local media e Your data is encrypted before being sent to the HM SAFE online storage service HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Chapter Keeping HandicapMaster Software up to date s HandicapMaster 24 Keeping HandicapMaster Software up to date 24 1 Introduction The HandicapMaster Up
564. vious year but in some cases a change may be required where a member is changing membership category E g A junior becoming an adult etc On the Reports menu click Accounting Reports Select Subscriptions Summary or Subscriptions Full Details To change an individual s subscription template click EDIT MEMBER in the toolbar and then select the Subscriptions tab and select a new template within the Subscription Template box 3 Raise the subscriptions On the Accounting menu click Subscriptions then click Raise Subscriptions Raise the Subscription using The Raise Subscription Wizard HandicapMaster Limited 2015 366 HandicapMaster 20 4 Invoices 20 4 1 Introduction Subscriptions Invoices and Payments are only available when the Subscriptions Option has been installed as a registered option If these are not available then the Subscriptions Option may not be installed To manage invoices for members HandicapMaster makes use of the concept of an Invoice Template Each Invoice Template consists of a list of Payment Items A Payment Item describes a billable item and its cost or charge This flexible approach allows you to define different templates for different invoices An Invoice Template can be assigned to one or more members e Create an Invoice Template e Editan Invoice Template e Copy an Invoice Template e Delete an Invoice Template e Raise an Invoice e View an Invoice e Amend Invoice Notes e F
565. were on the first day of the competition rather than have their handicaps change from round to round This would be determined by the organising committee If this is the second third or subsequent round of the competition and Handicaps are to be held throughout the competition then tick the Use First Round Handicaps box and select the date ofthe first HandicapMaster Limited 2015 1 HandicapMaster round of the competition in the First Round Date boxes For more information about running competitions over more than one round see Run a Multiple Round Competition Note The Handicapping Tab is only available if the competition is a Singles competition Options Tab Scorecard Issue Number To change whether players are to record their Scorecard Issue number when returning scores to the competition amend the Players to record their Scorecard Issue Number box Players Sign in before Play To change whether players are to sign in to the computer before play amend the Players to Sign in before play box Entrants restricted to Players listed on Start Sheet Tick the Restrict Score Entry Sign In to Players Teams Listed on a Start Sheet box to limit which players will be able to Sign In or enter a Score for the competition to those listed on a Start Sheet In the event that a Player is not on the Start Sheet the Start Sheet will need to be amended to allow the player to enter their score For team competitions limiting players
566. will need to be allocated by the new home club in the other country e Members moving to a new home club within the same country will NOT be affected and their National ID will remain unchanged 6 2 11 Considerations for Juniors This page relates only to the Club Premier and Network Editions of HandicapMaster Handicapping Juniors Provision for handicapping Juniors is included in HandicapMaster Club Premier and Network Editions Automatic Handicapping is in accordance with the CONGU recommendations as laid out in Appendix J of the Unified Handicapping System Essentially the CONGU recommendations advise that handicaps should be available to Juniors starting at 54 and reducing until 28 for boys or 36 for girls whereby they will fall under the normal HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Maintaining Club Memberships 47 CONGU regulations Whilst a Junior has a handicap greater than 28 36 his handicap is defined as a Club Handicap not a CONGU handicap To Identify a member asa Junior Select Junior as the Age Group on the Add or Edit Member window for the Member e Once a handicap is reduced to 28 or below or 36 or below for girls the handicap will no longer be identified as a Club Handicap and normal CONGU handicapping continues e The Handicap Record report identifies Club Handicaps by prefixing the letter J to the front of the Current Exact Handicap e The Handicap List report identifies Club Handicaps b
567. window may be increased by dragging the edges of the window to form a larger window The window will display either one or two tabs depending on the configuration of the Eclectic To include scores from a stroke play competition in an Eclectic report 1 Click the Scores from Competitions tab If using scores from stroke play competitions has not been configured for the eclectic click the Amend Eclectic Format button to reconfigure the eclectic using the Eclectic Competition Wizard to allow stroke play competition scores 2 Tick the boxes alongside all competitions where scores should be included in the Eclectic 3 Click OK Note If the option When adding Scores from Stroke play competitions Add Selected Cards Only was chosen when creating the Eclectic competition then as you tick a competition to be added to the Eclectic HandicapMaster will display a list of the entrants for that competition Tick the boxes alongside those players whose scores are to be included in the Eclectic and then click OK To quickly locate a player in the list just type the first letters of the player s Surname To include a casual card in an Eclectic report 1 Click the Casual Scorecards tab If using casual scorecards has not been configured for the eclectic click the Amend Eclectic Format button and reconfigure the eclectic using the Eclectic Competition Wizard to allow Casual Cards 2 In the Date Round Played box select the date when the casua
568. with a single click Then click Remove button 14 In the Catering Notes box enter any notes relating to food and refreshments Catering Charges 15 Click the Add button to add any charges for Food and Refreshments HandicapMaster Limited 2015 260 HandicapMaster e To edit a fee listed double click the fee item in the list e To delete a fee listed highlight the fee in the list with a single click Then click Remove button Function Room Charges 16 Click the Add button to add any charges for Room Bookings e To edit a fee listed double click the fee item in the list e To delete a fee listed highlight the fee in the list with a single click Then click Remove button 17 In the Notes box enter any general notes about this booking Payment Details 18 In the Deposit box enter any amount that is due for payment by the customer to secure the booking 19 In the Status list select the current status of payment for this booking 20 Tick the Include on Fixture Lists box if you wish this booking to show when creating a Fixture List report and when publishing to Master Scoreboard website 21 Click Finish button to save the booking details 15 2 7 Create a booking confirmation report The Bookings facility is available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster To create a Confirmation of Reservation report for a Group Booking 1 On the Left Hand Task Pane select Bookings place
569. x Under the Format section select an appropriate value from those listed ao gt N Supply the name of the file to which the output is to be written See printing considerations for gaining the best results when printing the Knock out Draw Sheet 11 2 11 Configure Handicap Record Report To include Non Qualifying Competition Scores on this report 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the Handicap Reports tab 3 Tick the Include Non Qualifying Competition Scores Singles Competitions Only if this is required 11 2 12 Configure Displaying of Member s Names You may change HandicapMaster so that the display of member s names in reports is either forward or reverse default To do this 1 On the Reports menu click Layout and Options 2 Click the General Tab 3 Tick the Names on reports show last name first reports box if you wish member s names to be displayed in Reverse order Notes HandicapMaster Limited 2015 1 HandicapMaster e Forward order is First Name Middle Initials Surname e Reverse order is Surname Middle Initials First name 11 2 13 Turn off Warnings when Printing Reports When you print reports from HandicapMaster warnings will be displayed if the printer is using paper of a size that does not match the document being printed If you find that your printer still manages to correctly print the documents despite this warning you may turn off the warnings f
570. x choose Handicapping and select All Handicapping Events or e On the Task Explorer tab click Explorer and then All Handicapping Events 2 Select the First Award or Handicap Brought Forward for this player right click and select Undo in the pop up menu 3 Select Change the ARST AWARD Handicap Brought Forward Entry and click OK The following fields are required to change a previously allocated Handicap for a player e Exact Handicap or Playing Handicap Used to enter the first handicap awarded to this member Note You may type the player s Handicap directly into this box e Awarded on Enter the date when a first handicap is awarded e Document as HandicapMaster Limited 2015 a HandicapMaster Identifies the first entry in the Handicap Record for this member as either First Award or Handicap Brought Forward For Handicap Brought Forward entries the handicap may be marked as Lapsed or previous qualifying scores in the current season may be identified The Awarded on date specifies the Starting date for the Handicap Records for the player It should be noted that competition scores from competitions prior to the starting date cannot be entered fora player as the Handicap of the player at the date of the competition will not be known Use an Awarded on date prior to the first competition that you intend to enter for this Player 6 2 8 Change Away Member To a Home Member To Change an Away Member to a Home Mem
571. y prefixing the letter J to the front of the Exact Handicap If one or more Club Handicaps are listed the following text is appended to the foot of the Handicap List J Junior Club Handicap not CONGU Handicap 6 2 12 Basic Player Subscription recording and management When the Subscriptions Option is NOT installed then there are some basic subscription recording facilities included in HandicapMaster This facility allow a simple annual payment record to be maintained Three items may be recorded e Subscription e Locker Rent e Other In addition the method of payment can be recorded Add a New Payment method e On the Players menu click Subscriptions and click Add e Enter the description and click OK Edit an existing Payment Method e On the Players menu click Subscriptions and click once on one of the entries to highlight it e Click Edit e Amend the description and click OK HandicapMaster Limited 2015 4a HandicapMaster Delete a Payment Method e On the Players menu click Subscriptions and click once on one of the entries to highlight it e Click Delete e click OK Note If the payment method is allocated to one or more members then it cannot be deleted Clearing Basic Subscription Payments To delete all basic subscription payments do the following e On the Players menu click Subscriptions and click Clear All Payments e Confirm you wish to clear all payments HandicapMaster Limited 2015
572. y used in the membership records in the database Edit Member s Account ID This button if clicked will allow for the viewing and editing of a Current Member s Account ID in the database Edit Past Member s Account ID This button if clicked will allow for the viewing and editing of a Past Member s Account ID in the database Bookings Tab Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions Only Bookings will be collected using The selected item in the list defines the method or service by which bookings into future competitions will be collected When changed is applied to competitions subsequently configured for Bookings Options are e HandicapMaster Player Entry System Bookings are collected through the player Entry system See Configure Player Entry for switching on Future Bookings in the Player Entry System e Master Scoreboard web site Bookings are collected through the Master Scoreboard web site only i e all bookings taken HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Setting System wide Options 19 online Requires Master Scoreboard to be setup for individual passwords so each member log s in with their own password on the web site e Player Entry and Master Scoreboard web site together Bookings are collected either through Player Entry screens or through the Master Scoreboard web site simultaneously i e players can book in the clubhouse or online Requires Master Scoreboard to be setup for individual passwords
573. ya Golf Network for golf clubs in Kenya e Master Scoreboard 2 Tick the Download and install any program updates whilst online box if you wish HandicapMaster to check for program updates whilst online This option will use an Internet link to check the HandicapMaster web site to see if any program updates have been released If so they will be downloaded and HandicapMaster will be updated For support purposes the registered Organisation Name and Program Version number currently used will be passed to the web site 3 Click Next gt Publish to England Golf SGU GUW Ireland GOLFnet Central Database of Handicaps server 1 Choose the options that you wish to use when publishing to the England Golf SGU GUW Ireland Central Database of Handicaps See Publish the latest records to the CDH for more details 2 Click Next gt 3 Start your Internet connection then click Next gt to start the publishing to the England Golf SGU GUW Central Database of Handicaps Publish to Kenya Golf Network server 1 Click Next gt 2 Start your Internet connection then click Next gt to start the publishing to Kenya Golf Network Publish Results and Handicaps to MasterScoreboard co uk 1 Choose the options that you wish to use when publishing to Master Scoreboard See Publish data to MasterScoreboard for more details 2 Click Next gt 3 Start your Internet connection then click Next gt to start the publishing to Mast
574. yer Aare entered before Player B etc That is the behaviour of the cursor when entering scores may be changed from row by row entry to column by column entry To change the behaviour of HandicapMaster when scores are being entered 1 On the File menu click Options 2 Click the Competitions tab 3 Tick the Cursor moves Down before Across when entering Multiple Column scores onto Scorecard box 4 Click OK HandicapMaster Limited 2015 Working with Competitions 13 9 Apply Scores Calculate results and adjust Handicaps Bo The final stage is to apply the scores to produce competition results and adjust handicaps To apply scores 1 On the Competitions menu click Apply Scores This opens the Apply Scores for Stroke Play Competitions wizard The Apply Scores wizard Competition Status Qualifier Status Handicap Qualifying Competitions are competitions where handicaps of the competitors will be revised automatically after the close of the competition The handicapping authorities restrict the formats of competitions that are allowed to be qualifying HandicapMaster will identify whether a competition format selected may be chosen as a Qualifying Competition 2 Tick the Handicap Qualifier box if the competition is Handicap Qualifying Completion of Competition 3 Check the Competition Was Abandoned box if there was cause to abandon the competition l e unable to complete the competition For CONGU handicap
575. yer entry fees will be deleted and associated invoices will be voided Optional Fee Items When setting up fees for a competition up to five separate accountable items maybe selected The first item is called Entry Fee and will be recorded for each player Second third fourth and fifth items maybe added each with its own description These items maybe marked as either Mandatory or Optional Mandatory items will be recorded for each player Optional items will only be recorded if the player selects the item as they sign in to a competition through the Player Entry system Contents e Seta fee structure fora competition e The Manage Competition Fees window e Prevent entry to competition if insufficient funds in member s account 13 15 2 Set a Fee Structure for a Competition To Set a Fee Structure and record Competition Fees 1 On the left hand task pane select Competitions place On the right hand pane double click Templates Select a Template and press ENTER Key 2 Modify the template Information using the Competition Template Wizard provided Alternatively once a competition has been opened use the Fees tab of the Configure Competition window to adjust the Fee settings Note The Competition Fees option is only available in the Premier Network EGA Premier and EGA Network Editions of HandicapMaster 13 15 3 View and process Fees To view and process Fees to be collected 1 On the Competitions

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

  32079_IRPU42PU_A [Converted]  MANUAL DE INSTRUCCIONES  VCube Release Notes - Merging Technologies  Manual de Instalación    OPC-VG1-SAFE 機能安全カード 取扱説明書    Samsung BD-J5500 دليل المستخدم  自動車用 ドライブシャフト アウターブーツ  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file